<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/410/index.xml"/>
    <title>Get Top Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:07 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/410/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Get Top Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/410/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Celia Blick</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/410/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wer beherrscht die Welt? - Die globalen Verwerfungen der amerikanischen Politik (Ungekürzt) by Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer beherrscht die Welt? - Die globalen Verwerfungen der amerikanischen Politik (Ungekürzt)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Olaf Renoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der New York Times- und SPIEGEL-Bestseller. Von einem der streitbarsten Denker der Gegenwart - Noam Chomsky. Nach wie vor betrachten sich die USA grundsätzlich als die Guten - selbst dann, wenn sie das Gleiche tun wie jene, denen sie Böses unterstellen: Zivilflugzeuge abschießen, willkürlich Leute inhaftieren und mit Drohnen umbringen oder in fremde Länder einmarschieren. Das Primat der militärischen Intervention und der unerbittliche Drang, alleinige Weltmacht zu bleiben, bilden die Konstanten der amerikanischen Politik - auch wenn dadurch Staaten ins Chaos und Menschen ins Verderben getrieben werden. Im Land dagegen haben die Reichen und Mächtigen fast freie Hand, jenseits demokratischer Kontrollen und unbeachtet von einer zunehmend gleichgültigen Bevölkerung.  In seiner so brillanten wie präzisen Analyse zeigt Noam Chomsky die fatalen Folgen der imperialen Politik der USA für das ohnehin immer chaotischere Zusammenleben auf unserem Planeten.  In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: -	wer zu den prominenteren und einflussreicheren Akteuren der Weltpolitik gehört, -	wohin uns die Machtpolitik der USA führt, -	wie die Protagonisten dabei verfahren, -	welche Folgen das für den Rest der Welt hat, -	welche Möglichkeiten den &amp;#039;Basisbevölkerungen&amp;#039; zur Verfügung stehen, um die Macht der Wirtschaft und der nationalistischen Doktrin zu überwinden. &amp;#039;Die Frage, wer die Welt regiert, kann nicht eindeutig beantwortet werden. Aber die einflussreichsten Akteure sind klar auszumachen.&amp;#039; Noam Chomsky, geboren 1928, ist Professor emeritus am M.I.T. für Sprachwissenschaft und Philosophie. Er hat die moderne Linguistik revolutioniert und zahlreiche Bestseller über Politik verfasst. Chomsky ist einer der weltweit bekanntesten linken Intellektuellen und seit jeher ein prominenter Kritiker der amerikanischen Politik wie auch des globalen Kapitalismus. Die Originalausgabe erschien 2016 unter dem Titel Who rules the World? bei Metropolitan Books, Henry Holt and Company, LLC, New York (c) 2016 by L. Valeria Galvao-Wassermann-Chomsky Deutsche Ausgabe: Copyright (c) 2016 by Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin Erschien im Ullstein Verlag in der Übersetzung von Hainer Kober, Norbert Juraschitz und Karlheimz Dürr. (P) 2020 ABP Verlag</description>
      <author>Noam Chomsky</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004503431.mp3" length="898527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004503431.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer beherrscht die Welt? - Die globalen Verwerfungen der amerikanischen Politik (Ungekürzt)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Olaf Renoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der New York Times- und SPIEGEL-Bestseller. Von einem der streitbarsten Denker der Gegenwart - Noam Chomsky. Nach wie vor betrachten sich die USA grundsätzlich als die Guten - selbst dann, wenn sie das Gleiche tun wie jene, denen sie Böses unterstellen: Zivilflugzeuge abschießen, willkürlich Leute inhaftieren und mit Drohnen umbringen oder in fremde Länder einmarschieren. Das Primat der militärischen Intervention und der unerbittliche Drang, alleinige Weltmacht zu bleiben, bilden die Konstanten der amerikanischen Politik - auch wenn dadurch Staaten ins Chaos und Menschen ins Verderben getrieben werden. Im Land dagegen haben die Reichen und Mächtigen fast freie Hand, jenseits demokratischer Kontrollen und unbeachtet von einer zunehmend gleichgültigen Bevölkerung.  In seiner so brillanten wie präzisen Analyse zeigt Noam Chomsky die fatalen Folgen der imperialen Politik der USA für das ohnehin immer chaotischere Zusammenleben auf unserem Planeten.  In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: -	wer zu den prominenteren und einflussreicheren Akteuren der Weltpolitik gehört, -	wohin uns die Machtpolitik der USA führt, -	wie die Protagonisten dabei verfahren, -	welche Folgen das für den Rest der Welt hat, -	welche Möglichkeiten den &amp;#039;Basisbevölkerungen&amp;#039; zur Verfügung stehen, um die Macht der Wirtschaft und der nationalistischen Doktrin zu überwinden. &amp;#039;Die Frage, wer die Welt regiert, kann nicht eindeutig beantwortet werden. Aber die einflussreichsten Akteure sind klar auszumachen.&amp;#039; Noam Chomsky, geboren 1928, ist Professor emeritus am M.I.T. für Sprachwissenschaft und Philosophie. Er hat die moderne Linguistik revolutioniert und zahlreiche Bestseller über Politik verfasst. Chomsky ist einer der weltweit bekanntesten linken Intellektuellen und seit jeher ein prominenter Kritiker der amerikanischen Politik wie auch des globalen Kapitalismus. Die Originalausgabe erschien 2016 unter dem Titel Who rules the World? bei Metropolitan Books, Henry Holt and Company, LLC, New York (c) 2016 by L. Valeria Galvao-Wassermann-Chomsky Deutsche Ausgabe: Copyright (c) 2016 by Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin Erschien im Ullstein Verlag in der Übersetzung von Hainer Kober, Norbert Juraschitz und Karlheimz Dürr. (P) 2020 ABP Verlag</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer beherrscht die Welt? - Die globalen Verwerfungen der amerikanischen Politik (Ungekürzt)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Olaf Renoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der New York Times- und SPIEGEL-Bestseller. Von einem der streitbarsten Denker der Gegenwart - Noam Chomsky. Nach wie vor betrachten sich die USA grundsätzlich als die Guten - selbst dann, wenn sie das Gleiche tun wie jene, denen sie Böses unterstellen: Zivilflugzeuge abschießen, willkürlich Leute inhaftieren und mit Drohnen umbringen oder in fremde Länder einmarschieren. Das Primat der militärischen Intervention und der unerbittliche Drang, alleinige Weltmacht zu bleiben, bilden die Konstanten der amerikanischen Politik - auch wenn dadurch Staaten ins Chaos und Menschen ins Verderben getrieben werden. Im Land dagegen haben die Reichen und Mächtigen fast freie Hand, jenseits demokratischer Kontrollen und unbeachtet von einer zunehmend gleichgültigen Bevölkerung.  In seiner so brillanten wie präzisen Analyse zeigt Noam Chomsky die fatalen Folgen der imperialen Politik der USA für das ohnehin immer chaotischere Zusammenleben auf unserem Planeten.  In diesem Hörbuch erfahren Sie: -	wer zu den prominenteren und einflussreicheren Akteuren der Weltpolitik gehört, -	wohin uns die Machtpolitik der USA führt, -	wie die Protagonisten dabei verfahren, -	welche Folgen das für den Rest der Welt hat, -	welche Möglichkeiten den &amp;#039;Basisbevölkerungen&amp;#039; zur Verfügung stehen, um die Macht der Wirtschaft und der nationalistischen Doktrin zu überwinden. &amp;#039;Die Frage, wer die Welt regiert, kann nicht eindeutig beantwortet werden. Aber die einflussreichsten Akteure sind klar auszumachen.&amp;#039; Noam Chomsky, geboren 1928, ist Professor emeritus am M.I.T. für Sprachwissenschaft und Philosophie. Er hat die moderne Linguistik revolutioniert und zahlreiche Bestseller über Politik verfasst. Chomsky ist einer der weltweit bekanntesten linken Intellektuellen und seit jeher ein prominenter Kritiker der amerikanischen Politik wie auch des globalen Kapitalismus. Die Originalausgabe erschien 2016 unter dem Titel Who rules the World? bei Metropolitan Books, Henry Holt and Company, LLC, New York (c) 2016 by L. Valeria Galvao-Wassermann-Chomsky Deutsche Ausgabe: Copyright (c) 2016 by Ullstein Buchverlage GmbH, Berlin Erschien im Ullstein Verlag in der Übersetzung von Hainer Kober, Norbert Juraschitz und Karlheimz Dürr. (P) 2020 ABP Verlag</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Lady Susan&amp;#039;s - Wintergeschichten by Lady Susan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lady Susan&amp;#039;s - Wintergeschichten
Series: #1 of Die vier Jahreszeiten
Author: Lady Susan
Narrator: Lady Susan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Lady Susan liest ihre eigenen Geschichten für Groß und Klein, für Jung und Alt. Diese Wintergeschichten sind der Auftakt zu einer Reihe von Geschichten für jede Jahreszeit.</description>
      <author>Lady Susan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248081631.mp3" length="812326" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248081631.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lady Susan&amp;#039;s - Wintergeschichten
Series: #1 of Die vier Jahreszeiten
Author: Lady Susan
Narrator: Lady Susan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Lady Susan liest ihre eigenen Geschichten für Groß und Klein, für Jung und Alt. Diese Wintergeschichten sind der Auftakt zu einer Reihe von Geschichten für jede Jahreszeit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638632</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lady Susan&amp;#039;s - Wintergeschichten
Series: #1 of Die vier Jahreszeiten
Author: Lady Susan
Narrator: Lady Susan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Lady Susan liest ihre eigenen Geschichten für Groß und Klein, für Jung und Alt. Diese Wintergeschichten sind der Auftakt zu einer Reihe von Geschichten für jede Jahreszeit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El universo neoliberal. Recuento de sus lugares comunes by Alfredo Fernando Calcagno, Alfredo Eric Calcagno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El universo neoliberal. Recuento de sus lugares comunes
Author: Alfredo Fernando Calcagno, Alfredo Eric Calcagno
Narrator: Diego Longstaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En este magnífico libro, los autores aplican su amplia experiencia en la economía de América Latina a deconstruir los sofismas del capitalismo financiero global, sus dramáticas consecuencias para los pueblos, el ecosistema y la convivencia democrática. Una valiosa contribución al conocimiento de las especulaciones del actual capitalismo financiero en el conjunto de los países iberoamericanos –España y Portugal incluidos–, de la necesidad de evitarlas o de hacerles frente, de las respuestas que articulan los pueblos que no se resignan a sufrir sus efectos perversos. La gravedad de la crisis económica y financiera que afecta a varios países europeos obliga a revisar los fundamentos teóricos de unas políticas vigentes, las neoliberales, que nos han llevado a este punto. En este sentido, El universo neoliberal constituye una ejercicio excelente y saludable de deconstrucción.</description>
      <author>Alfredo Fernando Calcagno, Alfredo Eric Calcagno</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Oct 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152138328.mp3" length="1260639" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152138328.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El universo neoliberal. Recuento de sus lugares comunes
Author: Alfredo Fernando Calcagno, Alfredo Eric Calcagno
Narrator: Diego Longstaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En este magnífico libro, los autores aplican su amplia experiencia en la economía de América Latina a deconstruir los sofismas del capitalismo financiero global, sus dramáticas consecuencias para los pueblos, el ecosistema y la convivencia democrática. Una valiosa contribución al conocimiento de las especulaciones del actual capitalismo financiero en el conjunto de los países iberoamericanos –España y Portugal incluidos–, de la necesidad de evitarlas o de hacerles frente, de las respuestas que articulan los pueblos que no se resignan a sufrir sus efectos perversos. La gravedad de la crisis económica y financiera que afecta a varios países europeos obliga a revisar los fundamentos teóricos de unas políticas vigentes, las neoliberales, que nos han llevado a este punto. En este sentido, El universo neoliberal constituye una ejercicio excelente y saludable de deconstrucción.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638615</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El universo neoliberal. Recuento de sus lugares comunes
Author: Alfredo Fernando Calcagno, Alfredo Eric Calcagno
Narrator: Diego Longstaff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 48 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En este magnífico libro, los autores aplican su amplia experiencia en la economía de América Latina a deconstruir los sofismas del capitalismo financiero global, sus dramáticas consecuencias para los pueblos, el ecosistema y la convivencia democrática. Una valiosa contribución al conocimiento de las especulaciones del actual capitalismo financiero en el conjunto de los países iberoamericanos –España y Portugal incluidos–, de la necesidad de evitarlas o de hacerles frente, de las respuestas que articulan los pueblos que no se resignan a sufrir sus efectos perversos. La gravedad de la crisis económica y financiera que afecta a varios países europeos obliga a revisar los fundamentos teóricos de unas políticas vigentes, las neoliberales, que nos han llevado a este punto. En este sentido, El universo neoliberal constituye una ejercicio excelente y saludable de deconstrucción.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Entender la Rusia de Putin. De la humillación al restablecimiento by Rafael Poch-De-Feliu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Entender la Rusia de Putin. De la humillación al restablecimiento
Author: Rafael Poch-De-Feliu
Narrator: Adrián Antelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Rusia poscomunista y el particular régimen del presidente Putin, su nacionalismo, su crítico desdén y desconfianza hacia Occidente y su cínico escepticismo hacia los valores reclamados como «occidentales», así como el considerable consenso que todo ello tiene en la sociedad rusa, no se comprenden sin atender a los años noventa, a la forma y los motivos que llevaron a la autodisolución de la URSS por sus propios dirigentes, y al rasgo central que esa década imprimió en la conciencia social y nacional de los rusos: la humillación. Aquel periodo no sólo supuso una gran y traumática depresión para millones de rusos, sino que ofreció también el medio ambiente idóneo para la reconversión social de una casta administrativa en clase propietaria. Una vez realizada esa crucial operación, en las elites rusas se planteó de nuevo la cuestión del Estado: recuperar su maltrecha función y restablecer su prestigio, tanto dentro como fuera del país. Vladimir Putin, que, si concluye su actual mandato, habrá gobernado Rusia tanto tiempo como Stalin o Brezhnev, fue el encargado de esa restauración porque reunía tres características idóneas: era una persona «de orden» leal y obediente, no corrupta, con sentido de Estado y, al mismo tiempo, desengañado de las ideologías del antiguo régimen soviético y desmarcado de cualquier tentación de poner en cuestión la turbia privatización que acabó con la nivelación soviética y convirtió a Rusia en una sociedad de grandes desigualdades. Pero todos estos sorprendentes vaivenes de la Rusia a caballo entre dos siglos se insertan también sobre un entramado histórico concreto, una impronta secular que explica no pocas inercias y regresos al régimen autocrático tradicional en Rusia desde su misma fundación como Estado. Este libro aborda todos esos aspectos y es, de alguna forma, un epílogo y un regreso a la gran crónica que el autor realizó hace quince años sobre el fin de la URSS y el nacimiento de la Rusia poscomunista, La Gran Transición (Rusia 1985-2002), que Manuel Vázquez Montalbán consideró la mejor síntesis de aquel turbulento periodo.</description>
      <author>Rafael Poch-De-Feliu</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152138212.mp3" length="1382259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152138212.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Entender la Rusia de Putin. De la humillación al restablecimiento
Author: Rafael Poch-De-Feliu
Narrator: Adrián Antelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Rusia poscomunista y el particular régimen del presidente Putin, su nacionalismo, su crítico desdén y desconfianza hacia Occidente y su cínico escepticismo hacia los valores reclamados como «occidentales», así como el considerable consenso que todo ello tiene en la sociedad rusa, no se comprenden sin atender a los años noventa, a la forma y los motivos que llevaron a la autodisolución de la URSS por sus propios dirigentes, y al rasgo central que esa década imprimió en la conciencia social y nacional de los rusos: la humillación. Aquel periodo no sólo supuso una gran y traumática depresión para millones de rusos, sino que ofreció también el medio ambiente idóneo para la reconversión social de una casta administrativa en clase propietaria. Una vez realizada esa crucial operación, en las elites rusas se planteó de nuevo la cuestión del Estado: recuperar su maltrecha función y restablecer su prestigio, tanto dentro como fuera del país. Vladimir Putin, que, si concluye su actual mandato, habrá gobernado Rusia tanto tiempo como Stalin o Brezhnev, fue el encargado de esa restauración porque reunía tres características idóneas: era una persona «de orden» leal y obediente, no corrupta, con sentido de Estado y, al mismo tiempo, desengañado de las ideologías del antiguo régimen soviético y desmarcado de cualquier tentación de poner en cuestión la turbia privatización que acabó con la nivelación soviética y convirtió a Rusia en una sociedad de grandes desigualdades. Pero todos estos sorprendentes vaivenes de la Rusia a caballo entre dos siglos se insertan también sobre un entramado histórico concreto, una impronta secular que explica no pocas inercias y regresos al régimen autocrático tradicional en Rusia desde su misma fundación como Estado. Este libro aborda todos esos aspectos y es, de alguna forma, un epílogo y un regreso a la gran crónica que el autor realizó hace quince años sobre el fin de la URSS y el nacimiento de la Rusia poscomunista, La Gran Transición (Rusia 1985-2002), que Manuel Vázquez Montalbán consideró la mejor síntesis de aquel turbulento periodo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Entender la Rusia de Putin. De la humillación al restablecimiento
Author: Rafael Poch-De-Feliu
Narrator: Adrián Antelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Rusia poscomunista y el particular régimen del presidente Putin, su nacionalismo, su crítico desdén y desconfianza hacia Occidente y su cínico escepticismo hacia los valores reclamados como «occidentales», así como el considerable consenso que todo ello tiene en la sociedad rusa, no se comprenden sin atender a los años noventa, a la forma y los motivos que llevaron a la autodisolución de la URSS por sus propios dirigentes, y al rasgo central que esa década imprimió en la conciencia social y nacional de los rusos: la humillación. Aquel periodo no sólo supuso una gran y traumática depresión para millones de rusos, sino que ofreció también el medio ambiente idóneo para la reconversión social de una casta administrativa en clase propietaria. Una vez realizada esa crucial operación, en las elites rusas se planteó de nuevo la cuestión del Estado: recuperar su maltrecha función y restablecer su prestigio, tanto dentro como fuera del país. Vladimir Putin, que, si concluye su actual mandato, habrá gobernado Rusia tanto tiempo como Stalin o Brezhnev, fue el encargado de esa restauración porque reunía tres características idóneas: era una persona «de orden» leal y obediente, no corrupta, con sentido de Estado y, al mismo tiempo, desengañado de las ideologías del antiguo régimen soviético y desmarcado de cualquier tentación de poner en cuestión la turbia privatización que acabó con la nivelación soviética y convirtió a Rusia en una sociedad de grandes desigualdades. Pero todos estos sorprendentes vaivenes de la Rusia a caballo entre dos siglos se insertan también sobre un entramado histórico concreto, una impronta secular que explica no pocas inercias y regresos al régimen autocrático tradicional en Rusia desde su misma fundación como Estado. Este libro aborda todos esos aspectos y es, de alguna forma, un epílogo y un regreso a la gran crónica que el autor realizó hace quince años sobre el fin de la URSS y el nacimiento de la Rusia poscomunista, La Gran Transición (Rusia 1985-2002), que Manuel Vázquez Montalbán consideró la mejor síntesis de aquel turbulento periodo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El refugio de las palabras dormidas by Helena Modzelewski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El refugio de las palabras dormidas
Author: Helena Modzelewski
Narrator: Nicole Apstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mi propósito es errático, casi irresponsable: ir a verlas cada semana, munida de libros de relatos, papeles y lápices, para incitar en ellas su imaginación y sus propios cuentos. No sé cuánto tiempo me llevará esa tarea: puede ser un día, tal vez muchos meses, quizás hasta que el proyecto de refugio diurno deje de ser renovado por el Ministerio. Tampoco sé si obtendré algún resultado, si podré sacar alguna conclusión. Sé, sí, por todas estas razones, que esta tarea será inestable, incierta y, por eso, me propongo escribir estas páginas; sin principio ni fin, sin pies ni cabeza, tomaré «retratos escritos», como una fotógrafa de la palabra, de estas mujeres únicas.</description>
      <author>Helena Modzelewski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 20 Jun 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179734855.mp3" length="1099394" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179734855.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El refugio de las palabras dormidas
Author: Helena Modzelewski
Narrator: Nicole Apstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mi propósito es errático, casi irresponsable: ir a verlas cada semana, munida de libros de relatos, papeles y lápices, para incitar en ellas su imaginación y sus propios cuentos. No sé cuánto tiempo me llevará esa tarea: puede ser un día, tal vez muchos meses, quizás hasta que el proyecto de refugio diurno deje de ser renovado por el Ministerio. Tampoco sé si obtendré algún resultado, si podré sacar alguna conclusión. Sé, sí, por todas estas razones, que esta tarea será inestable, incierta y, por eso, me propongo escribir estas páginas; sin principio ni fin, sin pies ni cabeza, tomaré «retratos escritos», como una fotógrafa de la palabra, de estas mujeres únicas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El refugio de las palabras dormidas
Author: Helena Modzelewski
Narrator: Nicole Apstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mi propósito es errático, casi irresponsable: ir a verlas cada semana, munida de libros de relatos, papeles y lápices, para incitar en ellas su imaginación y sus propios cuentos. No sé cuánto tiempo me llevará esa tarea: puede ser un día, tal vez muchos meses, quizás hasta que el proyecto de refugio diurno deje de ser renovado por el Ministerio. Tampoco sé si obtendré algún resultado, si podré sacar alguna conclusión. Sé, sí, por todas estas razones, que esta tarea será inestable, incierta y, por eso, me propongo escribir estas páginas; sin principio ni fin, sin pies ni cabeza, tomaré «retratos escritos», como una fotógrafa de la palabra, de estas mujeres únicas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Metapolítica by Daniel Estulin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metapolítica
Author: Daniel Estulin
Narrator: Alejandro Ivarias
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Transformación global y guerra de potencias  No es ningún secreto que la civilización actual atraviesa por una crisis de proporciones inimaginables, y que en términos geopolíticos y económicos ya nada será lo que fue. La pandemia del coronavirus solo ha venido a acelerar este proceso que se desarrolló tras bambalinas desde hace años. ¿Pero hacia dónde se dirige el mundo? Daniel Estulin, a través de esta excelente investigación, nos muestra lo que las élites globales han conspirado y planeado desde las sombras para imponer el nuevo orden mundial. Los enfrentamientos son inevitables y cada uno de estos jugadores pretende mejorar su posición. ¿Qué resultará del enfrentamiento entre Estados Unidos y China? ¿Qué planes tienen el mundo islámico y Rusia para volver a serjugadores preponderantes? ¿Acaso las nuevas élites alternativas buscan romper con la hegemonía de la Internacional Financiera? ¿Qué escenarios le esperan a América Latina? Cualquiera que desee entender las profundas implicaciones de los tiempos que atravesamos debe, con urgencia, leer este libro para tomar cierta ventaja del terremoto geopolítico que está por venir.</description>
      <author>Daniel Estulin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073825535.mp3" length="1411528" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073825535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metapolítica
Author: Daniel Estulin
Narrator: Alejandro Ivarias
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Transformación global y guerra de potencias  No es ningún secreto que la civilización actual atraviesa por una crisis de proporciones inimaginables, y que en términos geopolíticos y económicos ya nada será lo que fue. La pandemia del coronavirus solo ha venido a acelerar este proceso que se desarrolló tras bambalinas desde hace años. ¿Pero hacia dónde se dirige el mundo? Daniel Estulin, a través de esta excelente investigación, nos muestra lo que las élites globales han conspirado y planeado desde las sombras para imponer el nuevo orden mundial. Los enfrentamientos son inevitables y cada uno de estos jugadores pretende mejorar su posición. ¿Qué resultará del enfrentamiento entre Estados Unidos y China? ¿Qué planes tienen el mundo islámico y Rusia para volver a serjugadores preponderantes? ¿Acaso las nuevas élites alternativas buscan romper con la hegemonía de la Internacional Financiera? ¿Qué escenarios le esperan a América Latina? Cualquiera que desee entender las profundas implicaciones de los tiempos que atravesamos debe, con urgencia, leer este libro para tomar cierta ventaja del terremoto geopolítico que está por venir.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638414</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Metapolítica
Author: Daniel Estulin
Narrator: Alejandro Ivarias
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Transformación global y guerra de potencias  No es ningún secreto que la civilización actual atraviesa por una crisis de proporciones inimaginables, y que en términos geopolíticos y económicos ya nada será lo que fue. La pandemia del coronavirus solo ha venido a acelerar este proceso que se desarrolló tras bambalinas desde hace años. ¿Pero hacia dónde se dirige el mundo? Daniel Estulin, a través de esta excelente investigación, nos muestra lo que las élites globales han conspirado y planeado desde las sombras para imponer el nuevo orden mundial. Los enfrentamientos son inevitables y cada uno de estos jugadores pretende mejorar su posición. ¿Qué resultará del enfrentamiento entre Estados Unidos y China? ¿Qué planes tienen el mundo islámico y Rusia para volver a serjugadores preponderantes? ¿Acaso las nuevas élites alternativas buscan romper con la hegemonía de la Internacional Financiera? ¿Qué escenarios le esperan a América Latina? Cualquiera que desee entender las profundas implicaciones de los tiempos que atravesamos debe, con urgencia, leer este libro para tomar cierta ventaja del terremoto geopolítico que está por venir.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Brennpunkt Deutschland - Armut, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung - Neukölln ist erst der Anfang (Ungekürzt) by Falko Liecke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Brennpunkt Deutschland - Armut, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung - Neukölln ist erst der Anfang (Ungekürzt)
Author: Falko Liecke
Narrator: Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Berliner Bezirk Neukölln steht seit etlichen Jahren für Armut, Arbeitslosigkeit, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung, Selbstjustiz, Autoritätsverlust und Staatsverachtung. Doch seit der Corona-Pandemie haben sich die Zustände um ein Vielfaches verschlimmert. Denn nach Sonderausgaben in Milliardenhöhe bleibt kein Cent mehr für die Finanzierung sozialer Projekte. Falko Liecke arbeitet seit mehr als einem Jahrzehnt als Stadtrat für die Bereiche Jugend, Gesundheit und nun Soziales. Er kämpft seit 2009 gegen die soziale Misere an, wird jedoch massiv verbal und körperlich angefeindet: von gewaltbereiten Extremisten, Clan-Mitgliedern und dem linken Milieu. Keinem CDU-Mann wird so häufig die Rassismus-Keule um die Ohren gehauen wie Liecke. Und das nur, weil er die Missstände offen anspricht.</description>
      <author>Falko Liecke</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Feb 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783754001769.mp3" length="886238" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783754001769.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Brennpunkt Deutschland - Armut, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung - Neukölln ist erst der Anfang (Ungekürzt)
Author: Falko Liecke
Narrator: Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Berliner Bezirk Neukölln steht seit etlichen Jahren für Armut, Arbeitslosigkeit, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung, Selbstjustiz, Autoritätsverlust und Staatsverachtung. Doch seit der Corona-Pandemie haben sich die Zustände um ein Vielfaches verschlimmert. Denn nach Sonderausgaben in Milliardenhöhe bleibt kein Cent mehr für die Finanzierung sozialer Projekte. Falko Liecke arbeitet seit mehr als einem Jahrzehnt als Stadtrat für die Bereiche Jugend, Gesundheit und nun Soziales. Er kämpft seit 2009 gegen die soziale Misere an, wird jedoch massiv verbal und körperlich angefeindet: von gewaltbereiten Extremisten, Clan-Mitgliedern und dem linken Milieu. Keinem CDU-Mann wird so häufig die Rassismus-Keule um die Ohren gehauen wie Liecke. Und das nur, weil er die Missstände offen anspricht.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Brennpunkt Deutschland - Armut, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung - Neukölln ist erst der Anfang (Ungekürzt)
Author: Falko Liecke
Narrator: Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Berliner Bezirk Neukölln steht seit etlichen Jahren für Armut, Arbeitslosigkeit, Gewalt, Verwahrlosung, Selbstjustiz, Autoritätsverlust und Staatsverachtung. Doch seit der Corona-Pandemie haben sich die Zustände um ein Vielfaches verschlimmert. Denn nach Sonderausgaben in Milliardenhöhe bleibt kein Cent mehr für die Finanzierung sozialer Projekte. Falko Liecke arbeitet seit mehr als einem Jahrzehnt als Stadtrat für die Bereiche Jugend, Gesundheit und nun Soziales. Er kämpft seit 2009 gegen die soziale Misere an, wird jedoch massiv verbal und körperlich angefeindet: von gewaltbereiten Extremisten, Clan-Mitgliedern und dem linken Milieu. Keinem CDU-Mann wird so häufig die Rassismus-Keule um die Ohren gehauen wie Liecke. Und das nur, weil er die Missstände offen anspricht.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Nachts im Kanzleramt - Alles, was man schon immer über Politik wissen wollte (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Marietta Slomka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nachts im Kanzleramt - Alles, was man schon immer über Politik wissen wollte (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Marietta Slomka
Narrator: Marietta Slomka, Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik verstehen leicht gemacht Braucht man heute noch Parteien? Wie gerecht ist der Rechtsstaat? Wie entsteht ein Gesetz? Marietta Slomka ist Anchorwoman des ZDF-heute journals, die Vermittlung komplizierter Sachverhalte für ein breites Publikum ist ihr Beruf. In diesem Hörbuch erklärt sie auf leicht nachvollziehbare Weise die wichtigsten Fragen zur Politik. Vom politischen Grundvokabular und dem kleinen Einmaleins der Institutionen über die großen Fragen der Weltpolitik bis hin zu aktuellen Schlagworten wie Fridays for Future und Black Lives Matter greift dieses Hörbuch alle wichtigen Themen in lockerem Ton und ohne Scheuklappen auf. Ein zeitgemäßes Aufklärungshörbuch zu allen Fragen der Politik: leicht verständlich und Spaß an politischen Themen weckend.</description>
      <author>Marietta Slomka</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732419746.mp3" length="853131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732419746.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nachts im Kanzleramt - Alles, was man schon immer über Politik wissen wollte (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Marietta Slomka
Narrator: Marietta Slomka, Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik verstehen leicht gemacht Braucht man heute noch Parteien? Wie gerecht ist der Rechtsstaat? Wie entsteht ein Gesetz? Marietta Slomka ist Anchorwoman des ZDF-heute journals, die Vermittlung komplizierter Sachverhalte für ein breites Publikum ist ihr Beruf. In diesem Hörbuch erklärt sie auf leicht nachvollziehbare Weise die wichtigsten Fragen zur Politik. Vom politischen Grundvokabular und dem kleinen Einmaleins der Institutionen über die großen Fragen der Weltpolitik bis hin zu aktuellen Schlagworten wie Fridays for Future und Black Lives Matter greift dieses Hörbuch alle wichtigen Themen in lockerem Ton und ohne Scheuklappen auf. Ein zeitgemäßes Aufklärungshörbuch zu allen Fragen der Politik: leicht verständlich und Spaß an politischen Themen weckend.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/638002</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nachts im Kanzleramt - Alles, was man schon immer über Politik wissen wollte (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Marietta Slomka
Narrator: Marietta Slomka, Peter Lontzek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik verstehen leicht gemacht Braucht man heute noch Parteien? Wie gerecht ist der Rechtsstaat? Wie entsteht ein Gesetz? Marietta Slomka ist Anchorwoman des ZDF-heute journals, die Vermittlung komplizierter Sachverhalte für ein breites Publikum ist ihr Beruf. In diesem Hörbuch erklärt sie auf leicht nachvollziehbare Weise die wichtigsten Fragen zur Politik. Vom politischen Grundvokabular und dem kleinen Einmaleins der Institutionen über die großen Fragen der Weltpolitik bis hin zu aktuellen Schlagworten wie Fridays for Future und Black Lives Matter greift dieses Hörbuch alle wichtigen Themen in lockerem Ton und ohne Scheuklappen auf. Ein zeitgemäßes Aufklärungshörbuch zu allen Fragen der Politik: leicht verständlich und Spaß an politischen Themen weckend.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Bevor es zu spät ist - Was uns droht, wenn die Politik nicht mit der Wissenschaft Schritt hält (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Karl Lauterbach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bevor es zu spät ist - Was uns droht, wenn die Politik nicht mit der Wissenschaft Schritt hält (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Karl Lauterbach
Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt. Wir leben in einer Zeit nie da gewesener Herausforderungen. Zum ersten Mal seit Beginn der Zivilisation ist sogar das Überleben der Menschen auf dem Planeten Erde gefährdet. Der sich beschleunigende Klimawandel macht das Erreichen des 1,5-Grad-Ziels mit jedem Tag unwahrscheinlicher. Kipppunkte des Klimawandels werden von der Wissenschaft warnend beschrieben und trotzdem überschritten. Doch auch bei Artenschwund, weltweitem Wassermangel oder der Gefahr noch schlimmerer Pandemien gilt: Die Fakten liegen längst auf dem Tisch. Warum schafft es die Politik nicht, die wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnisse rechtzeitig in Handeln umzusetzen? Die Politik muss aufnahmefähiger für die Forschung sein, ja Schritt mit ihr halten - sonst werden wir, wie Karl Lauterbach zeigt, die Kontrolle über unsere Zukunft verlieren und scheitern. Kaum jemand könnte besser darlegen als Karl Lauterbach, Politiker und Wissenschaftler zugleich, warum eine Revolution des Zusammenspiels von Politik und Wissenschaft nötig ist; von welch unterschiedlichen Denk- und Herangehensweisen diese beiden Systeme bestimmt werden; und ob eine Verzahnung überhaupt möglich ist. Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt.</description>
      <author>Karl Lauterbach</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Feb 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732456840.mp3" length="934737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732456840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bevor es zu spät ist - Was uns droht, wenn die Politik nicht mit der Wissenschaft Schritt hält (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Karl Lauterbach
Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt. Wir leben in einer Zeit nie da gewesener Herausforderungen. Zum ersten Mal seit Beginn der Zivilisation ist sogar das Überleben der Menschen auf dem Planeten Erde gefährdet. Der sich beschleunigende Klimawandel macht das Erreichen des 1,5-Grad-Ziels mit jedem Tag unwahrscheinlicher. Kipppunkte des Klimawandels werden von der Wissenschaft warnend beschrieben und trotzdem überschritten. Doch auch bei Artenschwund, weltweitem Wassermangel oder der Gefahr noch schlimmerer Pandemien gilt: Die Fakten liegen längst auf dem Tisch. Warum schafft es die Politik nicht, die wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnisse rechtzeitig in Handeln umzusetzen? Die Politik muss aufnahmefähiger für die Forschung sein, ja Schritt mit ihr halten - sonst werden wir, wie Karl Lauterbach zeigt, die Kontrolle über unsere Zukunft verlieren und scheitern. Kaum jemand könnte besser darlegen als Karl Lauterbach, Politiker und Wissenschaftler zugleich, warum eine Revolution des Zusammenspiels von Politik und Wissenschaft nötig ist; von welch unterschiedlichen Denk- und Herangehensweisen diese beiden Systeme bestimmt werden; und ob eine Verzahnung überhaupt möglich ist. Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637983</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bevor es zu spät ist - Was uns droht, wenn die Politik nicht mit der Wissenschaft Schritt hält (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Karl Lauterbach
Narrator: Joachim Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt. Wir leben in einer Zeit nie da gewesener Herausforderungen. Zum ersten Mal seit Beginn der Zivilisation ist sogar das Überleben der Menschen auf dem Planeten Erde gefährdet. Der sich beschleunigende Klimawandel macht das Erreichen des 1,5-Grad-Ziels mit jedem Tag unwahrscheinlicher. Kipppunkte des Klimawandels werden von der Wissenschaft warnend beschrieben und trotzdem überschritten. Doch auch bei Artenschwund, weltweitem Wassermangel oder der Gefahr noch schlimmerer Pandemien gilt: Die Fakten liegen längst auf dem Tisch. Warum schafft es die Politik nicht, die wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnisse rechtzeitig in Handeln umzusetzen? Die Politik muss aufnahmefähiger für die Forschung sein, ja Schritt mit ihr halten - sonst werden wir, wie Karl Lauterbach zeigt, die Kontrolle über unsere Zukunft verlieren und scheitern. Kaum jemand könnte besser darlegen als Karl Lauterbach, Politiker und Wissenschaftler zugleich, warum eine Revolution des Zusammenspiels von Politik und Wissenschaft nötig ist; von welch unterschiedlichen Denk- und Herangehensweisen diese beiden Systeme bestimmt werden; und ob eine Verzahnung überhaupt möglich ist. Ein hochdringlicher Weckruf und ein starkes Plädoyer für eine Politik, die sich der Realität stellt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Ibiza-Affäre - Innenansichten eines Skandals (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Bastian Obermayer, Frederik Obermaier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Ibiza-Affäre - Innenansichten eines Skandals (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bastian Obermayer, Frederik Obermaier
Narrator: Oliver Erwin Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die geheimen Pläne der Rechtspopulisten. Als im Frühsommer 2019 ein Video veröffentlicht wird, das die geheimen Pläne führender österreichischer Rechtspopulisten entlarvt, stürzt die Regierung in Wien. Was sind die Hintergründe der größten politischen Krise der Nachkriegszeit? Das Video entsteht im Sommer 2017. Der FPÖ-Spitzenkandidat Heinz-Christian Strache und sein Parteifreund Johann Gudenus reisen nach Ibiza. In einer luxuriösen Villa tappen sie in eine Falle. Eine angeblich steinreiche Russin behauptet, gerade dabei zu sein, die Kronenzeitung zu kaufen. Mit ihrer Unterstützung könnte die FPÖ die Wahlen gewinnen - und Strache vielleicht Kanzler werden. Jetzt will sie wissen: Was bekommt sie dafür? Bei Champagner und Sushi stellt Strache staatliche Aufträge in Aussicht, er erzählt von einem System verschleierter Parteispenden und fantasiert davon, wie er Österreichs Presselandschaft nach Vorbild des ungarischen Autokraten Viktor Orban massiv umbauen würde. Als Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer das Video sehen, als erste Journalisten, sind die Hintergründe unklar - aber der Inhalt explosiv. Eine spektakuläre Recherche beginnt: In einem verlassenen Hotel werden USB-Sticks übergeben, spätnachts Informanten getroffen - und dann versucht sich plötzlich auch noch jemand, in die verschlüsselte Kommunikation der Journalisten zu hacken...Das Buch zeichnet den Aufstieg der beiden Rechtspopulisten nach und enthüllt den ganzen Verlauf der Affäre, die an einem dramatischen Wochenende mit dem Sturz der Regierung ihren vorläufigen Höhepunkt findet. Nach den &amp;#039;PANAMA PAPERS&amp;#039; - der neue Coup der SZ-Investigativjournalisten und SPIEGEL-Bestseller-Autoren Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer.</description>
      <author>Bastian Obermayer, Frederik Obermaier</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Feb 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732453573.mp3" length="780555" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732453573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Ibiza-Affäre - Innenansichten eines Skandals (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bastian Obermayer, Frederik Obermaier
Narrator: Oliver Erwin Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die geheimen Pläne der Rechtspopulisten. Als im Frühsommer 2019 ein Video veröffentlicht wird, das die geheimen Pläne führender österreichischer Rechtspopulisten entlarvt, stürzt die Regierung in Wien. Was sind die Hintergründe der größten politischen Krise der Nachkriegszeit? Das Video entsteht im Sommer 2017. Der FPÖ-Spitzenkandidat Heinz-Christian Strache und sein Parteifreund Johann Gudenus reisen nach Ibiza. In einer luxuriösen Villa tappen sie in eine Falle. Eine angeblich steinreiche Russin behauptet, gerade dabei zu sein, die Kronenzeitung zu kaufen. Mit ihrer Unterstützung könnte die FPÖ die Wahlen gewinnen - und Strache vielleicht Kanzler werden. Jetzt will sie wissen: Was bekommt sie dafür? Bei Champagner und Sushi stellt Strache staatliche Aufträge in Aussicht, er erzählt von einem System verschleierter Parteispenden und fantasiert davon, wie er Österreichs Presselandschaft nach Vorbild des ungarischen Autokraten Viktor Orban massiv umbauen würde. Als Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer das Video sehen, als erste Journalisten, sind die Hintergründe unklar - aber der Inhalt explosiv. Eine spektakuläre Recherche beginnt: In einem verlassenen Hotel werden USB-Sticks übergeben, spätnachts Informanten getroffen - und dann versucht sich plötzlich auch noch jemand, in die verschlüsselte Kommunikation der Journalisten zu hacken...Das Buch zeichnet den Aufstieg der beiden Rechtspopulisten nach und enthüllt den ganzen Verlauf der Affäre, die an einem dramatischen Wochenende mit dem Sturz der Regierung ihren vorläufigen Höhepunkt findet. Nach den &amp;#039;PANAMA PAPERS&amp;#039; - der neue Coup der SZ-Investigativjournalisten und SPIEGEL-Bestseller-Autoren Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Ibiza-Affäre - Innenansichten eines Skandals (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Bastian Obermayer, Frederik Obermaier
Narrator: Oliver Erwin Schönfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die geheimen Pläne der Rechtspopulisten. Als im Frühsommer 2019 ein Video veröffentlicht wird, das die geheimen Pläne führender österreichischer Rechtspopulisten entlarvt, stürzt die Regierung in Wien. Was sind die Hintergründe der größten politischen Krise der Nachkriegszeit? Das Video entsteht im Sommer 2017. Der FPÖ-Spitzenkandidat Heinz-Christian Strache und sein Parteifreund Johann Gudenus reisen nach Ibiza. In einer luxuriösen Villa tappen sie in eine Falle. Eine angeblich steinreiche Russin behauptet, gerade dabei zu sein, die Kronenzeitung zu kaufen. Mit ihrer Unterstützung könnte die FPÖ die Wahlen gewinnen - und Strache vielleicht Kanzler werden. Jetzt will sie wissen: Was bekommt sie dafür? Bei Champagner und Sushi stellt Strache staatliche Aufträge in Aussicht, er erzählt von einem System verschleierter Parteispenden und fantasiert davon, wie er Österreichs Presselandschaft nach Vorbild des ungarischen Autokraten Viktor Orban massiv umbauen würde. Als Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer das Video sehen, als erste Journalisten, sind die Hintergründe unklar - aber der Inhalt explosiv. Eine spektakuläre Recherche beginnt: In einem verlassenen Hotel werden USB-Sticks übergeben, spätnachts Informanten getroffen - und dann versucht sich plötzlich auch noch jemand, in die verschlüsselte Kommunikation der Journalisten zu hacken...Das Buch zeichnet den Aufstieg der beiden Rechtspopulisten nach und enthüllt den ganzen Verlauf der Affäre, die an einem dramatischen Wochenende mit dem Sturz der Regierung ihren vorläufigen Höhepunkt findet. Nach den &amp;#039;PANAMA PAPERS&amp;#039; - der neue Coup der SZ-Investigativjournalisten und SPIEGEL-Bestseller-Autoren Frederik Obermaier und Bastian Obermayer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To Make Men Free: A History of the Republican Party by Heather Cox Richardson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Make Men Free: A History of the Republican Party
Author: Heather Cox Richardson
Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most comprehensive account of the GOP and its competing impulses” (Los Angeles Times), now updated to cover the Trump presidency and its aftermath. When Abraham Lincoln helped create the Republican Party on the eve of the Civil War, his goal was economic opportunity for all Americans. Yet the party quickly became mired in an identity crisis. Would it be the party of democratic ideals? Or the party of moneyed interests? In To Make Men Free, acclaimed historian Heather Cox Richardson traces the shifting ideology of the Republican Party from the antebellum era to the Great Recession. While progressive Republicans like Teddy Roosevelt and Dwight Eisenhower revived Lincoln’s vision and expanded the government, their opponents appealed to Americans’ latent racism and xenophobia to regain political power, linking taxation and regulation to redistribution and socialism. In the modern era, the schism within the Republican Party has grown wider, pulling the GOP ever further from its founding principles. Now with an epilogue that reflects on the Trump era and what is likely to come after it, To Make Men Free is a sweeping history of the party that was once considered America’s greatest political hope, but now lies in disarray.</description>
      <author>Heather Cox Richardson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Nov 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781713620815.mp3" length="1472613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781713620815.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Make Men Free: A History of the Republican Party
Author: Heather Cox Richardson
Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most comprehensive account of the GOP and its competing impulses” (Los Angeles Times), now updated to cover the Trump presidency and its aftermath. When Abraham Lincoln helped create the Republican Party on the eve of the Civil War, his goal was economic opportunity for all Americans. Yet the party quickly became mired in an identity crisis. Would it be the party of democratic ideals? Or the party of moneyed interests? In To Make Men Free, acclaimed historian Heather Cox Richardson traces the shifting ideology of the Republican Party from the antebellum era to the Great Recession. While progressive Republicans like Teddy Roosevelt and Dwight Eisenhower revived Lincoln’s vision and expanded the government, their opponents appealed to Americans’ latent racism and xenophobia to regain political power, linking taxation and regulation to redistribution and socialism. In the modern era, the schism within the Republican Party has grown wider, pulling the GOP ever further from its founding principles. Now with an epilogue that reflects on the Trump era and what is likely to come after it, To Make Men Free is a sweeping history of the party that was once considered America’s greatest political hope, but now lies in disarray.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To Make Men Free: A History of the Republican Party
Author: Heather Cox Richardson
Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 23, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most comprehensive account of the GOP and its competing impulses” (Los Angeles Times), now updated to cover the Trump presidency and its aftermath. When Abraham Lincoln helped create the Republican Party on the eve of the Civil War, his goal was economic opportunity for all Americans. Yet the party quickly became mired in an identity crisis. Would it be the party of democratic ideals? Or the party of moneyed interests? In To Make Men Free, acclaimed historian Heather Cox Richardson traces the shifting ideology of the Republican Party from the antebellum era to the Great Recession. While progressive Republicans like Teddy Roosevelt and Dwight Eisenhower revived Lincoln’s vision and expanded the government, their opponents appealed to Americans’ latent racism and xenophobia to regain political power, linking taxation and regulation to redistribution and socialism. In the modern era, the schism within the Republican Party has grown wider, pulling the GOP ever further from its founding principles. Now with an epilogue that reflects on the Trump era and what is likely to come after it, To Make Men Free is a sweeping history of the party that was once considered America’s greatest political hope, but now lies in disarray.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Broken Yard: The Fall of the Metropolitan Police by Tom Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Yard: The Fall of the Metropolitan Police
Author: Tom Harper
Narrator: Anon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Broken Yard is a riveting, eye-opening account of corruption, racism and mismanagement inside Britain&amp;#039;s most famous police force. The book charts Scotland Yard&amp;#039;s fall from a position of unparalleled power to the troubled and discredited organisation we see today, barely trusted by its Westminster masters and struggling to perform its most basic function: the protection of the public. Barely a week goes by without the Metropolitan Police Service plunging into a new crisis. Steeped in ignominy and depleted in numbers, the Met is a shadow of its former self. From the Stephen Lawrence case to the murder of Sarah Everard, Tom Harper examines the most notorious cases involving the Met over the past thirty years. The result is a devastating picture of a world-famous police force riven with corruption, misogyny and rank incompetence. As a top investigative reporter at the Sunday Times and The Independent, Tom Harper covered Scotland Yard for fifteen years, beginning not long after the fatal shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes, an innocent Brazilian killed by Met police officers after being mistaken for a terror suspect in 2005. Since then, reporting on Scotland Yard has been akin to witnessing a slow-motion car crash.</description>
      <author>Tom Harper</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004109593.mp3" length="749916" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004109593.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Yard: The Fall of the Metropolitan Police
Author: Tom Harper
Narrator: Anon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Broken Yard is a riveting, eye-opening account of corruption, racism and mismanagement inside Britain&amp;#039;s most famous police force. The book charts Scotland Yard&amp;#039;s fall from a position of unparalleled power to the troubled and discredited organisation we see today, barely trusted by its Westminster masters and struggling to perform its most basic function: the protection of the public. Barely a week goes by without the Metropolitan Police Service plunging into a new crisis. Steeped in ignominy and depleted in numbers, the Met is a shadow of its former self. From the Stephen Lawrence case to the murder of Sarah Everard, Tom Harper examines the most notorious cases involving the Met over the past thirty years. The result is a devastating picture of a world-famous police force riven with corruption, misogyny and rank incompetence. As a top investigative reporter at the Sunday Times and The Independent, Tom Harper covered Scotland Yard for fifteen years, beginning not long after the fatal shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes, an innocent Brazilian killed by Met police officers after being mistaken for a terror suspect in 2005. Since then, reporting on Scotland Yard has been akin to witnessing a slow-motion car crash.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637391</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Yard: The Fall of the Metropolitan Police
Author: Tom Harper
Narrator: Anon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 36 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Broken Yard is a riveting, eye-opening account of corruption, racism and mismanagement inside Britain&amp;#039;s most famous police force. The book charts Scotland Yard&amp;#039;s fall from a position of unparalleled power to the troubled and discredited organisation we see today, barely trusted by its Westminster masters and struggling to perform its most basic function: the protection of the public. Barely a week goes by without the Metropolitan Police Service plunging into a new crisis. Steeped in ignominy and depleted in numbers, the Met is a shadow of its former self. From the Stephen Lawrence case to the murder of Sarah Everard, Tom Harper examines the most notorious cases involving the Met over the past thirty years. The result is a devastating picture of a world-famous police force riven with corruption, misogyny and rank incompetence. As a top investigative reporter at the Sunday Times and The Independent, Tom Harper covered Scotland Yard for fifteen years, beginning not long after the fatal shooting of Jean Charles de Menezes, an innocent Brazilian killed by Met police officers after being mistaken for a terror suspect in 2005. Since then, reporting on Scotland Yard has been akin to witnessing a slow-motion car crash.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation by Rachel Louise Martin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</description>
      <author>Rachel Louise Martin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797159089.mp3" length="810145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797159089.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637381</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Most Tolerant Little Town: The Explosive Beginning of School Desegregation
Author: Rachel Louise Martin
Narrator: Megan Tusing, Janina Edwards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (Taylor Branch) and “striking” (The New Yorker) portrait of a small town living through tumultuous times, this propulsive piece of forgotten civil rights history—about the first school to attempt court-ordered desegregation in the wake of Brown v. Board—will forever change how you think of the end of racial segregation in America. In graduate school, Rachel Martin was sent to a small town in the foothills of the Appalachians, where locals wanted to build a museum to commemorate the events of September 1956, when Clinton High School became the first school in the former Confederacy to attempt court mandated desegregation.   But not everyone wanted to talk. As one founder of the Tennessee White Youth told her, “Honey, there was a lot of ugliness down at the school that year; best we just move on and forget it.”   For years, Martin wondered what it was some white residents of Clinton didn’t want remembered. So, she went back, eventually interviewing over sixty townsfolk—including nearly a dozen of the first students to desegregate Clinton High—to piece together what happened back in 1956: the death threats and beatings, picket lines and cross burnings, neighbors turned on neighbors and preachers for the first time at a loss for words. The National Guard rushed to town, along with national journalists like Edward R. Morrow and even evangelist Billy Graham. But that wasn’t the most explosive secret Martin learned...   In A Most Tolerant Little Town, Rachel Martin weaves together over a dozen perspectives in an intimate, kaleidoscopic portrait of a small town living through a turbulent turning point for America. The result is at once a “gripping” (The Atlanta Journal-Constitution) mystery and a moving piece of forgotten civil rights history, rendered “with precision, lucidity and, most of all, a heart inured to false hope” (The New York Times).   You may never before have heard of Clinton, Tennessee—but you won’t be forgetting the town anytime soon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dark Shadows: Inside the Secret World of Kazakhstan by Joanna Lillis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Shadows: Inside the Secret World of Kazakhstan
Author: Joanna Lillis
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Shadows is a compelling portrait of Kazakhstan, a country that is little known in the West. Strategically located in the heart of Central Asia, sandwiched between Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia, its former colonial ruler, and Xi Jinping&amp;#039;s China, this vast oil-rich state is carving out its place in the world as it contends with its own complex past and present. Journalist Joanna Lillis paints a vibrant picture of this emerging nation through vivid reportage based on seventeen years of on-the-ground coverage, and travels across the length and breadth of this enigmatic country that lies along the ancient Silk Road and at the geopolitical and cultural crossroads where East meets West. Featuring tales of murder and abduction, intrigue and betrayal, extortion and corruption, this book explores how a president, Nursultan Nazarbayev, transformed himself into a potentate and the economically struggling state he inherited at the fall of the USSR into a swaggering twenty-first century monocracy. This new edition features two additional chapters covering the aftermath of Nazarbayev&amp;#039;s fall from power in 2019; the Chinese government&amp;#039;s repressions against the Kazakhs of Xinjiang as part of its crackdown on Muslim minorities; and an afterword reflecting on the tumultuous events of January 2022 in Almaty.</description>
      <author>Joanna Lillis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765060506.mp3" length="8474401" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765060506.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Shadows: Inside the Secret World of Kazakhstan
Author: Joanna Lillis
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Shadows is a compelling portrait of Kazakhstan, a country that is little known in the West. Strategically located in the heart of Central Asia, sandwiched between Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia, its former colonial ruler, and Xi Jinping&amp;#039;s China, this vast oil-rich state is carving out its place in the world as it contends with its own complex past and present. Journalist Joanna Lillis paints a vibrant picture of this emerging nation through vivid reportage based on seventeen years of on-the-ground coverage, and travels across the length and breadth of this enigmatic country that lies along the ancient Silk Road and at the geopolitical and cultural crossroads where East meets West. Featuring tales of murder and abduction, intrigue and betrayal, extortion and corruption, this book explores how a president, Nursultan Nazarbayev, transformed himself into a potentate and the economically struggling state he inherited at the fall of the USSR into a swaggering twenty-first century monocracy. This new edition features two additional chapters covering the aftermath of Nazarbayev&amp;#039;s fall from power in 2019; the Chinese government&amp;#039;s repressions against the Kazakhs of Xinjiang as part of its crackdown on Muslim minorities; and an afterword reflecting on the tumultuous events of January 2022 in Almaty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dark Shadows: Inside the Secret World of Kazakhstan
Author: Joanna Lillis
Narrator: Polly Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 3 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dark Shadows is a compelling portrait of Kazakhstan, a country that is little known in the West. Strategically located in the heart of Central Asia, sandwiched between Vladimir Putin&amp;#039;s Russia, its former colonial ruler, and Xi Jinping&amp;#039;s China, this vast oil-rich state is carving out its place in the world as it contends with its own complex past and present. Journalist Joanna Lillis paints a vibrant picture of this emerging nation through vivid reportage based on seventeen years of on-the-ground coverage, and travels across the length and breadth of this enigmatic country that lies along the ancient Silk Road and at the geopolitical and cultural crossroads where East meets West. Featuring tales of murder and abduction, intrigue and betrayal, extortion and corruption, this book explores how a president, Nursultan Nazarbayev, transformed himself into a potentate and the economically struggling state he inherited at the fall of the USSR into a swaggering twenty-first century monocracy. This new edition features two additional chapters covering the aftermath of Nazarbayev&amp;#039;s fall from power in 2019; the Chinese government&amp;#039;s repressions against the Kazakhs of Xinjiang as part of its crackdown on Muslim minorities; and an afterword reflecting on the tumultuous events of January 2022 in Almaty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit: The Court Packing Fight and the Rise of Legal Liberalism by Laura Kalman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit: The Court Packing Fight and the Rise of Legal Liberalism
Author: Laura Kalman
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the past few years, liberals concerned about the prospect of long-term conservative dominance of the federal courts have revived an idea that crashed and burned in the 1930s: court packing. Today&amp;#039;s court packing advocates have run into a wall of opposition, with most citing the 1930s episode as one FDR&amp;#039;s greatest failures. In early 1937, Roosevelt-fresh off a landslide victory-stunned the country when he proposed a plan to expand the size of the court by up to six justices. Today, that scheme is generally seen as an instance where FDR failed to read Congress and the public properly. In FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit, legal historian Laura Kalman challenges the conventional wisdom by telling the story as it unfolded. While scholars have portrayed the Court Bill as the ill-fated brainchild of a President made overbold by victory, Kalman argues that acumen, not arrogance, accounted for Roosevelt&amp;#039;s actions. FDR came close to getting additional justices, and the Court itself changed course. As Kalman shows, the episode suggests that proposing a change in the Court might give the justices reason to consider whether their present course is endangering the institution and its vital role in a liberal democracy. FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit offers a novel perspective on the long-term effects of court packing.</description>
      <author>Laura Kalman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765077061.mp3" length="8553045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765077061.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit: The Court Packing Fight and the Rise of Legal Liberalism
Author: Laura Kalman
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the past few years, liberals concerned about the prospect of long-term conservative dominance of the federal courts have revived an idea that crashed and burned in the 1930s: court packing. Today&amp;#039;s court packing advocates have run into a wall of opposition, with most citing the 1930s episode as one FDR&amp;#039;s greatest failures. In early 1937, Roosevelt-fresh off a landslide victory-stunned the country when he proposed a plan to expand the size of the court by up to six justices. Today, that scheme is generally seen as an instance where FDR failed to read Congress and the public properly. In FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit, legal historian Laura Kalman challenges the conventional wisdom by telling the story as it unfolded. While scholars have portrayed the Court Bill as the ill-fated brainchild of a President made overbold by victory, Kalman argues that acumen, not arrogance, accounted for Roosevelt&amp;#039;s actions. FDR came close to getting additional justices, and the Court itself changed course. As Kalman shows, the episode suggests that proposing a change in the Court might give the justices reason to consider whether their present course is endangering the institution and its vital role in a liberal democracy. FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit offers a novel perspective on the long-term effects of court packing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit: The Court Packing Fight and the Rise of Legal Liberalism
Author: Laura Kalman
Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the past few years, liberals concerned about the prospect of long-term conservative dominance of the federal courts have revived an idea that crashed and burned in the 1930s: court packing. Today&amp;#039;s court packing advocates have run into a wall of opposition, with most citing the 1930s episode as one FDR&amp;#039;s greatest failures. In early 1937, Roosevelt-fresh off a landslide victory-stunned the country when he proposed a plan to expand the size of the court by up to six justices. Today, that scheme is generally seen as an instance where FDR failed to read Congress and the public properly. In FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit, legal historian Laura Kalman challenges the conventional wisdom by telling the story as it unfolded. While scholars have portrayed the Court Bill as the ill-fated brainchild of a President made overbold by victory, Kalman argues that acumen, not arrogance, accounted for Roosevelt&amp;#039;s actions. FDR came close to getting additional justices, and the Court itself changed course. As Kalman shows, the episode suggests that proposing a change in the Court might give the justices reason to consider whether their present course is endangering the institution and its vital role in a liberal democracy. FDR&amp;#039;s Gambit offers a novel perspective on the long-term effects of court packing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know by Bruce W. Jentleson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Bruce W. Jentleson
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise, authoritative overview of a little-understood yet extremely important phenomenon in world politics: the use of economic sanctions by one country to punish another. It&amp;#039;s hard to browse the news without seeing reports of yet another imposition of sanctions by one country on another. The United States has sanctions against more than thirty countries. Russia has repeatedly imposed sanctions against former Soviet republics. China has developed its own approach, including targeting private entities such as the NBA. And it&amp;#039;s not just major powers: Japan and South Korea have sanctioned each other over WWII and colonial legacies; Saudi Arabia against Qatar because of differences over Iran; and France, Germany, and Norway against Brazil over the Amazon forest and climate change. In Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know®, Bruce Jentleson—one of America&amp;#039;s leading scholars on the subject—answers the fundamental questions about sanctions today: Why are they used so much? What are their varieties? What are the key factors affecting their success? Why have they become the tool of first resort for states engaged in international conflict? Jentleson demonstrates that examining sanctions is key to understanding international relations and explains how and why they will likely continue to bear on global politics.</description>
      <author>Bruce W. Jentleson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666167269.mp3" length="9072156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666167269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Bruce W. Jentleson
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise, authoritative overview of a little-understood yet extremely important phenomenon in world politics: the use of economic sanctions by one country to punish another. It&amp;#039;s hard to browse the news without seeing reports of yet another imposition of sanctions by one country on another. The United States has sanctions against more than thirty countries. Russia has repeatedly imposed sanctions against former Soviet republics. China has developed its own approach, including targeting private entities such as the NBA. And it&amp;#039;s not just major powers: Japan and South Korea have sanctioned each other over WWII and colonial legacies; Saudi Arabia against Qatar because of differences over Iran; and France, Germany, and Norway against Brazil over the Amazon forest and climate change. In Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know®, Bruce Jentleson—one of America&amp;#039;s leading scholars on the subject—answers the fundamental questions about sanctions today: Why are they used so much? What are their varieties? What are the key factors affecting their success? Why have they become the tool of first resort for states engaged in international conflict? Jentleson demonstrates that examining sanctions is key to understanding international relations and explains how and why they will likely continue to bear on global politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Bruce W. Jentleson
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 38 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A concise, authoritative overview of a little-understood yet extremely important phenomenon in world politics: the use of economic sanctions by one country to punish another. It&amp;#039;s hard to browse the news without seeing reports of yet another imposition of sanctions by one country on another. The United States has sanctions against more than thirty countries. Russia has repeatedly imposed sanctions against former Soviet republics. China has developed its own approach, including targeting private entities such as the NBA. And it&amp;#039;s not just major powers: Japan and South Korea have sanctioned each other over WWII and colonial legacies; Saudi Arabia against Qatar because of differences over Iran; and France, Germany, and Norway against Brazil over the Amazon forest and climate change. In Sanctions: What Everyone Needs to Know®, Bruce Jentleson—one of America&amp;#039;s leading scholars on the subject—answers the fundamental questions about sanctions today: Why are they used so much? What are their varieties? What are the key factors affecting their success? Why have they become the tool of first resort for states engaged in international conflict? Jentleson demonstrates that examining sanctions is key to understanding international relations and explains how and why they will likely continue to bear on global politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La paloma de Ravensbrück by Carme Martí</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La paloma de Ravensbrück
Author: Carme Martí
Narrator: Paloma Insa Rico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor, la alegría, la barbarie. La vida de Neus Català, explicada por ella misma y revisada a través de una ambiciosa novela magistralmente construida por Carme Martí. Su infancia en un pequeño pueblo rural; la juventud interrumpida por la Guerra Civil española y la rápida toma de conciencia social; Barcelona, Premià de Mar y, finalmente, la retirada a pie por la frontera hasta llegar al sur de Francia; la resistencia, los maquis y el primer gran amor. Pasión y rebelión hasta el día que las SS llaman a la puerta. Prisión. Un largo viaje en tren hasta Ravensbrück, Hollschein y el comienzo del infierno. La historia de una vida extraordinaria. Una novela ideal para los lectores de El tatuador de Auschwitz y La casa alemana. - Escritora y filóloga catalana, Carme Martí ha dedicado la mayor parte de su obra a la recuperación de la memoria histórica. Impartió docencia para inmigrantes en el Consorci per a la Normalització Lingüística, ha sido articulista de prensa y gestora cultural en el ámbito museístico. En 2010 entrevistó a Neus Català para una serie de crónicas sobre mujeres el mundo rural. Fruto de aquel primer encuentro surgió un tándem literario que convirtió las vivencias de Català en una novela extraordinaria. Su historia ha sido recuperada en 2019 con el título La paloma de Ravensbrück.</description>
      <author>Carme Martí</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728348109.mp3" length="1330506" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728348109.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La paloma de Ravensbrück
Author: Carme Martí
Narrator: Paloma Insa Rico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor, la alegría, la barbarie. La vida de Neus Català, explicada por ella misma y revisada a través de una ambiciosa novela magistralmente construida por Carme Martí. Su infancia en un pequeño pueblo rural; la juventud interrumpida por la Guerra Civil española y la rápida toma de conciencia social; Barcelona, Premià de Mar y, finalmente, la retirada a pie por la frontera hasta llegar al sur de Francia; la resistencia, los maquis y el primer gran amor. Pasión y rebelión hasta el día que las SS llaman a la puerta. Prisión. Un largo viaje en tren hasta Ravensbrück, Hollschein y el comienzo del infierno. La historia de una vida extraordinaria. Una novela ideal para los lectores de El tatuador de Auschwitz y La casa alemana. - Escritora y filóloga catalana, Carme Martí ha dedicado la mayor parte de su obra a la recuperación de la memoria histórica. Impartió docencia para inmigrantes en el Consorci per a la Normalització Lingüística, ha sido articulista de prensa y gestora cultural en el ámbito museístico. En 2010 entrevistó a Neus Català para una serie de crónicas sobre mujeres el mundo rural. Fruto de aquel primer encuentro surgió un tándem literario que convirtió las vivencias de Català en una novela extraordinaria. Su historia ha sido recuperada en 2019 con el título La paloma de Ravensbrück.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/637126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La paloma de Ravensbrück
Author: Carme Martí
Narrator: Paloma Insa Rico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 36 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El amor, la alegría, la barbarie. La vida de Neus Català, explicada por ella misma y revisada a través de una ambiciosa novela magistralmente construida por Carme Martí. Su infancia en un pequeño pueblo rural; la juventud interrumpida por la Guerra Civil española y la rápida toma de conciencia social; Barcelona, Premià de Mar y, finalmente, la retirada a pie por la frontera hasta llegar al sur de Francia; la resistencia, los maquis y el primer gran amor. Pasión y rebelión hasta el día que las SS llaman a la puerta. Prisión. Un largo viaje en tren hasta Ravensbrück, Hollschein y el comienzo del infierno. La historia de una vida extraordinaria. Una novela ideal para los lectores de El tatuador de Auschwitz y La casa alemana. - Escritora y filóloga catalana, Carme Martí ha dedicado la mayor parte de su obra a la recuperación de la memoria histórica. Impartió docencia para inmigrantes en el Consorci per a la Normalització Lingüística, ha sido articulista de prensa y gestora cultural en el ámbito museístico. En 2010 entrevistó a Neus Català para una serie de crónicas sobre mujeres el mundo rural. Fruto de aquel primer encuentro surgió un tándem literario que convirtió las vivencias de Català en una novela extraordinaria. Su historia ha sido recuperada en 2019 con el título La paloma de Ravensbrück.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The First Wave: JBJ, Chiam &amp;amp; the Opposition in Singapore by Loke Hoe Yeong</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Wave: JBJ, Chiam &amp;amp; the Opposition in Singapore
Author: Loke Hoe Yeong
Narrator: Joshua Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on extensive interviews and archival material, The First Wave tells the story of the opposition in Singapore in its critical first thirty years in Parliament. Democratisation has been described to occur in waves. The first wave of a democratic awakening in post-independence Singapore began with J. B. Jeyaretnam&amp;#039;s victory in the Anson by-election of 1981. That built up to the 1984 general election, the first of many to be called a &amp;#039;watershed&amp;#039;, in which Chiam See Tong was also elected in Potong Pasir. After their successes in 1991, the opposition began dreaming of forming the government. But their euphoria was short-lived. Serious fault lines in the leading Singapore Democratic Party (SDP) rose to the surface almost immediately after the opposition victories of 1991, and the party was wiped out of Parliament by 1997. The opposition spent the next decade experimenting with coalition arrangements, to work their way back to victory. © 2019 by Loke Hoe Yeong. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2019.</description>
      <author>Loke Hoe Yeong</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2020 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179236274.mp3" length="1251573" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179236274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Wave: JBJ, Chiam &amp;amp; the Opposition in Singapore
Author: Loke Hoe Yeong
Narrator: Joshua Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on extensive interviews and archival material, The First Wave tells the story of the opposition in Singapore in its critical first thirty years in Parliament. Democratisation has been described to occur in waves. The first wave of a democratic awakening in post-independence Singapore began with J. B. Jeyaretnam&amp;#039;s victory in the Anson by-election of 1981. That built up to the 1984 general election, the first of many to be called a &amp;#039;watershed&amp;#039;, in which Chiam See Tong was also elected in Potong Pasir. After their successes in 1991, the opposition began dreaming of forming the government. But their euphoria was short-lived. Serious fault lines in the leading Singapore Democratic Party (SDP) rose to the surface almost immediately after the opposition victories of 1991, and the party was wiped out of Parliament by 1997. The opposition spent the next decade experimenting with coalition arrangements, to work their way back to victory. © 2019 by Loke Hoe Yeong. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2019.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The First Wave: JBJ, Chiam &amp;amp; the Opposition in Singapore
Author: Loke Hoe Yeong
Narrator: Joshua Lim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Based on extensive interviews and archival material, The First Wave tells the story of the opposition in Singapore in its critical first thirty years in Parliament. Democratisation has been described to occur in waves. The first wave of a democratic awakening in post-independence Singapore began with J. B. Jeyaretnam&amp;#039;s victory in the Anson by-election of 1981. That built up to the 1984 general election, the first of many to be called a &amp;#039;watershed&amp;#039;, in which Chiam See Tong was also elected in Potong Pasir. After their successes in 1991, the opposition began dreaming of forming the government. But their euphoria was short-lived. Serious fault lines in the leading Singapore Democratic Party (SDP) rose to the surface almost immediately after the opposition victories of 1991, and the party was wiped out of Parliament by 1997. The opposition spent the next decade experimenting with coalition arrangements, to work their way back to victory. © 2019 by Loke Hoe Yeong. Published in paper format in Singapore by Epigram Books, recorded by Storyside 2019.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Decades of Decadence: How Our Spoiled Elites Blew America&amp;#039;s Inheritance of Liberty, Security, and Prosperity by Marco Rubio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decades of Decadence: How Our Spoiled Elites Blew America&amp;#039;s Inheritance of Liberty, Security, and Prosperity
Author: Marco Rubio
Narrator: Marco Rubio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thirty years of telling Americans they don’t need families, communities, or a shared history is destroying what made our country the envy of the world. While many Americans have worried about China, open borders, opioids, failing communities, and families in crisis, our elites have told us that’s all fine because it’s not only inevitable; it’s for the best.  Every part of our nation is now in decline, and it’s all connected.  In Decades of Decadence, Marco Rubio exposes the elites’ attacks on the four key elements of American strength: good local jobs, stable families, geographical communities, and a sovereign nation that serves as a beacon of freedom and prosperity. These have been eroded not only by globalization, but by the lies we tell ourselves, including, “Anyone who loves each other is a family,” “Real community can be found on the internet,” and “We’re all citizens of the world.”  It’s not too late to reject these errors. America remains a powerful and wealthy nation, built on timeless truths ingrained in the very creation of mankind. But we cannot afford another misguided and decadent decade. In this book, Rubio shows how we can avoid another dark age and restore America’s place as the global ideal of harmony, opportunity, and democracy.</description>
      <author>Marco Rubio</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063296992.mp3" length="1299592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063296992.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decades of Decadence: How Our Spoiled Elites Blew America&amp;#039;s Inheritance of Liberty, Security, and Prosperity
Author: Marco Rubio
Narrator: Marco Rubio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thirty years of telling Americans they don’t need families, communities, or a shared history is destroying what made our country the envy of the world. While many Americans have worried about China, open borders, opioids, failing communities, and families in crisis, our elites have told us that’s all fine because it’s not only inevitable; it’s for the best.  Every part of our nation is now in decline, and it’s all connected.  In Decades of Decadence, Marco Rubio exposes the elites’ attacks on the four key elements of American strength: good local jobs, stable families, geographical communities, and a sovereign nation that serves as a beacon of freedom and prosperity. These have been eroded not only by globalization, but by the lies we tell ourselves, including, “Anyone who loves each other is a family,” “Real community can be found on the internet,” and “We’re all citizens of the world.”  It’s not too late to reject these errors. America remains a powerful and wealthy nation, built on timeless truths ingrained in the very creation of mankind. But we cannot afford another misguided and decadent decade. In this book, Rubio shows how we can avoid another dark age and restore America’s place as the global ideal of harmony, opportunity, and democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Decades of Decadence: How Our Spoiled Elites Blew America&amp;#039;s Inheritance of Liberty, Security, and Prosperity
Author: Marco Rubio
Narrator: Marco Rubio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thirty years of telling Americans they don’t need families, communities, or a shared history is destroying what made our country the envy of the world. While many Americans have worried about China, open borders, opioids, failing communities, and families in crisis, our elites have told us that’s all fine because it’s not only inevitable; it’s for the best.  Every part of our nation is now in decline, and it’s all connected.  In Decades of Decadence, Marco Rubio exposes the elites’ attacks on the four key elements of American strength: good local jobs, stable families, geographical communities, and a sovereign nation that serves as a beacon of freedom and prosperity. These have been eroded not only by globalization, but by the lies we tell ourselves, including, “Anyone who loves each other is a family,” “Real community can be found on the internet,” and “We’re all citizens of the world.”  It’s not too late to reject these errors. America remains a powerful and wealthy nation, built on timeless truths ingrained in the very creation of mankind. But we cannot afford another misguided and decadent decade. In this book, Rubio shows how we can avoid another dark age and restore America’s place as the global ideal of harmony, opportunity, and democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Boom by Jason L. Riley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Boom
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Amir Abdullah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic inequality continues to be one of the most hotly debated topics in America, but there has been relatively little discussion of the fact that black-white gaps in joblessness, income, poverty, and other measures were shrinking prior to the pandemic. Why was it happening, and why did this phenomenon go unacknowledged by so much of the media? In The Black Boom, Jason L. Riley—acclaimed Wall Street Journal columnist and senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute—digs into the data and concludes that the economic lives of black people improved significantly under policies put into place during the Trump administration. Less inequality is something that everyone wants, but disapproval of Trump&amp;#039;s personality and methods too often skewed the media&amp;#039;s appraisal of effective policies advocated by his administration. If we want to make real progress in improving the lives of low-income minorities, says Riley, we must look beyond our partisan differences at what works and keep doing it. Unfortunately, many press outlets were unable or unwilling to do that.</description>
      <author>Jason L. Riley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765069783.mp3" length="2793585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765069783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Boom
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Amir Abdullah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic inequality continues to be one of the most hotly debated topics in America, but there has been relatively little discussion of the fact that black-white gaps in joblessness, income, poverty, and other measures were shrinking prior to the pandemic. Why was it happening, and why did this phenomenon go unacknowledged by so much of the media? In The Black Boom, Jason L. Riley—acclaimed Wall Street Journal columnist and senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute—digs into the data and concludes that the economic lives of black people improved significantly under policies put into place during the Trump administration. Less inequality is something that everyone wants, but disapproval of Trump&amp;#039;s personality and methods too often skewed the media&amp;#039;s appraisal of effective policies advocated by his administration. If we want to make real progress in improving the lives of low-income minorities, says Riley, we must look beyond our partisan differences at what works and keep doing it. Unfortunately, many press outlets were unable or unwilling to do that.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Boom
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Amir Abdullah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Economic inequality continues to be one of the most hotly debated topics in America, but there has been relatively little discussion of the fact that black-white gaps in joblessness, income, poverty, and other measures were shrinking prior to the pandemic. Why was it happening, and why did this phenomenon go unacknowledged by so much of the media? In The Black Boom, Jason L. Riley—acclaimed Wall Street Journal columnist and senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute—digs into the data and concludes that the economic lives of black people improved significantly under policies put into place during the Trump administration. Less inequality is something that everyone wants, but disapproval of Trump&amp;#039;s personality and methods too often skewed the media&amp;#039;s appraisal of effective policies advocated by his administration. If we want to make real progress in improving the lives of low-income minorities, says Riley, we must look beyond our partisan differences at what works and keep doing it. Unfortunately, many press outlets were unable or unwilling to do that.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>RENAISSANCE STATE THE UNWRITTEN STORY OF THE MAKING OF MAHARASHTRA by Girish Kuber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: RENAISSANCE STATE THE UNWRITTEN STORY OF THE MAKING OF MAHARASHTRA
Author: Girish Kuber
Narrator: Sanket Mhatre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Maharashtra. Among the country&amp;#039;s largest, wealthiest, most significant constituents. A great state in name and in deed that has been the cradle of individuals and events that have shaped India. Girish Kuber, a seasoned journalist and one of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s foremost opinion makers, tells the region&amp;#039;s story in Renaissance State. Taking in its vast sweep the politics, society and history of the land, from the time of the Satavahanas down to the present day, the book chronicles a number of lesser-known tales: the empire that brought the mighty Mughals to their knees, the woman who took the issue of consent in marital sex right up to Queen Victoria, the social reformers who were far ahead of their time, the men and women who were pioneers in different walks of life, the evolution of movements of the right and left as well as for Dalit identity, the man who mentored Gandhi and also the one who killed him, besides recounting the region&amp;#039;s long tradition of standing up to the power centres of the north. This is the account of the making of Maharashtra and the Marathi Manoos that its proud people deserved but which had so far remained unwritten. Reviews: &amp;#039;A fascinating account of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s long and turbulent history, Girish Kuber&amp;#039;s Renaissance State presents the key facts and faces of some 2,000 years of this great state&amp;#039;s existence. Introducing us to mathematicians and warriors, scientific legends and political giants, Kuber&amp;#039;s insightful and extensively researched narrative is enriched by compelling detail.&amp;#039; – Shashi Tharoor, author and Member of Parliament &amp;#039;One of the unfortunate side effects of rabid nationalism is the loss of regional identities. Maharashtra has a magnificent history, unimpeachable traditions and a unique artistic culture that has always refused to bow before the mighty monarchs of Delhi who believed they owned it all. Freedom came. But Maharashtra is still fighting for its rightful place in Modi&amp;#039;s new India. Girish Kuber takes a panoramic view of what makes Maharashtra so special and why its proud people have always refused to bow before Delhi – and still do. For good reason.&amp;#039; – Pritish Nandy, senior journalist and media personality &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Though as an individual Shivaji was a practising Hindu, he kept religion at bay when it came to his politics and social life.&amp;#039; For me, this is one of the most significant lines in Renaissance State, a rigorously clear-eyed study of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s past and present.&amp;#039; − Shanta Gokhale, author and translator &amp;#039;Sweeping through centuries of history, Renaissance State is an excellent starting point for anyone trying to understand the dynamics and dynamism of India&amp;#039;s richest state. It also offers a window on the paradoxical intellectual currents that have shaped the Marathi Manoos. As Girish Kuber notes, Maharashtra produced both Gandhi&amp;#039;s mentor and his murderer.&amp;#039; − Naresh Fernandes, editor, Scroll, and author of City Adrift: A Short Biography of Bombay &amp;#039;This will be the go-to book on Maharashtra and its residents for many decades to come.&amp;#039; − Jerry Pinto, author of Em and the Big Hoom and Murder in Mahim</description>
      <author>Girish Kuber</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354830013.mp3" length="1311983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354830013.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: RENAISSANCE STATE THE UNWRITTEN STORY OF THE MAKING OF MAHARASHTRA
Author: Girish Kuber
Narrator: Sanket Mhatre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Maharashtra. Among the country&amp;#039;s largest, wealthiest, most significant constituents. A great state in name and in deed that has been the cradle of individuals and events that have shaped India. Girish Kuber, a seasoned journalist and one of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s foremost opinion makers, tells the region&amp;#039;s story in Renaissance State. Taking in its vast sweep the politics, society and history of the land, from the time of the Satavahanas down to the present day, the book chronicles a number of lesser-known tales: the empire that brought the mighty Mughals to their knees, the woman who took the issue of consent in marital sex right up to Queen Victoria, the social reformers who were far ahead of their time, the men and women who were pioneers in different walks of life, the evolution of movements of the right and left as well as for Dalit identity, the man who mentored Gandhi and also the one who killed him, besides recounting the region&amp;#039;s long tradition of standing up to the power centres of the north. This is the account of the making of Maharashtra and the Marathi Manoos that its proud people deserved but which had so far remained unwritten. Reviews: &amp;#039;A fascinating account of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s long and turbulent history, Girish Kuber&amp;#039;s Renaissance State presents the key facts and faces of some 2,000 years of this great state&amp;#039;s existence. Introducing us to mathematicians and warriors, scientific legends and political giants, Kuber&amp;#039;s insightful and extensively researched narrative is enriched by compelling detail.&amp;#039; – Shashi Tharoor, author and Member of Parliament &amp;#039;One of the unfortunate side effects of rabid nationalism is the loss of regional identities. Maharashtra has a magnificent history, unimpeachable traditions and a unique artistic culture that has always refused to bow before the mighty monarchs of Delhi who believed they owned it all. Freedom came. But Maharashtra is still fighting for its rightful place in Modi&amp;#039;s new India. Girish Kuber takes a panoramic view of what makes Maharashtra so special and why its proud people have always refused to bow before Delhi – and still do. For good reason.&amp;#039; – Pritish Nandy, senior journalist and media personality &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Though as an individual Shivaji was a practising Hindu, he kept religion at bay when it came to his politics and social life.&amp;#039; For me, this is one of the most significant lines in Renaissance State, a rigorously clear-eyed study of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s past and present.&amp;#039; − Shanta Gokhale, author and translator &amp;#039;Sweeping through centuries of history, Renaissance State is an excellent starting point for anyone trying to understand the dynamics and dynamism of India&amp;#039;s richest state. It also offers a window on the paradoxical intellectual currents that have shaped the Marathi Manoos. As Girish Kuber notes, Maharashtra produced both Gandhi&amp;#039;s mentor and his murderer.&amp;#039; − Naresh Fernandes, editor, Scroll, and author of City Adrift: A Short Biography of Bombay &amp;#039;This will be the go-to book on Maharashtra and its residents for many decades to come.&amp;#039; − Jerry Pinto, author of Em and the Big Hoom and Murder in Mahim</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/636063</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: RENAISSANCE STATE THE UNWRITTEN STORY OF THE MAKING OF MAHARASHTRA
Author: Girish Kuber
Narrator: Sanket Mhatre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 34 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Maharashtra. Among the country&amp;#039;s largest, wealthiest, most significant constituents. A great state in name and in deed that has been the cradle of individuals and events that have shaped India. Girish Kuber, a seasoned journalist and one of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s foremost opinion makers, tells the region&amp;#039;s story in Renaissance State. Taking in its vast sweep the politics, society and history of the land, from the time of the Satavahanas down to the present day, the book chronicles a number of lesser-known tales: the empire that brought the mighty Mughals to their knees, the woman who took the issue of consent in marital sex right up to Queen Victoria, the social reformers who were far ahead of their time, the men and women who were pioneers in different walks of life, the evolution of movements of the right and left as well as for Dalit identity, the man who mentored Gandhi and also the one who killed him, besides recounting the region&amp;#039;s long tradition of standing up to the power centres of the north. This is the account of the making of Maharashtra and the Marathi Manoos that its proud people deserved but which had so far remained unwritten. Reviews: &amp;#039;A fascinating account of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s long and turbulent history, Girish Kuber&amp;#039;s Renaissance State presents the key facts and faces of some 2,000 years of this great state&amp;#039;s existence. Introducing us to mathematicians and warriors, scientific legends and political giants, Kuber&amp;#039;s insightful and extensively researched narrative is enriched by compelling detail.&amp;#039; – Shashi Tharoor, author and Member of Parliament &amp;#039;One of the unfortunate side effects of rabid nationalism is the loss of regional identities. Maharashtra has a magnificent history, unimpeachable traditions and a unique artistic culture that has always refused to bow before the mighty monarchs of Delhi who believed they owned it all. Freedom came. But Maharashtra is still fighting for its rightful place in Modi&amp;#039;s new India. Girish Kuber takes a panoramic view of what makes Maharashtra so special and why its proud people have always refused to bow before Delhi – and still do. For good reason.&amp;#039; – Pritish Nandy, senior journalist and media personality &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Though as an individual Shivaji was a practising Hindu, he kept religion at bay when it came to his politics and social life.&amp;#039; For me, this is one of the most significant lines in Renaissance State, a rigorously clear-eyed study of Maharashtra&amp;#039;s past and present.&amp;#039; − Shanta Gokhale, author and translator &amp;#039;Sweeping through centuries of history, Renaissance State is an excellent starting point for anyone trying to understand the dynamics and dynamism of India&amp;#039;s richest state. It also offers a window on the paradoxical intellectual currents that have shaped the Marathi Manoos. As Girish Kuber notes, Maharashtra produced both Gandhi&amp;#039;s mentor and his murderer.&amp;#039; − Naresh Fernandes, editor, Scroll, and author of City Adrift: A Short Biography of Bombay &amp;#039;This will be the go-to book on Maharashtra and its residents for many decades to come.&amp;#039; − Jerry Pinto, author of Em and the Big Hoom and Murder in Mahim</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El cielo está incompleto: cuaderno de viaje en Palestina by Irmgard Emmelhainz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El cielo está incompleto: cuaderno de viaje en Palestina
Author: Irmgard Emmelhainz
Narrator: Daniela Arroio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En El cielo está incompleto, Emmelhainz narra su experiencia en los Territorios Ocupados e Israel a través de reflexiones, cartas, textos experimentales, ensayos críticos, ficciones, crítica de arte, descripciones del paisaje y encuentros con amigos, discusiones intelectuales, vivencias en las que la Ocupación se hace presente (o no). Para plasmar el conflicto, la autora experimenta con varios ángulos de visión combinando historias contadas, la actualidad y la Historia escrita, historias de amor, amistad y otro tipo de vivencias personales. El objetivo de este compendio de textos es proporcionar a los lectores un dibujo de cómo se vive bajo uno de los conflictos políticos más urgentes hoy en día. Acerca de su estadía en Medio Oriente la autora dice: me reconocía viendo y escuchando, incapaz de registrar lo que estaba viviendo; buscaba distintas maneras de procesar mis percepciones. Se dice que la visión se caracteriza por ser incorpórea y violenta, la mirada por inscribir y marcar los cuerpos. ¿Con la sangre de quién se harían mis ojos? La visión se convirtió para mí en la posibilidad de ver, reconstruyendo sin cesar un punto de vista desde el cual procesar las tensiones, resonancias, transformaciones, resistencia, complicidad y dolor, frustración, sometimiento, odio, memoria y lo que los palestinos llaman la tiranía de la incertidumbre de la vida bajo la ocupación. De alguna manera, mi experiencia me hizo presente los aspectos sensoriales y corpóreos de la visión. Empecé a sentir lo que veía. La ansiedad de estar encerrada en el bucle de mi propia mirada me causó lo que estaba viendo se tradujo a anorexia, codependencia, ansiedad de ceguera, depresión, enamoramiento. Y descubrí que ver no es decir, sino ver asediada por la ansiedad de ceguera. Es decir, intento de ver.</description>
      <author>Irmgard Emmelhainz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789180129343.mp3" length="1146534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789180129343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El cielo está incompleto: cuaderno de viaje en Palestina
Author: Irmgard Emmelhainz
Narrator: Daniela Arroio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En El cielo está incompleto, Emmelhainz narra su experiencia en los Territorios Ocupados e Israel a través de reflexiones, cartas, textos experimentales, ensayos críticos, ficciones, crítica de arte, descripciones del paisaje y encuentros con amigos, discusiones intelectuales, vivencias en las que la Ocupación se hace presente (o no). Para plasmar el conflicto, la autora experimenta con varios ángulos de visión combinando historias contadas, la actualidad y la Historia escrita, historias de amor, amistad y otro tipo de vivencias personales. El objetivo de este compendio de textos es proporcionar a los lectores un dibujo de cómo se vive bajo uno de los conflictos políticos más urgentes hoy en día. Acerca de su estadía en Medio Oriente la autora dice: me reconocía viendo y escuchando, incapaz de registrar lo que estaba viviendo; buscaba distintas maneras de procesar mis percepciones. Se dice que la visión se caracteriza por ser incorpórea y violenta, la mirada por inscribir y marcar los cuerpos. ¿Con la sangre de quién se harían mis ojos? La visión se convirtió para mí en la posibilidad de ver, reconstruyendo sin cesar un punto de vista desde el cual procesar las tensiones, resonancias, transformaciones, resistencia, complicidad y dolor, frustración, sometimiento, odio, memoria y lo que los palestinos llaman la tiranía de la incertidumbre de la vida bajo la ocupación. De alguna manera, mi experiencia me hizo presente los aspectos sensoriales y corpóreos de la visión. Empecé a sentir lo que veía. La ansiedad de estar encerrada en el bucle de mi propia mirada me causó lo que estaba viendo se tradujo a anorexia, codependencia, ansiedad de ceguera, depresión, enamoramiento. Y descubrí que ver no es decir, sino ver asediada por la ansiedad de ceguera. Es decir, intento de ver.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El cielo está incompleto: cuaderno de viaje en Palestina
Author: Irmgard Emmelhainz
Narrator: Daniela Arroio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
En El cielo está incompleto, Emmelhainz narra su experiencia en los Territorios Ocupados e Israel a través de reflexiones, cartas, textos experimentales, ensayos críticos, ficciones, crítica de arte, descripciones del paisaje y encuentros con amigos, discusiones intelectuales, vivencias en las que la Ocupación se hace presente (o no). Para plasmar el conflicto, la autora experimenta con varios ángulos de visión combinando historias contadas, la actualidad y la Historia escrita, historias de amor, amistad y otro tipo de vivencias personales. El objetivo de este compendio de textos es proporcionar a los lectores un dibujo de cómo se vive bajo uno de los conflictos políticos más urgentes hoy en día. Acerca de su estadía en Medio Oriente la autora dice: me reconocía viendo y escuchando, incapaz de registrar lo que estaba viviendo; buscaba distintas maneras de procesar mis percepciones. Se dice que la visión se caracteriza por ser incorpórea y violenta, la mirada por inscribir y marcar los cuerpos. ¿Con la sangre de quién se harían mis ojos? La visión se convirtió para mí en la posibilidad de ver, reconstruyendo sin cesar un punto de vista desde el cual procesar las tensiones, resonancias, transformaciones, resistencia, complicidad y dolor, frustración, sometimiento, odio, memoria y lo que los palestinos llaman la tiranía de la incertidumbre de la vida bajo la ocupación. De alguna manera, mi experiencia me hizo presente los aspectos sensoriales y corpóreos de la visión. Empecé a sentir lo que veía. La ansiedad de estar encerrada en el bucle de mi propia mirada me causó lo que estaba viendo se tradujo a anorexia, codependencia, ansiedad de ceguera, depresión, enamoramiento. Y descubrí que ver no es decir, sino ver asediada por la ansiedad de ceguera. Es decir, intento de ver.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - No vuelvas by Leonardo Tarifeño</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No vuelvas
Author: Leonardo Tarifeño
Narrator: Adrián Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Quién mejor para descubrir las historias de los migrantes deportados que un periodista que ha encontrado su vocación en el nomadismo? A finales del gobierno de Barack Obama y principios del de Donald Trump, Leonardo Tarifeño viajó una y otra vez a Tijuana para conocer a esos bad hombres que de un momento a otro se quedaron sin nada. Perseguidos en Estados Unidos por un aparato judicial racista, los personajes que Tarifeño presenta en No vuelvas han sido forzados a romper todo vínculo con lo que alguna vez llamaron hogar, para ser recibidos por la indiferencia y la corrupción de su país de origen. Sostenida por una rigurosa documentación histórica, esta estremecedora crónica pone la lupa en &amp;#039;las cicatrices de un México invisible&amp;#039; y comparte experiencias &amp;#039;donde la crueldad y la esperanza, la vileza y la supervivencia muestran mucho de lo que somos y podríamos ser&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>Leonardo Tarifeño</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179896836.mp3" length="1177709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179896836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No vuelvas
Author: Leonardo Tarifeño
Narrator: Adrián Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Quién mejor para descubrir las historias de los migrantes deportados que un periodista que ha encontrado su vocación en el nomadismo? A finales del gobierno de Barack Obama y principios del de Donald Trump, Leonardo Tarifeño viajó una y otra vez a Tijuana para conocer a esos bad hombres que de un momento a otro se quedaron sin nada. Perseguidos en Estados Unidos por un aparato judicial racista, los personajes que Tarifeño presenta en No vuelvas han sido forzados a romper todo vínculo con lo que alguna vez llamaron hogar, para ser recibidos por la indiferencia y la corrupción de su país de origen. Sostenida por una rigurosa documentación histórica, esta estremecedora crónica pone la lupa en &amp;#039;las cicatrices de un México invisible&amp;#039; y comparte experiencias &amp;#039;donde la crueldad y la esperanza, la vileza y la supervivencia muestran mucho de lo que somos y podríamos ser&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - No vuelvas
Author: Leonardo Tarifeño
Narrator: Adrián Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Quién mejor para descubrir las historias de los migrantes deportados que un periodista que ha encontrado su vocación en el nomadismo? A finales del gobierno de Barack Obama y principios del de Donald Trump, Leonardo Tarifeño viajó una y otra vez a Tijuana para conocer a esos bad hombres que de un momento a otro se quedaron sin nada. Perseguidos en Estados Unidos por un aparato judicial racista, los personajes que Tarifeño presenta en No vuelvas han sido forzados a romper todo vínculo con lo que alguna vez llamaron hogar, para ser recibidos por la indiferencia y la corrupción de su país de origen. Sostenida por una rigurosa documentación histórica, esta estremecedora crónica pone la lupa en &amp;#039;las cicatrices de un México invisible&amp;#039; y comparte experiencias &amp;#039;donde la crueldad y la esperanza, la vileza y la supervivencia muestran mucho de lo que somos y podríamos ser&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Oaxaca sitiada. La primera insurrección del siglo XXI by Diego Enrique Osorno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oaxaca sitiada. La primera insurrección del siglo XXI
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta nueva edición de Oaxaca sitiada describe la dimensión real de la lucha que el pueblo oaxaqueño emprendió en el año 2006 en pos de justicia social. Su cometido era ponerle punto final a los abusos de un régimen autoritario cuya legitimidad siempre estuvo en entredicho. En estas páginas se asienta con detalle la historia de una rebelión: los orígenes del descontento entre los más desprotegidos, la necesidad de una reconversión de nuestro anquilosado sistema democrático, los liderazgos necesarios, el choque de un legítimo movimiento popular contra las altas estructuras del poder del estado, la represión, las cenizas que aún arden en la memoria viva de la sociedad.</description>
      <author>Diego Enrique Osorno</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 Apr 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179896768.mp3" length="1261075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179896768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oaxaca sitiada. La primera insurrección del siglo XXI
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta nueva edición de Oaxaca sitiada describe la dimensión real de la lucha que el pueblo oaxaqueño emprendió en el año 2006 en pos de justicia social. Su cometido era ponerle punto final a los abusos de un régimen autoritario cuya legitimidad siempre estuvo en entredicho. En estas páginas se asienta con detalle la historia de una rebelión: los orígenes del descontento entre los más desprotegidos, la necesidad de una reconversión de nuestro anquilosado sistema democrático, los liderazgos necesarios, el choque de un legítimo movimiento popular contra las altas estructuras del poder del estado, la represión, las cenizas que aún arden en la memoria viva de la sociedad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oaxaca sitiada. La primera insurrección del siglo XXI
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 0 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta nueva edición de Oaxaca sitiada describe la dimensión real de la lucha que el pueblo oaxaqueño emprendió en el año 2006 en pos de justicia social. Su cometido era ponerle punto final a los abusos de un régimen autoritario cuya legitimidad siempre estuvo en entredicho. En estas páginas se asienta con detalle la historia de una rebelión: los orígenes del descontento entre los más desprotegidos, la necesidad de una reconversión de nuestro anquilosado sistema democrático, los liderazgos necesarios, el choque de un legítimo movimiento popular contra las altas estructuras del poder del estado, la represión, las cenizas que aún arden en la memoria viva de la sociedad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Contra Estados Unidos by Diego Enrique Osorno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra Estados Unidos
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entre agosto y septiembre de 2012, un centenar de mexicanos, familiares de las víctimas de la guerra contra el narcotráfico, recorrieron más de once mil kilómetros por el territorio de Estados Unidos. Su propósito era gritar su dolor frente a los principales responsables del conflicto, y construir lazos con organizaciones de sobrevivientes y otros familiares de personas asesinadas o desaparecidas por las mismas causas en el país vecino. El periodista Diego Osorno acompañó a la Caravana por la Paz para escribir en tiempo real un testimonio de la valentía. Así nos narra en estas páginas un hecho sin precedentes: el pueblo herido que confronta a quienes fraguan la desgracia que asola nuestro país. Al mismo tiempo, traza un amplio retrato del líder del movimiento, el poeta Javier Sicilia, deudo él mismo de la guerra, y un defensor de la causa, una figura luminosa en la oscuridad, un oído que escucha, un corazón que conforta. Esta crónica reúne las experiencias, caminos, encuentros y desencuentros de ese puñado de seres humanos que cometen la esperanzadora desmesura de enfrentarse a la incomprensión, protestar ante la injusticia, alzar la voz y exigir la paz que todos merecemos y hace tanto que no vivimos.</description>
      <author>Diego Enrique Osorno</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 27 Feb 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179896751.mp3" length="1386281" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179896751.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra Estados Unidos
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entre agosto y septiembre de 2012, un centenar de mexicanos, familiares de las víctimas de la guerra contra el narcotráfico, recorrieron más de once mil kilómetros por el territorio de Estados Unidos. Su propósito era gritar su dolor frente a los principales responsables del conflicto, y construir lazos con organizaciones de sobrevivientes y otros familiares de personas asesinadas o desaparecidas por las mismas causas en el país vecino. El periodista Diego Osorno acompañó a la Caravana por la Paz para escribir en tiempo real un testimonio de la valentía. Así nos narra en estas páginas un hecho sin precedentes: el pueblo herido que confronta a quienes fraguan la desgracia que asola nuestro país. Al mismo tiempo, traza un amplio retrato del líder del movimiento, el poeta Javier Sicilia, deudo él mismo de la guerra, y un defensor de la causa, una figura luminosa en la oscuridad, un oído que escucha, un corazón que conforta. Esta crónica reúne las experiencias, caminos, encuentros y desencuentros de ese puñado de seres humanos que cometen la esperanzadora desmesura de enfrentarse a la incomprensión, protestar ante la injusticia, alzar la voz y exigir la paz que todos merecemos y hace tanto que no vivimos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Contra Estados Unidos
Author: Diego Enrique Osorno
Narrator: Juan Manuel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entre agosto y septiembre de 2012, un centenar de mexicanos, familiares de las víctimas de la guerra contra el narcotráfico, recorrieron más de once mil kilómetros por el territorio de Estados Unidos. Su propósito era gritar su dolor frente a los principales responsables del conflicto, y construir lazos con organizaciones de sobrevivientes y otros familiares de personas asesinadas o desaparecidas por las mismas causas en el país vecino. El periodista Diego Osorno acompañó a la Caravana por la Paz para escribir en tiempo real un testimonio de la valentía. Así nos narra en estas páginas un hecho sin precedentes: el pueblo herido que confronta a quienes fraguan la desgracia que asola nuestro país. Al mismo tiempo, traza un amplio retrato del líder del movimiento, el poeta Javier Sicilia, deudo él mismo de la guerra, y un defensor de la causa, una figura luminosa en la oscuridad, un oído que escucha, un corazón que conforta. Esta crónica reúne las experiencias, caminos, encuentros y desencuentros de ese puñado de seres humanos que cometen la esperanzadora desmesura de enfrentarse a la incomprensión, protestar ante la injusticia, alzar la voz y exigir la paz que todos merecemos y hace tanto que no vivimos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Días contados by Fabrizio Mejía Madrid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Días contados
Author: Fabrizio Mejía Madrid
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas crónicas fueron escritas y publicadas en distintos medios a lo largo de los últimos veinte años. El autor, tal como lo declara en el prólogo del volumen, las ha reunido porque juntas conforman el relato de un observador, un periodista que ha retratado mediante la crónica personal las manifestaciones ideológicas que caracterizaron el cambio de milenio. Desde el punto de vista de una persona cuyas simpatías se encuentran en la izquierda, el cronista señala los puntos flacos de grandes intentos internacionales a favor de los derechos humanos que se quedan en simples aspavientos mediáticos; asiste a una feria internacional para dar a conocer un nuevo modelo de auto ecológico , pero cuya la verdadera intención es imposición de la ideología gringa sobre todas las formas de pensar; analiza la percepción de la próxima Guerra contra Irak que Estados Unidos emprendería, para percatarse de la compleja y a veces deprimente realidad de aquél país. El tardío entierro del Che Guevara en Cuba, un aciago viaje por Venezuela, la appo el engaño de los gurúes de la autoayuda. Éstos y otros temas, todos son tratados con profundidad en el libro, pero con un sentido del humor que los vuelve piezas irrebatibles.</description>
      <author>Fabrizio Mejía Madrid</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179896720.mp3" length="1214022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179896720.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Días contados
Author: Fabrizio Mejía Madrid
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas crónicas fueron escritas y publicadas en distintos medios a lo largo de los últimos veinte años. El autor, tal como lo declara en el prólogo del volumen, las ha reunido porque juntas conforman el relato de un observador, un periodista que ha retratado mediante la crónica personal las manifestaciones ideológicas que caracterizaron el cambio de milenio. Desde el punto de vista de una persona cuyas simpatías se encuentran en la izquierda, el cronista señala los puntos flacos de grandes intentos internacionales a favor de los derechos humanos que se quedan en simples aspavientos mediáticos; asiste a una feria internacional para dar a conocer un nuevo modelo de auto ecológico , pero cuya la verdadera intención es imposición de la ideología gringa sobre todas las formas de pensar; analiza la percepción de la próxima Guerra contra Irak que Estados Unidos emprendería, para percatarse de la compleja y a veces deprimente realidad de aquél país. El tardío entierro del Che Guevara en Cuba, un aciago viaje por Venezuela, la appo el engaño de los gurúes de la autoayuda. Éstos y otros temas, todos son tratados con profundidad en el libro, pero con un sentido del humor que los vuelve piezas irrebatibles.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635921</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Días contados
Author: Fabrizio Mejía Madrid
Narrator: Jaime Collepardo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas crónicas fueron escritas y publicadas en distintos medios a lo largo de los últimos veinte años. El autor, tal como lo declara en el prólogo del volumen, las ha reunido porque juntas conforman el relato de un observador, un periodista que ha retratado mediante la crónica personal las manifestaciones ideológicas que caracterizaron el cambio de milenio. Desde el punto de vista de una persona cuyas simpatías se encuentran en la izquierda, el cronista señala los puntos flacos de grandes intentos internacionales a favor de los derechos humanos que se quedan en simples aspavientos mediáticos; asiste a una feria internacional para dar a conocer un nuevo modelo de auto ecológico , pero cuya la verdadera intención es imposición de la ideología gringa sobre todas las formas de pensar; analiza la percepción de la próxima Guerra contra Irak que Estados Unidos emprendería, para percatarse de la compleja y a veces deprimente realidad de aquél país. El tardío entierro del Che Guevara en Cuba, un aciago viaje por Venezuela, la appo el engaño de los gurúes de la autoayuda. Éstos y otros temas, todos son tratados con profundidad en el libro, pero con un sentido del humor que los vuelve piezas irrebatibles.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El panteón de los mitos by Sergio Aguayo Quezada</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El panteón de los mitos
Author: Sergio Aguayo Quezada
Narrator: Sergio Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Polémica reinterpretación de la historia de México y del papel que Estados Unidos ha desempeñado en la permanencia del modelo político mexicano. En este libro, Sergio Aguayo nuevamente hace gala de su compromiso con la investigación profunda que siempre lo ha caracterizado; analiza los mitos y las verdades presentes en la relación entre México y Estados Unidos, y la visión que tienen los analistas y líderes de ese país sobre la política mexicana.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Sergio Aguayo Quezada</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179737245.mp3" length="1222408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179737245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El panteón de los mitos
Author: Sergio Aguayo Quezada
Narrator: Sergio Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Polémica reinterpretación de la historia de México y del papel que Estados Unidos ha desempeñado en la permanencia del modelo político mexicano. En este libro, Sergio Aguayo nuevamente hace gala de su compromiso con la investigación profunda que siempre lo ha caracterizado; analiza los mitos y las verdades presentes en la relación entre México y Estados Unidos, y la visión que tienen los analistas y líderes de ese país sobre la política mexicana.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El panteón de los mitos
Author: Sergio Aguayo Quezada
Narrator: Sergio Bustos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 15, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Polémica reinterpretación de la historia de México y del papel que Estados Unidos ha desempeñado en la permanencia del modelo político mexicano. En este libro, Sergio Aguayo nuevamente hace gala de su compromiso con la investigación profunda que siempre lo ha caracterizado; analiza los mitos y las verdades presentes en la relación entre México y Estados Unidos, y la visión que tienen los analistas y líderes de ese país sobre la política mexicana.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Los pequeños ejércitos by Camilo Bácares Jara</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los pequeños ejércitos
Author: Camilo Bácares Jara
Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Desde hace décadas, miles de niños, niñas y jóvenes han participado directamente en el conflicto armado colombiano como combatientes. Aunque esta es una realidad indiscutible, aún tenemos muy poca conciencia de sus implicaciones tanto para los individuos que han tomado parte directamente en ella, como para la vida en sociedad. Este libro es particularmente importante en este sentido. Permite hacerse a una idea de la profunda transformación personal que los grupos armados ilegales le imponen a los jóvenes guerreros con sus métodos, ritos y prácticas violentas y a la vez, dimensionar el reto que implica su reincorporación a la vida civil. Además, explora detalladamente las condiciones que exponen la infancia a los vejámenes de la guerra y terminan convirtiéndola en su desafortunada protagonista. Por ello, es una lectura esencial para todos quienes trabajan con la niñez y para quienes están interesados en aportar a la construcción de una cultura de paz desde cualquier ámbito.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Camilo Bácares Jara</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Dec 2020 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179734336.mp3" length="1205049" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179734336.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los pequeños ejércitos
Author: Camilo Bácares Jara
Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Desde hace décadas, miles de niños, niñas y jóvenes han participado directamente en el conflicto armado colombiano como combatientes. Aunque esta es una realidad indiscutible, aún tenemos muy poca conciencia de sus implicaciones tanto para los individuos que han tomado parte directamente en ella, como para la vida en sociedad. Este libro es particularmente importante en este sentido. Permite hacerse a una idea de la profunda transformación personal que los grupos armados ilegales le imponen a los jóvenes guerreros con sus métodos, ritos y prácticas violentas y a la vez, dimensionar el reto que implica su reincorporación a la vida civil. Además, explora detalladamente las condiciones que exponen la infancia a los vejámenes de la guerra y terminan convirtiéndola en su desafortunada protagonista. Por ello, es una lectura esencial para todos quienes trabajan con la niñez y para quienes están interesados en aportar a la construcción de una cultura de paz desde cualquier ámbito.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635809</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Los pequeños ejércitos
Author: Camilo Bácares Jara
Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Desde hace décadas, miles de niños, niñas y jóvenes han participado directamente en el conflicto armado colombiano como combatientes. Aunque esta es una realidad indiscutible, aún tenemos muy poca conciencia de sus implicaciones tanto para los individuos que han tomado parte directamente en ella, como para la vida en sociedad. Este libro es particularmente importante en este sentido. Permite hacerse a una idea de la profunda transformación personal que los grupos armados ilegales le imponen a los jóvenes guerreros con sus métodos, ritos y prácticas violentas y a la vez, dimensionar el reto que implica su reincorporación a la vida civil. Además, explora detalladamente las condiciones que exponen la infancia a los vejámenes de la guerra y terminan convirtiéndola en su desafortunada protagonista. Por ello, es una lectura esencial para todos quienes trabajan con la niñez y para quienes están interesados en aportar a la construcción de una cultura de paz desde cualquier ámbito.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La guerrilla por dentro. ELN by Jaime Arenas Reyes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La guerrilla por dentro. ELN
Author: Jaime Arenas Reyes
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas páginas son la primera historia detallada del ELN escritas por uno de sus fundadores y el primer diagnóstico crítico –demoledoramente crítico– del maligno cáncer que ya carcomía las entrañas de una guerrilla que había irrumpido seis años atrás al calor de la Revolución Cubana y el idealismo generalizado de la época. Pero que ya había producido más bajas en sus propias filas que entre las del enemigo. Gracias al paranoico régimen de terror interno que había impuesto su líder máximo, Fabio Vásquez Castaño, responsable de innumerables fusilamientos de sus propios hombres. Generalmente de los de extracción urbana y todos valiosos, honestos y capaces líderes universitarios, dirigentes sindicales o profesionales comprometidos. Víctor Medina Morón, Julio César Cortés, Heliodoro Ochoa son apenas algunos de los nombres de esta infame lista de &amp;#039;ajusticiados&amp;#039;. Todos compañeros de Jaime Arenas, todos fusilados en el monte tras inverosímiles consejos de guerra montados por Fabio Vásquez. La pena de muerte de la que Arenas logró, temporalmente, escaparse.</description>
      <author>Jaime Arenas Reyes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179237639.mp3" length="1313302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179237639.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La guerrilla por dentro. ELN
Author: Jaime Arenas Reyes
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas páginas son la primera historia detallada del ELN escritas por uno de sus fundadores y el primer diagnóstico crítico –demoledoramente crítico– del maligno cáncer que ya carcomía las entrañas de una guerrilla que había irrumpido seis años atrás al calor de la Revolución Cubana y el idealismo generalizado de la época. Pero que ya había producido más bajas en sus propias filas que entre las del enemigo. Gracias al paranoico régimen de terror interno que había impuesto su líder máximo, Fabio Vásquez Castaño, responsable de innumerables fusilamientos de sus propios hombres. Generalmente de los de extracción urbana y todos valiosos, honestos y capaces líderes universitarios, dirigentes sindicales o profesionales comprometidos. Víctor Medina Morón, Julio César Cortés, Heliodoro Ochoa son apenas algunos de los nombres de esta infame lista de &amp;#039;ajusticiados&amp;#039;. Todos compañeros de Jaime Arenas, todos fusilados en el monte tras inverosímiles consejos de guerra montados por Fabio Vásquez. La pena de muerte de la que Arenas logró, temporalmente, escaparse.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635653</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La guerrilla por dentro. ELN
Author: Jaime Arenas Reyes
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Estas páginas son la primera historia detallada del ELN escritas por uno de sus fundadores y el primer diagnóstico crítico –demoledoramente crítico– del maligno cáncer que ya carcomía las entrañas de una guerrilla que había irrumpido seis años atrás al calor de la Revolución Cubana y el idealismo generalizado de la época. Pero que ya había producido más bajas en sus propias filas que entre las del enemigo. Gracias al paranoico régimen de terror interno que había impuesto su líder máximo, Fabio Vásquez Castaño, responsable de innumerables fusilamientos de sus propios hombres. Generalmente de los de extracción urbana y todos valiosos, honestos y capaces líderes universitarios, dirigentes sindicales o profesionales comprometidos. Víctor Medina Morón, Julio César Cortés, Heliodoro Ochoa son apenas algunos de los nombres de esta infame lista de &amp;#039;ajusticiados&amp;#039;. Todos compañeros de Jaime Arenas, todos fusilados en el monte tras inverosímiles consejos de guerra montados por Fabio Vásquez. La pena de muerte de la que Arenas logró, temporalmente, escaparse.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Política y delito. Los testimonios que hundieron a Santofimo by Gonzalo Guillén</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Política y delito. Los testimonios que hundieron a Santofimo
Author: Gonzalo Guillén
Narrator: Juan Manuel Rodríguez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Gonzalo Guillén</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179237165.mp3" length="1239206" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179237165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Política y delito. Los testimonios que hundieron a Santofimo
Author: Gonzalo Guillén
Narrator: Juan Manuel Rodríguez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635636</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Política y delito. Los testimonios que hundieron a Santofimo
Author: Gonzalo Guillén
Narrator: Juan Manuel Rodríguez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039; &amp;#039;El libro de Gonzalo Guillén nos abre la oportunidad de contemplar el panorama nacional, en el cual descuellan por sus virtudes políticas, ilustres personajes de la historia nacional, como Luis Carlos Galán y Rodrigo Lara Bonilla. El primero, estuvo llamado a orientar, sobre la base de principios éticos y dentro del marco del Estado de Derecho, los destinos nacionales. Los enemigos de la democracia y de la honestidad política lo asesinaron, para que no pudieran prosperar sus ideas y sus anhelos. Quienes compartimos esas ideas y esos anhelos queremos verlos triunfar en Colombia.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La mala reputación. ¿Izquierda para existir o para ganar? by Yezid Arteta Dávila</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La mala reputación. ¿Izquierda para existir o para ganar?
Author: Yezid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: David Allende
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este texto es un mero ejercicio de observación de los acontecimientos políticos y sociales que en los años recientes han sucedido en regiones de Europa, Estados Unidos y América Latina, pero en clave colombiana. No es un texto de memorias, pero he leído algunas en las que el memorialista, que en su tiempo ocupó altas responsabilidades en una organización de la izquierda legal o armada, trata de salvar su reputación mediante el vil señalamiento de los demás o haciendo creer que nunca avaló las decisiones que llevaron a la bancarrota al proyecto político del que formó parte. He sido un hombre de mi época y no pienso lavarme las manos con estas anotaciones. No es mi deseo, por otra parte, escribir un inventario de los yerros de los revolucionarios colombianos, más aún cuando se cuentan por millares las mujeres y los hombres pertenecientes a todo el espectro de la izquierda del país asesinados por sus ideales. Luchadores que no dudo en llamar &amp;#039;héroes&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;mártires&amp;#039;. Son héroes los que perecen luchando por las buenas causas y son mártires los que van derecho hasta la piedra del sacrificio por un mero ideal.</description>
      <author>Yezid Arteta Dávila</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179237141.mp3" length="1282712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179237141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La mala reputación. ¿Izquierda para existir o para ganar?
Author: Yezid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: David Allende
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este texto es un mero ejercicio de observación de los acontecimientos políticos y sociales que en los años recientes han sucedido en regiones de Europa, Estados Unidos y América Latina, pero en clave colombiana. No es un texto de memorias, pero he leído algunas en las que el memorialista, que en su tiempo ocupó altas responsabilidades en una organización de la izquierda legal o armada, trata de salvar su reputación mediante el vil señalamiento de los demás o haciendo creer que nunca avaló las decisiones que llevaron a la bancarrota al proyecto político del que formó parte. He sido un hombre de mi época y no pienso lavarme las manos con estas anotaciones. No es mi deseo, por otra parte, escribir un inventario de los yerros de los revolucionarios colombianos, más aún cuando se cuentan por millares las mujeres y los hombres pertenecientes a todo el espectro de la izquierda del país asesinados por sus ideales. Luchadores que no dudo en llamar &amp;#039;héroes&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;mártires&amp;#039;. Son héroes los que perecen luchando por las buenas causas y son mártires los que van derecho hasta la piedra del sacrificio por un mero ideal.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635634</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La mala reputación. ¿Izquierda para existir o para ganar?
Author: Yezid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: David Allende
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este texto es un mero ejercicio de observación de los acontecimientos políticos y sociales que en los años recientes han sucedido en regiones de Europa, Estados Unidos y América Latina, pero en clave colombiana. No es un texto de memorias, pero he leído algunas en las que el memorialista, que en su tiempo ocupó altas responsabilidades en una organización de la izquierda legal o armada, trata de salvar su reputación mediante el vil señalamiento de los demás o haciendo creer que nunca avaló las decisiones que llevaron a la bancarrota al proyecto político del que formó parte. He sido un hombre de mi época y no pienso lavarme las manos con estas anotaciones. No es mi deseo, por otra parte, escribir un inventario de los yerros de los revolucionarios colombianos, más aún cuando se cuentan por millares las mujeres y los hombres pertenecientes a todo el espectro de la izquierda del país asesinados por sus ideales. Luchadores que no dudo en llamar &amp;#039;héroes&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;mártires&amp;#039;. Son héroes los que perecen luchando por las buenas causas y son mártires los que van derecho hasta la piedra del sacrificio por un mero ideal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El papa ario by Mario Escobar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El papa ario
Series: #2 of Antropólogo Allan Haddon
Author: Mario Escobar
Narrator: Antonio Raluy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2020: Europa tiene una profunda crisis política y económica. La Unión Europea se hunde, sumida en un clima de profundos cambios políticos, ascenso de los populismo de izquierdas, el fascismo y el creciente racismo. El antropólogo Allan Haddon está en Alemania dando una serie de conferencias cuando una joven negra llamada Ruth Keer le pide ayuda. Al parecer, su padre, antes de morir, le encargó a su hija adoptiva que enviara unos comprometedores papeles de la Ahnenerbe, la agencia creada por Himmler para el estudio de la «herencia ancestral», a un famoso antropólogo del Vaticano. Pero tanto los papeles y el antropólogo han desaparecido. Allan y Ruth recorren el Viejo Continente para desenmascarar un acuerdo secreto que, además de ocultar un escándalo del Vaticano, podría echar al traste el ascenso del primer presidente de la Unión Europea y el resurgimiento del Cuarto Reich.</description>
      <author>Mario Escobar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179235840.mp3" length="1151911" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179235840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El papa ario
Series: #2 of Antropólogo Allan Haddon
Author: Mario Escobar
Narrator: Antonio Raluy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2020: Europa tiene una profunda crisis política y económica. La Unión Europea se hunde, sumida en un clima de profundos cambios políticos, ascenso de los populismo de izquierdas, el fascismo y el creciente racismo. El antropólogo Allan Haddon está en Alemania dando una serie de conferencias cuando una joven negra llamada Ruth Keer le pide ayuda. Al parecer, su padre, antes de morir, le encargó a su hija adoptiva que enviara unos comprometedores papeles de la Ahnenerbe, la agencia creada por Himmler para el estudio de la «herencia ancestral», a un famoso antropólogo del Vaticano. Pero tanto los papeles y el antropólogo han desaparecido. Allan y Ruth recorren el Viejo Continente para desenmascarar un acuerdo secreto que, además de ocultar un escándalo del Vaticano, podría echar al traste el ascenso del primer presidente de la Unión Europea y el resurgimiento del Cuarto Reich.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El papa ario
Series: #2 of Antropólogo Allan Haddon
Author: Mario Escobar
Narrator: Antonio Raluy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
2020: Europa tiene una profunda crisis política y económica. La Unión Europea se hunde, sumida en un clima de profundos cambios políticos, ascenso de los populismo de izquierdas, el fascismo y el creciente racismo. El antropólogo Allan Haddon está en Alemania dando una serie de conferencias cuando una joven negra llamada Ruth Keer le pide ayuda. Al parecer, su padre, antes de morir, le encargó a su hija adoptiva que enviara unos comprometedores papeles de la Ahnenerbe, la agencia creada por Himmler para el estudio de la «herencia ancestral», a un famoso antropólogo del Vaticano. Pero tanto los papeles y el antropólogo han desaparecido. Allan y Ruth recorren el Viejo Continente para desenmascarar un acuerdo secreto que, además de ocultar un escándalo del Vaticano, podría echar al traste el ascenso del primer presidente de la Unión Europea y el resurgimiento del Cuarto Reich.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Así matamos al Patrón. La cacería de Pablo Escobar by Don Berna</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Así matamos al Patrón. La cacería de Pablo Escobar
Author: Don Berna
Narrator: Ricardo Carrasquilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando se pensaba que ya estaba todo dicho sobre Pablo Escobar, aparece este libro sumamente revelador, escrito en clave de vértigo. Quien lo lea se sentirá asistiendo a una sala de cine, oirá los latidos agitados de la Medellín de comienzos de los noventa y verá desfilar a los más disímiles personajes, unidos tras un solo propósito: cazar y dar de baja a Pablo Escobar Gaviria. Escrito a mano, detrás de las rejas de una prisión federal en Miami, Estados Unidos, el libro está lleno de revelaciones tan escalofriantes como insólitas. En estas páginas veremos a un Pablo Escobar enloquecido, solitario y pobre; acorralado por los numerosos enemigos que cultivó a lo largo de su carrera delictiva. También sabremos cómo funcionó la alianza entre el Estado, la DEA y varios grupos de narcotraficantes, pero, sobre todo, subiremos al tejado donde cayó abatido El Patrón, escucharemos su último suspiro y sabremos, por fin, quién disparó las balas que terminaron con su vida. Un libro con noticias que despertarán varios asombros y –en algunos casos– muchas preocupaciones.</description>
      <author>Don Berna</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 May 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178898398.mp3" length="1352852" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178898398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Así matamos al Patrón. La cacería de Pablo Escobar
Author: Don Berna
Narrator: Ricardo Carrasquilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando se pensaba que ya estaba todo dicho sobre Pablo Escobar, aparece este libro sumamente revelador, escrito en clave de vértigo. Quien lo lea se sentirá asistiendo a una sala de cine, oirá los latidos agitados de la Medellín de comienzos de los noventa y verá desfilar a los más disímiles personajes, unidos tras un solo propósito: cazar y dar de baja a Pablo Escobar Gaviria. Escrito a mano, detrás de las rejas de una prisión federal en Miami, Estados Unidos, el libro está lleno de revelaciones tan escalofriantes como insólitas. En estas páginas veremos a un Pablo Escobar enloquecido, solitario y pobre; acorralado por los numerosos enemigos que cultivó a lo largo de su carrera delictiva. También sabremos cómo funcionó la alianza entre el Estado, la DEA y varios grupos de narcotraficantes, pero, sobre todo, subiremos al tejado donde cayó abatido El Patrón, escucharemos su último suspiro y sabremos, por fin, quién disparó las balas que terminaron con su vida. Un libro con noticias que despertarán varios asombros y –en algunos casos– muchas preocupaciones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Así matamos al Patrón. La cacería de Pablo Escobar
Author: Don Berna
Narrator: Ricardo Carrasquilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cuando se pensaba que ya estaba todo dicho sobre Pablo Escobar, aparece este libro sumamente revelador, escrito en clave de vértigo. Quien lo lea se sentirá asistiendo a una sala de cine, oirá los latidos agitados de la Medellín de comienzos de los noventa y verá desfilar a los más disímiles personajes, unidos tras un solo propósito: cazar y dar de baja a Pablo Escobar Gaviria. Escrito a mano, detrás de las rejas de una prisión federal en Miami, Estados Unidos, el libro está lleno de revelaciones tan escalofriantes como insólitas. En estas páginas veremos a un Pablo Escobar enloquecido, solitario y pobre; acorralado por los numerosos enemigos que cultivó a lo largo de su carrera delictiva. También sabremos cómo funcionó la alianza entre el Estado, la DEA y varios grupos de narcotraficantes, pero, sobre todo, subiremos al tejado donde cayó abatido El Patrón, escucharemos su último suspiro y sabremos, por fin, quién disparó las balas que terminaron con su vida. Un libro con noticias que despertarán varios asombros y –en algunos casos– muchas preocupaciones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Lo que la guerra se llevó. Veinte voces retratan medio siglo de conflicto en Colombia by Carolina Ardila, Olga Behar, Pablo Navarrete</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que la guerra se llevó. Veinte voces retratan medio siglo de conflicto en Colombia
Author: Carolina Ardila, Olga Behar, Pablo Navarrete
Narrator: Adrian Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Honra el oficio de ir diciendo la verdad; monta, a la manera de un documental cinematográfico, lo que sucedió en la pesadilla de la guerra contra las Farc (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias de Colombia), y —respetándoles los giros, los tonos y las muletillas— recoge las voces de quienes vieron el horror con sus propios ojos para que nunca más hablemos sin saber sobre lo que ha estado pasando en aquella Colombia tan adentro de Colombia.</description>
      <author>Carolina Ardila, Olga Behar, Pablo Navarrete</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178898367.mp3" length="1319569" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178898367.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que la guerra se llevó. Veinte voces retratan medio siglo de conflicto en Colombia
Author: Carolina Ardila, Olga Behar, Pablo Navarrete
Narrator: Adrian Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Honra el oficio de ir diciendo la verdad; monta, a la manera de un documental cinematográfico, lo que sucedió en la pesadilla de la guerra contra las Farc (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias de Colombia), y —respetándoles los giros, los tonos y las muletillas— recoge las voces de quienes vieron el horror con sus propios ojos para que nunca más hablemos sin saber sobre lo que ha estado pasando en aquella Colombia tan adentro de Colombia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635437</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Lo que la guerra se llevó. Veinte voces retratan medio siglo de conflicto en Colombia
Author: Carolina Ardila, Olga Behar, Pablo Navarrete
Narrator: Adrian Ogazón
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 36 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Honra el oficio de ir diciendo la verdad; monta, a la manera de un documental cinematográfico, lo que sucedió en la pesadilla de la guerra contra las Farc (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias de Colombia), y —respetándoles los giros, los tonos y las muletillas— recoge las voces de quienes vieron el horror con sus propios ojos para que nunca más hablemos sin saber sobre lo que ha estado pasando en aquella Colombia tan adentro de Colombia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Descansen armas. Ensayo sobre la guerra y la paz de un exguerrillero de las Farc by Yesid Arteta Dávila</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Descansen armas. Ensayo sobre la guerra y la paz de un exguerrillero de las Farc
Author: Yesid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: Daniel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La guerra es la muerte en sí misma. Vale lo mismo la vida de un guerrillero que la de un soldado. Y sin embargo, después de más de medio siglo de guerra de guerrillas, de masacres y bombardeos, de emboscadas, desapariciones… pocos, muy pocos en Colombia están convencidos de que la guerra debe ser sepultada para siempre. &amp;#039;No hay guerra justa&amp;#039; es la conclusión a la que llega el autor y a la que quiere llevar al lector en este libro escrito por un guerrero que no fue invisible.</description>
      <author>Yesid Arteta Dávila</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178898299.mp3" length="1273514" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178898299.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Descansen armas. Ensayo sobre la guerra y la paz de un exguerrillero de las Farc
Author: Yesid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: Daniel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La guerra es la muerte en sí misma. Vale lo mismo la vida de un guerrillero que la de un soldado. Y sin embargo, después de más de medio siglo de guerra de guerrillas, de masacres y bombardeos, de emboscadas, desapariciones… pocos, muy pocos en Colombia están convencidos de que la guerra debe ser sepultada para siempre. &amp;#039;No hay guerra justa&amp;#039; es la conclusión a la que llega el autor y a la que quiere llevar al lector en este libro escrito por un guerrero que no fue invisible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Descansen armas. Ensayo sobre la guerra y la paz de un exguerrillero de las Farc
Author: Yesid Arteta Dávila
Narrator: Daniel Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La guerra es la muerte en sí misma. Vale lo mismo la vida de un guerrillero que la de un soldado. Y sin embargo, después de más de medio siglo de guerra de guerrillas, de masacres y bombardeos, de emboscadas, desapariciones… pocos, muy pocos en Colombia están convencidos de que la guerra debe ser sepultada para siempre. &amp;#039;No hay guerra justa&amp;#039; es la conclusión a la que llega el autor y a la que quiere llevar al lector en este libro escrito por un guerrero que no fue invisible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Diario de un loco by Lu Hsun</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Diario de un loco
Author: Lu Hsun
Narrator: Octavio De León
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nada más parecido a la locura que la videncia, que la capacidad de adelantarse a una realidad que apenas se incuba. Un escritor sin la malicia literaria de Lu Hsun, con algo más de soberbia y menos de destreza, hubiera podido titular Diario de un vidente a este inquietante, aterrador y lúcido relato.</description>
      <author>Lu Hsun</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178654666.mp3" length="791077" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178654666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Diario de un loco
Author: Lu Hsun
Narrator: Octavio De León
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nada más parecido a la locura que la videncia, que la capacidad de adelantarse a una realidad que apenas se incuba. Un escritor sin la malicia literaria de Lu Hsun, con algo más de soberbia y menos de destreza, hubiera podido titular Diario de un vidente a este inquietante, aterrador y lúcido relato.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Diario de un loco
Author: Lu Hsun
Narrator: Octavio De León
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nada más parecido a la locura que la videncia, que la capacidad de adelantarse a una realidad que apenas se incuba. Un escritor sin la malicia literaria de Lu Hsun, con algo más de soberbia y menos de destreza, hubiera podido titular Diario de un vidente a este inquietante, aterrador y lúcido relato.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Abuela. La historia de Rosa Roisinblit, una Abuela de Plaza de Mayo by Marcela Bublik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Abuela. La historia de Rosa Roisinblit, una Abuela de Plaza de Mayo
Author: Marcela Bublik
Narrator: Graciela Nico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La escritora y música Marcela Bublik presenta en este libro el fruto de una profunda y continuada charla con Rosa, que fue desgranando frente a la investigadora una suerte de autobiografía dialogada. Diversas lecturas y testimonios de quienes estuvieron cerca de ella fueron completando el cuadro de una vida única, que encierra muchas historias que vivimos los argentinos durante y después de la última dictadura militar. Rosa narra sus vivencias como hija de inmigrantes judíos devenidos campesinos y chica de pueblo que parte a conquistar la gran ciudad con su título de partera en la valija. Y el golpe brutal de la desaparición de Patricia, su única hija, embarazada de ocho meses, que transforma a Rosa en la incansable luchadora y dirigente de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, comprometida de por vida con la búsqueda de todos los &amp;#039;desaparecidos vivos&amp;#039;: los bebés de sus hijos e hijas. Junto a sus compañeras llevaban resueltos, hasta la edición de este libro, 108 casos; entre ellos, el de su propio nieto. A través del relato de vida de esta Abuela, la autora nos invita a acompañarla para que el valiente canto de Rosa sea el canto de todos.</description>
      <author>Marcela Bublik</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Sep 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178652976.mp3" length="1225836" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178652976.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Abuela. La historia de Rosa Roisinblit, una Abuela de Plaza de Mayo
Author: Marcela Bublik
Narrator: Graciela Nico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La escritora y música Marcela Bublik presenta en este libro el fruto de una profunda y continuada charla con Rosa, que fue desgranando frente a la investigadora una suerte de autobiografía dialogada. Diversas lecturas y testimonios de quienes estuvieron cerca de ella fueron completando el cuadro de una vida única, que encierra muchas historias que vivimos los argentinos durante y después de la última dictadura militar. Rosa narra sus vivencias como hija de inmigrantes judíos devenidos campesinos y chica de pueblo que parte a conquistar la gran ciudad con su título de partera en la valija. Y el golpe brutal de la desaparición de Patricia, su única hija, embarazada de ocho meses, que transforma a Rosa en la incansable luchadora y dirigente de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, comprometida de por vida con la búsqueda de todos los &amp;#039;desaparecidos vivos&amp;#039;: los bebés de sus hijos e hijas. Junto a sus compañeras llevaban resueltos, hasta la edición de este libro, 108 casos; entre ellos, el de su propio nieto. A través del relato de vida de esta Abuela, la autora nos invita a acompañarla para que el valiente canto de Rosa sea el canto de todos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Abuela. La historia de Rosa Roisinblit, una Abuela de Plaza de Mayo
Author: Marcela Bublik
Narrator: Graciela Nico
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La escritora y música Marcela Bublik presenta en este libro el fruto de una profunda y continuada charla con Rosa, que fue desgranando frente a la investigadora una suerte de autobiografía dialogada. Diversas lecturas y testimonios de quienes estuvieron cerca de ella fueron completando el cuadro de una vida única, que encierra muchas historias que vivimos los argentinos durante y después de la última dictadura militar. Rosa narra sus vivencias como hija de inmigrantes judíos devenidos campesinos y chica de pueblo que parte a conquistar la gran ciudad con su título de partera en la valija. Y el golpe brutal de la desaparición de Patricia, su única hija, embarazada de ocho meses, que transforma a Rosa en la incansable luchadora y dirigente de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, comprometida de por vida con la búsqueda de todos los &amp;#039;desaparecidos vivos&amp;#039;: los bebés de sus hijos e hijas. Junto a sus compañeras llevaban resueltos, hasta la edición de este libro, 108 casos; entre ellos, el de su propio nieto. A través del relato de vida de esta Abuela, la autora nos invita a acompañarla para que el valiente canto de Rosa sea el canto de todos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - De vuelta a casa. Historias de nietos restituidos by Analía Argento</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De vuelta a casa. Historias de nietos restituidos
Author: Analía Argento
Narrator: Irene Guiser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marea presenta el libro que hizo oír la voz de los hijos de desaparecidos apropiados por la dictadura. Los nietos, finalmente hallados y restituidos a su verdadera familia gracias al trabajo de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo. El robo de bebés y niños y la sustracción de su identidad fue el mayor delito cometido en el marco de la última dictadura militar en Argentina. Buscados incansablemente por sus familiares y por las Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, se calcula que aún hoy alrededor de 400 de aquellos bebés y niños, convertidos en botín de guerra, continúan desaparecidos. Los reencontrados ya suman 119. En este libro, diez de esos chicos, hoy mujeres y hombres adultos, pueden contar finalmente su vida en primera persona. En muchos casos, lo hacen en público por primera vez. Y se animan a relatar su historia completa, no solo el &amp;#039;final feliz&amp;#039; de la restitución. De vuelta a casa fue traducido al alemán en 2010 y formó parte de la evidencia presentada en el juicio por el plan sistemático de apropiación de menores, que culminó con la condena a los responsables en el año 2012. &amp;#039;Analía Argento realiza un relato minucioso que ilumina muchos momentos claves pero desconocidos de la vida de los nietos&amp;#039;. -Juan Cabandié, del prólogo del libro.</description>
      <author>Analía Argento</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178650583.mp3" length="1270978" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178650583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De vuelta a casa. Historias de nietos restituidos
Author: Analía Argento
Narrator: Irene Guiser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marea presenta el libro que hizo oír la voz de los hijos de desaparecidos apropiados por la dictadura. Los nietos, finalmente hallados y restituidos a su verdadera familia gracias al trabajo de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo. El robo de bebés y niños y la sustracción de su identidad fue el mayor delito cometido en el marco de la última dictadura militar en Argentina. Buscados incansablemente por sus familiares y por las Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, se calcula que aún hoy alrededor de 400 de aquellos bebés y niños, convertidos en botín de guerra, continúan desaparecidos. Los reencontrados ya suman 119. En este libro, diez de esos chicos, hoy mujeres y hombres adultos, pueden contar finalmente su vida en primera persona. En muchos casos, lo hacen en público por primera vez. Y se animan a relatar su historia completa, no solo el &amp;#039;final feliz&amp;#039; de la restitución. De vuelta a casa fue traducido al alemán en 2010 y formó parte de la evidencia presentada en el juicio por el plan sistemático de apropiación de menores, que culminó con la condena a los responsables en el año 2012. &amp;#039;Analía Argento realiza un relato minucioso que ilumina muchos momentos claves pero desconocidos de la vida de los nietos&amp;#039;. -Juan Cabandié, del prólogo del libro.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - De vuelta a casa. Historias de nietos restituidos
Author: Analía Argento
Narrator: Irene Guiser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 47 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marea presenta el libro que hizo oír la voz de los hijos de desaparecidos apropiados por la dictadura. Los nietos, finalmente hallados y restituidos a su verdadera familia gracias al trabajo de Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo. El robo de bebés y niños y la sustracción de su identidad fue el mayor delito cometido en el marco de la última dictadura militar en Argentina. Buscados incansablemente por sus familiares y por las Abuelas de Plaza de Mayo, se calcula que aún hoy alrededor de 400 de aquellos bebés y niños, convertidos en botín de guerra, continúan desaparecidos. Los reencontrados ya suman 119. En este libro, diez de esos chicos, hoy mujeres y hombres adultos, pueden contar finalmente su vida en primera persona. En muchos casos, lo hacen en público por primera vez. Y se animan a relatar su historia completa, no solo el &amp;#039;final feliz&amp;#039; de la restitución. De vuelta a casa fue traducido al alemán en 2010 y formó parte de la evidencia presentada en el juicio por el plan sistemático de apropiación de menores, que culminó con la condena a los responsables en el año 2012. &amp;#039;Analía Argento realiza un relato minucioso que ilumina muchos momentos claves pero desconocidos de la vida de los nietos&amp;#039;. -Juan Cabandié, del prólogo del libro.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Las viejas. Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora cuentan una historia by Madres De Plaza De Mayo Línea Fundadora</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las viejas. Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora cuentan una historia
Author: Madres De Plaza De Mayo Línea Fundadora
Narrator: Constanza Bottaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La idea de hacer este libro surgió de Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora por la necesidad de dejar una versión propia de su historia y contar en primera persona cómo se conocieron, cómo se organizaron, cómo se fueron construyendo. Muchas, la mayoría de las madres, ya no están con nosotros. Pero cada una de las que participan en este libro dio su testimonio y contó lo que recuerda de estos años junto a sus compañeras. Esos recuerdos no son todos iguales, en muchos casos se contradicen y forman un coro heterogéneo. Este libro es el tejido de todos esos recuerdos, de todas esas historias que junto a las otras forman una más amplia, una de grupo. No es un libro de historia, no es un ensayo: es el cuento que nos cuentan las viejas, un poco como los abuelos en las historias hacen con los nietos alrededor del fuego, como los sabios del pueblo hacen con los más jóvenes. Marea se enorgullece de publicar Las viejas, un entrañable libro en el que las madres cuentan, a la vez como protagonistas y testigos, un capítulo fundamental en la historia de nuestro país.</description>
      <author>Madres De Plaza De Mayo Línea Fundadora</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178650521.mp3" length="1285683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178650521.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las viejas. Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora cuentan una historia
Author: Madres De Plaza De Mayo Línea Fundadora
Narrator: Constanza Bottaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La idea de hacer este libro surgió de Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora por la necesidad de dejar una versión propia de su historia y contar en primera persona cómo se conocieron, cómo se organizaron, cómo se fueron construyendo. Muchas, la mayoría de las madres, ya no están con nosotros. Pero cada una de las que participan en este libro dio su testimonio y contó lo que recuerda de estos años junto a sus compañeras. Esos recuerdos no son todos iguales, en muchos casos se contradicen y forman un coro heterogéneo. Este libro es el tejido de todos esos recuerdos, de todas esas historias que junto a las otras forman una más amplia, una de grupo. No es un libro de historia, no es un ensayo: es el cuento que nos cuentan las viejas, un poco como los abuelos en las historias hacen con los nietos alrededor del fuego, como los sabios del pueblo hacen con los más jóvenes. Marea se enorgullece de publicar Las viejas, un entrañable libro en el que las madres cuentan, a la vez como protagonistas y testigos, un capítulo fundamental en la historia de nuestro país.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635342</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Las viejas. Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora cuentan una historia
Author: Madres De Plaza De Mayo Línea Fundadora
Narrator: Constanza Bottaro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La idea de hacer este libro surgió de Madres de Plaza de Mayo Línea Fundadora por la necesidad de dejar una versión propia de su historia y contar en primera persona cómo se conocieron, cómo se organizaron, cómo se fueron construyendo. Muchas, la mayoría de las madres, ya no están con nosotros. Pero cada una de las que participan en este libro dio su testimonio y contó lo que recuerda de estos años junto a sus compañeras. Esos recuerdos no son todos iguales, en muchos casos se contradicen y forman un coro heterogéneo. Este libro es el tejido de todos esos recuerdos, de todas esas historias que junto a las otras forman una más amplia, una de grupo. No es un libro de historia, no es un ensayo: es el cuento que nos cuentan las viejas, un poco como los abuelos en las historias hacen con los nietos alrededor del fuego, como los sabios del pueblo hacen con los más jóvenes. Marea se enorgullece de publicar Las viejas, un entrañable libro en el que las madres cuentan, a la vez como protagonistas y testigos, un capítulo fundamental en la historia de nuestro país.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La frontera imposible. Israel Palestina by Sonia Budassi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La frontera imposible. Israel Palestina
Author: Sonia Budassi
Narrator: Belén Prieto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sonia Budassi narra en forma de crónica la cotidianeidad de Israel y Palestina, la frontera más candente de todo el mundo. Valiéndose de Jóvenes de la Autoridad Nacional Palestina, viejos ex combatientes devenidos en políticos, académicos, empresarios y comunicadores, la autora compone un mosaico, más allá del horror, en el que las excursiones de los contingentes de latinoamericanos interesados en el conflicto son la contratara del drama humano y existencial que se vive en esa parte del planeta.</description>
      <author>Sonia Budassi</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789178650507.mp3" length="1202633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789178650507.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La frontera imposible. Israel Palestina
Author: Sonia Budassi
Narrator: Belén Prieto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sonia Budassi narra en forma de crónica la cotidianeidad de Israel y Palestina, la frontera más candente de todo el mundo. Valiéndose de Jóvenes de la Autoridad Nacional Palestina, viejos ex combatientes devenidos en políticos, académicos, empresarios y comunicadores, la autora compone un mosaico, más allá del horror, en el que las excursiones de los contingentes de latinoamericanos interesados en el conflicto son la contratara del drama humano y existencial que se vive en esa parte del planeta.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635340</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La frontera imposible. Israel Palestina
Author: Sonia Budassi
Narrator: Belén Prieto
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Sonia Budassi narra en forma de crónica la cotidianeidad de Israel y Palestina, la frontera más candente de todo el mundo. Valiéndose de Jóvenes de la Autoridad Nacional Palestina, viejos ex combatientes devenidos en políticos, académicos, empresarios y comunicadores, la autora compone un mosaico, más allá del horror, en el que las excursiones de los contingentes de latinoamericanos interesados en el conflicto son la contratara del drama humano y existencial que se vive en esa parte del planeta.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Operación Palomera. El principio del fin de las FARC by Pablo Navarrete, Olga Behar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Operación Palomera. El principio del fin de las FARC
Author: Pablo Navarrete, Olga Behar
Narrator: Mildred Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El secuestro, en el año 2002, y el consecuente asesinato de los diputados del Valle del Cauca, cinco años después, por parte de la guerrilla de las Farc, constituyen un punto de referencia importante para quien desea entender la violencia política en Colombia, porque engloba tanto a los actores principales del conflicto (insurgencia armada, Estado y víctimas civiles) como a las acciones que los han caracterizado durante las últimas dos décadas de lucha armada.</description>
      <author>Pablo Navarrete, Olga Behar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152126981.mp3" length="1435036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152126981.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Operación Palomera. El principio del fin de las FARC
Author: Pablo Navarrete, Olga Behar
Narrator: Mildred Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El secuestro, en el año 2002, y el consecuente asesinato de los diputados del Valle del Cauca, cinco años después, por parte de la guerrilla de las Farc, constituyen un punto de referencia importante para quien desea entender la violencia política en Colombia, porque engloba tanto a los actores principales del conflicto (insurgencia armada, Estado y víctimas civiles) como a las acciones que los han caracterizado durante las últimas dos décadas de lucha armada.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Operación Palomera. El principio del fin de las FARC
Author: Pablo Navarrete, Olga Behar
Narrator: Mildred Vargas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El secuestro, en el año 2002, y el consecuente asesinato de los diputados del Valle del Cauca, cinco años después, por parte de la guerrilla de las Farc, constituyen un punto de referencia importante para quien desea entender la violencia política en Colombia, porque engloba tanto a los actores principales del conflicto (insurgencia armada, Estado y víctimas civiles) como a las acciones que los han caracterizado durante las últimas dos décadas de lucha armada.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La revolución de los Andes. Desde la prisión Víctor Polay responde by Víctor Polay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La revolución de los Andes. Desde la prisión Víctor Polay responde
Author: Víctor Polay
Narrator: Diego Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La historia del líder del MRTA, Movimiento Revolucionario Túpac Amaru del Perú, explicada y narrada en primera persona desde su pisión, donde se encuentra desde hace 28 años de una manera arbitraria e inhumana, según la Comité Internacional de la Cruz Roja.</description>
      <author>Víctor Polay</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789152126998.mp3" length="1297939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789152126998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La revolución de los Andes. Desde la prisión Víctor Polay responde
Author: Víctor Polay
Narrator: Diego Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La historia del líder del MRTA, Movimiento Revolucionario Túpac Amaru del Perú, explicada y narrada en primera persona desde su pisión, donde se encuentra desde hace 28 años de una manera arbitraria e inhumana, según la Comité Internacional de la Cruz Roja.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/635104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La revolución de los Andes. Desde la prisión Víctor Polay responde
Author: Víctor Polay
Narrator: Diego Ruiz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La historia del líder del MRTA, Movimiento Revolucionario Túpac Amaru del Perú, explicada y narrada en primera persona desde su pisión, donde se encuentra desde hace 28 años de una manera arbitraria e inhumana, según la Comité Internacional de la Cruz Roja.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trump Tapes by Bob Woodward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I’m doing something here that I’ve never done before, presenting the lengthy, raw interviews of my work. In the fall of 2019 through August 2020, I interviewed President Trump 19 times for my second book on his presidency, Rage. I had also interviewed him in 2016 when he was a presidential candidate. I decided to take this unusual step of releasing these recordings after relistening in full to all 20 interviews. As I listened to them again I was stunned by their relevance to understanding Trump. Hearing Trump speak is a completely different experience to reading the transcripts or listening to snatches of interviews on television or the internet.” Bob Woodward from The Trump Tapes  The Trump Tapes is the intimate and astonishing audio archive of Bob Woodward’s 20 interviews with Donald Trump.  Featuring more than eight hours of Woodward/Trump conversations, The Trump Tapes is as historically important as the Frost/Nixon interviews. In this up-close, unvarnished self-portrait of Trump and his presidency, listeners will hear Trump as Woodward did: profane, incautious, divisive, and deceptive, but also engaging and entertaining, ever the host and the salesman, trying to sell his presidency to win Woodward over.  Relying on familiar devices – airing grievances, stoking divisions, repeating himself to a staggering degree, as if saying something often and loud enough will make something true – Trump uses his voice as a concussive instrument, pounding in the listener’s ear.  In new commentary created exclusively for The Trump Tapes, Woodward at times breaks frame from the interviews to provide essential context or clarification. But for the most part the interviews proceed uninterrupted, fulfilling Woodward’s goal of presenting Trump’s voice and words for the historical record, and offering listeners the chance to hear and judge and make their own assessments.  As relevant as ever to the task of understanding Donald Trump, The Trump Tapes reveal Trump in his own words – a man consumed by the past and clinging to his grievances, unable to understand his responsibilities as president or address the crises affecting the country.</description>
      <author>Bob Woodward</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398525290.mp3" length="882269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398525290.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I’m doing something here that I’ve never done before, presenting the lengthy, raw interviews of my work. In the fall of 2019 through August 2020, I interviewed President Trump 19 times for my second book on his presidency, Rage. I had also interviewed him in 2016 when he was a presidential candidate. I decided to take this unusual step of releasing these recordings after relistening in full to all 20 interviews. As I listened to them again I was stunned by their relevance to understanding Trump. Hearing Trump speak is a completely different experience to reading the transcripts or listening to snatches of interviews on television or the internet.” Bob Woodward from The Trump Tapes  The Trump Tapes is the intimate and astonishing audio archive of Bob Woodward’s 20 interviews with Donald Trump.  Featuring more than eight hours of Woodward/Trump conversations, The Trump Tapes is as historically important as the Frost/Nixon interviews. In this up-close, unvarnished self-portrait of Trump and his presidency, listeners will hear Trump as Woodward did: profane, incautious, divisive, and deceptive, but also engaging and entertaining, ever the host and the salesman, trying to sell his presidency to win Woodward over.  Relying on familiar devices – airing grievances, stoking divisions, repeating himself to a staggering degree, as if saying something often and loud enough will make something true – Trump uses his voice as a concussive instrument, pounding in the listener’s ear.  In new commentary created exclusively for The Trump Tapes, Woodward at times breaks frame from the interviews to provide essential context or clarification. But for the most part the interviews proceed uninterrupted, fulfilling Woodward’s goal of presenting Trump’s voice and words for the historical record, and offering listeners the chance to hear and judge and make their own assessments.  As relevant as ever to the task of understanding Donald Trump, The Trump Tapes reveal Trump in his own words – a man consumed by the past and clinging to his grievances, unable to understand his responsibilities as president or address the crises affecting the country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“I’m doing something here that I’ve never done before, presenting the lengthy, raw interviews of my work. In the fall of 2019 through August 2020, I interviewed President Trump 19 times for my second book on his presidency, Rage. I had also interviewed him in 2016 when he was a presidential candidate. I decided to take this unusual step of releasing these recordings after relistening in full to all 20 interviews. As I listened to them again I was stunned by their relevance to understanding Trump. Hearing Trump speak is a completely different experience to reading the transcripts or listening to snatches of interviews on television or the internet.” Bob Woodward from The Trump Tapes  The Trump Tapes is the intimate and astonishing audio archive of Bob Woodward’s 20 interviews with Donald Trump.  Featuring more than eight hours of Woodward/Trump conversations, The Trump Tapes is as historically important as the Frost/Nixon interviews. In this up-close, unvarnished self-portrait of Trump and his presidency, listeners will hear Trump as Woodward did: profane, incautious, divisive, and deceptive, but also engaging and entertaining, ever the host and the salesman, trying to sell his presidency to win Woodward over.  Relying on familiar devices – airing grievances, stoking divisions, repeating himself to a staggering degree, as if saying something often and loud enough will make something true – Trump uses his voice as a concussive instrument, pounding in the listener’s ear.  In new commentary created exclusively for The Trump Tapes, Woodward at times breaks frame from the interviews to provide essential context or clarification. But for the most part the interviews proceed uninterrupted, fulfilling Woodward’s goal of presenting Trump’s voice and words for the historical record, and offering listeners the chance to hear and judge and make their own assessments.  As relevant as ever to the task of understanding Donald Trump, The Trump Tapes reveal Trump in his own words – a man consumed by the past and clinging to his grievances, unable to understand his responsibilities as president or address the crises affecting the country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die neue Weltunordnung - Wie sich der Westen selbst zerstört (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Peter R. Neumann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltunordnung - Wie sich der Westen selbst zerstört (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Peter R. Neumann
Narrator: Frank Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Russland beginnt einen Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine, nur wenige Monate zuvor erleben die USA in Afghanistan ein außenpolitisches Debakel, und längst ist der Systemrivale China zur entscheidenden Supermacht aufgestiegen - der Westen steckt in einer nie da gewesenen Krise. Dabei schien der Siegeszug noch vor kurzem unaufhaltsam: Nach dem Ende des Kalten Krieges setzte sich im ehemaligen Ostblock die demokratische Marktwirtschaft durch, Russland wurde vom Feind zum Partner, selbst China wandte sich dem Kapitalismus zu. Dann die große Wende: Die Terroranschläge von 9/11 erschütterten den Westen, der amerikanische &amp;#039;War on Terror&amp;#039; destabilisierte eine ganze Weltregion, der &amp;#039;Arabische Frühling&amp;#039; brachte am Ende nur neue Autokratien hervor, und mit der Annexion der Krim verschärfte sich die Konfrontation mit Russland. Anstelle einer liberalen Weltordnung ist eine neue Weltunordnung entstanden. Peter R. Neumann, international gefragter Experte für Terrorismus und Geopolitik, zeigt, wie dies geschehen konnte und was jetzt passieren muss. Ein schonungsloser Blick auf die aktuelle Lage des Westens, der sich auf fatale Weise selbst überschätzt hat.</description>
      <author>Peter R. Neumann</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732456864.mp3" length="860287" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732456864.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltunordnung - Wie sich der Westen selbst zerstört (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Peter R. Neumann
Narrator: Frank Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Russland beginnt einen Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine, nur wenige Monate zuvor erleben die USA in Afghanistan ein außenpolitisches Debakel, und längst ist der Systemrivale China zur entscheidenden Supermacht aufgestiegen - der Westen steckt in einer nie da gewesenen Krise. Dabei schien der Siegeszug noch vor kurzem unaufhaltsam: Nach dem Ende des Kalten Krieges setzte sich im ehemaligen Ostblock die demokratische Marktwirtschaft durch, Russland wurde vom Feind zum Partner, selbst China wandte sich dem Kapitalismus zu. Dann die große Wende: Die Terroranschläge von 9/11 erschütterten den Westen, der amerikanische &amp;#039;War on Terror&amp;#039; destabilisierte eine ganze Weltregion, der &amp;#039;Arabische Frühling&amp;#039; brachte am Ende nur neue Autokratien hervor, und mit der Annexion der Krim verschärfte sich die Konfrontation mit Russland. Anstelle einer liberalen Weltordnung ist eine neue Weltunordnung entstanden. Peter R. Neumann, international gefragter Experte für Terrorismus und Geopolitik, zeigt, wie dies geschehen konnte und was jetzt passieren muss. Ein schonungsloser Blick auf die aktuelle Lage des Westens, der sich auf fatale Weise selbst überschätzt hat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die neue Weltunordnung - Wie sich der Westen selbst zerstört (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Peter R. Neumann
Narrator: Frank Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Russland beginnt einen Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine, nur wenige Monate zuvor erleben die USA in Afghanistan ein außenpolitisches Debakel, und längst ist der Systemrivale China zur entscheidenden Supermacht aufgestiegen - der Westen steckt in einer nie da gewesenen Krise. Dabei schien der Siegeszug noch vor kurzem unaufhaltsam: Nach dem Ende des Kalten Krieges setzte sich im ehemaligen Ostblock die demokratische Marktwirtschaft durch, Russland wurde vom Feind zum Partner, selbst China wandte sich dem Kapitalismus zu. Dann die große Wende: Die Terroranschläge von 9/11 erschütterten den Westen, der amerikanische &amp;#039;War on Terror&amp;#039; destabilisierte eine ganze Weltregion, der &amp;#039;Arabische Frühling&amp;#039; brachte am Ende nur neue Autokratien hervor, und mit der Annexion der Krim verschärfte sich die Konfrontation mit Russland. Anstelle einer liberalen Weltordnung ist eine neue Weltunordnung entstanden. Peter R. Neumann, international gefragter Experte für Terrorismus und Geopolitik, zeigt, wie dies geschehen konnte und was jetzt passieren muss. Ein schonungsloser Blick auf die aktuelle Lage des Westens, der sich auf fatale Weise selbst überschätzt hat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>24 Hours in Charlottesville: An Oral History of the Stand Against White Supremacy by Nora Neus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Hours in Charlottesville: An Oral History of the Stand Against White Supremacy
Author: Nora Neus
Narrator: Amara Jasper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping account of racial justice activists who confronted violent white supremacists in Charlottesville, VA, and stirred the nation On August 11 and 12, 2017, armed neo-Nazi demonstrators descended on the University of Virginia campus and downtown Charlottesville. When they assaulted antiracist counterprotesters, the police failed to intervene, and events culminated in the murder of counterprotestor Heather Heyer. In this book, Emmy-nominated journalist and former Charlottesville resident Nora Neus crafts an extraordinary account from the voices of the students, faith leaders, politicians, and community members who were there. Through a vivid collage of original interviews, new statements from Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer and Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe, social media posts, court testimony, and government reports, this book portrays the arrival of white supremacist demonstrators, the interfaith service held in response, the tiki torch march on the university campus, the protests and counterprotests in downtown Charlottesville the next day, and the deadly car attack. 24 Hours in Charlottesville will also feature never-before-disclosed information from activists and city government leaders, including Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer.</description>
      <author>Nora Neus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807012895.mp3" length="2676880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807012895.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Hours in Charlottesville: An Oral History of the Stand Against White Supremacy
Author: Nora Neus
Narrator: Amara Jasper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping account of racial justice activists who confronted violent white supremacists in Charlottesville, VA, and stirred the nation On August 11 and 12, 2017, armed neo-Nazi demonstrators descended on the University of Virginia campus and downtown Charlottesville. When they assaulted antiracist counterprotesters, the police failed to intervene, and events culminated in the murder of counterprotestor Heather Heyer. In this book, Emmy-nominated journalist and former Charlottesville resident Nora Neus crafts an extraordinary account from the voices of the students, faith leaders, politicians, and community members who were there. Through a vivid collage of original interviews, new statements from Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer and Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe, social media posts, court testimony, and government reports, this book portrays the arrival of white supremacist demonstrators, the interfaith service held in response, the tiki torch march on the university campus, the protests and counterprotests in downtown Charlottesville the next day, and the deadly car attack. 24 Hours in Charlottesville will also feature never-before-disclosed information from activists and city government leaders, including Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634638</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 24 Hours in Charlottesville: An Oral History of the Stand Against White Supremacy
Author: Nora Neus
Narrator: Amara Jasper
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A gripping account of racial justice activists who confronted violent white supremacists in Charlottesville, VA, and stirred the nation On August 11 and 12, 2017, armed neo-Nazi demonstrators descended on the University of Virginia campus and downtown Charlottesville. When they assaulted antiracist counterprotesters, the police failed to intervene, and events culminated in the murder of counterprotestor Heather Heyer. In this book, Emmy-nominated journalist and former Charlottesville resident Nora Neus crafts an extraordinary account from the voices of the students, faith leaders, politicians, and community members who were there. Through a vivid collage of original interviews, new statements from Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer and Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe, social media posts, court testimony, and government reports, this book portrays the arrival of white supremacist demonstrators, the interfaith service held in response, the tiki torch march on the university campus, the protests and counterprotests in downtown Charlottesville the next day, and the deadly car attack. 24 Hours in Charlottesville will also feature never-before-disclosed information from activists and city government leaders, including Charlottesville mayor Mike Signer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When China Attacks: A Warning to America by Grant Newsham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When China Attacks: A Warning to America
Author: Grant Newsham
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warning about America’s impending war with China. The conflict is coming, a former Marine intelligence officer shows, and we’re not ready. But it’s not too late to prepare. Communist China is ambitious. It wants to replace the United States as the world’s leading superpower. And it is well on its way. It is dominant in the world economy. It is a master at intellectual property theft. It shows strategic genius at cornering essential markets. It has been staggeringly successful in buying influence among American elites. And its military buildup is astonishing. So far, China has been waging a cold war on the United States and its Asian allies. But, emboldened by American weakness and decline, that cold war is about to turn hot. The flashpoint will be Taiwan—but the war will extend over the entire Pacific Theatre. The results could be devastating. America is facing the possibility of humiliating regional retreat—one with almost unimaginable costs to our economy and security. That’s the warning of Grant Newsham, a longtime China analyst for the Marine Corps, the Foreign Service, and Morgan Stanley Bank in Japan. His shocking new book When China Attacks is a fire bell in the night—a warning about an imminent hot war that we are already in the process of losing. It offers a frightening, but well-founded, blow-by-blow account of what might happen. Is American defeat inevitable? No, but only if America’s leaders heed the sobering message of When China Attacks.</description>
      <author>Grant Newsham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212381840.mp3" length="803304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212381840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When China Attacks: A Warning to America
Author: Grant Newsham
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warning about America’s impending war with China. The conflict is coming, a former Marine intelligence officer shows, and we’re not ready. But it’s not too late to prepare. Communist China is ambitious. It wants to replace the United States as the world’s leading superpower. And it is well on its way. It is dominant in the world economy. It is a master at intellectual property theft. It shows strategic genius at cornering essential markets. It has been staggeringly successful in buying influence among American elites. And its military buildup is astonishing. So far, China has been waging a cold war on the United States and its Asian allies. But, emboldened by American weakness and decline, that cold war is about to turn hot. The flashpoint will be Taiwan—but the war will extend over the entire Pacific Theatre. The results could be devastating. America is facing the possibility of humiliating regional retreat—one with almost unimaginable costs to our economy and security. That’s the warning of Grant Newsham, a longtime China analyst for the Marine Corps, the Foreign Service, and Morgan Stanley Bank in Japan. His shocking new book When China Attacks is a fire bell in the night—a warning about an imminent hot war that we are already in the process of losing. It offers a frightening, but well-founded, blow-by-blow account of what might happen. Is American defeat inevitable? No, but only if America’s leaders heed the sobering message of When China Attacks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When China Attacks: A Warning to America
Author: Grant Newsham
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A warning about America’s impending war with China. The conflict is coming, a former Marine intelligence officer shows, and we’re not ready. But it’s not too late to prepare. Communist China is ambitious. It wants to replace the United States as the world’s leading superpower. And it is well on its way. It is dominant in the world economy. It is a master at intellectual property theft. It shows strategic genius at cornering essential markets. It has been staggeringly successful in buying influence among American elites. And its military buildup is astonishing. So far, China has been waging a cold war on the United States and its Asian allies. But, emboldened by American weakness and decline, that cold war is about to turn hot. The flashpoint will be Taiwan—but the war will extend over the entire Pacific Theatre. The results could be devastating. America is facing the possibility of humiliating regional retreat—one with almost unimaginable costs to our economy and security. That’s the warning of Grant Newsham, a longtime China analyst for the Marine Corps, the Foreign Service, and Morgan Stanley Bank in Japan. His shocking new book When China Attacks is a fire bell in the night—a warning about an imminent hot war that we are already in the process of losing. It offers a frightening, but well-founded, blow-by-blow account of what might happen. Is American defeat inevitable? No, but only if America’s leaders heed the sobering message of When China Attacks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trump Tapes: Bob Woodward&amp;#039;s Twenty Interviews with President Donald Trump by Bob Woodward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes: Bob Woodward&amp;#039;s Twenty Interviews with President Donald Trump
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 19
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most memorable contribution to this year’s American political literature, however, was not a printed book. The Trump Tapes…is an audio collection that offers a passport to the heart of darkness.” —The Guardian   “An uncharacteristic warning from one of the most respected, non-partisan journalists in the world” —Jake Tapper, CNN   “It was riveting. I couldn’t get enough of it.” —Gayle King, CBS Mornings The Trump Tapes explodes with the exclusive, inside story of Trump’s performance as president—in his own words as he is questioned, even interrogated by Woodward, on the president’s key responsibilities from managing foreign relations to crisis management of the coronavirus pandemic.   This is the job Trump seeks again. How did he do the first time? This is the authentic answer, laying bare his repeated failures, obsessions, and grievances.   The Woodward interviews take a reader to a reporter’s laboratory meticulously examining the Trump presidency like never before—spellbinding and devastating.   *Including all 27 letters between President Trump and North Korean Leader Kim Jong Un</description>
      <author>Bob Woodward</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124735.mp3" length="893659" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124735.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes: Bob Woodward&amp;#039;s Twenty Interviews with President Donald Trump
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 19
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most memorable contribution to this year’s American political literature, however, was not a printed book. The Trump Tapes…is an audio collection that offers a passport to the heart of darkness.” —The Guardian   “An uncharacteristic warning from one of the most respected, non-partisan journalists in the world” —Jake Tapper, CNN   “It was riveting. I couldn’t get enough of it.” —Gayle King, CBS Mornings The Trump Tapes explodes with the exclusive, inside story of Trump’s performance as president—in his own words as he is questioned, even interrogated by Woodward, on the president’s key responsibilities from managing foreign relations to crisis management of the coronavirus pandemic.   This is the job Trump seeks again. How did he do the first time? This is the authentic answer, laying bare his repeated failures, obsessions, and grievances.   The Woodward interviews take a reader to a reporter’s laboratory meticulously examining the Trump presidency like never before—spellbinding and devastating.   *Including all 27 letters between President Trump and North Korean Leader Kim Jong Un</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trump Tapes: Bob Woodward&amp;#039;s Twenty Interviews with President Donald Trump
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: Donald J. Trump, Bob Woodward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 29 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 19
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most memorable contribution to this year’s American political literature, however, was not a printed book. The Trump Tapes…is an audio collection that offers a passport to the heart of darkness.” —The Guardian   “An uncharacteristic warning from one of the most respected, non-partisan journalists in the world” —Jake Tapper, CNN   “It was riveting. I couldn’t get enough of it.” —Gayle King, CBS Mornings The Trump Tapes explodes with the exclusive, inside story of Trump’s performance as president—in his own words as he is questioned, even interrogated by Woodward, on the president’s key responsibilities from managing foreign relations to crisis management of the coronavirus pandemic.   This is the job Trump seeks again. How did he do the first time? This is the authentic answer, laying bare his repeated failures, obsessions, and grievances.   The Woodward interviews take a reader to a reporter’s laboratory meticulously examining the Trump presidency like never before—spellbinding and devastating.   *Including all 27 letters between President Trump and North Korean Leader Kim Jong Un</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>India Since Independence Part 2 by Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 2
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</description>
      <author>Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354924217.mp3" length="2703846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354924217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 2
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 2
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 20 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>India Since Independence Part 1 by Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 1
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</description>
      <author>Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354924132.mp3" length="2702253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354924132.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 1
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: India Since Independence Part 1
Author: Aditya Mukherjee, Bipin Chandra, Mridula Mukherjee
Narrator: Prateek Dutt Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The story of the forging of India, the world&amp;#039;s largest democracy, is a rich andinspiring one. This volume, a sequel to the India&amp;#039;s Struggle forIndependence, analyses the challenges India has faced and the successes ithas achieved in the light of its colonial legacy and century-long struggle forfreedom. It covers the framing of the Constitution and the evolution of theNehruvian political and economic agenda and basics of foreign policy; theconsolidation of the nation and contentious issues like party politics in theCentre and the states, the Punjab problem and anti-caste politics anduntouchability. These, along with objective assessments of Jawaharlal Nehru,Indira Gandhi, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lal Bahadur Shastri, Rajiv Gandhi,Vishwanath Pratap Singh, Atal Bihari Vajpayee and Manmohan Singh,constitute a remarkable overview of a nation on the move</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Head Held High by Vishwas Nangre Patil</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head Held High
Author: Vishwas Nangre Patil
Narrator: Mayur Suvarna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever   decorated officer Vishwas Nangre Patil recalls the memories of Diwali from   his childhood days, the sounds of firecrackers often transform into the   deafening grenade blasts from the night of 26/11. It was his grit, cultivated   over the years from the neck-breaking labour of studying for the UPSC exams,   that had enabled him to power on and gun down the terrorists inside the Taj   Mahal Palace hotel during the 2008 Mumbai attacks. Head Held High, translated   from the Marathi book Mann Mein Hai Vishwas, is an account of IPS officer   Vishwas Nangre Patil&amp;#039;s life-from his humble background, through school,   college, long hours of studying for the UPSC examinations to the final   selection to the IPS cadre and, eventually, his role in the counterterrorism   operations during the Mumbai attacks. This moving and authentic account of   the most formative and challenging years of his life is sure to strike a   chord with those who aspire to join the Indian civil services.</description>
      <author>Vishwas Nangre Patil</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354927133.mp3" length="2931437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354927133.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head Held High
Author: Vishwas Nangre Patil
Narrator: Mayur Suvarna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever   decorated officer Vishwas Nangre Patil recalls the memories of Diwali from   his childhood days, the sounds of firecrackers often transform into the   deafening grenade blasts from the night of 26/11. It was his grit, cultivated   over the years from the neck-breaking labour of studying for the UPSC exams,   that had enabled him to power on and gun down the terrorists inside the Taj   Mahal Palace hotel during the 2008 Mumbai attacks. Head Held High, translated   from the Marathi book Mann Mein Hai Vishwas, is an account of IPS officer   Vishwas Nangre Patil&amp;#039;s life-from his humble background, through school,   college, long hours of studying for the UPSC examinations to the final   selection to the IPS cadre and, eventually, his role in the counterterrorism   operations during the Mumbai attacks. This moving and authentic account of   the most formative and challenging years of his life is sure to strike a   chord with those who aspire to join the Indian civil services.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Head Held High
Author: Vishwas Nangre Patil
Narrator: Mayur Suvarna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever   decorated officer Vishwas Nangre Patil recalls the memories of Diwali from   his childhood days, the sounds of firecrackers often transform into the   deafening grenade blasts from the night of 26/11. It was his grit, cultivated   over the years from the neck-breaking labour of studying for the UPSC exams,   that had enabled him to power on and gun down the terrorists inside the Taj   Mahal Palace hotel during the 2008 Mumbai attacks. Head Held High, translated   from the Marathi book Mann Mein Hai Vishwas, is an account of IPS officer   Vishwas Nangre Patil&amp;#039;s life-from his humble background, through school,   college, long hours of studying for the UPSC examinations to the final   selection to the IPS cadre and, eventually, his role in the counterterrorism   operations during the Mumbai attacks. This moving and authentic account of   the most formative and challenging years of his life is sure to strike a   chord with those who aspire to join the Indian civil services.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States by Manuel G. Gonzales</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</description>
      <author>Manuel G. Gonzales</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765072127.mp3" length="8222839" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765072127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mexicanos, Third Edition: A History of Mexicans in the United States
Author: Manuel G. Gonzales
Narrator: Hector Carrillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Responding to shifts in the political and economic experiences of Mexicans in America, this newly revised and expanded edition of Mexicanos provides a relevant and contemporary consideration of this vibrant community. Emerging from the ruins of Aztec civilization and from centuries of Spanish contact with indigenous people, Mexican culture followed the Spanish colonial frontier northward and put its distinctive mark on what became the southwestern United States. Shaped by their Indian and Spanish ancestors, deeply influenced by Catholicism, and often struggling to respond to political and economic precarity, Mexicans play an important role in United States society even as the dominant Anglo culture strives to assimilate them. With updated appendices and a new chapter providing an up-to-date consideration of the immigration debate centered on Mexican communities in the United States, this new edition of Mexicanos provides a thorough and balanced contribution to understanding Mexicans&amp;#039; history and their vital importance to twenty-first century America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pursuit of Dominance: 2000 Years of Superpower Grand Strategy by Christopher J. Fettweis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pursuit of Dominance: 2000 Years of Superpower Grand Strategy
Author: Christopher J. Fettweis
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is the most powerful actor in the international system, but it is facing a set of challenges that might lead to its decline as this century unfolds. In The Pursuit of Dominance, Christopher J. Fettweis examines the grand strategy of previous superpowers to see how they maintained, or failed to maintain, their status. Over the course of six cases, from Ancient Rome to the British Empire, he seeks guidance from the past for present US policymakers. Like the United States, the examples Fettweis uses were the world&amp;#039;s strongest powers at particularly moments in time, and they were hoping to stay that way. Rather than focusing on those powers&amp;#039; rise or how they ruled, however, Fettweis looks at how they sought to maintain their power. From these cases, one paramount lesson becomes clear: Dominant powers usually survive even the most incompetent leaders. Fettweis is most interested in how these superpowers defined their interests, the grand strategies these regimes followed to maintain superiority over their rivals, and how the practice of that strategy worked. A sweeping history of grand strategy, The Pursuit of Dominance looks at the past 2,000 years to highlight what—if anything—current US strategists can learn from the experience of earlier superpowers.</description>
      <author>Christopher J. Fettweis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610896.mp3" length="7526807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610896.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pursuit of Dominance: 2000 Years of Superpower Grand Strategy
Author: Christopher J. Fettweis
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is the most powerful actor in the international system, but it is facing a set of challenges that might lead to its decline as this century unfolds. In The Pursuit of Dominance, Christopher J. Fettweis examines the grand strategy of previous superpowers to see how they maintained, or failed to maintain, their status. Over the course of six cases, from Ancient Rome to the British Empire, he seeks guidance from the past for present US policymakers. Like the United States, the examples Fettweis uses were the world&amp;#039;s strongest powers at particularly moments in time, and they were hoping to stay that way. Rather than focusing on those powers&amp;#039; rise or how they ruled, however, Fettweis looks at how they sought to maintain their power. From these cases, one paramount lesson becomes clear: Dominant powers usually survive even the most incompetent leaders. Fettweis is most interested in how these superpowers defined their interests, the grand strategies these regimes followed to maintain superiority over their rivals, and how the practice of that strategy worked. A sweeping history of grand strategy, The Pursuit of Dominance looks at the past 2,000 years to highlight what—if anything—current US strategists can learn from the experience of earlier superpowers.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634526</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Pursuit of Dominance: 2000 Years of Superpower Grand Strategy
Author: Christopher J. Fettweis
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is the most powerful actor in the international system, but it is facing a set of challenges that might lead to its decline as this century unfolds. In The Pursuit of Dominance, Christopher J. Fettweis examines the grand strategy of previous superpowers to see how they maintained, or failed to maintain, their status. Over the course of six cases, from Ancient Rome to the British Empire, he seeks guidance from the past for present US policymakers. Like the United States, the examples Fettweis uses were the world&amp;#039;s strongest powers at particularly moments in time, and they were hoping to stay that way. Rather than focusing on those powers&amp;#039; rise or how they ruled, however, Fettweis looks at how they sought to maintain their power. From these cases, one paramount lesson becomes clear: Dominant powers usually survive even the most incompetent leaders. Fettweis is most interested in how these superpowers defined their interests, the grand strategies these regimes followed to maintain superiority over their rivals, and how the practice of that strategy worked. A sweeping history of grand strategy, The Pursuit of Dominance looks at the past 2,000 years to highlight what—if anything—current US strategists can learn from the experience of earlier superpowers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Race in the Crucible of War: African American Servicemen and the War in Vietnam by Gerald F. Goodwin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race in the Crucible of War: African American Servicemen and the War in Vietnam
Author: Gerald F. Goodwin
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When African American servicemen went to fight in the Vietnam War, discrimination and prejudice followed them. Even in a faraway country, their military experiences were shaped by the racial environment of the home front. War is often viewed as a crucible that can transform society, but American race relations proved remarkably durable. In Race in the Crucible of War, Gerald F. Goodwin examines how Black servicemen experienced and interpreted racial issues during their time in Vietnam. Drawing on more than fifty new oral interviews and significant archival research, as well as newspapers, periodicals, memoirs, and documentaries, Goodwin reveals that for many African Americans the front line and the home front were two sides of the same coin. Serving during the same period as the civil rights movement and the race riots in Chicago, Detroit, and dozens of other American cities, these men increasingly connected the racism that they encountered in the barracks and on the battlefields with the tensions and violence that were simmering back home.</description>
      <author>Gerald F. Goodwin</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765096246.mp3" length="8586227" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765096246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race in the Crucible of War: African American Servicemen and the War in Vietnam
Author: Gerald F. Goodwin
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When African American servicemen went to fight in the Vietnam War, discrimination and prejudice followed them. Even in a faraway country, their military experiences were shaped by the racial environment of the home front. War is often viewed as a crucible that can transform society, but American race relations proved remarkably durable. In Race in the Crucible of War, Gerald F. Goodwin examines how Black servicemen experienced and interpreted racial issues during their time in Vietnam. Drawing on more than fifty new oral interviews and significant archival research, as well as newspapers, periodicals, memoirs, and documentaries, Goodwin reveals that for many African Americans the front line and the home front were two sides of the same coin. Serving during the same period as the civil rights movement and the race riots in Chicago, Detroit, and dozens of other American cities, these men increasingly connected the racism that they encountered in the barracks and on the battlefields with the tensions and violence that were simmering back home.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Race in the Crucible of War: African American Servicemen and the War in Vietnam
Author: Gerald F. Goodwin
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 27, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
When African American servicemen went to fight in the Vietnam War, discrimination and prejudice followed them. Even in a faraway country, their military experiences were shaped by the racial environment of the home front. War is often viewed as a crucible that can transform society, but American race relations proved remarkably durable. In Race in the Crucible of War, Gerald F. Goodwin examines how Black servicemen experienced and interpreted racial issues during their time in Vietnam. Drawing on more than fifty new oral interviews and significant archival research, as well as newspapers, periodicals, memoirs, and documentaries, Goodwin reveals that for many African Americans the front line and the home front were two sides of the same coin. Serving during the same period as the civil rights movement and the race riots in Chicago, Detroit, and dozens of other American cities, these men increasingly connected the racism that they encountered in the barracks and on the battlefields with the tensions and violence that were simmering back home.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era by Kathleen Searles, Johanna Dunaway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era
Author: Kathleen Searles, Johanna Dunaway
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though people frequently use mobile technologies for news consumption, evidence from several fields shows that smaller screens and slower connection speeds pose major limitations for meaningful reading. In News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era, Johanna Dunaway and Kathleen Searles demonstrate the effects of mobile devices on news attention, engagement, and recall, and identify a key cognitive mechanism underlying these effects: cognitive effort. They advance a theory that is both old and new: the costs of information-seeking curb participatory behaviors unless the benefits outweigh them. For news consumers in the mobile era, for example, mobile devices increase the time, economic, and cognitive costs associated with information-seeking. Only for a small few do the benefits of attending to the news on mobile devices outweigh the costs. Dunaway and Searles argue that attention, engagement, and recall suffer when people consume news on mobile devices. They then investigate the implications of these effects for the news industry and for an informed democratic citizenry. Drawing on both laboratory and real-world studies, Dunaway and Searles bring the psychophysiology of news consumption to bear on the question of what we could lose in an information environment characterized by a dramatic shift in reliance on mobile devices.</description>
      <author>Kathleen Searles, Johanna Dunaway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610827.mp3" length="8760789" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era
Author: Kathleen Searles, Johanna Dunaway
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though people frequently use mobile technologies for news consumption, evidence from several fields shows that smaller screens and slower connection speeds pose major limitations for meaningful reading. In News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era, Johanna Dunaway and Kathleen Searles demonstrate the effects of mobile devices on news attention, engagement, and recall, and identify a key cognitive mechanism underlying these effects: cognitive effort. They advance a theory that is both old and new: the costs of information-seeking curb participatory behaviors unless the benefits outweigh them. For news consumers in the mobile era, for example, mobile devices increase the time, economic, and cognitive costs associated with information-seeking. Only for a small few do the benefits of attending to the news on mobile devices outweigh the costs. Dunaway and Searles argue that attention, engagement, and recall suffer when people consume news on mobile devices. They then investigate the implications of these effects for the news industry and for an informed democratic citizenry. Drawing on both laboratory and real-world studies, Dunaway and Searles bring the psychophysiology of news consumption to bear on the question of what we could lose in an information environment characterized by a dramatic shift in reliance on mobile devices.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634445</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era
Author: Kathleen Searles, Johanna Dunaway
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Though people frequently use mobile technologies for news consumption, evidence from several fields shows that smaller screens and slower connection speeds pose major limitations for meaningful reading. In News and Democratic Citizens in the Mobile Era, Johanna Dunaway and Kathleen Searles demonstrate the effects of mobile devices on news attention, engagement, and recall, and identify a key cognitive mechanism underlying these effects: cognitive effort. They advance a theory that is both old and new: the costs of information-seeking curb participatory behaviors unless the benefits outweigh them. For news consumers in the mobile era, for example, mobile devices increase the time, economic, and cognitive costs associated with information-seeking. Only for a small few do the benefits of attending to the news on mobile devices outweigh the costs. Dunaway and Searles argue that attention, engagement, and recall suffer when people consume news on mobile devices. They then investigate the implications of these effects for the news industry and for an informed democratic citizenry. Drawing on both laboratory and real-world studies, Dunaway and Searles bring the psychophysiology of news consumption to bear on the question of what we could lose in an information environment characterized by a dramatic shift in reliance on mobile devices.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Terra Viva: My Life in a Biodiversity of Movements by Vandana Shiva</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Viva: My Life in a Biodiversity of Movements
Author: Vandana Shiva
Narrator: Sudha Bhuchar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vandana Shiva has been described in many ways: the “Gandhi of Grain,” “a rock star” in the battle against GMOs, and “the most powerful voice” for people of the developing world. For over four decades, she has vociferously advocated for diversity, indigenous knowledge, localization, and real democracy; she has been at the forefront of seed saving, food sovereignty, and connecting the dots between the destruction of nature, the polarization of societies, and indiscriminate corporate greed. In Terra Viva, Dr. Shiva shares her most memorable campaigns, alongside some of the world’s most celebrated activists and environmentalists, all working toward a livable planet and healthier democracies. For the very first time, she also recounts the stories of her childhood in post-partition India?the influence of the Himalayan forests she roamed; her parents, who saw no difference in the education of boys and girls at a time when this was not the norm; and the Chipko movement, whose women were “the real custodians of biodiversity-related knowledge.” Throughout, Shiva’s pursuit of a unique intellectual path marrying quantum physics with science, technology, and environmental policy will captivate listeners. Terra Viva is a celebration of a remarkable life and a clear-eyed assessment of the challenges we face moving forward?including those revealed by the COVID crisis, the privatization of biotechnology, and the commodification of our biological and natural resources.</description>
      <author>Vandana Shiva</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645021902.mp3" length="875691" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645021902.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Viva: My Life in a Biodiversity of Movements
Author: Vandana Shiva
Narrator: Sudha Bhuchar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vandana Shiva has been described in many ways: the “Gandhi of Grain,” “a rock star” in the battle against GMOs, and “the most powerful voice” for people of the developing world. For over four decades, she has vociferously advocated for diversity, indigenous knowledge, localization, and real democracy; she has been at the forefront of seed saving, food sovereignty, and connecting the dots between the destruction of nature, the polarization of societies, and indiscriminate corporate greed. In Terra Viva, Dr. Shiva shares her most memorable campaigns, alongside some of the world’s most celebrated activists and environmentalists, all working toward a livable planet and healthier democracies. For the very first time, she also recounts the stories of her childhood in post-partition India?the influence of the Himalayan forests she roamed; her parents, who saw no difference in the education of boys and girls at a time when this was not the norm; and the Chipko movement, whose women were “the real custodians of biodiversity-related knowledge.” Throughout, Shiva’s pursuit of a unique intellectual path marrying quantum physics with science, technology, and environmental policy will captivate listeners. Terra Viva is a celebration of a remarkable life and a clear-eyed assessment of the challenges we face moving forward?including those revealed by the COVID crisis, the privatization of biotechnology, and the commodification of our biological and natural resources.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Terra Viva: My Life in a Biodiversity of Movements
Author: Vandana Shiva
Narrator: Sudha Bhuchar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vandana Shiva has been described in many ways: the “Gandhi of Grain,” “a rock star” in the battle against GMOs, and “the most powerful voice” for people of the developing world. For over four decades, she has vociferously advocated for diversity, indigenous knowledge, localization, and real democracy; she has been at the forefront of seed saving, food sovereignty, and connecting the dots between the destruction of nature, the polarization of societies, and indiscriminate corporate greed. In Terra Viva, Dr. Shiva shares her most memorable campaigns, alongside some of the world’s most celebrated activists and environmentalists, all working toward a livable planet and healthier democracies. For the very first time, she also recounts the stories of her childhood in post-partition India?the influence of the Himalayan forests she roamed; her parents, who saw no difference in the education of boys and girls at a time when this was not the norm; and the Chipko movement, whose women were “the real custodians of biodiversity-related knowledge.” Throughout, Shiva’s pursuit of a unique intellectual path marrying quantum physics with science, technology, and environmental policy will captivate listeners. Terra Viva is a celebration of a remarkable life and a clear-eyed assessment of the challenges we face moving forward?including those revealed by the COVID crisis, the privatization of biotechnology, and the commodification of our biological and natural resources.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Warum Deutschland es besser macht - Ein bewundernder Blick von außen (Ungekürzt) by John Kampfner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Warum Deutschland es besser macht - Ein bewundernder Blick von außen (Ungekürzt)
Author: John Kampfner
Narrator: Till Hagen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Kampfner ist Brite und zeigt, wie sehr sich das Deutschland-Bild im Ausland in den letzten Jahren verändert hat. Die deutsche Krisenpolitik hält er für Weltklasse: Corona-Bekämpfung, Finanzkrise, Flüchtlingskrise - kein Land navigiere so erfolgreich und souverän durch schwierige Zeiten wie Deutschland. Während anderswo autoritäre Politiker und Populisten regieren, sei Deutschland ein Bollwerk aus Anstand und Stabilität. Den Grund für die Stärke sieht er vor allem in der soliden Politik Angela Merkels und in der kritischen Auseinandersetzung mit der eigenen Vergangenheit, darin liegt für ihn der Schlüssel zu einer sensiblen Demokratie. Kampfner schreibt eine erfrischend andere Geschichte der Bundesrepublik.</description>
      <author>John Kampfner</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Apr 2021 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732455966.mp3" length="848062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732455966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Warum Deutschland es besser macht - Ein bewundernder Blick von außen (Ungekürzt)
Author: John Kampfner
Narrator: Till Hagen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Kampfner ist Brite und zeigt, wie sehr sich das Deutschland-Bild im Ausland in den letzten Jahren verändert hat. Die deutsche Krisenpolitik hält er für Weltklasse: Corona-Bekämpfung, Finanzkrise, Flüchtlingskrise - kein Land navigiere so erfolgreich und souverän durch schwierige Zeiten wie Deutschland. Während anderswo autoritäre Politiker und Populisten regieren, sei Deutschland ein Bollwerk aus Anstand und Stabilität. Den Grund für die Stärke sieht er vor allem in der soliden Politik Angela Merkels und in der kritischen Auseinandersetzung mit der eigenen Vergangenheit, darin liegt für ihn der Schlüssel zu einer sensiblen Demokratie. Kampfner schreibt eine erfrischend andere Geschichte der Bundesrepublik.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Warum Deutschland es besser macht - Ein bewundernder Blick von außen (Ungekürzt)
Author: John Kampfner
Narrator: Till Hagen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
John Kampfner ist Brite und zeigt, wie sehr sich das Deutschland-Bild im Ausland in den letzten Jahren verändert hat. Die deutsche Krisenpolitik hält er für Weltklasse: Corona-Bekämpfung, Finanzkrise, Flüchtlingskrise - kein Land navigiere so erfolgreich und souverän durch schwierige Zeiten wie Deutschland. Während anderswo autoritäre Politiker und Populisten regieren, sei Deutschland ein Bollwerk aus Anstand und Stabilität. Den Grund für die Stärke sieht er vor allem in der soliden Politik Angela Merkels und in der kritischen Auseinandersetzung mit der eigenen Vergangenheit, darin liegt für ihn der Schlüssel zu einer sensiblen Demokratie. Kampfner schreibt eine erfrischend andere Geschichte der Bundesrepublik.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wer rettet Amerika?: Bericht aus einem verwundeten Land by Claudia Buckenmaier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer rettet Amerika?: Bericht aus einem verwundeten Land
Author: Claudia Buckenmaier
Narrator: Lisa Rauen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Als Joe Biden als Präsident der USA antrat, hofften viele, dass er die zerrissene Nation einen, ihre Wunden heilen könnte. Heute sind die gesellschaftlichen Gräben tiefer denn je. Rechte Gruppen haben sich weiter radikalisiert, Donald Trump bereitet seine Rückkehr ins Weiße Haus vor, und das Misstrauen gegenüber Politik und Staat ist so groß wie nie.Claudia Buckenmaier, Korrespondentin und Leiterin des ARD-Studios in Washington, ist eine ausgewiesene Kennerin Amerikas. Reportagereisen haben sie quer durch das Land geführt, zu Menschen, deren Geschichten zeigen, wo die USA heute stehen. Darunter ein hispanischer Sheriff einer texanischen Grenzstadt, der das Versagen der amerikanischen Einwanderungspolitik täglich miterlebt; ein schwarzer Pastor aus Ohio, der mitansehen muss, wie seine Gemeinde immer extremeren Verschwörungstheorien verfällt; ein demokratischer Abgeordneter, der im Sitzungssaal war, als das Kapitol von einem wütenden Mob gestürmt wurde. In ihrem Buch fühlt Buckenmaier der mächtigsten Nation der Welt den Puls: Gibt es Hoffnung auf Versöhnung, oder ist Amerika dabei, sich selbst zu verlieren? Und was bedeutet das für uns? Das ebenso persönliche wie scharfsichtige Porträt eines gefährlich destabilisierten Landes.</description>
      <author>Claudia Buckenmaier</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863525835.mp3" length="852649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863525835.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer rettet Amerika?: Bericht aus einem verwundeten Land
Author: Claudia Buckenmaier
Narrator: Lisa Rauen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Als Joe Biden als Präsident der USA antrat, hofften viele, dass er die zerrissene Nation einen, ihre Wunden heilen könnte. Heute sind die gesellschaftlichen Gräben tiefer denn je. Rechte Gruppen haben sich weiter radikalisiert, Donald Trump bereitet seine Rückkehr ins Weiße Haus vor, und das Misstrauen gegenüber Politik und Staat ist so groß wie nie.Claudia Buckenmaier, Korrespondentin und Leiterin des ARD-Studios in Washington, ist eine ausgewiesene Kennerin Amerikas. Reportagereisen haben sie quer durch das Land geführt, zu Menschen, deren Geschichten zeigen, wo die USA heute stehen. Darunter ein hispanischer Sheriff einer texanischen Grenzstadt, der das Versagen der amerikanischen Einwanderungspolitik täglich miterlebt; ein schwarzer Pastor aus Ohio, der mitansehen muss, wie seine Gemeinde immer extremeren Verschwörungstheorien verfällt; ein demokratischer Abgeordneter, der im Sitzungssaal war, als das Kapitol von einem wütenden Mob gestürmt wurde. In ihrem Buch fühlt Buckenmaier der mächtigsten Nation der Welt den Puls: Gibt es Hoffnung auf Versöhnung, oder ist Amerika dabei, sich selbst zu verlieren? Und was bedeutet das für uns? Das ebenso persönliche wie scharfsichtige Porträt eines gefährlich destabilisierten Landes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer rettet Amerika?: Bericht aus einem verwundeten Land
Author: Claudia Buckenmaier
Narrator: Lisa Rauen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Als Joe Biden als Präsident der USA antrat, hofften viele, dass er die zerrissene Nation einen, ihre Wunden heilen könnte. Heute sind die gesellschaftlichen Gräben tiefer denn je. Rechte Gruppen haben sich weiter radikalisiert, Donald Trump bereitet seine Rückkehr ins Weiße Haus vor, und das Misstrauen gegenüber Politik und Staat ist so groß wie nie.Claudia Buckenmaier, Korrespondentin und Leiterin des ARD-Studios in Washington, ist eine ausgewiesene Kennerin Amerikas. Reportagereisen haben sie quer durch das Land geführt, zu Menschen, deren Geschichten zeigen, wo die USA heute stehen. Darunter ein hispanischer Sheriff einer texanischen Grenzstadt, der das Versagen der amerikanischen Einwanderungspolitik täglich miterlebt; ein schwarzer Pastor aus Ohio, der mitansehen muss, wie seine Gemeinde immer extremeren Verschwörungstheorien verfällt; ein demokratischer Abgeordneter, der im Sitzungssaal war, als das Kapitol von einem wütenden Mob gestürmt wurde. In ihrem Buch fühlt Buckenmaier der mächtigsten Nation der Welt den Puls: Gibt es Hoffnung auf Versöhnung, oder ist Amerika dabei, sich selbst zu verlieren? Und was bedeutet das für uns? Das ebenso persönliche wie scharfsichtige Porträt eines gefährlich destabilisierten Landes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Breve historia de la mentira fascista by Federico Finchelstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Breve historia de la mentira fascista
Author: Federico Finchelstein
Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El protagonismo de la mentira en los fascismos del pasado y en los  populismos de derecha del presente analizado detalladamente y en perspectiva histórica en tiempos de la &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;.     Al explicar por qué su antecesor mentía tanto, el presidente de los  Estados Unidos de América, Joe Biden, dijo &amp;#039;Trump miente como Goebbels&amp;#039;.  ¿Era adecuada la comparación? Este libro sostiene que sí porque, en  efecto, hoy asistimos a una notable y sostenida ola de emergencia de  nuevos líderes populistas de derecha en todo el mundo que, al igual que  los líderes fascistas del pasado, derivan gran parte de su poder  político de cuestionar la realidad, respaldar mitos, promover ira y paranoia y difundir mentiras. Federico Finchelstein explica por  qué los fascistas consideraban que sus mentiras (&amp;#039;verdades simples&amp;#039;)  llenas de odio, eran ciertas y por qué, a través de la historia del  siglo XX, muchos seguidores de sus postulados las asumieron como verdad  encarnada en sus líderes. Si de Hitler a Mussolini los líderes del  fascismo capitalizaron la falsedad como base de su poder, esa historia  continúa en el presente: ahora las noticias verdaderas se presentan como  fake news y las noticias falsas se convierten en política de gobierno.  La &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;, según se demuestra y detalla explícitamente aquí,  tiene una larga historia política y un linaje intelectual bien preciso.  Compendio vital sobre el momento sombrío que atraviesa la política  contemporánea, esta no es solo una aguda historia intelectual del  fascismo, sino un recordatorio urgente de la poderosa fuente de odio que subyace a nuestra era de negación de la realidad.</description>
      <author>Federico Finchelstein</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789877370904.mp3" length="1391713" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789877370904.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Breve historia de la mentira fascista
Author: Federico Finchelstein
Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El protagonismo de la mentira en los fascismos del pasado y en los  populismos de derecha del presente analizado detalladamente y en perspectiva histórica en tiempos de la &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;.     Al explicar por qué su antecesor mentía tanto, el presidente de los  Estados Unidos de América, Joe Biden, dijo &amp;#039;Trump miente como Goebbels&amp;#039;.  ¿Era adecuada la comparación? Este libro sostiene que sí porque, en  efecto, hoy asistimos a una notable y sostenida ola de emergencia de  nuevos líderes populistas de derecha en todo el mundo que, al igual que  los líderes fascistas del pasado, derivan gran parte de su poder  político de cuestionar la realidad, respaldar mitos, promover ira y paranoia y difundir mentiras. Federico Finchelstein explica por  qué los fascistas consideraban que sus mentiras (&amp;#039;verdades simples&amp;#039;)  llenas de odio, eran ciertas y por qué, a través de la historia del  siglo XX, muchos seguidores de sus postulados las asumieron como verdad  encarnada en sus líderes. Si de Hitler a Mussolini los líderes del  fascismo capitalizaron la falsedad como base de su poder, esa historia  continúa en el presente: ahora las noticias verdaderas se presentan como  fake news y las noticias falsas se convierten en política de gobierno.  La &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;, según se demuestra y detalla explícitamente aquí,  tiene una larga historia política y un linaje intelectual bien preciso.  Compendio vital sobre el momento sombrío que atraviesa la política  contemporánea, esta no es solo una aguda historia intelectual del  fascismo, sino un recordatorio urgente de la poderosa fuente de odio que subyace a nuestra era de negación de la realidad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633640</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Breve historia de la mentira fascista
Author: Federico Finchelstein
Narrator: Ezequiel álvarez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El protagonismo de la mentira en los fascismos del pasado y en los  populismos de derecha del presente analizado detalladamente y en perspectiva histórica en tiempos de la &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;.     Al explicar por qué su antecesor mentía tanto, el presidente de los  Estados Unidos de América, Joe Biden, dijo &amp;#039;Trump miente como Goebbels&amp;#039;.  ¿Era adecuada la comparación? Este libro sostiene que sí porque, en  efecto, hoy asistimos a una notable y sostenida ola de emergencia de  nuevos líderes populistas de derecha en todo el mundo que, al igual que  los líderes fascistas del pasado, derivan gran parte de su poder  político de cuestionar la realidad, respaldar mitos, promover ira y paranoia y difundir mentiras. Federico Finchelstein explica por  qué los fascistas consideraban que sus mentiras (&amp;#039;verdades simples&amp;#039;)  llenas de odio, eran ciertas y por qué, a través de la historia del  siglo XX, muchos seguidores de sus postulados las asumieron como verdad  encarnada en sus líderes. Si de Hitler a Mussolini los líderes del  fascismo capitalizaron la falsedad como base de su poder, esa historia  continúa en el presente: ahora las noticias verdaderas se presentan como  fake news y las noticias falsas se convierten en política de gobierno.  La &amp;#039;post verdad&amp;#039;, según se demuestra y detalla explícitamente aquí,  tiene una larga historia política y un linaje intelectual bien preciso.  Compendio vital sobre el momento sombrío que atraviesa la política  contemporánea, esta no es solo una aguda historia intelectual del  fascismo, sino un recordatorio urgente de la poderosa fuente de odio que subyace a nuestra era de negación de la realidad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Whistles from the Graveyard: My Time Behind the Camera on War, Rage, and Restless Youth in Afghanistan by Miles Lagoze</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistles from the Graveyard: My Time Behind the Camera on War, Rage, and Restless Youth in Afghanistan
Author: Miles Lagoze
Narrator: Miles Lagoze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most bracingly honest, refreshing account of the Afghan war” (Sebastian Junger, New York Times bestselling author) from a Marine Corps Combat Cameraman and director of the acclaimed documentary Combat Obscura. At just eighteen years old, Miles Lagoze joined the Marine Corps a decade after the war began and found himself surrounded by people not unlike those he’d left behind at home—aimless youth searching for stability, community, and economic security.   Deployed to Afghanistan as a Combat Cameraman—an active-duty videographer and photographer—Lagoze produced slick images of glory and heroism for public consumption. But his government-approved footage concealed a grim reality. Here, Lagoze pulls back the curtain and illustrates the grisly truth of the longest war in American history. As these young men and women were deployed to an unfamiliar country half a world away—history’s “graveyard of empires”—they carried the scars of the fractured homeland that sent them. Lagoze shows us Marines straddling the edge of chaos. We see forces desensitized to gore and suffering by the darkest reaches of the internet, unsure of their places in an unraveling world and set further adrift by the uncertain mission to which they had been assigned abroad.   Whistles from the Graveyard shows the parts of the Afghanistan War we were never meant to see—Afghan locals and American infantry drawn together by their fears of the ghostly, ever-present terror of the Taliban; moments of dark resignation as the devastating toll of years in war’s crossfire reveals itself between bouts of adrenaline-laced violence; and nights of reckless, drug-fueled abandon to dull the pain.   In full, vivid color, Miles Lagoze shows us an oft-overlooked generation of young Americans we cast out into the desert, steeped in nihilism, and shipped back home with firsthand training in extremism, misanthropy, and insurrection.</description>
      <author>Miles Lagoze</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797158662.mp3" length="852075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797158662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistles from the Graveyard: My Time Behind the Camera on War, Rage, and Restless Youth in Afghanistan
Author: Miles Lagoze
Narrator: Miles Lagoze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most bracingly honest, refreshing account of the Afghan war” (Sebastian Junger, New York Times bestselling author) from a Marine Corps Combat Cameraman and director of the acclaimed documentary Combat Obscura. At just eighteen years old, Miles Lagoze joined the Marine Corps a decade after the war began and found himself surrounded by people not unlike those he’d left behind at home—aimless youth searching for stability, community, and economic security.   Deployed to Afghanistan as a Combat Cameraman—an active-duty videographer and photographer—Lagoze produced slick images of glory and heroism for public consumption. But his government-approved footage concealed a grim reality. Here, Lagoze pulls back the curtain and illustrates the grisly truth of the longest war in American history. As these young men and women were deployed to an unfamiliar country half a world away—history’s “graveyard of empires”—they carried the scars of the fractured homeland that sent them. Lagoze shows us Marines straddling the edge of chaos. We see forces desensitized to gore and suffering by the darkest reaches of the internet, unsure of their places in an unraveling world and set further adrift by the uncertain mission to which they had been assigned abroad.   Whistles from the Graveyard shows the parts of the Afghanistan War we were never meant to see—Afghan locals and American infantry drawn together by their fears of the ghostly, ever-present terror of the Taliban; moments of dark resignation as the devastating toll of years in war’s crossfire reveals itself between bouts of adrenaline-laced violence; and nights of reckless, drug-fueled abandon to dull the pain.   In full, vivid color, Miles Lagoze shows us an oft-overlooked generation of young Americans we cast out into the desert, steeped in nihilism, and shipped back home with firsthand training in extremism, misanthropy, and insurrection.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistles from the Graveyard: My Time Behind the Camera on War, Rage, and Restless Youth in Afghanistan
Author: Miles Lagoze
Narrator: Miles Lagoze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 23 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The most bracingly honest, refreshing account of the Afghan war” (Sebastian Junger, New York Times bestselling author) from a Marine Corps Combat Cameraman and director of the acclaimed documentary Combat Obscura. At just eighteen years old, Miles Lagoze joined the Marine Corps a decade after the war began and found himself surrounded by people not unlike those he’d left behind at home—aimless youth searching for stability, community, and economic security.   Deployed to Afghanistan as a Combat Cameraman—an active-duty videographer and photographer—Lagoze produced slick images of glory and heroism for public consumption. But his government-approved footage concealed a grim reality. Here, Lagoze pulls back the curtain and illustrates the grisly truth of the longest war in American history. As these young men and women were deployed to an unfamiliar country half a world away—history’s “graveyard of empires”—they carried the scars of the fractured homeland that sent them. Lagoze shows us Marines straddling the edge of chaos. We see forces desensitized to gore and suffering by the darkest reaches of the internet, unsure of their places in an unraveling world and set further adrift by the uncertain mission to which they had been assigned abroad.   Whistles from the Graveyard shows the parts of the Afghanistan War we were never meant to see—Afghan locals and American infantry drawn together by their fears of the ghostly, ever-present terror of the Taliban; moments of dark resignation as the devastating toll of years in war’s crossfire reveals itself between bouts of adrenaline-laced violence; and nights of reckless, drug-fueled abandon to dull the pain.   In full, vivid color, Miles Lagoze shows us an oft-overlooked generation of young Americans we cast out into the desert, steeped in nihilism, and shipped back home with firsthand training in extremism, misanthropy, and insurrection.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Endspiel Europa: Warum das politische Projekt Europa gescheitert ist und wie wir wieder davon träumen können by Hauke Ritz, Ulrike Guérot</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Endspiel Europa: Warum das politische Projekt Europa gescheitert ist und wie wir wieder davon träumen können
Author: Hauke Ritz, Ulrike Guérot
Narrator: Marla Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Europa ist mit einem grausamen Krieg an seiner Grenze konfrontiert und steht dreißig Jahre nach Wiedervereinigung und Maastrichter Vertrag am Scheideweg. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz beleuchten in ihrem Essay „Endspiel Europa“ die Entwicklung der Europäischen Union seit 1992 und besinnen sich auf die ursprünglichen europäischen Werte und Ziele: ein souveränes Europa und eine kontinentale Friedensordnung. Die Entwicklungen, die dem Ukraine-Krieg vorangingen, beleuchten sie genau und bringen bisher weitgehend Unbekanntes ans Licht. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz fordern ein Umdenken hin zu einem eigenständigen Europa, das gegenüber Amerika und Russland als gleichwertiger Partner auftritt.</description>
      <author>Hauke Ritz, Ulrike Guérot</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987850493.mp3" length="820603" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987850493.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Endspiel Europa: Warum das politische Projekt Europa gescheitert ist und wie wir wieder davon träumen können
Author: Hauke Ritz, Ulrike Guérot
Narrator: Marla Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Europa ist mit einem grausamen Krieg an seiner Grenze konfrontiert und steht dreißig Jahre nach Wiedervereinigung und Maastrichter Vertrag am Scheideweg. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz beleuchten in ihrem Essay „Endspiel Europa“ die Entwicklung der Europäischen Union seit 1992 und besinnen sich auf die ursprünglichen europäischen Werte und Ziele: ein souveränes Europa und eine kontinentale Friedensordnung. Die Entwicklungen, die dem Ukraine-Krieg vorangingen, beleuchten sie genau und bringen bisher weitgehend Unbekanntes ans Licht. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz fordern ein Umdenken hin zu einem eigenständigen Europa, das gegenüber Amerika und Russland als gleichwertiger Partner auftritt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633573</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Endspiel Europa: Warum das politische Projekt Europa gescheitert ist und wie wir wieder davon träumen können
Author: Hauke Ritz, Ulrike Guérot
Narrator: Marla Weiss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Europa ist mit einem grausamen Krieg an seiner Grenze konfrontiert und steht dreißig Jahre nach Wiedervereinigung und Maastrichter Vertrag am Scheideweg. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz beleuchten in ihrem Essay „Endspiel Europa“ die Entwicklung der Europäischen Union seit 1992 und besinnen sich auf die ursprünglichen europäischen Werte und Ziele: ein souveränes Europa und eine kontinentale Friedensordnung. Die Entwicklungen, die dem Ukraine-Krieg vorangingen, beleuchten sie genau und bringen bisher weitgehend Unbekanntes ans Licht. Ulrike Guérot und Hauke Ritz fordern ein Umdenken hin zu einem eigenständigen Europa, das gegenüber Amerika und Russland als gleichwertiger Partner auftritt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Cegueira Deliberada: análise do elemento subjetivo do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil (um estudo a partir do acórdão da Ação Penal 470 - Escândalo do Mensalão) by Maria Elisabete Fonseca Sampaio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Cegueira Deliberada: análise do elemento subjetivo do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil (um estudo a partir do acórdão da Ação Penal 470 - Escândalo do Mensalão)
Author: Maria Elisabete Fonseca Sampaio
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra procura consolidar o entendimento de parte da doutrina que recepciona o dolo eventual como elemento possível para a identificação do fato típico. Neste patamar de entendimento, utiliza a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada como equivalente ao dolo eventual. Descreve as principais características do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil, fazendo uma retrospectiva histórica de sua origem, assinalando o tratamento que é dado em alguns países ocidentais, com predominância na Espanha.  Faz uma abordagem comparativa entre a primeira lei específica brasileira que trata do tema com as modificações ocorridas nestes mais de vinte anos (leis nº 9.613, de 03 de março de 1998 e a lei 12.683, de 09 de julho de 2012). Enumera os bens jurídicos tutelados e esclarece os principais pontos diferenciadores entre os possíveis elementos subjetivos deste tipo penal econômico.  Apresenta alguns mecanismos de defesa contra o crime de lavagem de dinheiro e a relação com os elementos identificadores do tipo. Finalmente, traz uma análise do Acórdão da Ação Penal 470 com foco exclusivo sobre a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada e como ela foi empregada nas decisões do Supremo Tribunal Federal à época.  A autora espera contribuir com esta obra como um recurso a mais para a elucidação de pontos controversos e aspectos pouco abordados pela literatura nacional no combate ao crime organizado.</description>
      <author>Maria Elisabete Fonseca Sampaio</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525249896.mp3" length="818437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525249896.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Cegueira Deliberada: análise do elemento subjetivo do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil (um estudo a partir do acórdão da Ação Penal 470 - Escândalo do Mensalão)
Author: Maria Elisabete Fonseca Sampaio
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra procura consolidar o entendimento de parte da doutrina que recepciona o dolo eventual como elemento possível para a identificação do fato típico. Neste patamar de entendimento, utiliza a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada como equivalente ao dolo eventual. Descreve as principais características do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil, fazendo uma retrospectiva histórica de sua origem, assinalando o tratamento que é dado em alguns países ocidentais, com predominância na Espanha.  Faz uma abordagem comparativa entre a primeira lei específica brasileira que trata do tema com as modificações ocorridas nestes mais de vinte anos (leis nº 9.613, de 03 de março de 1998 e a lei 12.683, de 09 de julho de 2012). Enumera os bens jurídicos tutelados e esclarece os principais pontos diferenciadores entre os possíveis elementos subjetivos deste tipo penal econômico.  Apresenta alguns mecanismos de defesa contra o crime de lavagem de dinheiro e a relação com os elementos identificadores do tipo. Finalmente, traz uma análise do Acórdão da Ação Penal 470 com foco exclusivo sobre a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada e como ela foi empregada nas decisões do Supremo Tribunal Federal à época.  A autora espera contribuir com esta obra como um recurso a mais para a elucidação de pontos controversos e aspectos pouco abordados pela literatura nacional no combate ao crime organizado.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Cegueira Deliberada: análise do elemento subjetivo do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil (um estudo a partir do acórdão da Ação Penal 470 - Escândalo do Mensalão)
Author: Maria Elisabete Fonseca Sampaio
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A presente obra procura consolidar o entendimento de parte da doutrina que recepciona o dolo eventual como elemento possível para a identificação do fato típico. Neste patamar de entendimento, utiliza a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada como equivalente ao dolo eventual. Descreve as principais características do crime de lavagem de dinheiro no Brasil, fazendo uma retrospectiva histórica de sua origem, assinalando o tratamento que é dado em alguns países ocidentais, com predominância na Espanha.  Faz uma abordagem comparativa entre a primeira lei específica brasileira que trata do tema com as modificações ocorridas nestes mais de vinte anos (leis nº 9.613, de 03 de março de 1998 e a lei 12.683, de 09 de julho de 2012). Enumera os bens jurídicos tutelados e esclarece os principais pontos diferenciadores entre os possíveis elementos subjetivos deste tipo penal econômico.  Apresenta alguns mecanismos de defesa contra o crime de lavagem de dinheiro e a relação com os elementos identificadores do tipo. Finalmente, traz uma análise do Acórdão da Ação Penal 470 com foco exclusivo sobre a Teoria da Cegueira Deliberada e como ela foi empregada nas decisões do Supremo Tribunal Federal à época.  A autora espera contribuir com esta obra como um recurso a mais para a elucidação de pontos controversos e aspectos pouco abordados pela literatura nacional no combate ao crime organizado.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Frauen schulden dir gar nichts (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Florence Given</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Frauen schulden dir gar nichts (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Florence Given
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine feministische Ikone für die Generation Instagram - über 400.000 verkaufte Exemplare weltweit. Florence Given ist eine der international bekanntesten jungen Stimmen des Feminismus. Ihre charakteristischen Zeichnungen lieben über 600.000 Follower:innen auf Instagram. &amp;#039;Frauen schulden dir gar nichts&amp;#039; war ein großer Bestseller in UK. Die zweiundzwanzigjährige Florence Given ermutigt ihre Leser:innen, sich von gesellschaftlichen Erwartungen freizumachen. Ob es um &amp;#039;pretty privilege&amp;#039;, Selbstliebe, &amp;#039;Catcalling&amp;#039; oder Enthaarung geht, Florence Given öffnet uns die Augen darüber, wie stark das Frauenbild in unserer Gesellschaft noch immer von Oberflächlichkeit und Sexismus geprägt ist, und was das für Frauen an Einschränkungen zufolge hat. Sie geht dabei alle Themen an, die heute wichtig und kontrovers diskutiert werden: Rassismus, Sexismus, queere Identitäten, Body Positivity, Online-Dating und toxische Männlichkeit. Ein feministischer Ratgeber (nicht nur) für junge Frauen.</description>
      <author>Florence Given</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732458370.mp3" length="901140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732458370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Frauen schulden dir gar nichts (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Florence Given
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine feministische Ikone für die Generation Instagram - über 400.000 verkaufte Exemplare weltweit. Florence Given ist eine der international bekanntesten jungen Stimmen des Feminismus. Ihre charakteristischen Zeichnungen lieben über 600.000 Follower:innen auf Instagram. &amp;#039;Frauen schulden dir gar nichts&amp;#039; war ein großer Bestseller in UK. Die zweiundzwanzigjährige Florence Given ermutigt ihre Leser:innen, sich von gesellschaftlichen Erwartungen freizumachen. Ob es um &amp;#039;pretty privilege&amp;#039;, Selbstliebe, &amp;#039;Catcalling&amp;#039; oder Enthaarung geht, Florence Given öffnet uns die Augen darüber, wie stark das Frauenbild in unserer Gesellschaft noch immer von Oberflächlichkeit und Sexismus geprägt ist, und was das für Frauen an Einschränkungen zufolge hat. Sie geht dabei alle Themen an, die heute wichtig und kontrovers diskutiert werden: Rassismus, Sexismus, queere Identitäten, Body Positivity, Online-Dating und toxische Männlichkeit. Ein feministischer Ratgeber (nicht nur) für junge Frauen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Frauen schulden dir gar nichts (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Florence Given
Narrator: Yesim Meisheit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine feministische Ikone für die Generation Instagram - über 400.000 verkaufte Exemplare weltweit. Florence Given ist eine der international bekanntesten jungen Stimmen des Feminismus. Ihre charakteristischen Zeichnungen lieben über 600.000 Follower:innen auf Instagram. &amp;#039;Frauen schulden dir gar nichts&amp;#039; war ein großer Bestseller in UK. Die zweiundzwanzigjährige Florence Given ermutigt ihre Leser:innen, sich von gesellschaftlichen Erwartungen freizumachen. Ob es um &amp;#039;pretty privilege&amp;#039;, Selbstliebe, &amp;#039;Catcalling&amp;#039; oder Enthaarung geht, Florence Given öffnet uns die Augen darüber, wie stark das Frauenbild in unserer Gesellschaft noch immer von Oberflächlichkeit und Sexismus geprägt ist, und was das für Frauen an Einschränkungen zufolge hat. Sie geht dabei alle Themen an, die heute wichtig und kontrovers diskutiert werden: Rassismus, Sexismus, queere Identitäten, Body Positivity, Online-Dating und toxische Männlichkeit. Ein feministischer Ratgeber (nicht nur) für junge Frauen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The January 6 Report by The January 6th Committee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</description>
      <author>The January 6th Committee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063324466.mp3" length="1420315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063324466.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632482</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The January 6 Report
Author: The January 6th Committee
Narrator: Ari Melber, Joe Knezevich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 28 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 18 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The instant #1 New York Times bestseller The official report and findings of the bipartisan Congressional investigation into the January 6 attack on the Capitol, and Donald Trump’s related coup conspiracies to overthrow the election, with an original foreword by attorney and Emmy-winning MSNBC anchor Ari Melber.  This edition includes an exclusive breakdown of the coup conspiracy, based on Melber’s reporting and real-time coverage, highlighting the multi-pronged plot against democracy. Only the authoritative House committee report can capture the full range of plots that have been exposed over time, from the violent attack on January 6 to related efforts revealed months after the insurrection.  This definitive edition features:  • New independent analysis of the coup conspiracy by MSNBC Chief Legal Correspondent Ari Melber • The historic, official text of the House Committee report on the insurrection, including the full Executive Summary with endnotes and all chapter endnotes.  • The definitive accounting of Donald Trump’s efforts to end American democracy   This is the only edition of the report featuring an additional, original analysis of the coup by a journalist and lawyer at the center of the action -- Melber has interviewed top members of this Committee, Jan. 6 rally planners and other cooperating witnesses, and Trump White House veterans ranging from Steve Bannon to Peter Navarro (now indicted for defying this probe). His report documents how Trump’s plots comprise a continuous coup conspiracy -- not a “riot” that exploded in a “single day” -- and why that factual prism is vital for accountability, justice, and preventing the next coup attempt. In chilling detail, he shows how that process might have engineered a technical effort to “override” the election on the floor of Congress—an essential map, and warning, for those who wish to protect democracy. If warnings are ignored and there is no accountability for the plotters at the top, a failed coup may become a training exercise. This report is not only a vital document in modern American history, it can also inform efforts to protect the future of American democracy. As a matter of justice, bipartisanship, and even patriotism, this report will become essential reading for any American determined to defend our democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Grundfarbe Deutsch - Warum ich dahin gehe, wo die Rassisten sind (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Umes Arunagirinathan, Doris Mendlewitsch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundfarbe Deutsch - Warum ich dahin gehe, wo die Rassisten sind (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Umes Arunagirinathan, Doris Mendlewitsch
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Umes ist Herzchirurg, erfolgreicher Autor, engagiertes Mitglied der deutschen Gesellschaft - und dunkelhäutig. Wie viele andere farbige Menschen erlebt er immer wieder diskriminierendes Verhalten seiner Umwelt. Mal ist es nur eine dumme Bemerkung, mal ein gravierender Verstoß gegen seine Würde als Mensch. Gleichzeitig gibt es eine Debatte darüber, was man &amp;#039;eigentlich noch sagen darf&amp;#039;, ohne in die rechte Ecke gestellt zu werden. Umes klagt nicht an, sondern klärt auf. Anhand seiner Biografie beschreibt er pointiert, mit welchen Schwierigkeiten farbige Menschen zu kämpfen haben. Doch er sieht sich nicht als Opfer, sondern als Streiter für ein Zusammenleben, in dem das Gemeinsame die Hauptrolle spielt: die Grundfarbe Deutsch eben. Dazu gehören die deutsche Sprache, die Freiheit zur Selbstentfaltung, Gleichberechtigung und einiges mehr. Es ist das, was diese Gesellschaft für die Deutschen aller Hautfarben ausmacht. Wir dürfen nicht zulassen, dass der Rassismus diese Werte zerstört.</description>
      <author>Umes Arunagirinathan, Doris Mendlewitsch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732458523.mp3" length="844962" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732458523.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundfarbe Deutsch - Warum ich dahin gehe, wo die Rassisten sind (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Umes Arunagirinathan, Doris Mendlewitsch
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Umes ist Herzchirurg, erfolgreicher Autor, engagiertes Mitglied der deutschen Gesellschaft - und dunkelhäutig. Wie viele andere farbige Menschen erlebt er immer wieder diskriminierendes Verhalten seiner Umwelt. Mal ist es nur eine dumme Bemerkung, mal ein gravierender Verstoß gegen seine Würde als Mensch. Gleichzeitig gibt es eine Debatte darüber, was man &amp;#039;eigentlich noch sagen darf&amp;#039;, ohne in die rechte Ecke gestellt zu werden. Umes klagt nicht an, sondern klärt auf. Anhand seiner Biografie beschreibt er pointiert, mit welchen Schwierigkeiten farbige Menschen zu kämpfen haben. Doch er sieht sich nicht als Opfer, sondern als Streiter für ein Zusammenleben, in dem das Gemeinsame die Hauptrolle spielt: die Grundfarbe Deutsch eben. Dazu gehören die deutsche Sprache, die Freiheit zur Selbstentfaltung, Gleichberechtigung und einiges mehr. Es ist das, was diese Gesellschaft für die Deutschen aller Hautfarben ausmacht. Wir dürfen nicht zulassen, dass der Rassismus diese Werte zerstört.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631448</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Grundfarbe Deutsch - Warum ich dahin gehe, wo die Rassisten sind (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Umes Arunagirinathan, Doris Mendlewitsch
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: April 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. Umes ist Herzchirurg, erfolgreicher Autor, engagiertes Mitglied der deutschen Gesellschaft - und dunkelhäutig. Wie viele andere farbige Menschen erlebt er immer wieder diskriminierendes Verhalten seiner Umwelt. Mal ist es nur eine dumme Bemerkung, mal ein gravierender Verstoß gegen seine Würde als Mensch. Gleichzeitig gibt es eine Debatte darüber, was man &amp;#039;eigentlich noch sagen darf&amp;#039;, ohne in die rechte Ecke gestellt zu werden. Umes klagt nicht an, sondern klärt auf. Anhand seiner Biografie beschreibt er pointiert, mit welchen Schwierigkeiten farbige Menschen zu kämpfen haben. Doch er sieht sich nicht als Opfer, sondern als Streiter für ein Zusammenleben, in dem das Gemeinsame die Hauptrolle spielt: die Grundfarbe Deutsch eben. Dazu gehören die deutsche Sprache, die Freiheit zur Selbstentfaltung, Gleichberechtigung und einiges mehr. Es ist das, was diese Gesellschaft für die Deutschen aller Hautfarben ausmacht. Wir dürfen nicht zulassen, dass der Rassismus diese Werte zerstört.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Os direitos metaindividuais e a sua tutela por meio da ação civil pública by Alexandre Mota Brandão De Araújo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Os direitos metaindividuais e a sua tutela por meio da ação civil pública
Author: Alexandre Mota Brandão De Araújo
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Neste livro são estudadas características centrais dos direitos metaindividuais, sua natureza jurídica, assim como a legislação, a doutrina e a jurisprudência mais abalizadas aplicáveis à espécie. Por inequívoca correlação com o tema, são estudadas as principais normas processuais integrantes do denominado microssistema processual coletivo, notadamente a ação civil pública, para a tutela judicial dos direitos metaindividuais.</description>
      <author>Alexandre Mota Brandão De Araújo</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525250991.mp3" length="836965" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525250991.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Os direitos metaindividuais e a sua tutela por meio da ação civil pública
Author: Alexandre Mota Brandão De Araújo
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Neste livro são estudadas características centrais dos direitos metaindividuais, sua natureza jurídica, assim como a legislação, a doutrina e a jurisprudência mais abalizadas aplicáveis à espécie. Por inequívoca correlação com o tema, são estudadas as principais normas processuais integrantes do denominado microssistema processual coletivo, notadamente a ação civil pública, para a tutela judicial dos direitos metaindividuais.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Os direitos metaindividuais e a sua tutela por meio da ação civil pública
Author: Alexandre Mota Brandão De Araújo
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Neste livro são estudadas características centrais dos direitos metaindividuais, sua natureza jurídica, assim como a legislação, a doutrina e a jurisprudência mais abalizadas aplicáveis à espécie. Por inequívoca correlação com o tema, são estudadas as principais normas processuais integrantes do denominado microssistema processual coletivo, notadamente a ação civil pública, para a tutela judicial dos direitos metaindividuais.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Defense of the Second Amendment by Larry Correia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of the Second Amendment
Author: Larry Correia
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What part of the Second Amendment don’t you understand? That’s the question posed by award-winning, bestselling author, and professional firearms instructor Larry Correia. Bringing with him the practical experience that comes from having owned a high-end gun store—catering largely to law enforcement—and as a competitive shooter and self-defense trainer, Correia blasts apart the emotion-laden, logic-free rhetoric of the gun-control fanatics who turn every “mass shooting” into a crazed call for violating your rights, abusing the Constitution—and doing absolutely nothing to really fight crime. In his essential new book, In Defense of the Second Amendment, Correia reveals: Why “gun-free” zones are more dangerous for law-abiding citizens, How the Second Amendment does indeed include your right to own an AR-15—and why that’s not an “outdated” concept, Why “red flag” laws don’t work, can be easily abused, and ignore a much more commonsensical approach to keeping guns out of the wrong hands, The insanity of “criminal justice reform” that frees dangerous criminals and “gun reform” that penalizes your right to self-defense, and How we can return to a society that has a safe and healthy relationship with guns—as we had for most of our history. Correia’s promise: “Believe me, I’ve heard every argument relating to gun control possible. I can show you how to defend your rights.” Urgent, informed, with vitally important information for whoever who owns a gun or is thinking about owning a gun or who cares about the preservation of our constitutional rights, In Defense of the Second Amendment is a landmark book of enduring importance.</description>
      <author>Larry Correia</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212382007.mp3" length="851991" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212382007.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of the Second Amendment
Author: Larry Correia
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What part of the Second Amendment don’t you understand? That’s the question posed by award-winning, bestselling author, and professional firearms instructor Larry Correia. Bringing with him the practical experience that comes from having owned a high-end gun store—catering largely to law enforcement—and as a competitive shooter and self-defense trainer, Correia blasts apart the emotion-laden, logic-free rhetoric of the gun-control fanatics who turn every “mass shooting” into a crazed call for violating your rights, abusing the Constitution—and doing absolutely nothing to really fight crime. In his essential new book, In Defense of the Second Amendment, Correia reveals: Why “gun-free” zones are more dangerous for law-abiding citizens, How the Second Amendment does indeed include your right to own an AR-15—and why that’s not an “outdated” concept, Why “red flag” laws don’t work, can be easily abused, and ignore a much more commonsensical approach to keeping guns out of the wrong hands, The insanity of “criminal justice reform” that frees dangerous criminals and “gun reform” that penalizes your right to self-defense, and How we can return to a society that has a safe and healthy relationship with guns—as we had for most of our history. Correia’s promise: “Believe me, I’ve heard every argument relating to gun control possible. I can show you how to defend your rights.” Urgent, informed, with vitally important information for whoever who owns a gun or is thinking about owning a gun or who cares about the preservation of our constitutional rights, In Defense of the Second Amendment is a landmark book of enduring importance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631275</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In Defense of the Second Amendment
Author: Larry Correia
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What part of the Second Amendment don’t you understand? That’s the question posed by award-winning, bestselling author, and professional firearms instructor Larry Correia. Bringing with him the practical experience that comes from having owned a high-end gun store—catering largely to law enforcement—and as a competitive shooter and self-defense trainer, Correia blasts apart the emotion-laden, logic-free rhetoric of the gun-control fanatics who turn every “mass shooting” into a crazed call for violating your rights, abusing the Constitution—and doing absolutely nothing to really fight crime. In his essential new book, In Defense of the Second Amendment, Correia reveals: Why “gun-free” zones are more dangerous for law-abiding citizens, How the Second Amendment does indeed include your right to own an AR-15—and why that’s not an “outdated” concept, Why “red flag” laws don’t work, can be easily abused, and ignore a much more commonsensical approach to keeping guns out of the wrong hands, The insanity of “criminal justice reform” that frees dangerous criminals and “gun reform” that penalizes your right to self-defense, and How we can return to a society that has a safe and healthy relationship with guns—as we had for most of our history. Correia’s promise: “Believe me, I’ve heard every argument relating to gun control possible. I can show you how to defend your rights.” Urgent, informed, with vitally important information for whoever who owns a gun or is thinking about owning a gun or who cares about the preservation of our constitutional rights, In Defense of the Second Amendment is a landmark book of enduring importance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The United States vs. China: The Quest for Global Economic Leadership by C. Fred Bergsten</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The United States vs. China: The Quest for Global Economic Leadership
Author: C. Fred Bergsten
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After leading the world economy for a century, the United States faces the first real challenge to its supremacy in the rise of China. Is economic—or broader—conflict, well beyond the trade and technology war that has already erupted, inevitable between the world’s two superpowers? Will their clash produce a new economic leadership vacuum akin to the 1930s, when Great Britain was unable to play its traditional leadership role and a rising United States was unwilling to step in to save the global order? In this sweeping and authoritative analysis of the competition for global economic leadership between China and the United States, C. Fred Bergsten warns of the disastrous consequences of hostile confrontation between these two superpowers. He paints a frightening picture of a world economy adopting Chinese characteristics, in which the United States, after Trump abdicated much of its role, engages in a self-defeating attempt to “decouple” from its rival. Drawing on more than fifty years of active participation as a policymaker and close observation as a scholar, Bergsten calls on China to exercise constructive global leadership in its own self-interest and on the United States to reject a policy of containment, avoid a new Cold War, and instead pursue “conditional competitive cooperation” to work with its allies, and especially China, to lead, rather than destroy, the world economy.</description>
      <author>C. Fred Bergsten</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212384087.mp3" length="773408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212384087.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The United States vs. China: The Quest for Global Economic Leadership
Author: C. Fred Bergsten
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After leading the world economy for a century, the United States faces the first real challenge to its supremacy in the rise of China. Is economic—or broader—conflict, well beyond the trade and technology war that has already erupted, inevitable between the world’s two superpowers? Will their clash produce a new economic leadership vacuum akin to the 1930s, when Great Britain was unable to play its traditional leadership role and a rising United States was unwilling to step in to save the global order? In this sweeping and authoritative analysis of the competition for global economic leadership between China and the United States, C. Fred Bergsten warns of the disastrous consequences of hostile confrontation between these two superpowers. He paints a frightening picture of a world economy adopting Chinese characteristics, in which the United States, after Trump abdicated much of its role, engages in a self-defeating attempt to “decouple” from its rival. Drawing on more than fifty years of active participation as a policymaker and close observation as a scholar, Bergsten calls on China to exercise constructive global leadership in its own self-interest and on the United States to reject a policy of containment, avoid a new Cold War, and instead pursue “conditional competitive cooperation” to work with its allies, and especially China, to lead, rather than destroy, the world economy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The United States vs. China: The Quest for Global Economic Leadership
Author: C. Fred Bergsten
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 13 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
After leading the world economy for a century, the United States faces the first real challenge to its supremacy in the rise of China. Is economic—or broader—conflict, well beyond the trade and technology war that has already erupted, inevitable between the world’s two superpowers? Will their clash produce a new economic leadership vacuum akin to the 1930s, when Great Britain was unable to play its traditional leadership role and a rising United States was unwilling to step in to save the global order? In this sweeping and authoritative analysis of the competition for global economic leadership between China and the United States, C. Fred Bergsten warns of the disastrous consequences of hostile confrontation between these two superpowers. He paints a frightening picture of a world economy adopting Chinese characteristics, in which the United States, after Trump abdicated much of its role, engages in a self-defeating attempt to “decouple” from its rival. Drawing on more than fifty years of active participation as a policymaker and close observation as a scholar, Bergsten calls on China to exercise constructive global leadership in its own self-interest and on the United States to reject a policy of containment, avoid a new Cold War, and instead pursue “conditional competitive cooperation” to work with its allies, and especially China, to lead, rather than destroy, the world economy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - México, manual de usuario by Chumel Torres</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México, manual de usuario
Author: Chumel Torres
Narrator: Chumel Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El país -como cada seis años, o mejor dicho: cada año- se encuentra en un momento crítico de inestabilidad económica, corrupción, deshonestidad política, indolencia ante los problemas sociales...¿y ahora quién podrá defendernos?     Fiel a su estilo y con un humor salvaje, Chumel Torres ofrece en este libro una reflexión sobre lo que nos distingue como mexicanos: Quiénes son nuestros héroes, por qué ya no creemos en las instituciones, a quién veneramos y por qué sentimos rencor a los gringos cuando adoptamos su cultura capitalista sin chistar.     El libro es una burla y una serie de sarcasmos bien documentados, pero también es una reflexión profunda del México violento, trágico y delirante donde reina la impunidad, la trampa, el desfalco, a pesar de tener seres humanos grandiosos en las ciencias y en las artes.  El país se caeen pedazos, la 4T se aferra a sus mentiras, la economía se encuentra en niveles alarmantes y las desgracias en materia de seguridad nacional, salud y transparencia están a la orden del día. Con humor corrosivo, desafiante y artero, Chumel Torres elabora un manual cínico y divertido para vivir –mejor dicho, sobrevivir-en este México de políticos corruptos,narco-reyes, partidos de oposición ahogados en sus propias miserias y un tejido social tocado por la pobreza, la violencia y la injusticia.  México: manual de usuario es una reflexión corrosiva sobre nuestra realidad nacional, una explicación de por qué vivimos esta desgracia política y qué hacer como sociedad para frenar la destrucción social, económica y política del país. A manera de un delirante libro de Civismo 3 de nuestra secundaria pública, Chumel Torres habla de los nuevos héroes nacionales, de los deportistas que alcanzaron la gloria y de personajes que dan relumbre a nuestro cine nacional, no sólo Carmen Salinas y Alfonso Zayas, rescata de la sombra a quienes se esfuerzan por dignificar la palabra mexicano y mediante el dato duro, la estadística y la indagación rigurosa nos dice qué tan lejos está México de los niveles de felicidad mundial, por qué en materia de Salud somos una desgracia y con quiénes competimos por ser los numero uno del mundo en obesidad, delincuencia organizada o corrupción, sin duda, un libro feroz, súper divertido e implacable.</description>
      <author>Chumel Torres</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073824415.mp3" length="1391064" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073824415.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México, manual de usuario
Author: Chumel Torres
Narrator: Chumel Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El país -como cada seis años, o mejor dicho: cada año- se encuentra en un momento crítico de inestabilidad económica, corrupción, deshonestidad política, indolencia ante los problemas sociales...¿y ahora quién podrá defendernos?     Fiel a su estilo y con un humor salvaje, Chumel Torres ofrece en este libro una reflexión sobre lo que nos distingue como mexicanos: Quiénes son nuestros héroes, por qué ya no creemos en las instituciones, a quién veneramos y por qué sentimos rencor a los gringos cuando adoptamos su cultura capitalista sin chistar.     El libro es una burla y una serie de sarcasmos bien documentados, pero también es una reflexión profunda del México violento, trágico y delirante donde reina la impunidad, la trampa, el desfalco, a pesar de tener seres humanos grandiosos en las ciencias y en las artes.  El país se caeen pedazos, la 4T se aferra a sus mentiras, la economía se encuentra en niveles alarmantes y las desgracias en materia de seguridad nacional, salud y transparencia están a la orden del día. Con humor corrosivo, desafiante y artero, Chumel Torres elabora un manual cínico y divertido para vivir –mejor dicho, sobrevivir-en este México de políticos corruptos,narco-reyes, partidos de oposición ahogados en sus propias miserias y un tejido social tocado por la pobreza, la violencia y la injusticia.  México: manual de usuario es una reflexión corrosiva sobre nuestra realidad nacional, una explicación de por qué vivimos esta desgracia política y qué hacer como sociedad para frenar la destrucción social, económica y política del país. A manera de un delirante libro de Civismo 3 de nuestra secundaria pública, Chumel Torres habla de los nuevos héroes nacionales, de los deportistas que alcanzaron la gloria y de personajes que dan relumbre a nuestro cine nacional, no sólo Carmen Salinas y Alfonso Zayas, rescata de la sombra a quienes se esfuerzan por dignificar la palabra mexicano y mediante el dato duro, la estadística y la indagación rigurosa nos dice qué tan lejos está México de los niveles de felicidad mundial, por qué en materia de Salud somos una desgracia y con quiénes competimos por ser los numero uno del mundo en obesidad, delincuencia organizada o corrupción, sin duda, un libro feroz, súper divertido e implacable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631159</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - México, manual de usuario
Author: Chumel Torres
Narrator: Chumel Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El país -como cada seis años, o mejor dicho: cada año- se encuentra en un momento crítico de inestabilidad económica, corrupción, deshonestidad política, indolencia ante los problemas sociales...¿y ahora quién podrá defendernos?     Fiel a su estilo y con un humor salvaje, Chumel Torres ofrece en este libro una reflexión sobre lo que nos distingue como mexicanos: Quiénes son nuestros héroes, por qué ya no creemos en las instituciones, a quién veneramos y por qué sentimos rencor a los gringos cuando adoptamos su cultura capitalista sin chistar.     El libro es una burla y una serie de sarcasmos bien documentados, pero también es una reflexión profunda del México violento, trágico y delirante donde reina la impunidad, la trampa, el desfalco, a pesar de tener seres humanos grandiosos en las ciencias y en las artes.  El país se caeen pedazos, la 4T se aferra a sus mentiras, la economía se encuentra en niveles alarmantes y las desgracias en materia de seguridad nacional, salud y transparencia están a la orden del día. Con humor corrosivo, desafiante y artero, Chumel Torres elabora un manual cínico y divertido para vivir –mejor dicho, sobrevivir-en este México de políticos corruptos,narco-reyes, partidos de oposición ahogados en sus propias miserias y un tejido social tocado por la pobreza, la violencia y la injusticia.  México: manual de usuario es una reflexión corrosiva sobre nuestra realidad nacional, una explicación de por qué vivimos esta desgracia política y qué hacer como sociedad para frenar la destrucción social, económica y política del país. A manera de un delirante libro de Civismo 3 de nuestra secundaria pública, Chumel Torres habla de los nuevos héroes nacionales, de los deportistas que alcanzaron la gloria y de personajes que dan relumbre a nuestro cine nacional, no sólo Carmen Salinas y Alfonso Zayas, rescata de la sombra a quienes se esfuerzan por dignificar la palabra mexicano y mediante el dato duro, la estadística y la indagación rigurosa nos dice qué tan lejos está México de los niveles de felicidad mundial, por qué en materia de Salud somos una desgracia y con quiénes competimos por ser los numero uno del mundo en obesidad, delincuencia organizada o corrupción, sin duda, un libro feroz, súper divertido e implacable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Origins of Woke: Civil Rights Law, Corporate America, and the Triumph of Identity Politics by Richard Hanania</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origins of Woke: Civil Rights Law, Corporate America, and the Triumph of Identity Politics
Author: Richard Hanania
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Hanania has emerged as one of the most talked-about writers in the nation, and in this book, he puts forward a stunning new theory about the culture war that could turn our debates upside down.  Richard Hanania has come out of nowhere to become one of the best-known writers in the nation in the last few years. In this book, he directs his attention to the culture war that has driven society apart and presents a stunning new theory about what is going on. In a nation nearly-evenly split between conservatives and liberals, the left dominates nearly all major institutions, including universities, the government, and corporate America. Hanania argues that this is as much a legal requirement as it is an issue of one side triumphing in the marketplace of ideas. Culture has its own independent force, but the state has, since the 1960s, been putting its thumb on the scale.  This book answers many of the puzzling questions about modern society, such as: • Why does more and more of life seem like a competition to see who is the most oppressed? • Who is really behind the sudden proliferation of woke ideas? • How did ideas that seem so intellectually bankrupt achieve hegemony over elite culture? • Which laws and regulations have helped the left rise to power everywhere? • How did workplaces come to be the main enforcers of political ideology? • When and how did Pakistanis, Samoans, and Koreans all become the same &amp;#039;&amp;#039;race&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (AAPI)?  • Why did America become so obsessed with inequalities based on race but not religion?  For those angry about wokeness and what it has done to American institutions, this book offers concrete suggestions regarding policies that can move us back to being a country that emphasizes merit, individual liberty, and color-blind governance. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook</description>
      <author>Richard Hanania</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063237254.mp3" length="1389735" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063237254.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origins of Woke: Civil Rights Law, Corporate America, and the Triumph of Identity Politics
Author: Richard Hanania
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Hanania has emerged as one of the most talked-about writers in the nation, and in this book, he puts forward a stunning new theory about the culture war that could turn our debates upside down.  Richard Hanania has come out of nowhere to become one of the best-known writers in the nation in the last few years. In this book, he directs his attention to the culture war that has driven society apart and presents a stunning new theory about what is going on. In a nation nearly-evenly split between conservatives and liberals, the left dominates nearly all major institutions, including universities, the government, and corporate America. Hanania argues that this is as much a legal requirement as it is an issue of one side triumphing in the marketplace of ideas. Culture has its own independent force, but the state has, since the 1960s, been putting its thumb on the scale.  This book answers many of the puzzling questions about modern society, such as: • Why does more and more of life seem like a competition to see who is the most oppressed? • Who is really behind the sudden proliferation of woke ideas? • How did ideas that seem so intellectually bankrupt achieve hegemony over elite culture? • Which laws and regulations have helped the left rise to power everywhere? • How did workplaces come to be the main enforcers of political ideology? • When and how did Pakistanis, Samoans, and Koreans all become the same &amp;#039;&amp;#039;race&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (AAPI)?  • Why did America become so obsessed with inequalities based on race but not religion?  For those angry about wokeness and what it has done to American institutions, this book offers concrete suggestions regarding policies that can move us back to being a country that emphasizes merit, individual liberty, and color-blind governance. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origins of Woke: Civil Rights Law, Corporate America, and the Triumph of Identity Politics
Author: Richard Hanania
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Richard Hanania has emerged as one of the most talked-about writers in the nation, and in this book, he puts forward a stunning new theory about the culture war that could turn our debates upside down.  Richard Hanania has come out of nowhere to become one of the best-known writers in the nation in the last few years. In this book, he directs his attention to the culture war that has driven society apart and presents a stunning new theory about what is going on. In a nation nearly-evenly split between conservatives and liberals, the left dominates nearly all major institutions, including universities, the government, and corporate America. Hanania argues that this is as much a legal requirement as it is an issue of one side triumphing in the marketplace of ideas. Culture has its own independent force, but the state has, since the 1960s, been putting its thumb on the scale.  This book answers many of the puzzling questions about modern society, such as: • Why does more and more of life seem like a competition to see who is the most oppressed? • Who is really behind the sudden proliferation of woke ideas? • How did ideas that seem so intellectually bankrupt achieve hegemony over elite culture? • Which laws and regulations have helped the left rise to power everywhere? • How did workplaces come to be the main enforcers of political ideology? • When and how did Pakistanis, Samoans, and Koreans all become the same &amp;#039;&amp;#039;race&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (AAPI)?  • Why did America become so obsessed with inequalities based on race but not religion?  For those angry about wokeness and what it has done to American institutions, this book offers concrete suggestions regarding policies that can move us back to being a country that emphasizes merit, individual liberty, and color-blind governance. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Ordinary Assignment: A Memoir by Jane Ferguson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Ordinary Assignment: A Memoir
Author: Jane Ferguson
Narrator: Jane Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A haunting memoir of disarming honesty. . . a remarkable testament to the anguish and the beauty of foreign correspondence.”—Roger Cohen, New York Times Paris bureau chief and author of An Affirming Flame  From award-winning journalist Jane Ferguson, an unflinching memoir of ambition and war—from The Troubles to the fall of Kabul. Jane Ferguson has covered nearly every war front and humanitarian crisis of our time. She reported from Yemen as protests grew into the Arab Spring; she secured rare access to rebel-held Syria, where foreign journalists were banned, to cover its civil war. When the Taliban claimed Kabul in 2021, she was one of the last Western journalists to remain at the airport as thousands of Afghans, including some of her colleagues, struggled to evacuate.  Living with sectarian violence was nothing new to Ferguson. As a child in Northern Ireland in the 1980s and ‘90s, The Troubles meant bomb threats and military checkpoints on the way to school were commonplace. Books by Dervla Murphy and Martha Gellhorn offered solace from her turbulent family, and an opportunity to study Arabic in Yemen came as a relief—and a ticket to the life in journalism she imagined.  Without family wealth or connections, she began as a scrappy one-woman reporting team, a borrowed camera often her only equipment. Networks told her she had the wrong accent, the wrong appearance, not enough “bang-bang shoot-‘em-up.” Still, Ferguson threw herself into harm’s way time and again, determined to give voice to civilian experiences of war. In the face of grave violence and suffering, this seemed a small act of justice, no matter the risks. Ferguson’s bold debut chronicles her unlikely journey from bright, inquisitive child to intrepid war correspondent. With an open-hearted humanity we rarely see in conflict stories, No Ordinary Assignment shows what it means to build an authentic career against the odds.</description>
      <author>Jane Ferguson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063272286.mp3" length="1301562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063272286.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Ordinary Assignment: A Memoir
Author: Jane Ferguson
Narrator: Jane Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A haunting memoir of disarming honesty. . . a remarkable testament to the anguish and the beauty of foreign correspondence.”—Roger Cohen, New York Times Paris bureau chief and author of An Affirming Flame  From award-winning journalist Jane Ferguson, an unflinching memoir of ambition and war—from The Troubles to the fall of Kabul. Jane Ferguson has covered nearly every war front and humanitarian crisis of our time. She reported from Yemen as protests grew into the Arab Spring; she secured rare access to rebel-held Syria, where foreign journalists were banned, to cover its civil war. When the Taliban claimed Kabul in 2021, she was one of the last Western journalists to remain at the airport as thousands of Afghans, including some of her colleagues, struggled to evacuate.  Living with sectarian violence was nothing new to Ferguson. As a child in Northern Ireland in the 1980s and ‘90s, The Troubles meant bomb threats and military checkpoints on the way to school were commonplace. Books by Dervla Murphy and Martha Gellhorn offered solace from her turbulent family, and an opportunity to study Arabic in Yemen came as a relief—and a ticket to the life in journalism she imagined.  Without family wealth or connections, she began as a scrappy one-woman reporting team, a borrowed camera often her only equipment. Networks told her she had the wrong accent, the wrong appearance, not enough “bang-bang shoot-‘em-up.” Still, Ferguson threw herself into harm’s way time and again, determined to give voice to civilian experiences of war. In the face of grave violence and suffering, this seemed a small act of justice, no matter the risks. Ferguson’s bold debut chronicles her unlikely journey from bright, inquisitive child to intrepid war correspondent. With an open-hearted humanity we rarely see in conflict stories, No Ordinary Assignment shows what it means to build an authentic career against the odds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631140</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Ordinary Assignment: A Memoir
Author: Jane Ferguson
Narrator: Jane Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A haunting memoir of disarming honesty. . . a remarkable testament to the anguish and the beauty of foreign correspondence.”—Roger Cohen, New York Times Paris bureau chief and author of An Affirming Flame  From award-winning journalist Jane Ferguson, an unflinching memoir of ambition and war—from The Troubles to the fall of Kabul. Jane Ferguson has covered nearly every war front and humanitarian crisis of our time. She reported from Yemen as protests grew into the Arab Spring; she secured rare access to rebel-held Syria, where foreign journalists were banned, to cover its civil war. When the Taliban claimed Kabul in 2021, she was one of the last Western journalists to remain at the airport as thousands of Afghans, including some of her colleagues, struggled to evacuate.  Living with sectarian violence was nothing new to Ferguson. As a child in Northern Ireland in the 1980s and ‘90s, The Troubles meant bomb threats and military checkpoints on the way to school were commonplace. Books by Dervla Murphy and Martha Gellhorn offered solace from her turbulent family, and an opportunity to study Arabic in Yemen came as a relief—and a ticket to the life in journalism she imagined.  Without family wealth or connections, she began as a scrappy one-woman reporting team, a borrowed camera often her only equipment. Networks told her she had the wrong accent, the wrong appearance, not enough “bang-bang shoot-‘em-up.” Still, Ferguson threw herself into harm’s way time and again, determined to give voice to civilian experiences of war. In the face of grave violence and suffering, this seemed a small act of justice, no matter the risks. Ferguson’s bold debut chronicles her unlikely journey from bright, inquisitive child to intrepid war correspondent. With an open-hearted humanity we rarely see in conflict stories, No Ordinary Assignment shows what it means to build an authentic career against the odds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End by Neil Howe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</description>
      <author>Neil Howe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157795.mp3" length="840636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fourth Turning Is Here: What the Seasons of History Tell Us about How and When This Crisis Will End
Author: Neil Howe
Narrator: Neil Howe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The visionary behind the bestselling phenomenon The Fourth Turning looks once again to America’s past to predict our future in this startling and hopeful prophecy for how our present era of civil unrest will resolve over the next ten years—and what our lives will look like once it has.  Twenty-five years ago, Neil Howe and the late William Strauss dazzled the world with a provocative new theory of American history. Looking back at the last 500 years, they’d uncovered a distinct pattern: modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting roughly eighty to one hundred years, the length of a long human life, with each cycle composed of four eras—or “turnings”—that always arrive in the same order and each last about twenty years. The last of these eras—the fourth turning—was always the most perilous, a period of civic upheaval and national mobilization as traumatic and transformative as the New Deal and World War II, the Civil War, or the American Revolution.   Now, right on schedule, our own fourth turning has arrived. And so Neil Howe has returned with an extraordinary new prediction. What we see all around us—the polarization, the growing threat of civil conflict and global war—will culminate by the early 2030s in a climax that poses great danger and yet also holds great promise, perhaps even bringing on America’s next golden age. Every generation alive today will play a vital role in determining how this crisis is resolved, for good or ill.    Illuminating, sobering, yet ultimately empowering, The Fourth Turning Is Here takes you back into history and deep into the collective personality of each living generation to make sense of our current crisis, explore how all of us will be differently affected by the political, social, and economic challenges we’ll face in the decade to come, and reveal how our country, our communities, and our families can best prepare to meet these challenges head-on.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Trial of the Century by Gregg Jarrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</description>
      <author>Gregg Jarrett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157757.mp3" length="902229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157757.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631087</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Trial of the Century
Author: Gregg Jarrett
Narrator: Gregg Jarrett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “masterful” (The American Spectator) history of the iconic attorney Clarence Darrow and the famous Scopes Monkey Trial, from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Russia Hoax and Witch Hunt. Nearly a century ago, famed liberal attorney Clarence Darrow defended schoolteacher John Scopes in a blockbuster legal proceeding that brought the attention of the entire country to the small town of Dayton, Tennessee. Darrow’s seminal defense of freedom of speech helped form the legal bedrock on which our civil liberties depend today. Expertly researched, “colorful, and dramatic” (Publishers Weekly), The Trial of the Century calls upon our past to unite Americans in the defense of the free exchange of ideas, especially in this divided time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breaking Biden: Exposing the Hidden Forces and Secret Money Machine Behind Joe Biden, His Family, and His Administration by Alex Marlow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Biden: Exposing the Hidden Forces and Secret Money Machine Behind Joe Biden, His Family, and His Administration
Author: Alex Marlow
Narrator: Alex Marlow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   The New York Times bestselling author of the “must-read” (Sean Hannity) Breaking the News and editor-in-chief of Breitbart News Network returns with this timely and eye-opening deep dive investigation into the 46th president. Over his 50-year career in Washington, Joe Biden has become known for his wild dishonesty, embarrassing policy failings, and an absolute lack of accountability, culminating in his predictably unpopular presidency. But what has not yet been revealed is the vast web of consultants, bureaucrats, corporate titans, foreign interests, and various extended family members (it’s not just Hunter!) who have achieved unfathomable wealth and power while keeping Biden in charge.   Now, Alex Marlow reports the findings of a shocking, in-depth investigation into the individuals and entities behind the devastating decisions that have empowered the global elite at the expense of the American public. With his signature “prescient” (Tucker Carlson) writing, Marlow unearths new details such as:   EXPOSED: The secret cadre of consultants running Joe Biden’s Washington.  EXPLAINED: How Joe Biden sold America’s intellectual property to communist China.  UNCOVERED: The unreported and audacious reason the underwhelming, under-qualified, and unpopular Kamala Harris was chosen to be vice president.  REVEALED: All the ways the Bidens’ bag cash off of the family name.</description>
      <author>Alex Marlow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797156781.mp3" length="867237" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797156781.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Biden: Exposing the Hidden Forces and Secret Money Machine Behind Joe Biden, His Family, and His Administration
Author: Alex Marlow
Narrator: Alex Marlow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   The New York Times bestselling author of the “must-read” (Sean Hannity) Breaking the News and editor-in-chief of Breitbart News Network returns with this timely and eye-opening deep dive investigation into the 46th president. Over his 50-year career in Washington, Joe Biden has become known for his wild dishonesty, embarrassing policy failings, and an absolute lack of accountability, culminating in his predictably unpopular presidency. But what has not yet been revealed is the vast web of consultants, bureaucrats, corporate titans, foreign interests, and various extended family members (it’s not just Hunter!) who have achieved unfathomable wealth and power while keeping Biden in charge.   Now, Alex Marlow reports the findings of a shocking, in-depth investigation into the individuals and entities behind the devastating decisions that have empowered the global elite at the expense of the American public. With his signature “prescient” (Tucker Carlson) writing, Marlow unearths new details such as:   EXPOSED: The secret cadre of consultants running Joe Biden’s Washington.  EXPLAINED: How Joe Biden sold America’s intellectual property to communist China.  UNCOVERED: The unreported and audacious reason the underwhelming, under-qualified, and unpopular Kamala Harris was chosen to be vice president.  REVEALED: All the ways the Bidens’ bag cash off of the family name.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631073</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breaking Biden: Exposing the Hidden Forces and Secret Money Machine Behind Joe Biden, His Family, and His Administration
Author: Alex Marlow
Narrator: Alex Marlow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   The New York Times bestselling author of the “must-read” (Sean Hannity) Breaking the News and editor-in-chief of Breitbart News Network returns with this timely and eye-opening deep dive investigation into the 46th president. Over his 50-year career in Washington, Joe Biden has become known for his wild dishonesty, embarrassing policy failings, and an absolute lack of accountability, culminating in his predictably unpopular presidency. But what has not yet been revealed is the vast web of consultants, bureaucrats, corporate titans, foreign interests, and various extended family members (it’s not just Hunter!) who have achieved unfathomable wealth and power while keeping Biden in charge.   Now, Alex Marlow reports the findings of a shocking, in-depth investigation into the individuals and entities behind the devastating decisions that have empowered the global elite at the expense of the American public. With his signature “prescient” (Tucker Carlson) writing, Marlow unearths new details such as:   EXPOSED: The secret cadre of consultants running Joe Biden’s Washington.  EXPLAINED: How Joe Biden sold America’s intellectual property to communist China.  UNCOVERED: The unreported and audacious reason the underwhelming, under-qualified, and unpopular Kamala Harris was chosen to be vice president.  REVEALED: All the ways the Bidens’ bag cash off of the family name.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyday Utopia: What 2,000 Years of Wild Experiments Can Teach Us About the Good Life by Kristen R. Ghodsee</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Utopia: What 2,000 Years of Wild Experiments Can Teach Us About the Good Life
Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “fascinating” (The Wall Street Journal), “spirited and inspiring” (Jacobin) tour through the ages in search of the thinkers and communities that have dared to reimagine how we might better live our daily lives. In the 6th century BCE, the Greek philosopher Pythagoras—a man remembered today more for his theorem about right-angled triangles than for his progressive politics—founded a commune in a seaside village in what’s now southern Italy. The men and women there shared their property, lived as equals, and dedicated themselves to the study of mathematics and the mysteries of the universe.   Ever since, humans have been dreaming up better ways to organize how we live together, pool our resources, raise our children, and determine who’s part of our families. Some of these experiments burned brightly for only a brief while, but others carry on today: from the Danish cohousing communities that share chores and deepen neighborly bonds, to matriarchal Colombian ecovillages where residents grow their own food; and from Connecticut, where new laws make it easier for extra “alloparents” to help raise children not their own, to China where planned microdistricts ensure everything a busy household might need is nearby.   One of those startlingly rare books that upends what you think is possible, Everyday Utopia provides a “powerful reminder that dreaming of better worlds is not just some fantastical project, but also a political one” (Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad). This “must-read” (Thomas Piketty, New York Times bestselling author of A Brief History of Equality) offers a radically hopeful vision for how to build more contented and connected societies, alongside a practical guide to what we all can do in the meantime to live the good life each and every day.</description>
      <author>Kristen R. Ghodsee</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797156132.mp3" length="831419" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797156132.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Utopia: What 2,000 Years of Wild Experiments Can Teach Us About the Good Life
Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “fascinating” (The Wall Street Journal), “spirited and inspiring” (Jacobin) tour through the ages in search of the thinkers and communities that have dared to reimagine how we might better live our daily lives. In the 6th century BCE, the Greek philosopher Pythagoras—a man remembered today more for his theorem about right-angled triangles than for his progressive politics—founded a commune in a seaside village in what’s now southern Italy. The men and women there shared their property, lived as equals, and dedicated themselves to the study of mathematics and the mysteries of the universe.   Ever since, humans have been dreaming up better ways to organize how we live together, pool our resources, raise our children, and determine who’s part of our families. Some of these experiments burned brightly for only a brief while, but others carry on today: from the Danish cohousing communities that share chores and deepen neighborly bonds, to matriarchal Colombian ecovillages where residents grow their own food; and from Connecticut, where new laws make it easier for extra “alloparents” to help raise children not their own, to China where planned microdistricts ensure everything a busy household might need is nearby.   One of those startlingly rare books that upends what you think is possible, Everyday Utopia provides a “powerful reminder that dreaming of better worlds is not just some fantastical project, but also a political one” (Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad). This “must-read” (Thomas Piketty, New York Times bestselling author of A Brief History of Equality) offers a radically hopeful vision for how to build more contented and connected societies, alongside a practical guide to what we all can do in the meantime to live the good life each and every day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631070</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Utopia: What 2,000 Years of Wild Experiments Can Teach Us About the Good Life
Author: Kristen R. Ghodsee
Narrator: Lisa Flanagan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A “fascinating” (The Wall Street Journal), “spirited and inspiring” (Jacobin) tour through the ages in search of the thinkers and communities that have dared to reimagine how we might better live our daily lives. In the 6th century BCE, the Greek philosopher Pythagoras—a man remembered today more for his theorem about right-angled triangles than for his progressive politics—founded a commune in a seaside village in what’s now southern Italy. The men and women there shared their property, lived as equals, and dedicated themselves to the study of mathematics and the mysteries of the universe.   Ever since, humans have been dreaming up better ways to organize how we live together, pool our resources, raise our children, and determine who’s part of our families. Some of these experiments burned brightly for only a brief while, but others carry on today: from the Danish cohousing communities that share chores and deepen neighborly bonds, to matriarchal Colombian ecovillages where residents grow their own food; and from Connecticut, where new laws make it easier for extra “alloparents” to help raise children not their own, to China where planned microdistricts ensure everything a busy household might need is nearby.   One of those startlingly rare books that upends what you think is possible, Everyday Utopia provides a “powerful reminder that dreaming of better worlds is not just some fantastical project, but also a political one” (Rebecca Traister, New York Times bestselling author of Good and Mad). This “must-read” (Thomas Piketty, New York Times bestselling author of A Brief History of Equality) offers a radically hopeful vision for how to build more contented and connected societies, alongside a practical guide to what we all can do in the meantime to live the good life each and every day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Sons of Omaha: The Tragic Deaths of Jake Gardner and James Scurlock in a Fractured America (t) by Joe Sexton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Sons of Omaha: The Tragic Deaths of Jake Gardner and James Scurlock in a Fractured America (t)
Author: Joe Sexton
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “A meticulously researched and briskly written account that deftly weaves the influences of racial injustice, economic disparity, incendiary social media, and guns.” —Associated Press    From the award-winning journalist Bob Woodward calls “one of the truly great reporters working today,” a searing account of two linked and tragic deaths stemming from the 2020 George Floyd protests that explores the complex political and racial mistrust and division of today’s America.    “One of the most superb testaments about the confusion, despair, and—hopefully—humility that frames our century that one could ever hope to read.” —Hilton Als On May 30, 2020, in Omaha, Nebraska, amid the protests that rocked our nation after George Floyd’s death at the hands of police, thirty-eight-year-old white bar owner and Marine veteran Jake Gardner fatally shot James Scurlock, a twenty-two-year-old Black protestor and young father. What followed were two investigations of Scurlock’s death, one conducted by the white county attorney Don Kleine, who concluded that Gardner had legally acted in self-defense and released him without a trial, and a second grand jury inquiry conducted by Black special prosecutor Fred Franklin that indicted Gardner for manslaughter. Days after the indictment, Gardner killed himself with a single bullet to the head.   The deaths of both Scurlock and Gardner gave rise to a toxic brew of misinformation, false claims, and competing political agendas. The two men, each with their own complicated backgrounds, were turned into caricatures. The twin tragedies amounted to an ugly and heartbreaking reflection of a painfully divided country. Here, Joe Sexton “elevates a made-for-social-media tragedy into a kaleidoscopic account of race, justice, and urban politics” (The New York Times Book Review) masterfully unpacking the whole twisted, nearly unbelievable chronicle and explaining which claims were true and which distorted or simply false. “A book of intense moral weight and integrity” (The Washington Post), The Lost Sons of Omaha involves some of the most pressing issues facing America today, including our country’s broken criminal justice system, the failure to care for the men and women who fight our wars, the dangerous spread of misinformation, particularly on social media, and the urgent need to band together in the collective pursuit of truth, fairness, and healing.</description>
      <author>Joe Sexton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797155753.mp3" length="836433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797155753.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Sons of Omaha: The Tragic Deaths of Jake Gardner and James Scurlock in a Fractured America (t)
Author: Joe Sexton
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “A meticulously researched and briskly written account that deftly weaves the influences of racial injustice, economic disparity, incendiary social media, and guns.” —Associated Press    From the award-winning journalist Bob Woodward calls “one of the truly great reporters working today,” a searing account of two linked and tragic deaths stemming from the 2020 George Floyd protests that explores the complex political and racial mistrust and division of today’s America.    “One of the most superb testaments about the confusion, despair, and—hopefully—humility that frames our century that one could ever hope to read.” —Hilton Als On May 30, 2020, in Omaha, Nebraska, amid the protests that rocked our nation after George Floyd’s death at the hands of police, thirty-eight-year-old white bar owner and Marine veteran Jake Gardner fatally shot James Scurlock, a twenty-two-year-old Black protestor and young father. What followed were two investigations of Scurlock’s death, one conducted by the white county attorney Don Kleine, who concluded that Gardner had legally acted in self-defense and released him without a trial, and a second grand jury inquiry conducted by Black special prosecutor Fred Franklin that indicted Gardner for manslaughter. Days after the indictment, Gardner killed himself with a single bullet to the head.   The deaths of both Scurlock and Gardner gave rise to a toxic brew of misinformation, false claims, and competing political agendas. The two men, each with their own complicated backgrounds, were turned into caricatures. The twin tragedies amounted to an ugly and heartbreaking reflection of a painfully divided country. Here, Joe Sexton “elevates a made-for-social-media tragedy into a kaleidoscopic account of race, justice, and urban politics” (The New York Times Book Review) masterfully unpacking the whole twisted, nearly unbelievable chronicle and explaining which claims were true and which distorted or simply false. “A book of intense moral weight and integrity” (The Washington Post), The Lost Sons of Omaha involves some of the most pressing issues facing America today, including our country’s broken criminal justice system, the failure to care for the men and women who fight our wars, the dangerous spread of misinformation, particularly on social media, and the urgent need to band together in the collective pursuit of truth, fairness, and healing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631064</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Sons of Omaha: The Tragic Deaths of Jake Gardner and James Scurlock in a Fractured America (t)
Author: Joe Sexton
Narrator: Dion Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A NEW YORKER BEST BOOK OF 2023   “A meticulously researched and briskly written account that deftly weaves the influences of racial injustice, economic disparity, incendiary social media, and guns.” —Associated Press    From the award-winning journalist Bob Woodward calls “one of the truly great reporters working today,” a searing account of two linked and tragic deaths stemming from the 2020 George Floyd protests that explores the complex political and racial mistrust and division of today’s America.    “One of the most superb testaments about the confusion, despair, and—hopefully—humility that frames our century that one could ever hope to read.” —Hilton Als On May 30, 2020, in Omaha, Nebraska, amid the protests that rocked our nation after George Floyd’s death at the hands of police, thirty-eight-year-old white bar owner and Marine veteran Jake Gardner fatally shot James Scurlock, a twenty-two-year-old Black protestor and young father. What followed were two investigations of Scurlock’s death, one conducted by the white county attorney Don Kleine, who concluded that Gardner had legally acted in self-defense and released him without a trial, and a second grand jury inquiry conducted by Black special prosecutor Fred Franklin that indicted Gardner for manslaughter. Days after the indictment, Gardner killed himself with a single bullet to the head.   The deaths of both Scurlock and Gardner gave rise to a toxic brew of misinformation, false claims, and competing political agendas. The two men, each with their own complicated backgrounds, were turned into caricatures. The twin tragedies amounted to an ugly and heartbreaking reflection of a painfully divided country. Here, Joe Sexton “elevates a made-for-social-media tragedy into a kaleidoscopic account of race, justice, and urban politics” (The New York Times Book Review) masterfully unpacking the whole twisted, nearly unbelievable chronicle and explaining which claims were true and which distorted or simply false. “A book of intense moral weight and integrity” (The Washington Post), The Lost Sons of Omaha involves some of the most pressing issues facing America today, including our country’s broken criminal justice system, the failure to care for the men and women who fight our wars, the dangerous spread of misinformation, particularly on social media, and the urgent need to band together in the collective pursuit of truth, fairness, and healing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Homegrown: Timothy McVeigh and the Rise of Right-Wing Extremism by Jeffrey Toobin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homegrown: Timothy McVeigh and the Rise of Right-Wing Extremism
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Jeffrey Toobin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing and the enduring legacy of Timothy McVeigh, leading to the January 6 insurrection—from acclaimed journalist Jeffrey Toobin. Timothy McVeigh wanted to start a movement.   Speaking to his lawyers days after the Oklahoma City bombing, the Gulf War veteran expressed no regrets: killing 168 people was his patriotic duty. He cited the Declaration of Independence from memory: “Whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it.” He had obsessively followed the siege of Waco and seethed at the imposition of President Bill Clinton’s assault weapons ban. A self-proclaimed white separatist, he abhorred immigration and wanted women to return to traditional roles. As he watched the industrial decline of his native Buffalo, McVeigh longed for when America was great.   New York Times bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin traces the dramatic history and profound legacy of Timothy McVeigh, who once declared, “I believe there is an army out there, ready to rise up, even though I never found it.” But that doesn’t mean his army wasn’t there. With news-breaking reportage, Toobin details how McVeigh’s principles and tactics have flourished in the decades since his death in 2001, reaching an apotheosis on January 6 when hundreds of rioters stormed the Capitol. Based on nearly a million previously unreleased tapes, photographs, and documents, including detailed communications between McVeigh and his lawyers, as well as interviews with such key figures as Bill Clinton, Homegrown reveals how the story of Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City bombing is not only a powerful retelling of one of the great outrages of our time, but a warning for our future.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey Toobin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797153063.mp3" length="894709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797153063.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homegrown: Timothy McVeigh and the Rise of Right-Wing Extremism
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Jeffrey Toobin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing and the enduring legacy of Timothy McVeigh, leading to the January 6 insurrection—from acclaimed journalist Jeffrey Toobin. Timothy McVeigh wanted to start a movement.   Speaking to his lawyers days after the Oklahoma City bombing, the Gulf War veteran expressed no regrets: killing 168 people was his patriotic duty. He cited the Declaration of Independence from memory: “Whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it.” He had obsessively followed the siege of Waco and seethed at the imposition of President Bill Clinton’s assault weapons ban. A self-proclaimed white separatist, he abhorred immigration and wanted women to return to traditional roles. As he watched the industrial decline of his native Buffalo, McVeigh longed for when America was great.   New York Times bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin traces the dramatic history and profound legacy of Timothy McVeigh, who once declared, “I believe there is an army out there, ready to rise up, even though I never found it.” But that doesn’t mean his army wasn’t there. With news-breaking reportage, Toobin details how McVeigh’s principles and tactics have flourished in the decades since his death in 2001, reaching an apotheosis on January 6 when hundreds of rioters stormed the Capitol. Based on nearly a million previously unreleased tapes, photographs, and documents, including detailed communications between McVeigh and his lawyers, as well as interviews with such key figures as Bill Clinton, Homegrown reveals how the story of Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City bombing is not only a powerful retelling of one of the great outrages of our time, but a warning for our future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Homegrown: Timothy McVeigh and the Rise of Right-Wing Extremism
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Jeffrey Toobin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive account of the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing and the enduring legacy of Timothy McVeigh, leading to the January 6 insurrection—from acclaimed journalist Jeffrey Toobin. Timothy McVeigh wanted to start a movement.   Speaking to his lawyers days after the Oklahoma City bombing, the Gulf War veteran expressed no regrets: killing 168 people was his patriotic duty. He cited the Declaration of Independence from memory: “Whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it.” He had obsessively followed the siege of Waco and seethed at the imposition of President Bill Clinton’s assault weapons ban. A self-proclaimed white separatist, he abhorred immigration and wanted women to return to traditional roles. As he watched the industrial decline of his native Buffalo, McVeigh longed for when America was great.   New York Times bestselling author Jeffrey Toobin traces the dramatic history and profound legacy of Timothy McVeigh, who once declared, “I believe there is an army out there, ready to rise up, even though I never found it.” But that doesn’t mean his army wasn’t there. With news-breaking reportage, Toobin details how McVeigh’s principles and tactics have flourished in the decades since his death in 2001, reaching an apotheosis on January 6 when hundreds of rioters stormed the Capitol. Based on nearly a million previously unreleased tapes, photographs, and documents, including detailed communications between McVeigh and his lawyers, as well as interviews with such key figures as Bill Clinton, Homegrown reveals how the story of Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City bombing is not only a powerful retelling of one of the great outrages of our time, but a warning for our future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848-1849 by Christopher Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848-1849
Author: Christopher Clark
Narrator: Christopher Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of The Sleepwalkers comes an epic history of the 1848 revolutions that swept Europe, and the charismatic figures who propelled them forward, with deep resonance and frightening parallels to today. As history, the uprisings of 1848 have long been overshadowed by the French Revolution of 1789 and the Russian revolutions of the early twentieth century. And yet in 1848 nearly all of Europe was aflame with conflict. Parallel political tumults spread like brush fire across the entire continent, leading to significant changes that continue to shape our world today. These battles for the future were fought with one eye kept squarely on the past: The men and women of 1848 saw the urgent challenges of their world as shaped profoundly by the past, and saw themselves as inheritors of a revolutionary tradition. Celebrated Cambridge historian Christopher Clark describes 1848 as “the particle collision chamber at the center of the European nineteenth century,” a moment when political movements and ideas—from socialism and democratic radicalism to liberalism, nationalism, corporatism, and conservatism—were tested and transformed. The insurgents asked questions that sound modern to our ears: What happens when demands for political or economic liberty conflict with demands for social rights? How do we reconcile representative and direct forms of democracy? How is capitalism connected to social inequality? The revolutions of 1848 were short-lived, but their impact on public life and political thought throughout Europe and beyond has been profound. Elegantly written, meticulously researched, and filled with a cast of charismatic figures, including the social theorist Alexis de Tocqueville and the troubled priest Félicité de Lamennais, who struggled to reconcile his faith with politics, Revolutionary Spring is a new understanding of 1848 that offers chilling parallels to our present moment. “Looking back at the revolutions from the end of the first quarter of the twenty-first century, it is impossible not to be struck by the resonances,” Clark writes. “If a revolution is coming for us, it may look something like 1848.” * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of detailed historic maps, illustrations, portraits, and works of art pertaining to the material.</description>
      <author>Christopher Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593740828.mp3" length="2882176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593740828.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>33:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848-1849
Author: Christopher Clark
Narrator: Christopher Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of The Sleepwalkers comes an epic history of the 1848 revolutions that swept Europe, and the charismatic figures who propelled them forward, with deep resonance and frightening parallels to today. As history, the uprisings of 1848 have long been overshadowed by the French Revolution of 1789 and the Russian revolutions of the early twentieth century. And yet in 1848 nearly all of Europe was aflame with conflict. Parallel political tumults spread like brush fire across the entire continent, leading to significant changes that continue to shape our world today. These battles for the future were fought with one eye kept squarely on the past: The men and women of 1848 saw the urgent challenges of their world as shaped profoundly by the past, and saw themselves as inheritors of a revolutionary tradition. Celebrated Cambridge historian Christopher Clark describes 1848 as “the particle collision chamber at the center of the European nineteenth century,” a moment when political movements and ideas—from socialism and democratic radicalism to liberalism, nationalism, corporatism, and conservatism—were tested and transformed. The insurgents asked questions that sound modern to our ears: What happens when demands for political or economic liberty conflict with demands for social rights? How do we reconcile representative and direct forms of democracy? How is capitalism connected to social inequality? The revolutions of 1848 were short-lived, but their impact on public life and political thought throughout Europe and beyond has been profound. Elegantly written, meticulously researched, and filled with a cast of charismatic figures, including the social theorist Alexis de Tocqueville and the troubled priest Félicité de Lamennais, who struggled to reconcile his faith with politics, Revolutionary Spring is a new understanding of 1848 that offers chilling parallels to our present moment. “Looking back at the revolutions from the end of the first quarter of the twenty-first century, it is impossible not to be struck by the resonances,” Clark writes. “If a revolution is coming for us, it may look something like 1848.” * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of detailed historic maps, illustrations, portraits, and works of art pertaining to the material.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631001</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolutionary Spring: Europe Aflame and the Fight for a New World, 1848-1849
Author: Christopher Clark
Narrator: Christopher Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 33 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author of The Sleepwalkers comes an epic history of the 1848 revolutions that swept Europe, and the charismatic figures who propelled them forward, with deep resonance and frightening parallels to today. As history, the uprisings of 1848 have long been overshadowed by the French Revolution of 1789 and the Russian revolutions of the early twentieth century. And yet in 1848 nearly all of Europe was aflame with conflict. Parallel political tumults spread like brush fire across the entire continent, leading to significant changes that continue to shape our world today. These battles for the future were fought with one eye kept squarely on the past: The men and women of 1848 saw the urgent challenges of their world as shaped profoundly by the past, and saw themselves as inheritors of a revolutionary tradition. Celebrated Cambridge historian Christopher Clark describes 1848 as “the particle collision chamber at the center of the European nineteenth century,” a moment when political movements and ideas—from socialism and democratic radicalism to liberalism, nationalism, corporatism, and conservatism—were tested and transformed. The insurgents asked questions that sound modern to our ears: What happens when demands for political or economic liberty conflict with demands for social rights? How do we reconcile representative and direct forms of democracy? How is capitalism connected to social inequality? The revolutions of 1848 were short-lived, but their impact on public life and political thought throughout Europe and beyond has been profound. Elegantly written, meticulously researched, and filled with a cast of charismatic figures, including the social theorist Alexis de Tocqueville and the troubled priest Félicité de Lamennais, who struggled to reconcile his faith with politics, Revolutionary Spring is a new understanding of 1848 that offers chilling parallels to our present moment. “Looking back at the revolutions from the end of the first quarter of the twenty-first century, it is impossible not to be struck by the resonances,” Clark writes. “If a revolution is coming for us, it may look something like 1848.” * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of detailed historic maps, illustrations, portraits, and works of art pertaining to the material.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Write About Africa: Collected Works by Binyavanga Wainaina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Write About Africa: Collected Works
Author: Binyavanga Wainaina
Narrator: Yinka Ladeinde, Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of Africa’s most influential and eloquent essayists, a posthumous collection that highlights his biting satire and subversive wisdom on topics from travel to cultural identity to sexuality “A fierce literary talent . . . [Wainaina] shines a light on his continent without cliché.”—The Guardian “Africa is the only continent you can love—take advantage of this. . . . Africa is to be pitied, worshipped, or dominated. Whichever angle you take, be sure to leave the strong impression that without your intervention and your important book, Africa is doomed.” Binyavanga Wainaina was a pioneering voice in African literature, an award-winning memoirist and essayist remembered as one of the greatest chroniclers of contemporary African life. This groundbreaking collection brings together, for the first time, Wainaina’s pioneering writing on the African continent, including many of his most critically acclaimed pieces, such as the viral satirical sensation “How to Write About Africa.” Working fearlessly across a range of topics—from politics to international aid, cultural heritage, and redefined sexuality—he describes the modern world with sensual, emotional, and psychological detail, giving us a full-color view of his home country and continent. These works present the portrait of a giant in African literature who left a tremendous legacy.</description>
      <author>Binyavanga Wainaina</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593400050.mp3" length="2510980" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593400050.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Write About Africa: Collected Works
Author: Binyavanga Wainaina
Narrator: Yinka Ladeinde, Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of Africa’s most influential and eloquent essayists, a posthumous collection that highlights his biting satire and subversive wisdom on topics from travel to cultural identity to sexuality “A fierce literary talent . . . [Wainaina] shines a light on his continent without cliché.”—The Guardian “Africa is the only continent you can love—take advantage of this. . . . Africa is to be pitied, worshipped, or dominated. Whichever angle you take, be sure to leave the strong impression that without your intervention and your important book, Africa is doomed.” Binyavanga Wainaina was a pioneering voice in African literature, an award-winning memoirist and essayist remembered as one of the greatest chroniclers of contemporary African life. This groundbreaking collection brings together, for the first time, Wainaina’s pioneering writing on the African continent, including many of his most critically acclaimed pieces, such as the viral satirical sensation “How to Write About Africa.” Working fearlessly across a range of topics—from politics to international aid, cultural heritage, and redefined sexuality—he describes the modern world with sensual, emotional, and psychological detail, giving us a full-color view of his home country and continent. These works present the portrait of a giant in African literature who left a tremendous legacy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630991</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Write About Africa: Collected Works
Author: Binyavanga Wainaina
Narrator: Yinka Ladeinde, Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From one of Africa’s most influential and eloquent essayists, a posthumous collection that highlights his biting satire and subversive wisdom on topics from travel to cultural identity to sexuality “A fierce literary talent . . . [Wainaina] shines a light on his continent without cliché.”—The Guardian “Africa is the only continent you can love—take advantage of this. . . . Africa is to be pitied, worshipped, or dominated. Whichever angle you take, be sure to leave the strong impression that without your intervention and your important book, Africa is doomed.” Binyavanga Wainaina was a pioneering voice in African literature, an award-winning memoirist and essayist remembered as one of the greatest chroniclers of contemporary African life. This groundbreaking collection brings together, for the first time, Wainaina’s pioneering writing on the African continent, including many of his most critically acclaimed pieces, such as the viral satirical sensation “How to Write About Africa.” Working fearlessly across a range of topics—from politics to international aid, cultural heritage, and redefined sexuality—he describes the modern world with sensual, emotional, and psychological detail, giving us a full-color view of his home country and continent. These works present the portrait of a giant in African literature who left a tremendous legacy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration by Peter Turchin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration
Author: Peter Turchin
Narrator: Robin Mcalpine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Peter Turchin brings science to history. Some like it and some prefer their history plain. But everyone needs to pay attention to the well-informed, convincing and terrifying analysis in this book.” —Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics From the pioneering co-founder of cliodynamics, the groundbreaking new interdisciplinary science of history, a big-picture explanation for America&amp;#039;s civil strife and its possible endgames Peter Turchin, one of the most interesting social scientists of our age, has infused the study of history with approaches and insights from other fields for more than a quarter century. End Times is the culmination of his work to understand what causes political communities to cohere and what causes them to fall apart, as applied to the current turmoil within the United States.  Back in 2010, when Nature magazine asked leading scientists to provide a ten-year forecast, Turchin used his models to predict that America was in a spiral of social disintegration that would lead to a breakdown in the political order circa 2020. The years since have proved his prediction more and more accurate, and End Times reveals why. The lessons of world history are clear, Turchin argues: When the equilibrium between ruling elites and the majority tips too far in favor of elites, political instability is all but inevitable. As income inequality surges and prosperity flows disproportionately into the hands of the elites, the common people suffer, and society-wide efforts to become an elite grow ever more frenzied. He calls this process the wealth pump; it’s a world of the damned and the saved. And since the number of such positions remains relatively fixed, the overproduction of elites inevitably leads to frustrated elite aspirants, who harness popular resentment to turn against the established order. Turchin’s models show that when this state has been reached, societies become locked in a death spiral it&amp;#039;s very hard to exit. In America, the wealth pump has been operating full blast for two generations. As cliodynamics shows us, our current cycle of elite overproduction and popular immiseration is far along the path to violent political rupture.  That is only one possible end time, and the choice is up to us, but the hour grows late.</description>
      <author>Peter Turchin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593681459.mp3" length="2824228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593681459.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration
Author: Peter Turchin
Narrator: Robin Mcalpine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Peter Turchin brings science to history. Some like it and some prefer their history plain. But everyone needs to pay attention to the well-informed, convincing and terrifying analysis in this book.” —Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics From the pioneering co-founder of cliodynamics, the groundbreaking new interdisciplinary science of history, a big-picture explanation for America&amp;#039;s civil strife and its possible endgames Peter Turchin, one of the most interesting social scientists of our age, has infused the study of history with approaches and insights from other fields for more than a quarter century. End Times is the culmination of his work to understand what causes political communities to cohere and what causes them to fall apart, as applied to the current turmoil within the United States.  Back in 2010, when Nature magazine asked leading scientists to provide a ten-year forecast, Turchin used his models to predict that America was in a spiral of social disintegration that would lead to a breakdown in the political order circa 2020. The years since have proved his prediction more and more accurate, and End Times reveals why. The lessons of world history are clear, Turchin argues: When the equilibrium between ruling elites and the majority tips too far in favor of elites, political instability is all but inevitable. As income inequality surges and prosperity flows disproportionately into the hands of the elites, the common people suffer, and society-wide efforts to become an elite grow ever more frenzied. He calls this process the wealth pump; it’s a world of the damned and the saved. And since the number of such positions remains relatively fixed, the overproduction of elites inevitably leads to frustrated elite aspirants, who harness popular resentment to turn against the established order. Turchin’s models show that when this state has been reached, societies become locked in a death spiral it&amp;#039;s very hard to exit. In America, the wealth pump has been operating full blast for two generations. As cliodynamics shows us, our current cycle of elite overproduction and popular immiseration is far along the path to violent political rupture.  That is only one possible end time, and the choice is up to us, but the hour grows late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Times: Elites, Counter-Elites, and the Path of Political Disintegration
Author: Peter Turchin
Narrator: Robin Mcalpine
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Peter Turchin brings science to history. Some like it and some prefer their history plain. But everyone needs to pay attention to the well-informed, convincing and terrifying analysis in this book.” —Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics From the pioneering co-founder of cliodynamics, the groundbreaking new interdisciplinary science of history, a big-picture explanation for America&amp;#039;s civil strife and its possible endgames Peter Turchin, one of the most interesting social scientists of our age, has infused the study of history with approaches and insights from other fields for more than a quarter century. End Times is the culmination of his work to understand what causes political communities to cohere and what causes them to fall apart, as applied to the current turmoil within the United States.  Back in 2010, when Nature magazine asked leading scientists to provide a ten-year forecast, Turchin used his models to predict that America was in a spiral of social disintegration that would lead to a breakdown in the political order circa 2020. The years since have proved his prediction more and more accurate, and End Times reveals why. The lessons of world history are clear, Turchin argues: When the equilibrium between ruling elites and the majority tips too far in favor of elites, political instability is all but inevitable. As income inequality surges and prosperity flows disproportionately into the hands of the elites, the common people suffer, and society-wide efforts to become an elite grow ever more frenzied. He calls this process the wealth pump; it’s a world of the damned and the saved. And since the number of such positions remains relatively fixed, the overproduction of elites inevitably leads to frustrated elite aspirants, who harness popular resentment to turn against the established order. Turchin’s models show that when this state has been reached, societies become locked in a death spiral it&amp;#039;s very hard to exit. In America, the wealth pump has been operating full blast for two generations. As cliodynamics shows us, our current cycle of elite overproduction and popular immiseration is far along the path to violent political rupture.  That is only one possible end time, and the choice is up to us, but the hour grows late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Regime Change: Toward a Postliberal Future by Patrick J. Deneen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regime Change: Toward a Postliberal Future
Author: Patrick J. Deneen
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Notre Dame professor and author of Why Liberalism Failed comes a provocative call for replacing the tyranny of the self-serving liberal elite with conservative leaders aligned with the interests of the working class Classical liberalism promised to overthrow the old aristocracy, creating an order in which individuals could create their own identities and futures. To some extent it did—but it has also demolished the traditions and institutions that nourished ordinary people and created a new and exploitative ruling class. This class’s economic libertarianism, progressive values, and technocratic commitments have led them to rule for the benefit of the “few” at the expense of the “many,” precipitating our current political crises.   In Regime Change, Patrick Deneen proposes a bold plan for replacing the liberal elite and the ideology that created and empowered them. Grass-roots populist efforts to destroy the ruling class altogether are naive; what’s needed is the strategic formation of a new elite devoted to a “pre-postmodern conservatism” and aligned with the interest of the “many.” Their top-down efforts to form a new governing philosophy, ethos, and class could transform our broken regime from one that serves only the so-called meritocrats.   Drawing on the oldest lessons of the western tradition but recognizing the changed conditions that arise in liberal modernity, Deneen offers a roadmap for these changes, offering hope for progress after “progress” and liberty after liberalism.</description>
      <author>Patrick J. Deneen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593680377.mp3" length="2924811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593680377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regime Change: Toward a Postliberal Future
Author: Patrick J. Deneen
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Notre Dame professor and author of Why Liberalism Failed comes a provocative call for replacing the tyranny of the self-serving liberal elite with conservative leaders aligned with the interests of the working class Classical liberalism promised to overthrow the old aristocracy, creating an order in which individuals could create their own identities and futures. To some extent it did—but it has also demolished the traditions and institutions that nourished ordinary people and created a new and exploitative ruling class. This class’s economic libertarianism, progressive values, and technocratic commitments have led them to rule for the benefit of the “few” at the expense of the “many,” precipitating our current political crises.   In Regime Change, Patrick Deneen proposes a bold plan for replacing the liberal elite and the ideology that created and empowered them. Grass-roots populist efforts to destroy the ruling class altogether are naive; what’s needed is the strategic formation of a new elite devoted to a “pre-postmodern conservatism” and aligned with the interest of the “many.” Their top-down efforts to form a new governing philosophy, ethos, and class could transform our broken regime from one that serves only the so-called meritocrats.   Drawing on the oldest lessons of the western tradition but recognizing the changed conditions that arise in liberal modernity, Deneen offers a roadmap for these changes, offering hope for progress after “progress” and liberty after liberalism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Regime Change: Toward a Postliberal Future
Author: Patrick J. Deneen
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 36 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Notre Dame professor and author of Why Liberalism Failed comes a provocative call for replacing the tyranny of the self-serving liberal elite with conservative leaders aligned with the interests of the working class Classical liberalism promised to overthrow the old aristocracy, creating an order in which individuals could create their own identities and futures. To some extent it did—but it has also demolished the traditions and institutions that nourished ordinary people and created a new and exploitative ruling class. This class’s economic libertarianism, progressive values, and technocratic commitments have led them to rule for the benefit of the “few” at the expense of the “many,” precipitating our current political crises.   In Regime Change, Patrick Deneen proposes a bold plan for replacing the liberal elite and the ideology that created and empowered them. Grass-roots populist efforts to destroy the ruling class altogether are naive; what’s needed is the strategic formation of a new elite devoted to a “pre-postmodern conservatism” and aligned with the interest of the “many.” Their top-down efforts to form a new governing philosophy, ethos, and class could transform our broken regime from one that serves only the so-called meritocrats.   Drawing on the oldest lessons of the western tradition but recognizing the changed conditions that arise in liberal modernity, Deneen offers a roadmap for these changes, offering hope for progress after “progress” and liberty after liberalism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Menschenrechte - ein Appell by Gerhart Baum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Menschenrechte - ein Appell
Author: Gerhart Baum
Narrator: Erich Ruhl-Bady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Menschenrechte sind nicht verhandelbarSyrien, Russland, China, Katar ‒ die Lage der Menschenrechte ist vielerorts auf der Welt verheerend. In seinem leidenschaftlichen Appell macht Gerhart Baum die Brennpunkte sichtbar und zeigt, warum Engagement unverzichtbarer ist denn je.Gerhart Baum hat sich zeitlebens für die Menschenrechte eingesetzt, in Südafrika, für die UN im Sudan oder auch mit engem Kontakt zu Verfolgten in Belarus und Russland. In diesem Buch bringt er seine persönliche Lebenserfahrung mit der politischen Situation weltweit zusammen und liefert dringliche Denkanstöße für die Politik: Wie gehen wir mit autoritären Staaten um? Welche politischen Konsequenzen müssen wir ziehen? Und was kann jeder Einzelne tun?»Der Herausforderung der Freien Welt durch die Putin-Diktatur, die rücksichtslos auf das ›Recht des Stärkeren‹ setzt, muss mit der ›Herrschaft des Rechts‹ begegnet werden, mit den Menschenrechten. Es geht um die Verteidigung unserer Friedens- und Freiheitsordnung ‒ dafür steht dieser Appell!«-</description>
      <author>Gerhart Baum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728376331.mp3" length="1332341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728376331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Menschenrechte - ein Appell
Author: Gerhart Baum
Narrator: Erich Ruhl-Bady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Menschenrechte sind nicht verhandelbarSyrien, Russland, China, Katar ‒ die Lage der Menschenrechte ist vielerorts auf der Welt verheerend. In seinem leidenschaftlichen Appell macht Gerhart Baum die Brennpunkte sichtbar und zeigt, warum Engagement unverzichtbarer ist denn je.Gerhart Baum hat sich zeitlebens für die Menschenrechte eingesetzt, in Südafrika, für die UN im Sudan oder auch mit engem Kontakt zu Verfolgten in Belarus und Russland. In diesem Buch bringt er seine persönliche Lebenserfahrung mit der politischen Situation weltweit zusammen und liefert dringliche Denkanstöße für die Politik: Wie gehen wir mit autoritären Staaten um? Welche politischen Konsequenzen müssen wir ziehen? Und was kann jeder Einzelne tun?»Der Herausforderung der Freien Welt durch die Putin-Diktatur, die rücksichtslos auf das ›Recht des Stärkeren‹ setzt, muss mit der ›Herrschaft des Rechts‹ begegnet werden, mit den Menschenrechten. Es geht um die Verteidigung unserer Friedens- und Freiheitsordnung ‒ dafür steht dieser Appell!«-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Menschenrechte - ein Appell
Author: Gerhart Baum
Narrator: Erich Ruhl-Bady
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 21 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Menschenrechte sind nicht verhandelbarSyrien, Russland, China, Katar ‒ die Lage der Menschenrechte ist vielerorts auf der Welt verheerend. In seinem leidenschaftlichen Appell macht Gerhart Baum die Brennpunkte sichtbar und zeigt, warum Engagement unverzichtbarer ist denn je.Gerhart Baum hat sich zeitlebens für die Menschenrechte eingesetzt, in Südafrika, für die UN im Sudan oder auch mit engem Kontakt zu Verfolgten in Belarus und Russland. In diesem Buch bringt er seine persönliche Lebenserfahrung mit der politischen Situation weltweit zusammen und liefert dringliche Denkanstöße für die Politik: Wie gehen wir mit autoritären Staaten um? Welche politischen Konsequenzen müssen wir ziehen? Und was kann jeder Einzelne tun?»Der Herausforderung der Freien Welt durch die Putin-Diktatur, die rücksichtslos auf das ›Recht des Stärkeren‹ setzt, muss mit der ›Herrschaft des Rechts‹ begegnet werden, mit den Menschenrechten. Es geht um die Verteidigung unserer Friedens- und Freiheitsordnung ‒ dafür steht dieser Appell!«-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Teal by Simon Holmes à Court</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</description>
      <author>Simon Holmes à Court</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823423274.mp3" length="1315057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823423274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse – Gesamtbox: Die Fehlleistungen, Der Traum, Allgemeine Neurosenlehre by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse – Gesamtbox: Die Fehlleistungen, Der Traum, Allgemeine Neurosenlehre
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Sven Görtz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen &amp;#039;Einführung in die Psychoanalyse&amp;#039; - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. In dieser Gesamtbox sind alle drei Zyklen enthalten: 1. Die Fehlleistungen (Vorlesungen 1 - 4), 2. Der Traum (Vorlesungen 5 - 15), Allgemeine Neurosenlehre (Vorlesungen 16 - 28).</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783754501894.mp3" length="939870" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783754501894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse – Gesamtbox: Die Fehlleistungen, Der Traum, Allgemeine Neurosenlehre
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Sven Görtz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen &amp;#039;Einführung in die Psychoanalyse&amp;#039; - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. In dieser Gesamtbox sind alle drei Zyklen enthalten: 1. Die Fehlleistungen (Vorlesungen 1 - 4), 2. Der Traum (Vorlesungen 5 - 15), Allgemeine Neurosenlehre (Vorlesungen 16 - 28).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630827</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sigmund Freud: Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die Psychoanalyse – Gesamtbox: Die Fehlleistungen, Der Traum, Allgemeine Neurosenlehre
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Sven Görtz
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In den Jahren 1915 - 1917 hielt Sigmund Freud eine Vorlesungsreihe mit dem Namen &amp;#039;Einführung in die Psychoanalyse&amp;#039; - der Grundstein dieser Disziplin schlechthin. In dieser Gesamtbox sind alle drei Zyklen enthalten: 1. Die Fehlleistungen (Vorlesungen 1 - 4), 2. Der Traum (Vorlesungen 5 - 15), Allgemeine Neurosenlehre (Vorlesungen 16 - 28).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Akte Scholz: Der Kanzler, das Geld  und die Macht by Oliver Hollenstein, Oliver Schröm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Akte Scholz: Der Kanzler, das Geld  und die Macht
Author: Oliver Hollenstein, Oliver Schröm
Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein einzigartiger Einblick in die Hinterzimmer der Macht. Auf öffentlicher Bühne inszeniert sich Olaf Scholz sorgfältig als sachorientierter Macher. Doch wie sieht die Realität hinter den Kulissen aus? Nichts verrät darüber so viel wie seine Verwicklung als Hamburger Bürgermeister in das 47-Millionen-Euro Steuergeschenk an eine Privatbank. Nie hat er so sehr die Kontrolle über sein Image verloren, keine Affäre war so gefährlich für ihn. Und keine verrät so viel über ihn. Gestützt auf Zeugen und neue Dokumente enthüllt dieses Buch Scholz&amp;#039; Rolle in dem Skandal. Es zeigt, wie der heutige Kanzler und seine Helfer agieren, wenn sie unter Druck geraten. Ein System von Abhängigkeiten offenbart sich, von fragwürdigen Allianzen, von kleineren und größeren Lügen und von geschickter Manipulation der öffentlichen Meinung. Zugleich kommen Muster zum Vorschein, die sich durch Scholz&amp;#039; gesamte Karriere ziehen - bis heute.</description>
      <author>Oliver Hollenstein, Oliver Schröm</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863525743.mp3" length="870930" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863525743.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Akte Scholz: Der Kanzler, das Geld  und die Macht
Author: Oliver Hollenstein, Oliver Schröm
Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein einzigartiger Einblick in die Hinterzimmer der Macht. Auf öffentlicher Bühne inszeniert sich Olaf Scholz sorgfältig als sachorientierter Macher. Doch wie sieht die Realität hinter den Kulissen aus? Nichts verrät darüber so viel wie seine Verwicklung als Hamburger Bürgermeister in das 47-Millionen-Euro Steuergeschenk an eine Privatbank. Nie hat er so sehr die Kontrolle über sein Image verloren, keine Affäre war so gefährlich für ihn. Und keine verrät so viel über ihn. Gestützt auf Zeugen und neue Dokumente enthüllt dieses Buch Scholz&amp;#039; Rolle in dem Skandal. Es zeigt, wie der heutige Kanzler und seine Helfer agieren, wenn sie unter Druck geraten. Ein System von Abhängigkeiten offenbart sich, von fragwürdigen Allianzen, von kleineren und größeren Lügen und von geschickter Manipulation der öffentlichen Meinung. Zugleich kommen Muster zum Vorschein, die sich durch Scholz&amp;#039; gesamte Karriere ziehen - bis heute.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Akte Scholz: Der Kanzler, das Geld  und die Macht
Author: Oliver Hollenstein, Oliver Schröm
Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein einzigartiger Einblick in die Hinterzimmer der Macht. Auf öffentlicher Bühne inszeniert sich Olaf Scholz sorgfältig als sachorientierter Macher. Doch wie sieht die Realität hinter den Kulissen aus? Nichts verrät darüber so viel wie seine Verwicklung als Hamburger Bürgermeister in das 47-Millionen-Euro Steuergeschenk an eine Privatbank. Nie hat er so sehr die Kontrolle über sein Image verloren, keine Affäre war so gefährlich für ihn. Und keine verrät so viel über ihn. Gestützt auf Zeugen und neue Dokumente enthüllt dieses Buch Scholz&amp;#039; Rolle in dem Skandal. Es zeigt, wie der heutige Kanzler und seine Helfer agieren, wenn sie unter Druck geraten. Ein System von Abhängigkeiten offenbart sich, von fragwürdigen Allianzen, von kleineren und größeren Lügen und von geschickter Manipulation der öffentlichen Meinung. Zugleich kommen Muster zum Vorschein, die sich durch Scholz&amp;#039; gesamte Karriere ziehen - bis heute.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Justice Corrupted: How the Left Weaponized Our Legal System by Ted Cruz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice Corrupted: How the Left Weaponized Our Legal System
Author: Ted Cruz
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
. . . with liberty and justice for some.  The left has corrupted the U.S. legal system. Wielding the law as a weapon, arrogant judges and lawless prosecutors are intimidating, silencing, and even imprisoning Americans who stand in the way of their radical agenda. Their &amp;quot;enemies list&amp;quot; even includes parents who dare to speak up for their children at school board meetings.  In this shocking new book, Senator Ted Cruz takes readers inside the justice system, showing how the wrong hands on the levers of power can strangle liberty, crush opposition, and wreck lives. The notion of a &amp;quot;Democratic&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Republican&amp;quot; Department of Justice is outrageous. That institution should safeguard the Constitutional rights of all Americans. Justice Corrupted will equip patriots and lovers of liberty to hold their government accountable.</description>
      <author>Ted Cruz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645556077.mp3" length="1357947" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645556077.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice Corrupted: How the Left Weaponized Our Legal System
Author: Ted Cruz
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
. . . with liberty and justice for some.  The left has corrupted the U.S. legal system. Wielding the law as a weapon, arrogant judges and lawless prosecutors are intimidating, silencing, and even imprisoning Americans who stand in the way of their radical agenda. Their &amp;quot;enemies list&amp;quot; even includes parents who dare to speak up for their children at school board meetings.  In this shocking new book, Senator Ted Cruz takes readers inside the justice system, showing how the wrong hands on the levers of power can strangle liberty, crush opposition, and wreck lives. The notion of a &amp;quot;Democratic&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Republican&amp;quot; Department of Justice is outrageous. That institution should safeguard the Constitutional rights of all Americans. Justice Corrupted will equip patriots and lovers of liberty to hold their government accountable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Justice Corrupted: How the Left Weaponized Our Legal System
Author: Ted Cruz
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
. . . with liberty and justice for some.  The left has corrupted the U.S. legal system. Wielding the law as a weapon, arrogant judges and lawless prosecutors are intimidating, silencing, and even imprisoning Americans who stand in the way of their radical agenda. Their &amp;quot;enemies list&amp;quot; even includes parents who dare to speak up for their children at school board meetings.  In this shocking new book, Senator Ted Cruz takes readers inside the justice system, showing how the wrong hands on the levers of power can strangle liberty, crush opposition, and wreck lives. The notion of a &amp;quot;Democratic&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Republican&amp;quot; Department of Justice is outrageous. That institution should safeguard the Constitutional rights of all Americans. Justice Corrupted will equip patriots and lovers of liberty to hold their government accountable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Most Dangerous President in History by Nick Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Dangerous President in History
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
President Biden is the most dangerous president in American history. Many Americans still think of Joe Biden as an average guy who supports the working class. But in reality, he has carried out a destructive agenda against our entire system of freedom. He has fully embraced the Green New Deal agenda, along with woke sexual and racial politics, leading to a more divided and poorer country. His weakness on the international stage has created a perilous world. But the danger of Biden goes much deeper than these issues that are hurting us on a daily basis. For one of the first times in US history, we have a president whose motives we cannot trust. In this book, Nick Adams exposes what the media and politicians have been hiding for nearly fifty years. He doesn’t just make the case that Biden is the most dangerous president in history—he proves it.</description>
      <author>Nick Adams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212384247.mp3" length="833681" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212384247.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Dangerous President in History
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
President Biden is the most dangerous president in American history. Many Americans still think of Joe Biden as an average guy who supports the working class. But in reality, he has carried out a destructive agenda against our entire system of freedom. He has fully embraced the Green New Deal agenda, along with woke sexual and racial politics, leading to a more divided and poorer country. His weakness on the international stage has created a perilous world. But the danger of Biden goes much deeper than these issues that are hurting us on a daily basis. For one of the first times in US history, we have a president whose motives we cannot trust. In this book, Nick Adams exposes what the media and politicians have been hiding for nearly fifty years. He doesn’t just make the case that Biden is the most dangerous president in history—he proves it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630457</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Most Dangerous President in History
Author: Nick Adams
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 14 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
President Biden is the most dangerous president in American history. Many Americans still think of Joe Biden as an average guy who supports the working class. But in reality, he has carried out a destructive agenda against our entire system of freedom. He has fully embraced the Green New Deal agenda, along with woke sexual and racial politics, leading to a more divided and poorer country. His weakness on the international stage has created a perilous world. But the danger of Biden goes much deeper than these issues that are hurting us on a daily basis. For one of the first times in US history, we have a president whose motives we cannot trust. In this book, Nick Adams exposes what the media and politicians have been hiding for nearly fifty years. He doesn’t just make the case that Biden is the most dangerous president in history—he proves it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Historia del Anarquismo: Organización, acción y agitación by Julián Vadillo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Historia del Anarquismo: Organización, acción y agitación
Author: Julián Vadillo
Narrator: María José Bosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El anarquismo fue una ideología que dio respuesta a la sociedad capitalista en el momento más álgido de su desarrollo en el siglo XIX, teniendo en su base una fuerte defensa de la libertad individual que llegaba hasta solicitar la desaparición del Estado. Las ideas libertarias, herederas de tradiciones de lucha antiautoritaria, representaron un nuevo modelo social, organizativo, económico y político que rivalizaba con otras corrientes del movimiento obrero y se convirtió una de las referencias político-sociales básicas hasta bien entrado el siglo XX.   En esta obra, clarificadora y rigurosa, el autor aborda los orígenes de esta ideología, los personajes más relevantes que la impulsaron y las consecuencias que tuvo su implantación en diferentes países, especialmente en España.</description>
      <author>Julián Vadillo</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788419129840.mp3" length="926031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788419129840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Historia del Anarquismo: Organización, acción y agitación
Author: Julián Vadillo
Narrator: María José Bosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El anarquismo fue una ideología que dio respuesta a la sociedad capitalista en el momento más álgido de su desarrollo en el siglo XIX, teniendo en su base una fuerte defensa de la libertad individual que llegaba hasta solicitar la desaparición del Estado. Las ideas libertarias, herederas de tradiciones de lucha antiautoritaria, representaron un nuevo modelo social, organizativo, económico y político que rivalizaba con otras corrientes del movimiento obrero y se convirtió una de las referencias político-sociales básicas hasta bien entrado el siglo XX.   En esta obra, clarificadora y rigurosa, el autor aborda los orígenes de esta ideología, los personajes más relevantes que la impulsaron y las consecuencias que tuvo su implantación en diferentes países, especialmente en España.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630420</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - GuíaBurros: Historia del Anarquismo: Organización, acción y agitación
Author: Julián Vadillo
Narrator: María José Bosch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
El anarquismo fue una ideología que dio respuesta a la sociedad capitalista en el momento más álgido de su desarrollo en el siglo XIX, teniendo en su base una fuerte defensa de la libertad individual que llegaba hasta solicitar la desaparición del Estado. Las ideas libertarias, herederas de tradiciones de lucha antiautoritaria, representaron un nuevo modelo social, organizativo, económico y político que rivalizaba con otras corrientes del movimiento obrero y se convirtió una de las referencias político-sociales básicas hasta bien entrado el siglo XX.   En esta obra, clarificadora y rigurosa, el autor aborda los orígenes de esta ideología, los personajes más relevantes que la impulsaron y las consecuencias que tuvo su implantación en diferentes países, especialmente en España.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Dutch] - De macht van het verleden: Geschiedenis als politiek wapen by Ivo Van De Wijdeven</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - De macht van het verleden: Geschiedenis als politiek wapen
Author: Ivo Van De Wijdeven
Narrator: Chris Kijne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Een blik in het brein van Poetin en andere potentatenVladimir Poetin houdt van geschiedenis. Zijn vurige redevoeringen zitten er vol mee. Velen verklaren hem voor gek, maar in vaardige handen is het verleden een wapen zonder weerga. Xi Jinping, Recep Tayyip Erdogan en andere ambitieuze leiders weten dat ook en maken er sluw gebruik van. Dat gebeurt wereldwijd. Ook in het Westen. In De macht van het verleden legt Ivo van de Wijdeven haarfijn uit hoe politici en potentaten de geschiedenis gebruiken. Daarmee geeft hij tevens inzage in de diepere drijfveren van machthebbers. Hun visie op het verleden stuurt hun handelen in het heden. De macht van het verleden werkt twee kanten op. Hoogste tijd om die macht onder de loep te nemen. Ivo van de Wijdeven is historicus en analist. Hij adviseerde jarenlang de minister-president en voorziet media als RTL Nieuws, VPRO OVT, NRC, Historisch Nieuwsblad en Clingendael Spectator van heldere uitleg. Eerder schreef hij De rafelranden van Europa, De spoken van Visegrád en De nieuwe rafelrand van Europa.</description>
      <author>Ivo Van De Wijdeven</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789000387250.mp3" length="816654" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789000387250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - De macht van het verleden: Geschiedenis als politiek wapen
Author: Ivo Van De Wijdeven
Narrator: Chris Kijne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Een blik in het brein van Poetin en andere potentatenVladimir Poetin houdt van geschiedenis. Zijn vurige redevoeringen zitten er vol mee. Velen verklaren hem voor gek, maar in vaardige handen is het verleden een wapen zonder weerga. Xi Jinping, Recep Tayyip Erdogan en andere ambitieuze leiders weten dat ook en maken er sluw gebruik van. Dat gebeurt wereldwijd. Ook in het Westen. In De macht van het verleden legt Ivo van de Wijdeven haarfijn uit hoe politici en potentaten de geschiedenis gebruiken. Daarmee geeft hij tevens inzage in de diepere drijfveren van machthebbers. Hun visie op het verleden stuurt hun handelen in het heden. De macht van het verleden werkt twee kanten op. Hoogste tijd om die macht onder de loep te nemen. Ivo van de Wijdeven is historicus en analist. Hij adviseerde jarenlang de minister-president en voorziet media als RTL Nieuws, VPRO OVT, NRC, Historisch Nieuwsblad en Clingendael Spectator van heldere uitleg. Eerder schreef hij De rafelranden van Europa, De spoken van Visegrád en De nieuwe rafelrand van Europa.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630417</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - De macht van het verleden: Geschiedenis als politiek wapen
Author: Ivo Van De Wijdeven
Narrator: Chris Kijne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Een blik in het brein van Poetin en andere potentatenVladimir Poetin houdt van geschiedenis. Zijn vurige redevoeringen zitten er vol mee. Velen verklaren hem voor gek, maar in vaardige handen is het verleden een wapen zonder weerga. Xi Jinping, Recep Tayyip Erdogan en andere ambitieuze leiders weten dat ook en maken er sluw gebruik van. Dat gebeurt wereldwijd. Ook in het Westen. In De macht van het verleden legt Ivo van de Wijdeven haarfijn uit hoe politici en potentaten de geschiedenis gebruiken. Daarmee geeft hij tevens inzage in de diepere drijfveren van machthebbers. Hun visie op het verleden stuurt hun handelen in het heden. De macht van het verleden werkt twee kanten op. Hoogste tijd om die macht onder de loep te nemen. Ivo van de Wijdeven is historicus en analist. Hij adviseerde jarenlang de minister-president en voorziet media als RTL Nieuws, VPRO OVT, NRC, Historisch Nieuwsblad en Clingendael Spectator van heldere uitleg. Eerder schreef hij De rafelranden van Europa, De spoken van Visegrád en De nieuwe rafelrand van Europa.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Putins Krieg - Wie die Menschen in der Ukraine für unsere Freiheit kämpfen (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) by Katrin Eigendorf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Putins Krieg - Wie die Menschen in der Ukraine für unsere Freiheit kämpfen (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung)
Author: Katrin Eigendorf
Narrator: Katrin Eigendorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die bekannte ZDF-Korrespondentin Katrin Eigendorf berichtet seit vielen Jahren regelmäßig aus der Ukraine. So auch während der dramatischen Tage und Wochen nach dem 24. Februar 2022, als Wladimir Putin mit seinem grausamen Angriff auf die Ukraine den Krieg zurück nach Europa getragen hat. Angesichts der Bilder aus Mariupol, Charkiw und Kyiw ist auch Deutschland aufgewacht, nachdem es über viele Jahre Wladimir Putin verharmlost hat.  Katrin Eigendorf erzählt hier vom Krieg, den Putin mit aller Härte führt, vor allem gegen die Bevölkerung. Von ihren Begegnungen mit Menschen, die von einem Tag auf den anderen alles verloren haben, von Familien, die zerrissen wurden, von Kindern, die ihre Kindheit verloren haben. Es sind Begegnungen, die immer wieder an die Schmerzgrenze gehen, auch für eine Reporterin.  Katrin Eigendorf hat den Beginn dieser Entwicklung bereits 2008 in Georgien erlebt, als der Kreml seine Truppen nach Tbilissi schickte. Und 2014 in Donezk, Luhansk und Mariupol, als die russische Armee nach der Krim auch den Osten der Ukraine angriff und besetzte. Kriege, die auch in Deutschland nicht ernst genug genommen wurden. Putins Narrativ vom Krieg gegen eine faschistische Regierung in Kyiw, vom Eintreten für Russlands Sicherheit ist eine zynische Lüge. Sein Krieg zeigt überdies die ganze Schwäche eines autoritären Regimes. Ein System, das Kinder bombardiert und Menschen aushungert, das die Wahrheit nicht duldet, ist gescheitert. Noch nie war es Katrin Eigendorf wichtiger, vor Ort zu sein und zu zeigen, worum es in der Ukraine wirklich geht: um den Kampf eines Volkes für Freiheit und Demokratie - auch in Europa. Das Hörbuch wird von der Autorin selbst gelesen.</description>
      <author>Katrin Eigendorf</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732405879.mp3" length="890172" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732405879.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Putins Krieg - Wie die Menschen in der Ukraine für unsere Freiheit kämpfen (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung)
Author: Katrin Eigendorf
Narrator: Katrin Eigendorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die bekannte ZDF-Korrespondentin Katrin Eigendorf berichtet seit vielen Jahren regelmäßig aus der Ukraine. So auch während der dramatischen Tage und Wochen nach dem 24. Februar 2022, als Wladimir Putin mit seinem grausamen Angriff auf die Ukraine den Krieg zurück nach Europa getragen hat. Angesichts der Bilder aus Mariupol, Charkiw und Kyiw ist auch Deutschland aufgewacht, nachdem es über viele Jahre Wladimir Putin verharmlost hat.  Katrin Eigendorf erzählt hier vom Krieg, den Putin mit aller Härte führt, vor allem gegen die Bevölkerung. Von ihren Begegnungen mit Menschen, die von einem Tag auf den anderen alles verloren haben, von Familien, die zerrissen wurden, von Kindern, die ihre Kindheit verloren haben. Es sind Begegnungen, die immer wieder an die Schmerzgrenze gehen, auch für eine Reporterin.  Katrin Eigendorf hat den Beginn dieser Entwicklung bereits 2008 in Georgien erlebt, als der Kreml seine Truppen nach Tbilissi schickte. Und 2014 in Donezk, Luhansk und Mariupol, als die russische Armee nach der Krim auch den Osten der Ukraine angriff und besetzte. Kriege, die auch in Deutschland nicht ernst genug genommen wurden. Putins Narrativ vom Krieg gegen eine faschistische Regierung in Kyiw, vom Eintreten für Russlands Sicherheit ist eine zynische Lüge. Sein Krieg zeigt überdies die ganze Schwäche eines autoritären Regimes. Ein System, das Kinder bombardiert und Menschen aushungert, das die Wahrheit nicht duldet, ist gescheitert. Noch nie war es Katrin Eigendorf wichtiger, vor Ort zu sein und zu zeigen, worum es in der Ukraine wirklich geht: um den Kampf eines Volkes für Freiheit und Demokratie - auch in Europa. Das Hörbuch wird von der Autorin selbst gelesen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Putins Krieg - Wie die Menschen in der Ukraine für unsere Freiheit kämpfen (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung)
Author: Katrin Eigendorf
Narrator: Katrin Eigendorf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die bekannte ZDF-Korrespondentin Katrin Eigendorf berichtet seit vielen Jahren regelmäßig aus der Ukraine. So auch während der dramatischen Tage und Wochen nach dem 24. Februar 2022, als Wladimir Putin mit seinem grausamen Angriff auf die Ukraine den Krieg zurück nach Europa getragen hat. Angesichts der Bilder aus Mariupol, Charkiw und Kyiw ist auch Deutschland aufgewacht, nachdem es über viele Jahre Wladimir Putin verharmlost hat.  Katrin Eigendorf erzählt hier vom Krieg, den Putin mit aller Härte führt, vor allem gegen die Bevölkerung. Von ihren Begegnungen mit Menschen, die von einem Tag auf den anderen alles verloren haben, von Familien, die zerrissen wurden, von Kindern, die ihre Kindheit verloren haben. Es sind Begegnungen, die immer wieder an die Schmerzgrenze gehen, auch für eine Reporterin.  Katrin Eigendorf hat den Beginn dieser Entwicklung bereits 2008 in Georgien erlebt, als der Kreml seine Truppen nach Tbilissi schickte. Und 2014 in Donezk, Luhansk und Mariupol, als die russische Armee nach der Krim auch den Osten der Ukraine angriff und besetzte. Kriege, die auch in Deutschland nicht ernst genug genommen wurden. Putins Narrativ vom Krieg gegen eine faschistische Regierung in Kyiw, vom Eintreten für Russlands Sicherheit ist eine zynische Lüge. Sein Krieg zeigt überdies die ganze Schwäche eines autoritären Regimes. Ein System, das Kinder bombardiert und Menschen aushungert, das die Wahrheit nicht duldet, ist gescheitert. Noch nie war es Katrin Eigendorf wichtiger, vor Ort zu sein und zu zeigen, worum es in der Ukraine wirklich geht: um den Kampf eines Volkes für Freiheit und Demokratie - auch in Europa. Das Hörbuch wird von der Autorin selbst gelesen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Secret Apparatus: The Muslim Brotherhood&amp;#039;s Industry of Death by Cynthia Farahat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Apparatus: The Muslim Brotherhood&amp;#039;s Industry of Death
Author: Cynthia Farahat
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Muslim Brotherhood’s “Secret Apparatus” is a clandestine incubator for Islamic terrorism, and it exports its “industry of death” to destroy the world through infiltration, disinformation, and jihad.The world’s most dangerous terrorist group is not hiding in the caves of the Hindu Kush or in the Saharan wilderness—it operates inside the United States, and its members have sworn to fight eternal jihad. The Muslim Brotherhood is a fraternal cult inspired by the Order of the Assassins and modeled after Joseph Stalin’s Secret Apparatus. It’s an incubator for Islamic terrorist organizations, and it has implemented a one-hundred-year plan to destroy the West. The Muslim Brotherhood claims to be a reformist, non-violent political organization, but it is a terrorism apparatus with a political facade, which its founder Hassan al-Banna called “an industry of death.”The Secret Apparatus proves the Muslim Brotherhood’s clandestine militia—the secret apparatus—is still operational. The Brotherhood leadership’s own words, internal documents, and highest-ranking defector confirm the Brotherhood founded most modern terrorist groups, including al-Qaeda and the Islamic State. This book examines the Brotherhood’s history, political theology, and secret alliance with Iran, and offers policy recommendations needed to stop an existential threat to the United States and the world.</description>
      <author>Cynthia Farahat</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705062647.mp3" length="1414269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705062647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Apparatus: The Muslim Brotherhood&amp;#039;s Industry of Death
Author: Cynthia Farahat
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Muslim Brotherhood’s “Secret Apparatus” is a clandestine incubator for Islamic terrorism, and it exports its “industry of death” to destroy the world through infiltration, disinformation, and jihad.The world’s most dangerous terrorist group is not hiding in the caves of the Hindu Kush or in the Saharan wilderness—it operates inside the United States, and its members have sworn to fight eternal jihad. The Muslim Brotherhood is a fraternal cult inspired by the Order of the Assassins and modeled after Joseph Stalin’s Secret Apparatus. It’s an incubator for Islamic terrorist organizations, and it has implemented a one-hundred-year plan to destroy the West. The Muslim Brotherhood claims to be a reformist, non-violent political organization, but it is a terrorism apparatus with a political facade, which its founder Hassan al-Banna called “an industry of death.”The Secret Apparatus proves the Muslim Brotherhood’s clandestine militia—the secret apparatus—is still operational. The Brotherhood leadership’s own words, internal documents, and highest-ranking defector confirm the Brotherhood founded most modern terrorist groups, including al-Qaeda and the Islamic State. This book examines the Brotherhood’s history, political theology, and secret alliance with Iran, and offers policy recommendations needed to stop an existential threat to the United States and the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Secret Apparatus: The Muslim Brotherhood&amp;#039;s Industry of Death
Author: Cynthia Farahat
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Muslim Brotherhood’s “Secret Apparatus” is a clandestine incubator for Islamic terrorism, and it exports its “industry of death” to destroy the world through infiltration, disinformation, and jihad.The world’s most dangerous terrorist group is not hiding in the caves of the Hindu Kush or in the Saharan wilderness—it operates inside the United States, and its members have sworn to fight eternal jihad. The Muslim Brotherhood is a fraternal cult inspired by the Order of the Assassins and modeled after Joseph Stalin’s Secret Apparatus. It’s an incubator for Islamic terrorist organizations, and it has implemented a one-hundred-year plan to destroy the West. The Muslim Brotherhood claims to be a reformist, non-violent political organization, but it is a terrorism apparatus with a political facade, which its founder Hassan al-Banna called “an industry of death.”The Secret Apparatus proves the Muslim Brotherhood’s clandestine militia—the secret apparatus—is still operational. The Brotherhood leadership’s own words, internal documents, and highest-ranking defector confirm the Brotherhood founded most modern terrorist groups, including al-Qaeda and the Islamic State. This book examines the Brotherhood’s history, political theology, and secret alliance with Iran, and offers policy recommendations needed to stop an existential threat to the United States and the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Absolutely Indispensable Man: Ralph Bunche, the United Nations, and the Fight to End Empire by Kal Raustiala</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Absolutely Indispensable Man: Ralph Bunche, the United Nations, and the Fight to End Empire
Author: Kal Raustiala
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A legendary diplomat, scholar, and civil rights leader, Ralph Bunche was one of the most prominent Black Americans of the twentieth century. The first African American to obtain a political science Ph.D. from Harvard and a celebrated diplomat at the United Nations, he was once so famous he handed out the Best Picture award at the Oscars. Yet today Ralph Bunche is largely forgotten.In The Absolutely Indispensable Man, Kal Raustiala restores Bunche to his rightful place in history. He shows that Bunche was not only a singular figure in midcentury America; he was also one of the key architects of the postwar international order. Raustiala tells the story of Bunche’s dramatic life, from his early years in prewar Los Angeles to UCLA, Harvard, the State Department, and the heights of global diplomacy at the United Nations. After narrowly avoiding assassination, Bunche received the Nobel Peace Prize for his ground-breaking mediation of the first Arab-Israeli conflict, catapulting him to popular fame. A central player in some of the most dramatic crises of the Cold War, he pioneered conflict management and peacekeeping at the UN. But as Raustiala argues, his most enduring achievement was his work to dismantle European empire. Bunche perceptively saw colonialism as the central issue of the 20th century and decolonization as a project of global racial justice.From marching with Martin Luther King to advising presidents and prime ministers, Ralph Bunche shaped our world in lasting ways. This definitivebiography gives him his due. It also reminds us that postwar decolonization not only fundamentally transformed world politics, but also powerfully intersected with America’s own civil rights struggle.</description>
      <author>Kal Raustiala</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705080290.mp3" length="1430934" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705080290.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Absolutely Indispensable Man: Ralph Bunche, the United Nations, and the Fight to End Empire
Author: Kal Raustiala
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A legendary diplomat, scholar, and civil rights leader, Ralph Bunche was one of the most prominent Black Americans of the twentieth century. The first African American to obtain a political science Ph.D. from Harvard and a celebrated diplomat at the United Nations, he was once so famous he handed out the Best Picture award at the Oscars. Yet today Ralph Bunche is largely forgotten.In The Absolutely Indispensable Man, Kal Raustiala restores Bunche to his rightful place in history. He shows that Bunche was not only a singular figure in midcentury America; he was also one of the key architects of the postwar international order. Raustiala tells the story of Bunche’s dramatic life, from his early years in prewar Los Angeles to UCLA, Harvard, the State Department, and the heights of global diplomacy at the United Nations. After narrowly avoiding assassination, Bunche received the Nobel Peace Prize for his ground-breaking mediation of the first Arab-Israeli conflict, catapulting him to popular fame. A central player in some of the most dramatic crises of the Cold War, he pioneered conflict management and peacekeeping at the UN. But as Raustiala argues, his most enduring achievement was his work to dismantle European empire. Bunche perceptively saw colonialism as the central issue of the 20th century and decolonization as a project of global racial justice.From marching with Martin Luther King to advising presidents and prime ministers, Ralph Bunche shaped our world in lasting ways. This definitivebiography gives him his due. It also reminds us that postwar decolonization not only fundamentally transformed world politics, but also powerfully intersected with America’s own civil rights struggle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Absolutely Indispensable Man: Ralph Bunche, the United Nations, and the Fight to End Empire
Author: Kal Raustiala
Narrator: Leon Nixon, Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 58 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A legendary diplomat, scholar, and civil rights leader, Ralph Bunche was one of the most prominent Black Americans of the twentieth century. The first African American to obtain a political science Ph.D. from Harvard and a celebrated diplomat at the United Nations, he was once so famous he handed out the Best Picture award at the Oscars. Yet today Ralph Bunche is largely forgotten.In The Absolutely Indispensable Man, Kal Raustiala restores Bunche to his rightful place in history. He shows that Bunche was not only a singular figure in midcentury America; he was also one of the key architects of the postwar international order. Raustiala tells the story of Bunche’s dramatic life, from his early years in prewar Los Angeles to UCLA, Harvard, the State Department, and the heights of global diplomacy at the United Nations. After narrowly avoiding assassination, Bunche received the Nobel Peace Prize for his ground-breaking mediation of the first Arab-Israeli conflict, catapulting him to popular fame. A central player in some of the most dramatic crises of the Cold War, he pioneered conflict management and peacekeeping at the UN. But as Raustiala argues, his most enduring achievement was his work to dismantle European empire. Bunche perceptively saw colonialism as the central issue of the 20th century and decolonization as a project of global racial justice.From marching with Martin Luther King to advising presidents and prime ministers, Ralph Bunche shaped our world in lasting ways. This definitivebiography gives him his due. It also reminds us that postwar decolonization not only fundamentally transformed world politics, but also powerfully intersected with America’s own civil rights struggle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El rey del cash: El saqueo oculto del presidente y su equipo cercano by Elena Chávez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El rey del cash: El saqueo oculto del presidente y su equipo cercano
Author: Elena Chávez
Narrator: Karina Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
«El rey del cash es una crónica nítida y sin concesiones a través de la cual se reconstruye la historia secreta política, personal y financiera de AMLO y su círculo más cercano, indispensable para entender el adn del mandatario, de la llamada 4T y Morena.»  —Anabel Hernández  «Este es un testimonio sobre los 18 años que viví cerca del presidente Andrés Manuel López Obrador, al ser pareja de su entonces jefe de prensa César Yáñez. Ellos dos son los protagonistas de esta historia llena de traiciones políticas, ambiciones personales, infidelidades, abusos laborales, corrupción y autoritarismo. Mi propósito es evidenciar cómo el poder ha sido el gran amor y la obsesión de López Obrador, y cómo el odio y el resentimiento han sido el alimento que lo sostiene.» Cuento aquí a detalle cómo los operadores del presidente consiguieron durante mucho tiempo miles de millones de pesos para cumplirle a su jefe, y de paso también se sirvieron con la cuchara grande. No busco denostar a ninguno de los personajes que aquí aparecen, sino tan solo romper un pacto de impunidad. »  Los mexicanostienen derecho a conocer la verdadera cara de la nueva mafia del poder o, mejor dicho, de la secta en el poder. Que vea quien quiera ver, y escuche quien quiera escuchar.»  —Elena Chávez</description>
      <author>Elena Chávez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073824118.mp3" length="1242363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073824118.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El rey del cash: El saqueo oculto del presidente y su equipo cercano
Author: Elena Chávez
Narrator: Karina Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
«El rey del cash es una crónica nítida y sin concesiones a través de la cual se reconstruye la historia secreta política, personal y financiera de AMLO y su círculo más cercano, indispensable para entender el adn del mandatario, de la llamada 4T y Morena.»  —Anabel Hernández  «Este es un testimonio sobre los 18 años que viví cerca del presidente Andrés Manuel López Obrador, al ser pareja de su entonces jefe de prensa César Yáñez. Ellos dos son los protagonistas de esta historia llena de traiciones políticas, ambiciones personales, infidelidades, abusos laborales, corrupción y autoritarismo. Mi propósito es evidenciar cómo el poder ha sido el gran amor y la obsesión de López Obrador, y cómo el odio y el resentimiento han sido el alimento que lo sostiene.» Cuento aquí a detalle cómo los operadores del presidente consiguieron durante mucho tiempo miles de millones de pesos para cumplirle a su jefe, y de paso también se sirvieron con la cuchara grande. No busco denostar a ninguno de los personajes que aquí aparecen, sino tan solo romper un pacto de impunidad. »  Los mexicanostienen derecho a conocer la verdadera cara de la nueva mafia del poder o, mejor dicho, de la secta en el poder. Que vea quien quiera ver, y escuche quien quiera escuchar.»  —Elena Chávez</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El rey del cash: El saqueo oculto del presidente y su equipo cercano
Author: Elena Chávez
Narrator: Karina Castillo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
«El rey del cash es una crónica nítida y sin concesiones a través de la cual se reconstruye la historia secreta política, personal y financiera de AMLO y su círculo más cercano, indispensable para entender el adn del mandatario, de la llamada 4T y Morena.»  —Anabel Hernández  «Este es un testimonio sobre los 18 años que viví cerca del presidente Andrés Manuel López Obrador, al ser pareja de su entonces jefe de prensa César Yáñez. Ellos dos son los protagonistas de esta historia llena de traiciones políticas, ambiciones personales, infidelidades, abusos laborales, corrupción y autoritarismo. Mi propósito es evidenciar cómo el poder ha sido el gran amor y la obsesión de López Obrador, y cómo el odio y el resentimiento han sido el alimento que lo sostiene.» Cuento aquí a detalle cómo los operadores del presidente consiguieron durante mucho tiempo miles de millones de pesos para cumplirle a su jefe, y de paso también se sirvieron con la cuchara grande. No busco denostar a ninguno de los personajes que aquí aparecen, sino tan solo romper un pacto de impunidad. »  Los mexicanostienen derecho a conocer la verdadera cara de la nueva mafia del poder o, mejor dicho, de la secta en el poder. Que vea quien quiera ver, y escuche quien quiera escuchar.»  —Elena Chávez</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Big Teal by Simon Holmes à Court</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</description>
      <author>Simon Holmes à Court</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781922633712.mp3" length="1315057" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781922633712.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Big Teal
Author: Simon Holmes à Court
Narrator: Simon Holmes à Court
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘We will not achieve net zero in the cafes, dinner parties and wine bars of our inner cities.’ Little infuriated the forgotten people of the twenty-first century—women and younger voters, especially—more than Scott Morrison’s deluge of disparagement on the issues that mattered to them. The May 2022 election marked the great re-engagement of those ignored and patronised for too long on climate, integrity and gender equity. The electoral map has been dramatically redrawn. However, the triumph of the ‘teals’ was not entirely unexpected to those assisting their rise, such as Climate 200 founder Simon Holmes à Court. As Australia entered its lost decade on climate action, he observed that conventional advocacy had become a case of diminishing returns, and that Cathy McGowan’s election as a community independent in 2013 provided a template for direct political engagement. The result was Climate 200, a crowdfunded outfit intended to provide the money and expertise to better match the major parties and turbocharge the grassroots movement emerging in thirty-plus electorates. Despite a relentless and increasingly shrill campaign of vilification aimed at Holmes à Court and the candidates by the Liberals, assisted by their media mates, we saw the election of six new community independent MPs and one senator. It was a victory of facts over fear, priorities over prejudice. It was a blow to the unfit-for-purpose ‘majoritariat’, a rejection of the false binary choice between parties that no longer reflect the hopes and complexity of modern democratic Australia. This is the story of how a team of inspired young tech-heads and older sages used their real and virtual-world experience to help a cluster of communities get the representation they wanted.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wage Labor And Capital by Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wage Labor And Capital
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally written as a series of newspaper articles in 1847, Wage-Labor and Capital were intended to give an overview of Marx’s central theories regarding the economic relationships between workers and capitalists. These theories outlined include the Marxian form of the Labour Theory of Value, which distinguishes “labor” from “labor-power”, and the Theory of Concentration of Capital, which states that capitalism tends towards the creation of monopolies and the disenfranchisement of the middle and working classes. These theories were later elaborated in Volume 1 of Capital, published in 1867. Karl Heinrich Marx FRSA was a German philosopher, a critic of political economy, economist, historian, sociologist, political theorist, journalist, and socialist revolutionary. His best-known titles are the 1848 pamphlet The Communist Manifesto and the four-volume Das Kapital.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823422673.mp3" length="1398582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823422673.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wage Labor And Capital
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally written as a series of newspaper articles in 1847, Wage-Labor and Capital were intended to give an overview of Marx’s central theories regarding the economic relationships between workers and capitalists. These theories outlined include the Marxian form of the Labour Theory of Value, which distinguishes “labor” from “labor-power”, and the Theory of Concentration of Capital, which states that capitalism tends towards the creation of monopolies and the disenfranchisement of the middle and working classes. These theories were later elaborated in Volume 1 of Capital, published in 1867. Karl Heinrich Marx FRSA was a German philosopher, a critic of political economy, economist, historian, sociologist, political theorist, journalist, and socialist revolutionary. His best-known titles are the 1848 pamphlet The Communist Manifesto and the four-volume Das Kapital.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629779</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wage Labor And Capital
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Originally written as a series of newspaper articles in 1847, Wage-Labor and Capital were intended to give an overview of Marx’s central theories regarding the economic relationships between workers and capitalists. These theories outlined include the Marxian form of the Labour Theory of Value, which distinguishes “labor” from “labor-power”, and the Theory of Concentration of Capital, which states that capitalism tends towards the creation of monopolies and the disenfranchisement of the middle and working classes. These theories were later elaborated in Volume 1 of Capital, published in 1867. Karl Heinrich Marx FRSA was a German philosopher, a critic of political economy, economist, historian, sociologist, political theorist, journalist, and socialist revolutionary. His best-known titles are the 1848 pamphlet The Communist Manifesto and the four-volume Das Kapital.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Poverty of Philosophy by Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Poverty of Philosophy
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marx started work on this book in January 1847, as can be judged from Engel&amp;#039;s letter to Marx on January 15, 1847. By the beginning of April 1847, Marx&amp;#039;s work was completed in the main and had gone to the press. On June 15, 1847, he wrote a short foreword. Published in Paris and Brussels in 1847, the book was not republished in full during Marx&amp;#039;s lifetime. Excerpts from section five of Chapter Two appeared in different years, mostly between 1872 - 1875 in papers such as La Emancipacion, Der Volksstaat, Social-Demokrat, and others. In 1880 Marx attempted to publish the Poverty of Philosophy in the French socialist newspaper L&amp;#039;Égalité, the organ of the French Workers&amp;#039; Party, but only the foreword and section one of Chapter One were published. This translation is from the original 1847 French edition. It has been updated to also include the changes/corrections Marx made in the copy of the book he presented to N. Utina in 1876, as well as the corrections made by Frederick Engels in the second French edition and the German editions of 1885 and 1892. The first English edition of this work was published in 1900 by Twentieth Century Press.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823422734.mp3" length="1400469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823422734.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Poverty of Philosophy
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marx started work on this book in January 1847, as can be judged from Engel&amp;#039;s letter to Marx on January 15, 1847. By the beginning of April 1847, Marx&amp;#039;s work was completed in the main and had gone to the press. On June 15, 1847, he wrote a short foreword. Published in Paris and Brussels in 1847, the book was not republished in full during Marx&amp;#039;s lifetime. Excerpts from section five of Chapter Two appeared in different years, mostly between 1872 - 1875 in papers such as La Emancipacion, Der Volksstaat, Social-Demokrat, and others. In 1880 Marx attempted to publish the Poverty of Philosophy in the French socialist newspaper L&amp;#039;Égalité, the organ of the French Workers&amp;#039; Party, but only the foreword and section one of Chapter One were published. This translation is from the original 1847 French edition. It has been updated to also include the changes/corrections Marx made in the copy of the book he presented to N. Utina in 1876, as well as the corrections made by Frederick Engels in the second French edition and the German editions of 1885 and 1892. The first English edition of this work was published in 1900 by Twentieth Century Press.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629776</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Poverty of Philosophy
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: The Cliff, Cyril Taylor-Carr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Marx started work on this book in January 1847, as can be judged from Engel&amp;#039;s letter to Marx on January 15, 1847. By the beginning of April 1847, Marx&amp;#039;s work was completed in the main and had gone to the press. On June 15, 1847, he wrote a short foreword. Published in Paris and Brussels in 1847, the book was not republished in full during Marx&amp;#039;s lifetime. Excerpts from section five of Chapter Two appeared in different years, mostly between 1872 - 1875 in papers such as La Emancipacion, Der Volksstaat, Social-Demokrat, and others. In 1880 Marx attempted to publish the Poverty of Philosophy in the French socialist newspaper L&amp;#039;Égalité, the organ of the French Workers&amp;#039; Party, but only the foreword and section one of Chapter One were published. This translation is from the original 1847 French edition. It has been updated to also include the changes/corrections Marx made in the copy of the book he presented to N. Utina in 1876, as well as the corrections made by Frederick Engels in the second French edition and the German editions of 1885 and 1892. The first English edition of this work was published in 1900 by Twentieth Century Press.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rich White Men: What It Takes to Uproot the Old Boys&amp;#039; Club and Transform America by Garrett Neiman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rich White Men: What It Takes to Uproot the Old Boys&amp;#039; Club and Transform America
Author: Garrett Neiman
Narrator: Greg Littlefield, Robin Diangelo, Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With a foreword by New York Times bestselling author Robin DiAngelo, this provocative book investigates major corporate boardrooms and presents a data-driven analysis of how rich white men have preserved their monopoly on power—and what we can do to stop them.     It’s no secret that our country has a serious problem when it comes to wealth inequality – and systemic racism and patriarchy have only exacerbated the advantages of wealthy white men. Over the past three decades, America’s richest white men have only become richer, while those suffering in poverty have only gotten poorer. The divide may seem too great to bridge, but Rich White Men exposes the hidden and insidious ways that white male elites inherit, increase, and preserve their status—and, in this book, we get clear on how to uproot their monopoly on power.  ​  Serial nonprofit entrepreneur Garrett Neiman’s day job is to get rich white men to donate money to good causes and organizations. In Rich White Men, Neiman brings us into corner offices of billionaires and the boardrooms of Goldman Sachs, McKinsey, Stanford, Harvard, and other enclaves of silver-spooned white men to illuminate the role of rich white men in the world and how they justify inequality. He uses the analogy of compound interest to illustrate how the advantages wealthy white men inherit give them a leg up at key moments in their lives, gilding their trajectories and shutting others out. Through this rare, insider access, readers will discover new ways to persuade the elite toward progressive solutions. A hopeful polemic, the book sheds light on dark truths about inequality and the people invested in preserving it while also providing a blueprint for how America can become an equitable democracy. Rich White Men reveals that to realize America’s founding aspiration of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, we must recognize, dismantle, and transform our current system into one that liberates us all – including this nation’s morally and spiritually impoverished wealthy white men.</description>
      <author>Garrett Neiman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135408.mp3" length="872050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rich White Men: What It Takes to Uproot the Old Boys&amp;#039; Club and Transform America
Author: Garrett Neiman
Narrator: Greg Littlefield, Robin Diangelo, Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With a foreword by New York Times bestselling author Robin DiAngelo, this provocative book investigates major corporate boardrooms and presents a data-driven analysis of how rich white men have preserved their monopoly on power—and what we can do to stop them.     It’s no secret that our country has a serious problem when it comes to wealth inequality – and systemic racism and patriarchy have only exacerbated the advantages of wealthy white men. Over the past three decades, America’s richest white men have only become richer, while those suffering in poverty have only gotten poorer. The divide may seem too great to bridge, but Rich White Men exposes the hidden and insidious ways that white male elites inherit, increase, and preserve their status—and, in this book, we get clear on how to uproot their monopoly on power.  ​  Serial nonprofit entrepreneur Garrett Neiman’s day job is to get rich white men to donate money to good causes and organizations. In Rich White Men, Neiman brings us into corner offices of billionaires and the boardrooms of Goldman Sachs, McKinsey, Stanford, Harvard, and other enclaves of silver-spooned white men to illuminate the role of rich white men in the world and how they justify inequality. He uses the analogy of compound interest to illustrate how the advantages wealthy white men inherit give them a leg up at key moments in their lives, gilding their trajectories and shutting others out. Through this rare, insider access, readers will discover new ways to persuade the elite toward progressive solutions. A hopeful polemic, the book sheds light on dark truths about inequality and the people invested in preserving it while also providing a blueprint for how America can become an equitable democracy. Rich White Men reveals that to realize America’s founding aspiration of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, we must recognize, dismantle, and transform our current system into one that liberates us all – including this nation’s morally and spiritually impoverished wealthy white men.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rich White Men: What It Takes to Uproot the Old Boys&amp;#039; Club and Transform America
Author: Garrett Neiman
Narrator: Greg Littlefield, Robin Diangelo, Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With a foreword by New York Times bestselling author Robin DiAngelo, this provocative book investigates major corporate boardrooms and presents a data-driven analysis of how rich white men have preserved their monopoly on power—and what we can do to stop them.     It’s no secret that our country has a serious problem when it comes to wealth inequality – and systemic racism and patriarchy have only exacerbated the advantages of wealthy white men. Over the past three decades, America’s richest white men have only become richer, while those suffering in poverty have only gotten poorer. The divide may seem too great to bridge, but Rich White Men exposes the hidden and insidious ways that white male elites inherit, increase, and preserve their status—and, in this book, we get clear on how to uproot their monopoly on power.  ​  Serial nonprofit entrepreneur Garrett Neiman’s day job is to get rich white men to donate money to good causes and organizations. In Rich White Men, Neiman brings us into corner offices of billionaires and the boardrooms of Goldman Sachs, McKinsey, Stanford, Harvard, and other enclaves of silver-spooned white men to illuminate the role of rich white men in the world and how they justify inequality. He uses the analogy of compound interest to illustrate how the advantages wealthy white men inherit give them a leg up at key moments in their lives, gilding their trajectories and shutting others out. Through this rare, insider access, readers will discover new ways to persuade the elite toward progressive solutions. A hopeful polemic, the book sheds light on dark truths about inequality and the people invested in preserving it while also providing a blueprint for how America can become an equitable democracy. Rich White Men reveals that to realize America’s founding aspiration of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, we must recognize, dismantle, and transform our current system into one that liberates us all – including this nation’s morally and spiritually impoverished wealthy white men.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The March to the Majority: The Real Story of the Republican Revolution by Newt Gingrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The March to the Majority: The Real Story of the Republican Revolution
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Fleet Cooper, Brian Troxell, Newt Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this gripping political history, New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich takes readers behind the scenes of the 1994 Republican Revolution and the rise of the modern GOP to show how we can lead America toward a more conservative, prosperous future.      The story of Gingrich’s rise from college professor, to architect of the Contract with America, to Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives is historic. There were many adventures, personalities, missteps, and victories on the road from a seemingly permanent House GOP minority to the first Republican majority in 40 years. These untold stories and inspiring lessons about the rise of modern conservatism are immensely relevant today as the United States faces profound and extraordinary challenges.  Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich joins with former National Republican Congressional Committee Executive Director Joe Gaylord to bring alive the stories, events, and activities that led to the Contract with America and the first re-elected Republican majority since 1928. No two people are better positioned to tell this story than Gingrich and Gaylord. They were there, and they got it done.   Gingrich and Gaylord share never-before-told stories about:  -  Ronald Reagan  -  Richard Nixon  -  Tip O’Neill  -  George H.W. Bush  -  Bill Clinton, and other pivotal political figures   March to the Majority is not only about the past, but also about the challenges our nation faces today and offers principles for governing the American people.</description>
      <author>Newt Gingrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626580.mp3" length="851913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626580.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The March to the Majority: The Real Story of the Republican Revolution
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Fleet Cooper, Brian Troxell, Newt Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this gripping political history, New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich takes readers behind the scenes of the 1994 Republican Revolution and the rise of the modern GOP to show how we can lead America toward a more conservative, prosperous future.      The story of Gingrich’s rise from college professor, to architect of the Contract with America, to Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives is historic. There were many adventures, personalities, missteps, and victories on the road from a seemingly permanent House GOP minority to the first Republican majority in 40 years. These untold stories and inspiring lessons about the rise of modern conservatism are immensely relevant today as the United States faces profound and extraordinary challenges.  Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich joins with former National Republican Congressional Committee Executive Director Joe Gaylord to bring alive the stories, events, and activities that led to the Contract with America and the first re-elected Republican majority since 1928. No two people are better positioned to tell this story than Gingrich and Gaylord. They were there, and they got it done.   Gingrich and Gaylord share never-before-told stories about:  -  Ronald Reagan  -  Richard Nixon  -  Tip O’Neill  -  George H.W. Bush  -  Bill Clinton, and other pivotal political figures   March to the Majority is not only about the past, but also about the challenges our nation faces today and offers principles for governing the American people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629607</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The March to the Majority: The Real Story of the Republican Revolution
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Fleet Cooper, Brian Troxell, Newt Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this gripping political history, New York Times bestselling author Newt Gingrich takes readers behind the scenes of the 1994 Republican Revolution and the rise of the modern GOP to show how we can lead America toward a more conservative, prosperous future.      The story of Gingrich’s rise from college professor, to architect of the Contract with America, to Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives is historic. There were many adventures, personalities, missteps, and victories on the road from a seemingly permanent House GOP minority to the first Republican majority in 40 years. These untold stories and inspiring lessons about the rise of modern conservatism are immensely relevant today as the United States faces profound and extraordinary challenges.  Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich joins with former National Republican Congressional Committee Executive Director Joe Gaylord to bring alive the stories, events, and activities that led to the Contract with America and the first re-elected Republican majority since 1928. No two people are better positioned to tell this story than Gingrich and Gaylord. They were there, and they got it done.   Gingrich and Gaylord share never-before-told stories about:  -  Ronald Reagan  -  Richard Nixon  -  Tip O’Neill  -  George H.W. Bush  -  Bill Clinton, and other pivotal political figures   March to the Majority is not only about the past, but also about the challenges our nation faces today and offers principles for governing the American people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Across Borders: Passports, Papers, and Romance in a Divided World by Anna Lekas Miller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Across Borders: Passports, Papers, and Romance in a Divided World
Author: Anna Lekas Miller
Narrator: Anna Lekas Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With deep empathy, rigorous reporting, and the irresistible perspective of a true romantic, journalist Anna Lekas Miller spotlights couples around the world who confront frustrating immigration systems to be together—as she did to be with her husband. ​ We are told that love conquers all, but what happens when you don’t have the right passport? Love  Across  Borders  takes  readers  through  contentious  frontiers  around  the  world,  from Turkey to Iraq, Syria to Greece, Mexico to the United States, to reveal the wide-spread  prejudicial  laws  intent  on  dividing  us.  Lekas  Miller  tells  her  own  gripping  story  of  meeting  Salem  Rizk,  in  Istanbul,  where  they were  both  reporting  on  the  Syrian  civil war. But when Turkey started cracking down on refugees, Salem, who is Syrian, wasn’t allowed to stay there, nor could he safely return to Syria. He was a man without a country. So Lekas Miller had to decide her next move: she had an American passport but deep personal ties to the Middle East, and she knew it was unfair that Salem couldn’t travel freely the way she could.  More important, she loved him.  Over  the  next  few  years,  as  they  navigated  Salem’s  asylum  claims,  the  United  States’  Muslim  ban,  and  labyrinthine  regulations  in  several  different countries,  Lekas  Miller learned about—and naturally bonded with—other people whose spouses had been deported,  who  found  love  in  refugee  camps, whose  differing  immigration  statuses  caused  complicated  power  dynamics  and  financial  hardship  in  their  relationships  or  threatened  the  wellbeing  of their  children.  Here,  offering  a  uniquely  diverse,  international, and intimate look at the global immigration crisis, she collects and interweaves these  rich  love stories  with  a  fascinating  look  at  the  history  of  passports  (a  shockingly  recent institution), the legacy of colonialism, and the discriminatory laws shaping how people move through the world every day.    Ultimately, she builds a powerful, moving case for a borderless society—one where she and Salem could move freely to be near family or back to the city that first let them fall in love, and where a border patrol agent can’t keep anyone’s love story from its happy ending.  “A book designed to change minds and hearts. What are we fighting for, after all, if not a world where love can be truly free?” —Sarah Jaffe, author of Work Won&amp;#039;t Love You Back and Necessary Trouble</description>
      <author>Anna Lekas Miller</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781643755083.mp3" length="914970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781643755083.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Across Borders: Passports, Papers, and Romance in a Divided World
Author: Anna Lekas Miller
Narrator: Anna Lekas Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With deep empathy, rigorous reporting, and the irresistible perspective of a true romantic, journalist Anna Lekas Miller spotlights couples around the world who confront frustrating immigration systems to be together—as she did to be with her husband. ​ We are told that love conquers all, but what happens when you don’t have the right passport? Love  Across  Borders  takes  readers  through  contentious  frontiers  around  the  world,  from Turkey to Iraq, Syria to Greece, Mexico to the United States, to reveal the wide-spread  prejudicial  laws  intent  on  dividing  us.  Lekas  Miller  tells  her  own  gripping  story  of  meeting  Salem  Rizk,  in  Istanbul,  where  they were  both  reporting  on  the  Syrian  civil war. But when Turkey started cracking down on refugees, Salem, who is Syrian, wasn’t allowed to stay there, nor could he safely return to Syria. He was a man without a country. So Lekas Miller had to decide her next move: she had an American passport but deep personal ties to the Middle East, and she knew it was unfair that Salem couldn’t travel freely the way she could.  More important, she loved him.  Over  the  next  few  years,  as  they  navigated  Salem’s  asylum  claims,  the  United  States’  Muslim  ban,  and  labyrinthine  regulations  in  several  different countries,  Lekas  Miller learned about—and naturally bonded with—other people whose spouses had been deported,  who  found  love  in  refugee  camps, whose  differing  immigration  statuses  caused  complicated  power  dynamics  and  financial  hardship  in  their  relationships  or  threatened  the  wellbeing  of their  children.  Here,  offering  a  uniquely  diverse,  international, and intimate look at the global immigration crisis, she collects and interweaves these  rich  love stories  with  a  fascinating  look  at  the  history  of  passports  (a  shockingly  recent institution), the legacy of colonialism, and the discriminatory laws shaping how people move through the world every day.    Ultimately, she builds a powerful, moving case for a borderless society—one where she and Salem could move freely to be near family or back to the city that first let them fall in love, and where a border patrol agent can’t keep anyone’s love story from its happy ending.  “A book designed to change minds and hearts. What are we fighting for, after all, if not a world where love can be truly free?” —Sarah Jaffe, author of Work Won&amp;#039;t Love You Back and Necessary Trouble</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629604</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Across Borders: Passports, Papers, and Romance in a Divided World
Author: Anna Lekas Miller
Narrator: Anna Lekas Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
With deep empathy, rigorous reporting, and the irresistible perspective of a true romantic, journalist Anna Lekas Miller spotlights couples around the world who confront frustrating immigration systems to be together—as she did to be with her husband. ​ We are told that love conquers all, but what happens when you don’t have the right passport? Love  Across  Borders  takes  readers  through  contentious  frontiers  around  the  world,  from Turkey to Iraq, Syria to Greece, Mexico to the United States, to reveal the wide-spread  prejudicial  laws  intent  on  dividing  us.  Lekas  Miller  tells  her  own  gripping  story  of  meeting  Salem  Rizk,  in  Istanbul,  where  they were  both  reporting  on  the  Syrian  civil war. But when Turkey started cracking down on refugees, Salem, who is Syrian, wasn’t allowed to stay there, nor could he safely return to Syria. He was a man without a country. So Lekas Miller had to decide her next move: she had an American passport but deep personal ties to the Middle East, and she knew it was unfair that Salem couldn’t travel freely the way she could.  More important, she loved him.  Over  the  next  few  years,  as  they  navigated  Salem’s  asylum  claims,  the  United  States’  Muslim  ban,  and  labyrinthine  regulations  in  several  different countries,  Lekas  Miller learned about—and naturally bonded with—other people whose spouses had been deported,  who  found  love  in  refugee  camps, whose  differing  immigration  statuses  caused  complicated  power  dynamics  and  financial  hardship  in  their  relationships  or  threatened  the  wellbeing  of their  children.  Here,  offering  a  uniquely  diverse,  international, and intimate look at the global immigration crisis, she collects and interweaves these  rich  love stories  with  a  fascinating  look  at  the  history  of  passports  (a  shockingly  recent institution), the legacy of colonialism, and the discriminatory laws shaping how people move through the world every day.    Ultimately, she builds a powerful, moving case for a borderless society—one where she and Salem could move freely to be near family or back to the city that first let them fall in love, and where a border patrol agent can’t keep anyone’s love story from its happy ending.  “A book designed to change minds and hearts. What are we fighting for, after all, if not a world where love can be truly free?” —Sarah Jaffe, author of Work Won&amp;#039;t Love You Back and Necessary Trouble</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Women Who Invented the Sixties: Ella Baker, Jane Jacobs, Rachel Carson, and Betty Friedan by Steve Golin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Who Invented the Sixties: Ella Baker, Jane Jacobs, Rachel Carson, and Betty Friedan
Author: Steve Golin
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Women Who Invented the Sixties tells the story of how four women helped define the 1960s and made a lasting impression for decades to follow. In 1960, Ella Baker played the key role in the founding of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee, which became an essential organization for students during the civil rights movement and the model for the antiwar and women&amp;#039;s movements. In 1961, Jane Jacobs published The Death and Life of Great American Cities, changing the shape of urban planning irrevocably. In 1962, Rachel Carson published Silent Spring, creating the modern environmental movement. And in 1963, Betty Friedan wrote The Feminine Mystique, which sparked second-wave feminism and created lasting changes for women. Their four separate interventions helped, together, to end the 1950s and invent the 1960s. Women Who Invented the Sixties situates each of these four women in the 1950s—Baker&amp;#039;s early activism with the NAACP and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, Jacobs&amp;#039;s work with Architectural Forum and her growing involvement in neighborhood protest, Carson&amp;#039;s conservation efforts and publications, and Friedan&amp;#039;s work as a labor journalist and the discrimination she faced—before exploring their contributions to the 1960s and the movements they each helped shape.</description>
      <author>Steve Golin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765090428.mp3" length="7686741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765090428.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Who Invented the Sixties: Ella Baker, Jane Jacobs, Rachel Carson, and Betty Friedan
Author: Steve Golin
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Women Who Invented the Sixties tells the story of how four women helped define the 1960s and made a lasting impression for decades to follow. In 1960, Ella Baker played the key role in the founding of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee, which became an essential organization for students during the civil rights movement and the model for the antiwar and women&amp;#039;s movements. In 1961, Jane Jacobs published The Death and Life of Great American Cities, changing the shape of urban planning irrevocably. In 1962, Rachel Carson published Silent Spring, creating the modern environmental movement. And in 1963, Betty Friedan wrote The Feminine Mystique, which sparked second-wave feminism and created lasting changes for women. Their four separate interventions helped, together, to end the 1950s and invent the 1960s. Women Who Invented the Sixties situates each of these four women in the 1950s—Baker&amp;#039;s early activism with the NAACP and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, Jacobs&amp;#039;s work with Architectural Forum and her growing involvement in neighborhood protest, Carson&amp;#039;s conservation efforts and publications, and Friedan&amp;#039;s work as a labor journalist and the discrimination she faced—before exploring their contributions to the 1960s and the movements they each helped shape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629550</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Women Who Invented the Sixties: Ella Baker, Jane Jacobs, Rachel Carson, and Betty Friedan
Author: Steve Golin
Narrator: Allyson Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Women Who Invented the Sixties tells the story of how four women helped define the 1960s and made a lasting impression for decades to follow. In 1960, Ella Baker played the key role in the founding of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee, which became an essential organization for students during the civil rights movement and the model for the antiwar and women&amp;#039;s movements. In 1961, Jane Jacobs published The Death and Life of Great American Cities, changing the shape of urban planning irrevocably. In 1962, Rachel Carson published Silent Spring, creating the modern environmental movement. And in 1963, Betty Friedan wrote The Feminine Mystique, which sparked second-wave feminism and created lasting changes for women. Their four separate interventions helped, together, to end the 1950s and invent the 1960s. Women Who Invented the Sixties situates each of these four women in the 1950s—Baker&amp;#039;s early activism with the NAACP and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, Jacobs&amp;#039;s work with Architectural Forum and her growing involvement in neighborhood protest, Carson&amp;#039;s conservation efforts and publications, and Friedan&amp;#039;s work as a labor journalist and the discrimination she faced—before exploring their contributions to the 1960s and the movements they each helped shape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diversifying the Courts: Race, Gender, and Judicial Legitimacy by Nancy Scherer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diversifying the Courts: Race, Gender, and Judicial Legitimacy
Author: Nancy Scherer
Narrator: Sheri Saginor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examines the decisions of United States presidents to appoint judges from diverse backgrounds to federal courts In Diversifying the Courts, Nancy Scherer addresses why presidents choose—or don&amp;#039;t choose—to diversify the federal courts by race, ethnicity, and gender. She explores how and why the issue became a bitter partisan fight in the first place, tracking the controversial history—and politics—of court diversification. Drawing on polls, political experiments, surveys and one-on-one interviews, Scherer illuminates the complicated relationship between diversity and court legitimacy. She shows us how diverse representation can positively impact perceptions of the court among women and racial minorities, while having a negative impact on the perceptions among white people and men. Ultimately, Diversifying the Courts provides insight into the impact of gender, race, and ethnicity on the courts, illuminating some of the major challenges facing the American judicial system in the years that lie ahead.</description>
      <author>Nancy Scherer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765076880.mp3" length="8093301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765076880.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diversifying the Courts: Race, Gender, and Judicial Legitimacy
Author: Nancy Scherer
Narrator: Sheri Saginor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examines the decisions of United States presidents to appoint judges from diverse backgrounds to federal courts In Diversifying the Courts, Nancy Scherer addresses why presidents choose—or don&amp;#039;t choose—to diversify the federal courts by race, ethnicity, and gender. She explores how and why the issue became a bitter partisan fight in the first place, tracking the controversial history—and politics—of court diversification. Drawing on polls, political experiments, surveys and one-on-one interviews, Scherer illuminates the complicated relationship between diversity and court legitimacy. She shows us how diverse representation can positively impact perceptions of the court among women and racial minorities, while having a negative impact on the perceptions among white people and men. Ultimately, Diversifying the Courts provides insight into the impact of gender, race, and ethnicity on the courts, illuminating some of the major challenges facing the American judicial system in the years that lie ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Diversifying the Courts: Race, Gender, and Judicial Legitimacy
Author: Nancy Scherer
Narrator: Sheri Saginor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 9 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Examines the decisions of United States presidents to appoint judges from diverse backgrounds to federal courts In Diversifying the Courts, Nancy Scherer addresses why presidents choose—or don&amp;#039;t choose—to diversify the federal courts by race, ethnicity, and gender. She explores how and why the issue became a bitter partisan fight in the first place, tracking the controversial history—and politics—of court diversification. Drawing on polls, political experiments, surveys and one-on-one interviews, Scherer illuminates the complicated relationship between diversity and court legitimacy. She shows us how diverse representation can positively impact perceptions of the court among women and racial minorities, while having a negative impact on the perceptions among white people and men. Ultimately, Diversifying the Courts provides insight into the impact of gender, race, and ethnicity on the courts, illuminating some of the major challenges facing the American judicial system in the years that lie ahead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Account of Sex: Ruth Bader Ginsburg and the Making of Gender Equality Law by Philippa Strum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Account of Sex: Ruth Bader Ginsburg and the Making of Gender Equality Law
Author: Philippa Strum
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before she became the &amp;#039;Notorious R.B.G.&amp;#039; famous for her passionate dissents while serving as an associate justice of the United States Supreme Court, Ruth Bader Ginsburg made her most significant contributions as a lawyer who litigated cases on gender equality before the high court in the 1970s. Beginning with Reed v. Reed (1971)—for which Ginsburg wrote her first full Supreme Court brief, and which was the first time the Court held a sex-based classification to be unconstitutional—Ginsburg became known for her work on the issue of gender equality. Ginsburg established the Women&amp;#039;s Rights Project at the ACLU in 1972 and coedited the first law school casebook on sex discrimination as a professor at Columbia Law School. Drawing on interviews with RBG and those who knew her, as well as extensive knowledge of the cases themselves, Philippa Strum has provided a legal history of Ginsburg&amp;#039;s landmark litigation on behalf of women&amp;#039;s rights and gender equality. Those cases changed the meaning of the Fourteenth Amendment and, along with two Supreme Court cases of the 1980s and 1990s (Mississippi v. Hogan and United States v. Virginia), remain the foundation of constitutional gender jurisprudence today. On Account of Sex shows why RBG became the rock star of the legal world and gives listeners an accessible guide to these widely forgotten but momentous decisions.</description>
      <author>Philippa Strum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765073704.mp3" length="8112343" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765073704.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Account of Sex: Ruth Bader Ginsburg and the Making of Gender Equality Law
Author: Philippa Strum
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before she became the &amp;#039;Notorious R.B.G.&amp;#039; famous for her passionate dissents while serving as an associate justice of the United States Supreme Court, Ruth Bader Ginsburg made her most significant contributions as a lawyer who litigated cases on gender equality before the high court in the 1970s. Beginning with Reed v. Reed (1971)—for which Ginsburg wrote her first full Supreme Court brief, and which was the first time the Court held a sex-based classification to be unconstitutional—Ginsburg became known for her work on the issue of gender equality. Ginsburg established the Women&amp;#039;s Rights Project at the ACLU in 1972 and coedited the first law school casebook on sex discrimination as a professor at Columbia Law School. Drawing on interviews with RBG and those who knew her, as well as extensive knowledge of the cases themselves, Philippa Strum has provided a legal history of Ginsburg&amp;#039;s landmark litigation on behalf of women&amp;#039;s rights and gender equality. Those cases changed the meaning of the Fourteenth Amendment and, along with two Supreme Court cases of the 1980s and 1990s (Mississippi v. Hogan and United States v. Virginia), remain the foundation of constitutional gender jurisprudence today. On Account of Sex shows why RBG became the rock star of the legal world and gives listeners an accessible guide to these widely forgotten but momentous decisions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: On Account of Sex: Ruth Bader Ginsburg and the Making of Gender Equality Law
Author: Philippa Strum
Narrator: Lisa S. Ware
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Before she became the &amp;#039;Notorious R.B.G.&amp;#039; famous for her passionate dissents while serving as an associate justice of the United States Supreme Court, Ruth Bader Ginsburg made her most significant contributions as a lawyer who litigated cases on gender equality before the high court in the 1970s. Beginning with Reed v. Reed (1971)—for which Ginsburg wrote her first full Supreme Court brief, and which was the first time the Court held a sex-based classification to be unconstitutional—Ginsburg became known for her work on the issue of gender equality. Ginsburg established the Women&amp;#039;s Rights Project at the ACLU in 1972 and coedited the first law school casebook on sex discrimination as a professor at Columbia Law School. Drawing on interviews with RBG and those who knew her, as well as extensive knowledge of the cases themselves, Philippa Strum has provided a legal history of Ginsburg&amp;#039;s landmark litigation on behalf of women&amp;#039;s rights and gender equality. Those cases changed the meaning of the Fourteenth Amendment and, along with two Supreme Court cases of the 1980s and 1990s (Mississippi v. Hogan and United States v. Virginia), remain the foundation of constitutional gender jurisprudence today. On Account of Sex shows why RBG became the rock star of the legal world and gives listeners an accessible guide to these widely forgotten but momentous decisions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Imperative: Reclaiming Global Leadership through Soft Power by Daniel F. Runde</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Imperative: Reclaiming Global Leadership through Soft Power
Author: Daniel F. Runde
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time for America to get back in the international leadership game. What should our global strategy look like in an age of renewed great power competition? And what must America offer to a newly empowered developing world when we&amp;#039;re no longer the only major player? In The American Imperative, international development expert Daniel Runde makes the case for building a new global consensus through vigorous internationalism and the judicious use of soft power. Runde maps out many of the steps that we need to take—primarily in the non-military sphere—to ensure an alliance of stable and secure, like-minded, self-reliant partner nations in order to prevent rising authoritarian powers such as China from running the world.</description>
      <author>Daniel F. Runde</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610018.mp3" length="8337240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610018.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Imperative: Reclaiming Global Leadership through Soft Power
Author: Daniel F. Runde
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time for America to get back in the international leadership game. What should our global strategy look like in an age of renewed great power competition? And what must America offer to a newly empowered developing world when we&amp;#039;re no longer the only major player? In The American Imperative, international development expert Daniel Runde makes the case for building a new global consensus through vigorous internationalism and the judicious use of soft power. Runde maps out many of the steps that we need to take—primarily in the non-military sphere—to ensure an alliance of stable and secure, like-minded, self-reliant partner nations in order to prevent rising authoritarian powers such as China from running the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Imperative: Reclaiming Global Leadership through Soft Power
Author: Daniel F. Runde
Narrator: Kent Klineman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s time for America to get back in the international leadership game. What should our global strategy look like in an age of renewed great power competition? And what must America offer to a newly empowered developing world when we&amp;#039;re no longer the only major player? In The American Imperative, international development expert Daniel Runde makes the case for building a new global consensus through vigorous internationalism and the judicious use of soft power. Runde maps out many of the steps that we need to take—primarily in the non-military sphere—to ensure an alliance of stable and secure, like-minded, self-reliant partner nations in order to prevent rising authoritarian powers such as China from running the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fighting for Justice: The Improbable Journey to Exposing Cover-Ups about the JFK Assassination and the Deaths of Marilyn Monroe and Dorothy Kilgallen by Mark Shaw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting for Justice: The Improbable Journey to Exposing Cover-Ups about the JFK Assassination and the Deaths of Marilyn Monroe and Dorothy Kilgallen
Author: Mark Shaw
Narrator: Greg D. Barnett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting for Justice exposes the cover-ups of the JFK assassination and the murders of Dorothy Kilgallen and Marilyn Monroe, while revealing for the first time the corrupt inner workings of the Warren Commission based on the firsthand &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account of an actual Commission member never identified before. How does an explosive &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account from a Warren Commission (WC) member never identified before destroy once and for all the biggest lie in American history, the &amp;#039;Oswald Alone&amp;#039; theory? On what basis did the member admit, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s more than Oswald. There is internal corruption on the Commission. I do not agree with the Report&amp;#039;? Is the &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; the same one who surreptitiously passed Jack Ruby&amp;#039;s WC testimony to journalist Dorothy Kilgallen prior to its release date? And how did President Lyndon Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover strong-arm the commission to prevent any investigation of the truth about who killed JFK and why? Based on fifteen years of research, answers to these questions and more are uncovered in Fighting for Justice, Mark Shaw&amp;#039;s improbable journey to exposing cover-ups of the JFK assassination while proving that Marilyn Monroe and Kilgallen were murdered.</description>
      <author>Mark Shaw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696609999.mp3" length="8234194" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696609999.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting for Justice: The Improbable Journey to Exposing Cover-Ups about the JFK Assassination and the Deaths of Marilyn Monroe and Dorothy Kilgallen
Author: Mark Shaw
Narrator: Greg D. Barnett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting for Justice exposes the cover-ups of the JFK assassination and the murders of Dorothy Kilgallen and Marilyn Monroe, while revealing for the first time the corrupt inner workings of the Warren Commission based on the firsthand &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account of an actual Commission member never identified before. How does an explosive &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account from a Warren Commission (WC) member never identified before destroy once and for all the biggest lie in American history, the &amp;#039;Oswald Alone&amp;#039; theory? On what basis did the member admit, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s more than Oswald. There is internal corruption on the Commission. I do not agree with the Report&amp;#039;? Is the &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; the same one who surreptitiously passed Jack Ruby&amp;#039;s WC testimony to journalist Dorothy Kilgallen prior to its release date? And how did President Lyndon Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover strong-arm the commission to prevent any investigation of the truth about who killed JFK and why? Based on fifteen years of research, answers to these questions and more are uncovered in Fighting for Justice, Mark Shaw&amp;#039;s improbable journey to exposing cover-ups of the JFK assassination while proving that Marilyn Monroe and Kilgallen were murdered.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fighting for Justice: The Improbable Journey to Exposing Cover-Ups about the JFK Assassination and the Deaths of Marilyn Monroe and Dorothy Kilgallen
Author: Mark Shaw
Narrator: Greg D. Barnett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fighting for Justice exposes the cover-ups of the JFK assassination and the murders of Dorothy Kilgallen and Marilyn Monroe, while revealing for the first time the corrupt inner workings of the Warren Commission based on the firsthand &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account of an actual Commission member never identified before. How does an explosive &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; account from a Warren Commission (WC) member never identified before destroy once and for all the biggest lie in American history, the &amp;#039;Oswald Alone&amp;#039; theory? On what basis did the member admit, &amp;#039;It&amp;#039;s more than Oswald. There is internal corruption on the Commission. I do not agree with the Report&amp;#039;? Is the &amp;#039;whistleblower&amp;#039; the same one who surreptitiously passed Jack Ruby&amp;#039;s WC testimony to journalist Dorothy Kilgallen prior to its release date? And how did President Lyndon Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover strong-arm the commission to prevent any investigation of the truth about who killed JFK and why? Based on fifteen years of research, answers to these questions and more are uncovered in Fighting for Justice, Mark Shaw&amp;#039;s improbable journey to exposing cover-ups of the JFK assassination while proving that Marilyn Monroe and Kilgallen were murdered.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing Justice Lineages: Dreaming at the Crossroads of Liberation, Collective Care, and Safety by Erica Woodland, Cara Page</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Justice Lineages: Dreaming at the Crossroads of Liberation, Collective Care, and Safety
Author: Erica Woodland, Cara Page
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A profound offering and call to action—collective stories, testimonials, and incantations for renewing political and spiritual liberation grounded in Black, Indigenous, People of Color, and Queer and Trans healing justice lineages We reclaim the power, resilience, and innovation of our ancestors through this book. To embody their wisdom across centuries and generations is to continue their legacy of liberation and healing.  In this anthology, Black Queer Feminist editors Cara Page and Erica Woodland guide readers through the history, legacies, and liberatory practices of healing justice—a political strategy of collective care and safety that intervenes on generational trauma from systemic violence and oppression. They call forth the ancestral medicines and healing practices that have sustained communities who have survived genocide and oppression, while radically imagining what comes next. Anti-capitalist, Black feminist, and abolitionist, Healing Justice Lineages is a profound and urgent call to embrace community and survivor-led care strategies as models that push beyond commodified self-care, the policing of the medical industrial complex, and the surveillance of the public health system. Centering disability, reproductive, environmental, and transformative justice and harm reduction, this collection elevates and archives an ongoing tradition of liberation and survival—one that has been largely left out of our history books, but continues to this day. In the first section, “Past: Reckoning with Roots and Lineage,” Page and Woodland remember and reclaim generations-long healing justice and community care work, asking critical questions like: How did our ancestors transform trauma and violence in their liberation work? What were our ancestors reckoning with—and what did they imagine? The next sections, “Origins of Healing Justice” and “Alchemy: Theory + Praxis,” explore regional stories of healing justice in response to the current political and cultural landscape. The last section, “Political + Spiritual Imperatives for the Future,” imagines a future rooted in lessons of the past; addresses the ways healing justice is being co-opted and commodified; and uplifts emergent work that’s building infrastructure for care, safety, healing, and political liberation.</description>
      <author>Erica Woodland, Cara Page</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623179281.mp3" length="2612850" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623179281.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Justice Lineages: Dreaming at the Crossroads of Liberation, Collective Care, and Safety
Author: Erica Woodland, Cara Page
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A profound offering and call to action—collective stories, testimonials, and incantations for renewing political and spiritual liberation grounded in Black, Indigenous, People of Color, and Queer and Trans healing justice lineages We reclaim the power, resilience, and innovation of our ancestors through this book. To embody their wisdom across centuries and generations is to continue their legacy of liberation and healing.  In this anthology, Black Queer Feminist editors Cara Page and Erica Woodland guide readers through the history, legacies, and liberatory practices of healing justice—a political strategy of collective care and safety that intervenes on generational trauma from systemic violence and oppression. They call forth the ancestral medicines and healing practices that have sustained communities who have survived genocide and oppression, while radically imagining what comes next. Anti-capitalist, Black feminist, and abolitionist, Healing Justice Lineages is a profound and urgent call to embrace community and survivor-led care strategies as models that push beyond commodified self-care, the policing of the medical industrial complex, and the surveillance of the public health system. Centering disability, reproductive, environmental, and transformative justice and harm reduction, this collection elevates and archives an ongoing tradition of liberation and survival—one that has been largely left out of our history books, but continues to this day. In the first section, “Past: Reckoning with Roots and Lineage,” Page and Woodland remember and reclaim generations-long healing justice and community care work, asking critical questions like: How did our ancestors transform trauma and violence in their liberation work? What were our ancestors reckoning with—and what did they imagine? The next sections, “Origins of Healing Justice” and “Alchemy: Theory + Praxis,” explore regional stories of healing justice in response to the current political and cultural landscape. The last section, “Political + Spiritual Imperatives for the Future,” imagines a future rooted in lessons of the past; addresses the ways healing justice is being co-opted and commodified; and uplifts emergent work that’s building infrastructure for care, safety, healing, and political liberation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Justice Lineages: Dreaming at the Crossroads of Liberation, Collective Care, and Safety
Author: Erica Woodland, Cara Page
Narrator: Sanya Simmons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A profound offering and call to action—collective stories, testimonials, and incantations for renewing political and spiritual liberation grounded in Black, Indigenous, People of Color, and Queer and Trans healing justice lineages We reclaim the power, resilience, and innovation of our ancestors through this book. To embody their wisdom across centuries and generations is to continue their legacy of liberation and healing.  In this anthology, Black Queer Feminist editors Cara Page and Erica Woodland guide readers through the history, legacies, and liberatory practices of healing justice—a political strategy of collective care and safety that intervenes on generational trauma from systemic violence and oppression. They call forth the ancestral medicines and healing practices that have sustained communities who have survived genocide and oppression, while radically imagining what comes next. Anti-capitalist, Black feminist, and abolitionist, Healing Justice Lineages is a profound and urgent call to embrace community and survivor-led care strategies as models that push beyond commodified self-care, the policing of the medical industrial complex, and the surveillance of the public health system. Centering disability, reproductive, environmental, and transformative justice and harm reduction, this collection elevates and archives an ongoing tradition of liberation and survival—one that has been largely left out of our history books, but continues to this day. In the first section, “Past: Reckoning with Roots and Lineage,” Page and Woodland remember and reclaim generations-long healing justice and community care work, asking critical questions like: How did our ancestors transform trauma and violence in their liberation work? What were our ancestors reckoning with—and what did they imagine? The next sections, “Origins of Healing Justice” and “Alchemy: Theory + Praxis,” explore regional stories of healing justice in response to the current political and cultural landscape. The last section, “Political + Spiritual Imperatives for the Future,” imagines a future rooted in lessons of the past; addresses the ways healing justice is being co-opted and commodified; and uplifts emergent work that’s building infrastructure for care, safety, healing, and political liberation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Morgenthau: Power, Privilege, and the Rise of an American Dynasty by Andrew Meier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morgenthau: Power, Privilege, and the Rise of an American Dynasty
Author: Andrew Meier
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 38 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An “epic and intimate” (David M. Kennedy) portrait of four generations of the Morgenthau family, a dynasty of power brokers and public officials with an outsize—and previously unmapped—influence extending from daily life in New York City to the shaping of the American Century   “Magisterial . . . a vivid retelling of critical domestic and world events over two centuries.”—Dr. Fiona Hill After coming to America from Germany in 1866, the Morgenthaus made history in international diplomacy, in domestic politics, and in America’s criminal justice system. With unprecedented, exclusive access to family archives, award-winning journalist and biographer Andrew Meier vividly chronicles how the Morgenthaus amassed a fortune in Manhattan real estate, advised presidents, advanced the New Deal, exposed the Armenian genocide, rescued victims of the Holocaust, waged war in the Mediterranean and Pacific, and, from a foundation of private wealth, built a dynasty of public service. In the words of former mayor Ed Koch, they were “the closest we’ve got to royalty in New York City.”  Lazarus Morgenthau arrived in America dreaming of rebuilding the fortune he had lost in his homeland. He ultimately died destitute, but the family would rise again with the ascendance of Henry, who became a wealthy and powerful real estate baron. From there, the Morgenthaus went on to influence the most consequential presidency of the twentieth century, as Henry’s son Henry Jr. became FDR’s longest-serving aide, his Treasury secretary during the war, and his confidant of thirty years. Finally, there was Robert Morgenthau, a decorated World War II hero who would become the longest-tenured district attorney in the history of New York City. Known as the “DA for life,” he oversaw the most consequential and controversial prosecutions in New York of the last fifty years, from the war on the Mafia to the infamous Central Park Jogger case.  The saga of the Morgenthaus has lain half hidden in the shadows for too long. At heart a family history, Morgenthau is also an American epic, as sprawling and surprising as the country itself.  * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains images from the book.</description>
      <author>Andrew Meier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593743911.mp3" length="2709597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593743911.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>38:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morgenthau: Power, Privilege, and the Rise of an American Dynasty
Author: Andrew Meier
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 38 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An “epic and intimate” (David M. Kennedy) portrait of four generations of the Morgenthau family, a dynasty of power brokers and public officials with an outsize—and previously unmapped—influence extending from daily life in New York City to the shaping of the American Century   “Magisterial . . . a vivid retelling of critical domestic and world events over two centuries.”—Dr. Fiona Hill After coming to America from Germany in 1866, the Morgenthaus made history in international diplomacy, in domestic politics, and in America’s criminal justice system. With unprecedented, exclusive access to family archives, award-winning journalist and biographer Andrew Meier vividly chronicles how the Morgenthaus amassed a fortune in Manhattan real estate, advised presidents, advanced the New Deal, exposed the Armenian genocide, rescued victims of the Holocaust, waged war in the Mediterranean and Pacific, and, from a foundation of private wealth, built a dynasty of public service. In the words of former mayor Ed Koch, they were “the closest we’ve got to royalty in New York City.”  Lazarus Morgenthau arrived in America dreaming of rebuilding the fortune he had lost in his homeland. He ultimately died destitute, but the family would rise again with the ascendance of Henry, who became a wealthy and powerful real estate baron. From there, the Morgenthaus went on to influence the most consequential presidency of the twentieth century, as Henry’s son Henry Jr. became FDR’s longest-serving aide, his Treasury secretary during the war, and his confidant of thirty years. Finally, there was Robert Morgenthau, a decorated World War II hero who would become the longest-tenured district attorney in the history of New York City. Known as the “DA for life,” he oversaw the most consequential and controversial prosecutions in New York of the last fifty years, from the war on the Mafia to the infamous Central Park Jogger case.  The saga of the Morgenthaus has lain half hidden in the shadows for too long. At heart a family history, Morgenthau is also an American epic, as sprawling and surprising as the country itself.  * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains images from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Morgenthau: Power, Privilege, and the Rise of an American Dynasty
Author: Andrew Meier
Narrator: Mark Deakins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 38 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An “epic and intimate” (David M. Kennedy) portrait of four generations of the Morgenthau family, a dynasty of power brokers and public officials with an outsize—and previously unmapped—influence extending from daily life in New York City to the shaping of the American Century   “Magisterial . . . a vivid retelling of critical domestic and world events over two centuries.”—Dr. Fiona Hill After coming to America from Germany in 1866, the Morgenthaus made history in international diplomacy, in domestic politics, and in America’s criminal justice system. With unprecedented, exclusive access to family archives, award-winning journalist and biographer Andrew Meier vividly chronicles how the Morgenthaus amassed a fortune in Manhattan real estate, advised presidents, advanced the New Deal, exposed the Armenian genocide, rescued victims of the Holocaust, waged war in the Mediterranean and Pacific, and, from a foundation of private wealth, built a dynasty of public service. In the words of former mayor Ed Koch, they were “the closest we’ve got to royalty in New York City.”  Lazarus Morgenthau arrived in America dreaming of rebuilding the fortune he had lost in his homeland. He ultimately died destitute, but the family would rise again with the ascendance of Henry, who became a wealthy and powerful real estate baron. From there, the Morgenthaus went on to influence the most consequential presidency of the twentieth century, as Henry’s son Henry Jr. became FDR’s longest-serving aide, his Treasury secretary during the war, and his confidant of thirty years. Finally, there was Robert Morgenthau, a decorated World War II hero who would become the longest-tenured district attorney in the history of New York City. Known as the “DA for life,” he oversaw the most consequential and controversial prosecutions in New York of the last fifty years, from the war on the Mafia to the infamous Central Park Jogger case.  The saga of the Morgenthaus has lain half hidden in the shadows for too long. At heart a family history, Morgenthau is also an American epic, as sprawling and surprising as the country itself.  * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains images from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Message from Ukraine: Speeches, 2019-2022 by Volodymyr Zelensky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Message from Ukraine: Speeches, 2019-2022
Author: Volodymyr Zelensky
Narrator: Greg Kolpakchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent call to arms from Time’s Person of the Year, the Ukrainian leader whose unwavering courage in the face of the Russian invasion has inspired the world and turned him overnight into a global beacon of democracy   The words of a man. The message of a people.   Bringing together a new introduction by Volodymyr Zelensky with his most powerful war speeches, this book recounts Ukraine’s story through the words of its president.   It is the story of a nation valiantly defending itself from Russian aggression. And it is the story of a people leading the world in the struggle for democracy.   Above all, it is a battle cry for us all to stand up and fight for liberty. If not now, when?   The only book officially authorized by President Zelensky, A Message from Ukraine includes speeches he has personally selected to tell the story of the Ukrainian people.</description>
      <author>Volodymyr Zelensky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593743324.mp3" length="2595245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593743324.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Message from Ukraine: Speeches, 2019-2022
Author: Volodymyr Zelensky
Narrator: Greg Kolpakchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent call to arms from Time’s Person of the Year, the Ukrainian leader whose unwavering courage in the face of the Russian invasion has inspired the world and turned him overnight into a global beacon of democracy   The words of a man. The message of a people.   Bringing together a new introduction by Volodymyr Zelensky with his most powerful war speeches, this book recounts Ukraine’s story through the words of its president.   It is the story of a nation valiantly defending itself from Russian aggression. And it is the story of a people leading the world in the struggle for democracy.   Above all, it is a battle cry for us all to stand up and fight for liberty. If not now, when?   The only book officially authorized by President Zelensky, A Message from Ukraine includes speeches he has personally selected to tell the story of the Ukrainian people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Message from Ukraine: Speeches, 2019-2022
Author: Volodymyr Zelensky
Narrator: Greg Kolpakchi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An urgent call to arms from Time’s Person of the Year, the Ukrainian leader whose unwavering courage in the face of the Russian invasion has inspired the world and turned him overnight into a global beacon of democracy   The words of a man. The message of a people.   Bringing together a new introduction by Volodymyr Zelensky with his most powerful war speeches, this book recounts Ukraine’s story through the words of its president.   It is the story of a nation valiantly defending itself from Russian aggression. And it is the story of a people leading the world in the struggle for democracy.   Above all, it is a battle cry for us all to stand up and fight for liberty. If not now, when?   The only book officially authorized by President Zelensky, A Message from Ukraine includes speeches he has personally selected to tell the story of the Ukrainian people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Intellectuals and Race by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intellectuals and Race
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Intellectuals and Race is a radical book in the original sense—one that goes to the root of the problem. The role of intellectuals in racial strife is explored in an international context that puts the American experience in a wholly new light. Intellectuals have played a major role in racial issues throughout the centuries. Though their individual views may differ, as a whole their views tend to group, and just over the course of the twentieth century, they have shifted from one end of the spectrum to the other. Surprisingly, these radically different views of race were held by intellectuals whose views on other issues were often very similar. Intellectuals and Race is not, however, a book about history, even though it has much historical evidence, as well as demographic, geographic, and economic evidence—all of it directed toward testing the underlying assumptions about race that have prevailed at times among intellectuals in general, and especially at their highest levels. Nor is this simply a theoretical exercise. Sowell’s ultimate concern is the impact of intellectual movements on the larger society, both past and present. These ideas and crusades have ranged widely from racial theories of intelligence to eugenics to “social justice” and multiculturalism. In addition to in-depth examinations of these and other issues, Intellectuals and Race explores the incentives, the visions, and the rationales that drive intellectuals at the highest levels to conclusions that have often turned out to be counterproductive and even disastrous, not only for particular racial or ethnic groups but for societies as a whole.</description>
      <author>Thomas Sowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2013 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481596244.mp3" length="864380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481596244.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intellectuals and Race
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Intellectuals and Race is a radical book in the original sense—one that goes to the root of the problem. The role of intellectuals in racial strife is explored in an international context that puts the American experience in a wholly new light. Intellectuals have played a major role in racial issues throughout the centuries. Though their individual views may differ, as a whole their views tend to group, and just over the course of the twentieth century, they have shifted from one end of the spectrum to the other. Surprisingly, these radically different views of race were held by intellectuals whose views on other issues were often very similar. Intellectuals and Race is not, however, a book about history, even though it has much historical evidence, as well as demographic, geographic, and economic evidence—all of it directed toward testing the underlying assumptions about race that have prevailed at times among intellectuals in general, and especially at their highest levels. Nor is this simply a theoretical exercise. Sowell’s ultimate concern is the impact of intellectual movements on the larger society, both past and present. These ideas and crusades have ranged widely from racial theories of intelligence to eugenics to “social justice” and multiculturalism. In addition to in-depth examinations of these and other issues, Intellectuals and Race explores the incentives, the visions, and the rationales that drive intellectuals at the highest levels to conclusions that have often turned out to be counterproductive and even disastrous, not only for particular racial or ethnic groups but for societies as a whole.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Intellectuals and Race
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2013
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Intellectuals and Race is a radical book in the original sense—one that goes to the root of the problem. The role of intellectuals in racial strife is explored in an international context that puts the American experience in a wholly new light. Intellectuals have played a major role in racial issues throughout the centuries. Though their individual views may differ, as a whole their views tend to group, and just over the course of the twentieth century, they have shifted from one end of the spectrum to the other. Surprisingly, these radically different views of race were held by intellectuals whose views on other issues were often very similar. Intellectuals and Race is not, however, a book about history, even though it has much historical evidence, as well as demographic, geographic, and economic evidence—all of it directed toward testing the underlying assumptions about race that have prevailed at times among intellectuals in general, and especially at their highest levels. Nor is this simply a theoretical exercise. Sowell’s ultimate concern is the impact of intellectual movements on the larger society, both past and present. These ideas and crusades have ranged widely from racial theories of intelligence to eugenics to “social justice” and multiculturalism. In addition to in-depth examinations of these and other issues, Intellectuals and Race explores the incentives, the visions, and the rationales that drive intellectuals at the highest levels to conclusions that have often turned out to be counterproductive and even disastrous, not only for particular racial or ethnic groups but for societies as a whole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Price of Justice: A True Story of Greed and Corruption by Laurence Leamer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Price of Justice: A True Story of Greed and Corruption
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This nonfiction legal thriller traces the fourteen-year struggle of two lawyers to bring the most powerful coal baron in American history to justice. Don Blankenship, head of Massey Energy since the early 1990s, ran an industry that provides nearly half of America&amp;#039;s electric power. But wealth and influence weren&amp;#039;t enough for Blankenship and his company, as they set about destroying corporate and personal rivals, challenging the Constitution, purchasing the West Virginia judiciary, and willfully disregarding safety standards in the company&amp;#039;s mines—mines in which scores died unnecessarily. As Blankenship hobnobbed with a West Virginia Supreme Court justice in France, his company polluted the drinking water of hundreds of citizens; he himself fostered baroque vendettas against anyone who dared challenge his sovereignty over coal country. Just about the only thing that stood in the way of Blankenship&amp;#039;s tyranny over a state and an industry was a pair of odd-couple attorneys, Dave Fawcett and Bruce Stanley, who undertook a legal quest to bring justice to this corner of America. From the backwoods courtrooms of West Virginia they pursued their case all the way to the US Supreme Court and to a dramatic decision declaring that the wealthy and powerful are not entitled to purchase their own brand of law. The Price of Justice is a story of corporate corruption so far-reaching and devastating it could have been written a hundred years ago by Ida Tarbell or Lincoln Steffens. And as Laurence Leamer demonstrates in this captivating tale, because it&amp;#039;s true, it&amp;#039;s scarier than fiction.</description>
      <author>Laurence Leamer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2013 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481595681.mp3" length="836312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481595681.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Price of Justice: A True Story of Greed and Corruption
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This nonfiction legal thriller traces the fourteen-year struggle of two lawyers to bring the most powerful coal baron in American history to justice. Don Blankenship, head of Massey Energy since the early 1990s, ran an industry that provides nearly half of America&amp;#039;s electric power. But wealth and influence weren&amp;#039;t enough for Blankenship and his company, as they set about destroying corporate and personal rivals, challenging the Constitution, purchasing the West Virginia judiciary, and willfully disregarding safety standards in the company&amp;#039;s mines—mines in which scores died unnecessarily. As Blankenship hobnobbed with a West Virginia Supreme Court justice in France, his company polluted the drinking water of hundreds of citizens; he himself fostered baroque vendettas against anyone who dared challenge his sovereignty over coal country. Just about the only thing that stood in the way of Blankenship&amp;#039;s tyranny over a state and an industry was a pair of odd-couple attorneys, Dave Fawcett and Bruce Stanley, who undertook a legal quest to bring justice to this corner of America. From the backwoods courtrooms of West Virginia they pursued their case all the way to the US Supreme Court and to a dramatic decision declaring that the wealthy and powerful are not entitled to purchase their own brand of law. The Price of Justice is a story of corporate corruption so far-reaching and devastating it could have been written a hundred years ago by Ida Tarbell or Lincoln Steffens. And as Laurence Leamer demonstrates in this captivating tale, because it&amp;#039;s true, it&amp;#039;s scarier than fiction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Price of Justice: A True Story of Greed and Corruption
Author: Laurence Leamer
Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May  7, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This nonfiction legal thriller traces the fourteen-year struggle of two lawyers to bring the most powerful coal baron in American history to justice. Don Blankenship, head of Massey Energy since the early 1990s, ran an industry that provides nearly half of America&amp;#039;s electric power. But wealth and influence weren&amp;#039;t enough for Blankenship and his company, as they set about destroying corporate and personal rivals, challenging the Constitution, purchasing the West Virginia judiciary, and willfully disregarding safety standards in the company&amp;#039;s mines—mines in which scores died unnecessarily. As Blankenship hobnobbed with a West Virginia Supreme Court justice in France, his company polluted the drinking water of hundreds of citizens; he himself fostered baroque vendettas against anyone who dared challenge his sovereignty over coal country. Just about the only thing that stood in the way of Blankenship&amp;#039;s tyranny over a state and an industry was a pair of odd-couple attorneys, Dave Fawcett and Bruce Stanley, who undertook a legal quest to bring justice to this corner of America. From the backwoods courtrooms of West Virginia they pursued their case all the way to the US Supreme Court and to a dramatic decision declaring that the wealthy and powerful are not entitled to purchase their own brand of law. The Price of Justice is a story of corporate corruption so far-reaching and devastating it could have been written a hundred years ago by Ida Tarbell or Lincoln Steffens. And as Laurence Leamer demonstrates in this captivating tale, because it&amp;#039;s true, it&amp;#039;s scarier than fiction.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right: What America Can Learn from the Strange Genius of Texas by Erica Grieder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right: What America Can Learn from the Strange Genius of Texas
Author: Erica Grieder
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Texas may well be America&amp;#039;s most controversial state. Evangelicals dominate the halls of power, millions of its people live in poverty, and its death row is the busiest in the country. Skeptical outsiders have found much to be offended by in the state&amp;#039;s politics and attitude, and yet, according to journalist, and Texan, Erica Grieder, the United States has a great deal to learn from Texas. In Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right, Grieder traces the political history of a state that was always larger than life. From its rowdy beginnings, Texas has combined a long-standing suspicion of government intrusion with a passion for business. Looking to the present, Grieder assesses the unique mix of policies on issues like immigration, debt, taxes, regulation, and energy, which together have sparked a bona fide Texas miracle of job growth. While acknowledging that it still has plenty of twenty-first century problems to face, she finds in Texas a model of governance whose power has been drastically underestimated. Her book is a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s underrated powerhouse.</description>
      <author>Erica Grieder</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2013 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481595025.mp3" length="869298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481595025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right: What America Can Learn from the Strange Genius of Texas
Author: Erica Grieder
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Texas may well be America&amp;#039;s most controversial state. Evangelicals dominate the halls of power, millions of its people live in poverty, and its death row is the busiest in the country. Skeptical outsiders have found much to be offended by in the state&amp;#039;s politics and attitude, and yet, according to journalist, and Texan, Erica Grieder, the United States has a great deal to learn from Texas. In Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right, Grieder traces the political history of a state that was always larger than life. From its rowdy beginnings, Texas has combined a long-standing suspicion of government intrusion with a passion for business. Looking to the present, Grieder assesses the unique mix of policies on issues like immigration, debt, taxes, regulation, and energy, which together have sparked a bona fide Texas miracle of job growth. While acknowledging that it still has plenty of twenty-first century problems to face, she finds in Texas a model of governance whose power has been drastically underestimated. Her book is a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s underrated powerhouse.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628804</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right: What America Can Learn from the Strange Genius of Texas
Author: Erica Grieder
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 9 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Texas may well be America&amp;#039;s most controversial state. Evangelicals dominate the halls of power, millions of its people live in poverty, and its death row is the busiest in the country. Skeptical outsiders have found much to be offended by in the state&amp;#039;s politics and attitude, and yet, according to journalist, and Texan, Erica Grieder, the United States has a great deal to learn from Texas. In Big, Hot, Cheap, and Right, Grieder traces the political history of a state that was always larger than life. From its rowdy beginnings, Texas has combined a long-standing suspicion of government intrusion with a passion for business. Looking to the present, Grieder assesses the unique mix of policies on issues like immigration, debt, taxes, regulation, and energy, which together have sparked a bona fide Texas miracle of job growth. While acknowledging that it still has plenty of twenty-first century problems to face, she finds in Texas a model of governance whose power has been drastically underestimated. Her book is a fascinating exploration of America&amp;#039;s underrated powerhouse.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Payoff: Why Wall Street Always Wins by Jeff Connaughton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Payoff: Why Wall Street Always Wins
Author: Jeff Connaughton
Narrator: Jeff Connaughton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beginning in January 2009, The Payoff lays bare Washington&amp;#039;s culture of power and plutocracy. It&amp;#039;s the story of the twenty-month struggle by Senator Ted Kaufman and Jeff Connaughton, his chief of staff, to hold Wall Street executives accountable for securities fraud, stop stock manipulation by high-frequency traders, and break up too-big-to-fail megabanks. This book takes us inside their dogged crusade against institutional inertia and industry influence as they encounter an outright reluctance by the Obama administration, the Justice Department, and the Securities and Exchange Commission to treat Wall Street crimes with the gravity they deserve. On financial reforms, Connaughton criticizes Democrats for relying on the very Wall Street technocrats who had failed to prevent the crisis and Republicans for staunchly opposing real reforms, primarily to enjoy a golden opportunity to siphon fundraising dollars from the Wall Street executives who had raised millions to elect Barack Obama president. Connaughton, a former lawyer in the Clinton White House, illuminates the pivotal moments and key decisions in the fight for financial reform that have gone largely unreported. His arch, nonpartisan account chronicles the reasons why Wall Street&amp;#039;s worst offenses were left unpunished—and why it&amp;#039;s likely that the 2008 debacle will happen again.</description>
      <author>Jeff Connaughton</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Feb 2013 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481573771.mp3" length="876902" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481573771.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Payoff: Why Wall Street Always Wins
Author: Jeff Connaughton
Narrator: Jeff Connaughton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beginning in January 2009, The Payoff lays bare Washington&amp;#039;s culture of power and plutocracy. It&amp;#039;s the story of the twenty-month struggle by Senator Ted Kaufman and Jeff Connaughton, his chief of staff, to hold Wall Street executives accountable for securities fraud, stop stock manipulation by high-frequency traders, and break up too-big-to-fail megabanks. This book takes us inside their dogged crusade against institutional inertia and industry influence as they encounter an outright reluctance by the Obama administration, the Justice Department, and the Securities and Exchange Commission to treat Wall Street crimes with the gravity they deserve. On financial reforms, Connaughton criticizes Democrats for relying on the very Wall Street technocrats who had failed to prevent the crisis and Republicans for staunchly opposing real reforms, primarily to enjoy a golden opportunity to siphon fundraising dollars from the Wall Street executives who had raised millions to elect Barack Obama president. Connaughton, a former lawyer in the Clinton White House, illuminates the pivotal moments and key decisions in the fight for financial reform that have gone largely unreported. His arch, nonpartisan account chronicles the reasons why Wall Street&amp;#039;s worst offenses were left unpunished—and why it&amp;#039;s likely that the 2008 debacle will happen again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Payoff: Why Wall Street Always Wins
Author: Jeff Connaughton
Narrator: Jeff Connaughton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beginning in January 2009, The Payoff lays bare Washington&amp;#039;s culture of power and plutocracy. It&amp;#039;s the story of the twenty-month struggle by Senator Ted Kaufman and Jeff Connaughton, his chief of staff, to hold Wall Street executives accountable for securities fraud, stop stock manipulation by high-frequency traders, and break up too-big-to-fail megabanks. This book takes us inside their dogged crusade against institutional inertia and industry influence as they encounter an outright reluctance by the Obama administration, the Justice Department, and the Securities and Exchange Commission to treat Wall Street crimes with the gravity they deserve. On financial reforms, Connaughton criticizes Democrats for relying on the very Wall Street technocrats who had failed to prevent the crisis and Republicans for staunchly opposing real reforms, primarily to enjoy a golden opportunity to siphon fundraising dollars from the Wall Street executives who had raised millions to elect Barack Obama president. Connaughton, a former lawyer in the Clinton White House, illuminates the pivotal moments and key decisions in the fight for financial reform that have gone largely unreported. His arch, nonpartisan account chronicles the reasons why Wall Street&amp;#039;s worst offenses were left unpunished—and why it&amp;#039;s likely that the 2008 debacle will happen again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Just Plain Dick: Richard Nixon’s Checkers Speech and the “Rocking, Socking” Election of 1952 by Kevin Mattson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Plain Dick: Richard Nixon’s Checkers Speech and the “Rocking, Socking” Election of 1952
Author: Kevin Mattson
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A behind-the-scenes look at one of the most famous campaign speeches—Richard Nixon&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Checkers&amp;#039; speech, to be published on its sixtieth anniversary It all started with some businessmen bankrolling Richard Nixon to become a &amp;#039;salesman against socialization.&amp;#039; But in this precursor to current campaign finance scandals, Nixon had some explaining to do to keep his place on Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Republican ticket, so he took to the airwaves. In making his speech, Nixon left behind lines about a &amp;#039;Republican cloth coat&amp;#039; and a black-and-white cocker spaniel named Checkers. The speech saved and bolstered Nixon&amp;#039;s political career and set the tone for the 1952 campaign. Just Plain Dick is political history and more. It&amp;#039;s the story of a young man nearing a nervous breakdown and staging a political comeback. While the narrative focuses tightly, almost cinematically, on the 1952 election cycle—from the spring primary season to the summer conventions, from the allegations against Nixon through to the speech in September and finally the election in November—Mattson also provides a broad-stroke depiction of American politics and culture during the Cold War. Readers will see Nixon&amp;#039;s contribution to current campaign styles. Here is a story of phony populism, a hatred of elites (tagged &amp;#039;eggheads&amp;#039; back then), and emotionally charged appeals erasing a rational assessment of a politician&amp;#039;s qualifications. An entertaining and suspenseful read, Just Plain Dick is ideal election context for political junkies and those fascinated with 1950s America.</description>
      <author>Kevin Mattson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Sep 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481573535.mp3" length="838306" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481573535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Plain Dick: Richard Nixon’s Checkers Speech and the “Rocking, Socking” Election of 1952
Author: Kevin Mattson
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A behind-the-scenes look at one of the most famous campaign speeches—Richard Nixon&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Checkers&amp;#039; speech, to be published on its sixtieth anniversary It all started with some businessmen bankrolling Richard Nixon to become a &amp;#039;salesman against socialization.&amp;#039; But in this precursor to current campaign finance scandals, Nixon had some explaining to do to keep his place on Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Republican ticket, so he took to the airwaves. In making his speech, Nixon left behind lines about a &amp;#039;Republican cloth coat&amp;#039; and a black-and-white cocker spaniel named Checkers. The speech saved and bolstered Nixon&amp;#039;s political career and set the tone for the 1952 campaign. Just Plain Dick is political history and more. It&amp;#039;s the story of a young man nearing a nervous breakdown and staging a political comeback. While the narrative focuses tightly, almost cinematically, on the 1952 election cycle—from the spring primary season to the summer conventions, from the allegations against Nixon through to the speech in September and finally the election in November—Mattson also provides a broad-stroke depiction of American politics and culture during the Cold War. Readers will see Nixon&amp;#039;s contribution to current campaign styles. Here is a story of phony populism, a hatred of elites (tagged &amp;#039;eggheads&amp;#039; back then), and emotionally charged appeals erasing a rational assessment of a politician&amp;#039;s qualifications. An entertaining and suspenseful read, Just Plain Dick is ideal election context for political junkies and those fascinated with 1950s America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Just Plain Dick: Richard Nixon’s Checkers Speech and the “Rocking, Socking” Election of 1952
Author: Kevin Mattson
Narrator: Keith Szarabajka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A behind-the-scenes look at one of the most famous campaign speeches—Richard Nixon&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;Checkers&amp;#039; speech, to be published on its sixtieth anniversary It all started with some businessmen bankrolling Richard Nixon to become a &amp;#039;salesman against socialization.&amp;#039; But in this precursor to current campaign finance scandals, Nixon had some explaining to do to keep his place on Eisenhower&amp;#039;s Republican ticket, so he took to the airwaves. In making his speech, Nixon left behind lines about a &amp;#039;Republican cloth coat&amp;#039; and a black-and-white cocker spaniel named Checkers. The speech saved and bolstered Nixon&amp;#039;s political career and set the tone for the 1952 campaign. Just Plain Dick is political history and more. It&amp;#039;s the story of a young man nearing a nervous breakdown and staging a political comeback. While the narrative focuses tightly, almost cinematically, on the 1952 election cycle—from the spring primary season to the summer conventions, from the allegations against Nixon through to the speech in September and finally the election in November—Mattson also provides a broad-stroke depiction of American politics and culture during the Cold War. Readers will see Nixon&amp;#039;s contribution to current campaign styles. Here is a story of phony populism, a hatred of elites (tagged &amp;#039;eggheads&amp;#039; back then), and emotionally charged appeals erasing a rational assessment of a politician&amp;#039;s qualifications. An entertaining and suspenseful read, Just Plain Dick is ideal election context for political junkies and those fascinated with 1950s America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Deformation: The Corruption of Capitalism in America by David A. Stockman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Deformation: The Corruption of Capitalism in America
Author: David A. Stockman
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A coruscating, brilliantly insightful exegesis of where capitalism went wrong, how it was corrupted, and how it might be restored, by outspoken former Reagan budget director and bestselling author David Stockman David Stockman was the architect of the Reagan Revolution meant to restore sound money principles to the United States government. It failed, derailed by politics, special interests, welfare, and warfare. In The Great Deformation, Stockman describes how the working of free markets and democracy has long been under threat in America and provides a surprising nonpartisan catalog of the corrupters and defenders. His analysis overturns the assumptions of Keynesians and monetarists alike, showing how both liberal and neoconservative interference in markets has proved damaging and often dangerous. Over time, crony capitalism has made fools of us all, transforming Republican treasury secretaries into big-government interventionists and populist Democrat presidents into industry-wrecking internationalists. Today&amp;#039;s national debt stands at nearly $16 trillion. Divided equally among taxpayers, each of us is $52,000 in debt. This book explains how we got here—and why this warped crony capitalism has betrayed so many of our hopes and dreams.</description>
      <author>David A. Stockman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2013 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483073446.mp3" length="855363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483073446.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>36:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Deformation: The Corruption of Capitalism in America
Author: David A. Stockman
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A coruscating, brilliantly insightful exegesis of where capitalism went wrong, how it was corrupted, and how it might be restored, by outspoken former Reagan budget director and bestselling author David Stockman David Stockman was the architect of the Reagan Revolution meant to restore sound money principles to the United States government. It failed, derailed by politics, special interests, welfare, and warfare. In The Great Deformation, Stockman describes how the working of free markets and democracy has long been under threat in America and provides a surprising nonpartisan catalog of the corrupters and defenders. His analysis overturns the assumptions of Keynesians and monetarists alike, showing how both liberal and neoconservative interference in markets has proved damaging and often dangerous. Over time, crony capitalism has made fools of us all, transforming Republican treasury secretaries into big-government interventionists and populist Democrat presidents into industry-wrecking internationalists. Today&amp;#039;s national debt stands at nearly $16 trillion. Divided equally among taxpayers, each of us is $52,000 in debt. This book explains how we got here—and why this warped crony capitalism has betrayed so many of our hopes and dreams.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Deformation: The Corruption of Capitalism in America
Author: David A. Stockman
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 36 hours 43 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A coruscating, brilliantly insightful exegesis of where capitalism went wrong, how it was corrupted, and how it might be restored, by outspoken former Reagan budget director and bestselling author David Stockman David Stockman was the architect of the Reagan Revolution meant to restore sound money principles to the United States government. It failed, derailed by politics, special interests, welfare, and warfare. In The Great Deformation, Stockman describes how the working of free markets and democracy has long been under threat in America and provides a surprising nonpartisan catalog of the corrupters and defenders. His analysis overturns the assumptions of Keynesians and monetarists alike, showing how both liberal and neoconservative interference in markets has proved damaging and often dangerous. Over time, crony capitalism has made fools of us all, transforming Republican treasury secretaries into big-government interventionists and populist Democrat presidents into industry-wrecking internationalists. Today&amp;#039;s national debt stands at nearly $16 trillion. Divided equally among taxpayers, each of us is $52,000 in debt. This book explains how we got here—and why this warped crony capitalism has betrayed so many of our hopes and dreams.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy by Robert Sirico</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy
Author: Robert Sirico
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Left has seized on our economic troubles as an excuse to &amp;#039;blame the rich guy&amp;#039; and paint a picture of capitalism and the free market as selfish, greedy, and cruel. Democrats in Congress and Occupy protesters across the country assert that the free market is not only unforgiving, it&amp;#039;s morally corrupt. According to President Obama and his allies, only by allowing the government to heavily control and regulate business and redistribute wealth can we ensure fairness and compassion. Exactly the opposite is true, says Father Robert Sirico in his thought-provoking book, Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy. Father Sirico argues that a free economy actually promotes charity, selflessness, and kindness. In Defending the Free Market, he shows why free-market capitalism is not only the best way to ensure individual success and national prosperity but also the surest route to a moral and socially just society. Father Sirico shows why we can&amp;#039;t have freedom without a free economy, why the best way to help the poor is to a start a business, why charity works—but welfare doesn&amp;#039;t, and how he himself converted from being a leftist colleague of Jane Fonda and Tom Hayden to recognizing the merits of a free economy. In this heated presidential election year, the Left will argue that capitalism may produce winners, but it is cruel and unfair. Yet as Sirico proves here, capitalism does not simply provide opportunity for material success—it ensures a more ethical and moral society as well.</description>
      <author>Robert Sirico</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481592741.mp3" length="776323" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481592741.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy
Author: Robert Sirico
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Left has seized on our economic troubles as an excuse to &amp;#039;blame the rich guy&amp;#039; and paint a picture of capitalism and the free market as selfish, greedy, and cruel. Democrats in Congress and Occupy protesters across the country assert that the free market is not only unforgiving, it&amp;#039;s morally corrupt. According to President Obama and his allies, only by allowing the government to heavily control and regulate business and redistribute wealth can we ensure fairness and compassion. Exactly the opposite is true, says Father Robert Sirico in his thought-provoking book, Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy. Father Sirico argues that a free economy actually promotes charity, selflessness, and kindness. In Defending the Free Market, he shows why free-market capitalism is not only the best way to ensure individual success and national prosperity but also the surest route to a moral and socially just society. Father Sirico shows why we can&amp;#039;t have freedom without a free economy, why the best way to help the poor is to a start a business, why charity works—but welfare doesn&amp;#039;t, and how he himself converted from being a leftist colleague of Jane Fonda and Tom Hayden to recognizing the merits of a free economy. In this heated presidential election year, the Left will argue that capitalism may produce winners, but it is cruel and unfair. Yet as Sirico proves here, capitalism does not simply provide opportunity for material success—it ensures a more ethical and moral society as well.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy
Author: Robert Sirico
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Left has seized on our economic troubles as an excuse to &amp;#039;blame the rich guy&amp;#039; and paint a picture of capitalism and the free market as selfish, greedy, and cruel. Democrats in Congress and Occupy protesters across the country assert that the free market is not only unforgiving, it&amp;#039;s morally corrupt. According to President Obama and his allies, only by allowing the government to heavily control and regulate business and redistribute wealth can we ensure fairness and compassion. Exactly the opposite is true, says Father Robert Sirico in his thought-provoking book, Defending the Free Market: The Moral Case for a Free Economy. Father Sirico argues that a free economy actually promotes charity, selflessness, and kindness. In Defending the Free Market, he shows why free-market capitalism is not only the best way to ensure individual success and national prosperity but also the surest route to a moral and socially just society. Father Sirico shows why we can&amp;#039;t have freedom without a free economy, why the best way to help the poor is to a start a business, why charity works—but welfare doesn&amp;#039;t, and how he himself converted from being a leftist colleague of Jane Fonda and Tom Hayden to recognizing the merits of a free economy. In this heated presidential election year, the Left will argue that capitalism may produce winners, but it is cruel and unfair. Yet as Sirico proves here, capitalism does not simply provide opportunity for material success—it ensures a more ethical and moral society as well.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radicals: Portraits of a Destructive Passion by David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radicals: Portraits of a Destructive Passion
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Radical liberals want to make America a better place, but their utopian social engineering leads, ironically, to greater human suffering. From Karl Marx to Barack Obama, Horowitz shows how the idealistic impulse to make the world a better place gives birth to the twin cultural pathologies of cynicism and nihilism and is the chief source of human suffering. A former liberal himself, Horowitz recounts his own brushes with radicalism and offers unparalleled insight into the disjointed ideology of liberal elites through case studies of well-known radical leftists, including Christopher Hitchens, feminist Bettina Aptheker, leftist academic Cornel West, and others. Exploring the origin and evolution of radical liberals and their progressive ideology, Radicals illustrates how liberalism is not only intellectually crippling for its adherents but devastating to society.</description>
      <author>David Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Sep 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481592765.mp3" length="840860" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481592765.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radicals: Portraits of a Destructive Passion
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Radical liberals want to make America a better place, but their utopian social engineering leads, ironically, to greater human suffering. From Karl Marx to Barack Obama, Horowitz shows how the idealistic impulse to make the world a better place gives birth to the twin cultural pathologies of cynicism and nihilism and is the chief source of human suffering. A former liberal himself, Horowitz recounts his own brushes with radicalism and offers unparalleled insight into the disjointed ideology of liberal elites through case studies of well-known radical leftists, including Christopher Hitchens, feminist Bettina Aptheker, leftist academic Cornel West, and others. Exploring the origin and evolution of radical liberals and their progressive ideology, Radicals illustrates how liberalism is not only intellectually crippling for its adherents but devastating to society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radicals: Portraits of a Destructive Passion
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Radical liberals want to make America a better place, but their utopian social engineering leads, ironically, to greater human suffering. From Karl Marx to Barack Obama, Horowitz shows how the idealistic impulse to make the world a better place gives birth to the twin cultural pathologies of cynicism and nihilism and is the chief source of human suffering. A former liberal himself, Horowitz recounts his own brushes with radicalism and offers unparalleled insight into the disjointed ideology of liberal elites through case studies of well-known radical leftists, including Christopher Hitchens, feminist Bettina Aptheker, leftist academic Cornel West, and others. Exploring the origin and evolution of radical liberals and their progressive ideology, Radicals illustrates how liberalism is not only intellectually crippling for its adherents but devastating to society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics by Lanny Ebenstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics
Author: Lanny Ebenstein
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Milton Friedman is one of the most famous economists in history. His writings and theories on everything from capitalism and freedom to deregulation and welfare have inspired movements, influenced government policies, and changed the course of America’s economic history. Now, acclaimed Friedman biographer Lanny Ebenstein brings together twenty of Friedman’s greatest essays in The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics. The only collection of Friedman’s writings to span his entire career, this book features some of Friedman’s never-before-republished writings as well as the best and most timeless of his works. These exceptional essays not only illuminate the progression of Friedman’s thought but explain how America might overcome some of its most difficult challenges. During this time of economic uncertainty, The Indispensable Milton Friedman is more necessary than ever.</description>
      <author>Lanny Ebenstein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Oct 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481592628.mp3" length="850367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481592628.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics
Author: Lanny Ebenstein
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Milton Friedman is one of the most famous economists in history. His writings and theories on everything from capitalism and freedom to deregulation and welfare have inspired movements, influenced government policies, and changed the course of America’s economic history. Now, acclaimed Friedman biographer Lanny Ebenstein brings together twenty of Friedman’s greatest essays in The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics. The only collection of Friedman’s writings to span his entire career, this book features some of Friedman’s never-before-republished writings as well as the best and most timeless of his works. These exceptional essays not only illuminate the progression of Friedman’s thought but explain how America might overcome some of its most difficult challenges. During this time of economic uncertainty, The Indispensable Milton Friedman is more necessary than ever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics
Author: Lanny Ebenstein
Narrator: Traber Burns
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October  2, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Milton Friedman is one of the most famous economists in history. His writings and theories on everything from capitalism and freedom to deregulation and welfare have inspired movements, influenced government policies, and changed the course of America’s economic history. Now, acclaimed Friedman biographer Lanny Ebenstein brings together twenty of Friedman’s greatest essays in The Indispensable Milton Friedman: Essays on Politics and Economics. The only collection of Friedman’s writings to span his entire career, this book features some of Friedman’s never-before-republished writings as well as the best and most timeless of his works. These exceptional essays not only illuminate the progression of Friedman’s thought but explain how America might overcome some of its most difficult challenges. During this time of economic uncertainty, The Indispensable Milton Friedman is more necessary than ever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Destroyer: Barack Obama’s War on the Republic by David Limbaugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Destroyer: Barack Obama’s War on the Republic
Author: David Limbaugh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his #1 New York Times bestseller Crimes against Liberty, David Limbaugh penned a damning indictment of President Barack Obama’s misrule during his first two years in office. In this blockbuster book, Limbaugh sets his sights on the remainder of Obama’s presidency, revealing the president’s latest crimes against liberty. Exposing Obama’s counterfeit image as a champion of bipartisan compromise, Limbaugh relates in shocking detail how the president resorts to class-warfare demagoguery to advance a stunningly ideological agenda. We must drastically change course, Limbaugh argues, or else our country will fall into an abyss that could take generations to escape. Controversial, compelling, and original, The Great Destroyer ingeniously picks up where Crimes against Liberty left off and is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet.</description>
      <author>David Limbaugh</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jun 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483068022.mp3" length="827216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483068022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Destroyer: Barack Obama’s War on the Republic
Author: David Limbaugh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his #1 New York Times bestseller Crimes against Liberty, David Limbaugh penned a damning indictment of President Barack Obama’s misrule during his first two years in office. In this blockbuster book, Limbaugh sets his sights on the remainder of Obama’s presidency, revealing the president’s latest crimes against liberty. Exposing Obama’s counterfeit image as a champion of bipartisan compromise, Limbaugh relates in shocking detail how the president resorts to class-warfare demagoguery to advance a stunningly ideological agenda. We must drastically change course, Limbaugh argues, or else our country will fall into an abyss that could take generations to escape. Controversial, compelling, and original, The Great Destroyer ingeniously picks up where Crimes against Liberty left off and is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628687</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Destroyer: Barack Obama’s War on the Republic
Author: David Limbaugh
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his #1 New York Times bestseller Crimes against Liberty, David Limbaugh penned a damning indictment of President Barack Obama’s misrule during his first two years in office. In this blockbuster book, Limbaugh sets his sights on the remainder of Obama’s presidency, revealing the president’s latest crimes against liberty. Exposing Obama’s counterfeit image as a champion of bipartisan compromise, Limbaugh relates in shocking detail how the president resorts to class-warfare demagoguery to advance a stunningly ideological agenda. We must drastically change course, Limbaugh argues, or else our country will fall into an abyss that could take generations to escape. Controversial, compelling, and original, The Great Destroyer ingeniously picks up where Crimes against Liberty left off and is Limbaugh’s most powerful book yet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of Injustice: A Murder Case Gone Wrong by Raymond Bonner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of Injustice: A Murder Case Gone Wrong
Author: Raymond Bonner
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner Raymond Bonner comes the gripping story of a grievously mishandled murder case that put a twenty-three-year-old man on death row.  In January 1982, an elderly white widow was found brutally murdered in the small town of Greenwood, South Carolina. Police immediately arrested Edward Lee Elmore, a semiliterate, mentally retarded black man with no previous felony record. His only connection to the victim was having cleaned her gutters and windows, but barely ninety days after the victim’s body was found, he was tried, convicted, and sentenced to death.  Elmore had been on death row for eleven years when a young attorney named Diana Holt first learned of his case. After attending the University of Texas School of Law, Holt was eager to help the disenfranchised and voiceless—she herself had been a childhood victim of abuse. It required little scrutiny for Holt to discern that Elmore’s case reeked of injustice—plagued by incompetent court-appointed defense attorneys, a virulent prosecution, and evidence that was both misplaced and contaminated . It was the cause of a lifetime for the spirited, hardworking lawyer. Holt would spend more than a decade fighting on Elmore’s behalf.  With the exemplary moral commitment and tenacious investigation that have distinguished his reporting career, Bonner follows Holt’s battle to save Elmore’s life and shows us how his case is a textbook example of what can go wrong in the American justice system. He reviews police work, evidence gathering, jury selection, work of court-appointed lawyers, latitude of judges, iniquities in the law, prison informants, and the appeals process. Throughout, the actions and motivations of both unlikely heroes and shameful villains in our justice system are vividly revealed.   Moving, enraging, suspenseful, and enlightening, Anatomy of Injustice is a vital contribution to our nation’s ongoing and increasingly important debate about inequality and the death penalty.</description>
      <author>Raymond Bonner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483053295.mp3" length="871505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483053295.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of Injustice: A Murder Case Gone Wrong
Author: Raymond Bonner
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner Raymond Bonner comes the gripping story of a grievously mishandled murder case that put a twenty-three-year-old man on death row.  In January 1982, an elderly white widow was found brutally murdered in the small town of Greenwood, South Carolina. Police immediately arrested Edward Lee Elmore, a semiliterate, mentally retarded black man with no previous felony record. His only connection to the victim was having cleaned her gutters and windows, but barely ninety days after the victim’s body was found, he was tried, convicted, and sentenced to death.  Elmore had been on death row for eleven years when a young attorney named Diana Holt first learned of his case. After attending the University of Texas School of Law, Holt was eager to help the disenfranchised and voiceless—she herself had been a childhood victim of abuse. It required little scrutiny for Holt to discern that Elmore’s case reeked of injustice—plagued by incompetent court-appointed defense attorneys, a virulent prosecution, and evidence that was both misplaced and contaminated . It was the cause of a lifetime for the spirited, hardworking lawyer. Holt would spend more than a decade fighting on Elmore’s behalf.  With the exemplary moral commitment and tenacious investigation that have distinguished his reporting career, Bonner follows Holt’s battle to save Elmore’s life and shows us how his case is a textbook example of what can go wrong in the American justice system. He reviews police work, evidence gathering, jury selection, work of court-appointed lawyers, latitude of judges, iniquities in the law, prison informants, and the appeals process. Throughout, the actions and motivations of both unlikely heroes and shameful villains in our justice system are vividly revealed.   Moving, enraging, suspenseful, and enlightening, Anatomy of Injustice is a vital contribution to our nation’s ongoing and increasingly important debate about inequality and the death penalty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628674</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of Injustice: A Murder Case Gone Wrong
Author: Raymond Bonner
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Pulitzer Prize winner Raymond Bonner comes the gripping story of a grievously mishandled murder case that put a twenty-three-year-old man on death row.  In January 1982, an elderly white widow was found brutally murdered in the small town of Greenwood, South Carolina. Police immediately arrested Edward Lee Elmore, a semiliterate, mentally retarded black man with no previous felony record. His only connection to the victim was having cleaned her gutters and windows, but barely ninety days after the victim’s body was found, he was tried, convicted, and sentenced to death.  Elmore had been on death row for eleven years when a young attorney named Diana Holt first learned of his case. After attending the University of Texas School of Law, Holt was eager to help the disenfranchised and voiceless—she herself had been a childhood victim of abuse. It required little scrutiny for Holt to discern that Elmore’s case reeked of injustice—plagued by incompetent court-appointed defense attorneys, a virulent prosecution, and evidence that was both misplaced and contaminated . It was the cause of a lifetime for the spirited, hardworking lawyer. Holt would spend more than a decade fighting on Elmore’s behalf.  With the exemplary moral commitment and tenacious investigation that have distinguished his reporting career, Bonner follows Holt’s battle to save Elmore’s life and shows us how his case is a textbook example of what can go wrong in the American justice system. He reviews police work, evidence gathering, jury selection, work of court-appointed lawyers, latitude of judges, iniquities in the law, prison informants, and the appeals process. Throughout, the actions and motivations of both unlikely heroes and shameful villains in our justice system are vividly revealed.   Moving, enraging, suspenseful, and enlightening, Anatomy of Injustice is a vital contribution to our nation’s ongoing and increasingly important debate about inequality and the death penalty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revolution 2.0: The Power of the People Is Greater Than the People in Power; A Memoir by Wael Ghonim</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolution 2.0: The Power of the People Is Greater Than the People in Power; A Memoir
Author: Wael Ghonim
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The revolutions sweeping the Middle East in 2011 were unlike any the world had ever seen. Brutal regimes that had been in power for many decades were suddenly swarmed by unstoppable mobs of freedom seekers. Now, one of the key figures behind the Egyptian uprising tells the riveting inside story of what happened and presents lessons for all of us on how to unleash the power of crowds.  Wael Ghonim was a little-known thirty-year-old Google executive in the fall of 2010 when he anonymously launched a Facebook page to protest the death of an Egyptian man at the hands of security forces. The page’s followers expanded quickly and moved from online protests to nonconfrontational public gatherings. Then, on January 14, 2011, they made history when they announced a revolution. Over 350,000 friends clamored to join. On January 25, as the revolution began in earnest, Ghonim was captured and held for twelve days of brutal interrogation—and when he emerged and gave a speech on national television, the protests grew even more intense. Four days later, Mubarak was gone.  The lessons Ghonim draws will inspire each of us: Forget the past. Don’t plan ahead. Let the crowd make its own decisions. Welcome to Revolution 2.0.</description>
      <author>Wael Ghonim</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483060255.mp3" length="743546" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483060255.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolution 2.0: The Power of the People Is Greater Than the People in Power; A Memoir
Author: Wael Ghonim
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The revolutions sweeping the Middle East in 2011 were unlike any the world had ever seen. Brutal regimes that had been in power for many decades were suddenly swarmed by unstoppable mobs of freedom seekers. Now, one of the key figures behind the Egyptian uprising tells the riveting inside story of what happened and presents lessons for all of us on how to unleash the power of crowds.  Wael Ghonim was a little-known thirty-year-old Google executive in the fall of 2010 when he anonymously launched a Facebook page to protest the death of an Egyptian man at the hands of security forces. The page’s followers expanded quickly and moved from online protests to nonconfrontational public gatherings. Then, on January 14, 2011, they made history when they announced a revolution. Over 350,000 friends clamored to join. On January 25, as the revolution began in earnest, Ghonim was captured and held for twelve days of brutal interrogation—and when he emerged and gave a speech on national television, the protests grew even more intense. Four days later, Mubarak was gone.  The lessons Ghonim draws will inspire each of us: Forget the past. Don’t plan ahead. Let the crowd make its own decisions. Welcome to Revolution 2.0.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revolution 2.0: The Power of the People Is Greater Than the People in Power; A Memoir
Author: Wael Ghonim
Narrator: Sean Runnette
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 53 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The revolutions sweeping the Middle East in 2011 were unlike any the world had ever seen. Brutal regimes that had been in power for many decades were suddenly swarmed by unstoppable mobs of freedom seekers. Now, one of the key figures behind the Egyptian uprising tells the riveting inside story of what happened and presents lessons for all of us on how to unleash the power of crowds.  Wael Ghonim was a little-known thirty-year-old Google executive in the fall of 2010 when he anonymously launched a Facebook page to protest the death of an Egyptian man at the hands of security forces. The page’s followers expanded quickly and moved from online protests to nonconfrontational public gatherings. Then, on January 14, 2011, they made history when they announced a revolution. Over 350,000 friends clamored to join. On January 25, as the revolution began in earnest, Ghonim was captured and held for twelve days of brutal interrogation—and when he emerged and gave a speech on national television, the protests grew even more intense. Four days later, Mubarak was gone.  The lessons Ghonim draws will inspire each of us: Forget the past. Don’t plan ahead. Let the crowd make its own decisions. Welcome to Revolution 2.0.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Amateur: Barack Obama in the White House by Edward Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amateur: Barack Obama in the White House
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s amateur hour at the White House. So says New York Times bestselling author Edward Klein in his political expos├® The Amateur. Tapping into the public&amp;#039;s growing sentiment that President Obama is in over his head, The Amateur argues that Obama&amp;#039;s toxic combination of incompetence and arrogance has run our nation and his presidency off the rails. &amp;#039;Obama was both completely inexperienced and ideologically far to the left of most Americans when he entered the White House,&amp;#039; says Klein. &amp;#039;And he was so arrogant that he didn&amp;#039;t even know what he didn&amp;#039;t know.&amp;#039; Klein, who is known for getting the inside scoop on everyone from the Kennedys to the Clintons, reveals never-before-published details about the Obama administration&amp;#039;s political inner workings, as well as Barack and Michelle&amp;#039;s personal lives, including: –The inordinate influence Michelle wields over Barack and her feud with a high-profile celebrity –The real reason Rahm Emanuel left the White House (it wasn&amp;#039;t for family reasons) –Why Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s role is closer to that of Rasputin than impartial senior advisor –How Obama has purposefully forgotten and ignored those who put him in power, including the Kennedys and the Jewish and African American communities in Chicago From Obama&amp;#039;s conceited and detached demeanor, to his detrimental reliance on Michelle Obama and Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s advice, to the Obamas&amp;#039; extravagant and out-of-touch lifestyle, The Amateur reveals a president whose ignorance and incompetence are sabotaging himself, his presidency, and America.</description>
      <author>Edward Klein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481590181.mp3" length="829368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481590181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amateur: Barack Obama in the White House
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s amateur hour at the White House. So says New York Times bestselling author Edward Klein in his political expos├® The Amateur. Tapping into the public&amp;#039;s growing sentiment that President Obama is in over his head, The Amateur argues that Obama&amp;#039;s toxic combination of incompetence and arrogance has run our nation and his presidency off the rails. &amp;#039;Obama was both completely inexperienced and ideologically far to the left of most Americans when he entered the White House,&amp;#039; says Klein. &amp;#039;And he was so arrogant that he didn&amp;#039;t even know what he didn&amp;#039;t know.&amp;#039; Klein, who is known for getting the inside scoop on everyone from the Kennedys to the Clintons, reveals never-before-published details about the Obama administration&amp;#039;s political inner workings, as well as Barack and Michelle&amp;#039;s personal lives, including: –The inordinate influence Michelle wields over Barack and her feud with a high-profile celebrity –The real reason Rahm Emanuel left the White House (it wasn&amp;#039;t for family reasons) –Why Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s role is closer to that of Rasputin than impartial senior advisor –How Obama has purposefully forgotten and ignored those who put him in power, including the Kennedys and the Jewish and African American communities in Chicago From Obama&amp;#039;s conceited and detached demeanor, to his detrimental reliance on Michelle Obama and Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s advice, to the Obamas&amp;#039; extravagant and out-of-touch lifestyle, The Amateur reveals a president whose ignorance and incompetence are sabotaging himself, his presidency, and America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628660</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Amateur: Barack Obama in the White House
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May 15, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
It&amp;#039;s amateur hour at the White House. So says New York Times bestselling author Edward Klein in his political expos├® The Amateur. Tapping into the public&amp;#039;s growing sentiment that President Obama is in over his head, The Amateur argues that Obama&amp;#039;s toxic combination of incompetence and arrogance has run our nation and his presidency off the rails. &amp;#039;Obama was both completely inexperienced and ideologically far to the left of most Americans when he entered the White House,&amp;#039; says Klein. &amp;#039;And he was so arrogant that he didn&amp;#039;t even know what he didn&amp;#039;t know.&amp;#039; Klein, who is known for getting the inside scoop on everyone from the Kennedys to the Clintons, reveals never-before-published details about the Obama administration&amp;#039;s political inner workings, as well as Barack and Michelle&amp;#039;s personal lives, including: –The inordinate influence Michelle wields over Barack and her feud with a high-profile celebrity –The real reason Rahm Emanuel left the White House (it wasn&amp;#039;t for family reasons) –Why Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s role is closer to that of Rasputin than impartial senior advisor –How Obama has purposefully forgotten and ignored those who put him in power, including the Kennedys and the Jewish and African American communities in Chicago From Obama&amp;#039;s conceited and detached demeanor, to his detrimental reliance on Michelle Obama and Valerie Jarrett&amp;#039;s advice, to the Obamas&amp;#039; extravagant and out-of-touch lifestyle, The Amateur reveals a president whose ignorance and incompetence are sabotaging himself, his presidency, and America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Thomas Sowell Reader by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Thomas Sowell Reader
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
These selections from the many writings of Thomas Sowell over a period of half a century cover social, economic, cultural, legal, educational, and political issues. The sources range from Dr. Sowell’s letters, books, newspaper columns, and articles in both scholarly journals and popular magazines. The topics range from late-talking children to tax cuts for the rich, baseball, race, war, the role of judges, medical care, and the rhetoric of politicians. These topics are dealt with by drawing sometimes on history, sometimes on economics, and sometimes on a sense of humor.</description>
      <author>Thomas Sowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Oct 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483067452.mp3" length="917718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483067452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Thomas Sowell Reader
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
These selections from the many writings of Thomas Sowell over a period of half a century cover social, economic, cultural, legal, educational, and political issues. The sources range from Dr. Sowell’s letters, books, newspaper columns, and articles in both scholarly journals and popular magazines. The topics range from late-talking children to tax cuts for the rich, baseball, race, war, the role of judges, medical care, and the rhetoric of politicians. These topics are dealt with by drawing sometimes on history, sometimes on economics, and sometimes on a sense of humor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628639</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Thomas Sowell Reader
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October  4, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
These selections from the many writings of Thomas Sowell over a period of half a century cover social, economic, cultural, legal, educational, and political issues. The sources range from Dr. Sowell’s letters, books, newspaper columns, and articles in both scholarly journals and popular magazines. The topics range from late-talking children to tax cuts for the rich, baseball, race, war, the role of judges, medical care, and the rhetoric of politicians. These topics are dealt with by drawing sometimes on history, sometimes on economics, and sometimes on a sense of humor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forgotten Continent: The Battle for Latin America&amp;#039;s Soul by Michael Reid</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgotten Continent: The Battle for Latin America&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Michael Reid
Narrator: Gary Dikeos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Latin America has often been condemned to failure. Neither poor enough to evoke Africa&amp;#039;s moral crusade nor as explosively booming as India and China, it has largely been overlooked by the West. Yet this vast continent, home to half a billion people, the world&amp;#039;s largest reserves of arable land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, is busily transforming its political and economic landscape. This book argues that, rather than failing the test, Latin America&amp;#039;s efforts to build fairer and more prosperous societies make it one of the world&amp;#039;s most vigorous laboratories for capitalist democracy. In many countries—including Brazil, Chile, and Mexico—democratic leaders are laying the foundations for faster economic growth and more inclusive politics, as well as tackling deep-rooted problems of poverty, inequality, and social injustice. They face a new challenge from Hugo Ch├ívez&amp;#039;s oil-fuelled populism, and much is at stake. Failure will increase the flow of drugs and illegal immigrants to the United States and Europe, jeopardize stability in a region rich in oil and other strategic commodities, and threaten some of the world&amp;#039;s most majestic natural environments. Drawing on Michael Reid&amp;#039;s many years of reporting from inside Latin America&amp;#039;s cities, presidential palaces, and shantytowns, this book provides a vivid, immediate, and informed account of a dynamic continent and its struggle to compete in a globalized world.</description>
      <author>Michael Reid</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483072623.mp3" length="834877" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483072623.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgotten Continent: The Battle for Latin America&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Michael Reid
Narrator: Gary Dikeos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Latin America has often been condemned to failure. Neither poor enough to evoke Africa&amp;#039;s moral crusade nor as explosively booming as India and China, it has largely been overlooked by the West. Yet this vast continent, home to half a billion people, the world&amp;#039;s largest reserves of arable land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, is busily transforming its political and economic landscape. This book argues that, rather than failing the test, Latin America&amp;#039;s efforts to build fairer and more prosperous societies make it one of the world&amp;#039;s most vigorous laboratories for capitalist democracy. In many countries—including Brazil, Chile, and Mexico—democratic leaders are laying the foundations for faster economic growth and more inclusive politics, as well as tackling deep-rooted problems of poverty, inequality, and social injustice. They face a new challenge from Hugo Ch├ívez&amp;#039;s oil-fuelled populism, and much is at stake. Failure will increase the flow of drugs and illegal immigrants to the United States and Europe, jeopardize stability in a region rich in oil and other strategic commodities, and threaten some of the world&amp;#039;s most majestic natural environments. Drawing on Michael Reid&amp;#039;s many years of reporting from inside Latin America&amp;#039;s cities, presidential palaces, and shantytowns, this book provides a vivid, immediate, and informed account of a dynamic continent and its struggle to compete in a globalized world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgotten Continent: The Battle for Latin America&amp;#039;s Soul
Author: Michael Reid
Narrator: Gary Dikeos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Latin America has often been condemned to failure. Neither poor enough to evoke Africa&amp;#039;s moral crusade nor as explosively booming as India and China, it has largely been overlooked by the West. Yet this vast continent, home to half a billion people, the world&amp;#039;s largest reserves of arable land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, is busily transforming its political and economic landscape. This book argues that, rather than failing the test, Latin America&amp;#039;s efforts to build fairer and more prosperous societies make it one of the world&amp;#039;s most vigorous laboratories for capitalist democracy. In many countries—including Brazil, Chile, and Mexico—democratic leaders are laying the foundations for faster economic growth and more inclusive politics, as well as tackling deep-rooted problems of poverty, inequality, and social injustice. They face a new challenge from Hugo Ch├ívez&amp;#039;s oil-fuelled populism, and much is at stake. Failure will increase the flow of drugs and illegal immigrants to the United States and Europe, jeopardize stability in a region rich in oil and other strategic commodities, and threaten some of the world&amp;#039;s most majestic natural environments. Drawing on Michael Reid&amp;#039;s many years of reporting from inside Latin America&amp;#039;s cities, presidential palaces, and shantytowns, this book provides a vivid, immediate, and informed account of a dynamic continent and its struggle to compete in a globalized world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Idiot America: How Stupidity Became a Virtue in the Land of the Free by Charles P. Pierce</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Idiot America: How Stupidity Became a Virtue in the Land of the Free
Author: Charles P. Pierce
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The culture wars are over and the idiots have won. This is a veteran journalist&amp;#039;s caustically funny, righteously angry lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States. The three Great Premises of Idiot America: – Any theory is valid if it sells books, soaks up ratings, or otherwise moves units. – Anything can be true if someone says it loudly enough. – Fact is that which enough people believe. Truth is determined by how fervently they believe it. Charles Pierce has led a career-long quest to separate the smart from the pap, and now it&amp;#039;s time to try and salvage the Land of the Enlightened, buried somewhere in this new Home of the Uninformed. With his razor-sharp wit and erudite reasoning, Pierce delivers a gut-wrenching, side-splitting lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States and how a country founded on intellectual curiosity has deteriorated into a nation of simpletons more apt to vote for an American Idol contestant than a presidential candidate. With Idiot America, Pierce&amp;#039;s thunderous denunciation is also a secret call to action, as he hopes that, somehow, being intelligent will stop being a stigma and that pinheads will once again be pitied, not celebrated.</description>
      <author>Charles P. Pierce</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Mar 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481588966.mp3" length="868636" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481588966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Idiot America: How Stupidity Became a Virtue in the Land of the Free
Author: Charles P. Pierce
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The culture wars are over and the idiots have won. This is a veteran journalist&amp;#039;s caustically funny, righteously angry lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States. The three Great Premises of Idiot America: – Any theory is valid if it sells books, soaks up ratings, or otherwise moves units. – Anything can be true if someone says it loudly enough. – Fact is that which enough people believe. Truth is determined by how fervently they believe it. Charles Pierce has led a career-long quest to separate the smart from the pap, and now it&amp;#039;s time to try and salvage the Land of the Enlightened, buried somewhere in this new Home of the Uninformed. With his razor-sharp wit and erudite reasoning, Pierce delivers a gut-wrenching, side-splitting lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States and how a country founded on intellectual curiosity has deteriorated into a nation of simpletons more apt to vote for an American Idol contestant than a presidential candidate. With Idiot America, Pierce&amp;#039;s thunderous denunciation is also a secret call to action, as he hopes that, somehow, being intelligent will stop being a stigma and that pinheads will once again be pitied, not celebrated.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Idiot America: How Stupidity Became a Virtue in the Land of the Free
Author: Charles P. Pierce
Narrator: Bronson Pinchot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The culture wars are over and the idiots have won. This is a veteran journalist&amp;#039;s caustically funny, righteously angry lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States. The three Great Premises of Idiot America: – Any theory is valid if it sells books, soaks up ratings, or otherwise moves units. – Anything can be true if someone says it loudly enough. – Fact is that which enough people believe. Truth is determined by how fervently they believe it. Charles Pierce has led a career-long quest to separate the smart from the pap, and now it&amp;#039;s time to try and salvage the Land of the Enlightened, buried somewhere in this new Home of the Uninformed. With his razor-sharp wit and erudite reasoning, Pierce delivers a gut-wrenching, side-splitting lament about the glorification of ignorance in the United States and how a country founded on intellectual curiosity has deteriorated into a nation of simpletons more apt to vote for an American Idol contestant than a presidential candidate. With Idiot America, Pierce&amp;#039;s thunderous denunciation is also a secret call to action, as he hopes that, somehow, being intelligent will stop being a stigma and that pinheads will once again be pitied, not celebrated.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Nation like No Other: Why American Exceptionalism Matters by Newt Gingrich</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Nation like No Other: Why American Exceptionalism Matters
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Callista Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Belief in American Exceptionalism leads inexorably to a smaller, more effective, accountable, and limited government. The American revolutionaries did not shed their blood for the welfare state; nor did they aim to replace the arbitrary rule of King George and his ‘multitude of New Offices’ and ‘swarms of Officers,’ as stated in the Declaration of Independence, with their own oppressive bureaucracy. Instead, they fought for individual liberty—and that made America an exception among all other nations.” —from the introduction It’s become fashionable among the liberal elite to downplay, deride, even deny America’s greatness. The political correctness police insist that America is hated around the world for being too big, too powerful, too rich, too successful, too loud, too intrusive. And besides, it’s not nice to brag. They are completely missing the point. America’s greatness, America’s exceptional greatness, is not based on the fact that we are the most powerful, most prosperous—and most generous—nation on earth. Rather, those things are the result of American Exceptionalism. To understand American Exceptionalism, as Newt Gingrich passionately argues in A Nation like No Other, one must understand our unique birth as a nation. American Exceptionalism is found in the simple yet utterly remarkable principles expressed in the Declaration of Independence, “that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.” Our nation is exceptional, continues Newt, because we—unlike any nation before or since—are united by the belief and the promise that no king, no government, no ruling class has the power to infringe upon the rights of the individual. And when such a government attempts to do so, we will vigorously reject them. Sadly, many politicians and leaders today have forgotten our sacred commitment to these ideals. Our government has strayed alarmingly far from the scope of limited powers framed by our Founders. Meanwhile, the liberal media seek out, and sometimes create, stories intended to portray America as a bully and a thief. Even our own president seems clueless, assuring us that yes, yes, he believes in American exceptionalism, just like the Greeks believe in Greek exceptionalism and the British in British exceptionalism. But American Exceptionalism is not about cheerleading for the home team. It’s about recognizing and honoring the history-making, world-changing ideals our Founding Fathers enshrined to make this a nation of the people, by the people, for the people. And, as Lincoln warned, we must rededicate ourselves to those principles, lest our truly exceptional nation perish from this earth.</description>
      <author>Newt Gingrich</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481571678.mp3" length="791260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481571678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Nation like No Other: Why American Exceptionalism Matters
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Callista Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Belief in American Exceptionalism leads inexorably to a smaller, more effective, accountable, and limited government. The American revolutionaries did not shed their blood for the welfare state; nor did they aim to replace the arbitrary rule of King George and his ‘multitude of New Offices’ and ‘swarms of Officers,’ as stated in the Declaration of Independence, with their own oppressive bureaucracy. Instead, they fought for individual liberty—and that made America an exception among all other nations.” —from the introduction It’s become fashionable among the liberal elite to downplay, deride, even deny America’s greatness. The political correctness police insist that America is hated around the world for being too big, too powerful, too rich, too successful, too loud, too intrusive. And besides, it’s not nice to brag. They are completely missing the point. America’s greatness, America’s exceptional greatness, is not based on the fact that we are the most powerful, most prosperous—and most generous—nation on earth. Rather, those things are the result of American Exceptionalism. To understand American Exceptionalism, as Newt Gingrich passionately argues in A Nation like No Other, one must understand our unique birth as a nation. American Exceptionalism is found in the simple yet utterly remarkable principles expressed in the Declaration of Independence, “that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.” Our nation is exceptional, continues Newt, because we—unlike any nation before or since—are united by the belief and the promise that no king, no government, no ruling class has the power to infringe upon the rights of the individual. And when such a government attempts to do so, we will vigorously reject them. Sadly, many politicians and leaders today have forgotten our sacred commitment to these ideals. Our government has strayed alarmingly far from the scope of limited powers framed by our Founders. Meanwhile, the liberal media seek out, and sometimes create, stories intended to portray America as a bully and a thief. Even our own president seems clueless, assuring us that yes, yes, he believes in American exceptionalism, just like the Greeks believe in Greek exceptionalism and the British in British exceptionalism. But American Exceptionalism is not about cheerleading for the home team. It’s about recognizing and honoring the history-making, world-changing ideals our Founding Fathers enshrined to make this a nation of the people, by the people, for the people. And, as Lincoln warned, we must rededicate ourselves to those principles, lest our truly exceptional nation perish from this earth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Nation like No Other: Why American Exceptionalism Matters
Author: Newt Gingrich
Narrator: Callista Gingrich
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 58 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Belief in American Exceptionalism leads inexorably to a smaller, more effective, accountable, and limited government. The American revolutionaries did not shed their blood for the welfare state; nor did they aim to replace the arbitrary rule of King George and his ‘multitude of New Offices’ and ‘swarms of Officers,’ as stated in the Declaration of Independence, with their own oppressive bureaucracy. Instead, they fought for individual liberty—and that made America an exception among all other nations.” —from the introduction It’s become fashionable among the liberal elite to downplay, deride, even deny America’s greatness. The political correctness police insist that America is hated around the world for being too big, too powerful, too rich, too successful, too loud, too intrusive. And besides, it’s not nice to brag. They are completely missing the point. America’s greatness, America’s exceptional greatness, is not based on the fact that we are the most powerful, most prosperous—and most generous—nation on earth. Rather, those things are the result of American Exceptionalism. To understand American Exceptionalism, as Newt Gingrich passionately argues in A Nation like No Other, one must understand our unique birth as a nation. American Exceptionalism is found in the simple yet utterly remarkable principles expressed in the Declaration of Independence, “that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.” Our nation is exceptional, continues Newt, because we—unlike any nation before or since—are united by the belief and the promise that no king, no government, no ruling class has the power to infringe upon the rights of the individual. And when such a government attempts to do so, we will vigorously reject them. Sadly, many politicians and leaders today have forgotten our sacred commitment to these ideals. Our government has strayed alarmingly far from the scope of limited powers framed by our Founders. Meanwhile, the liberal media seek out, and sometimes create, stories intended to portray America as a bully and a thief. Even our own president seems clueless, assuring us that yes, yes, he believes in American exceptionalism, just like the Greeks believe in Greek exceptionalism and the British in British exceptionalism. But American Exceptionalism is not about cheerleading for the home team. It’s about recognizing and honoring the history-making, world-changing ideals our Founding Fathers enshrined to make this a nation of the people, by the people, for the people. And, as Lincoln warned, we must rededicate ourselves to those principles, lest our truly exceptional nation perish from this earth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism by Frank Miniter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism
Author: Frank Miniter
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Founding Fathers created the Bill of Rights to document our inalienable rights and to strictly limit the government’s power. These ten amendments are the foundation of American Exceptionalism—yet that foundation is quickly eroding. With every new sweeping regulation and invasive policy, the Obama administration is twisting the Bill of Rights and corrupting its true purpose. Here to rescue this sacred document from the leftist politicians and activist liberal judges is bestselling author Frank Miniter with Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism. In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter examines and explains the Bill of Rights amendment by amendment, reminding us exactly what we can do—and more importantly, what the federal government can’t do. “The Left has hijacked the Bill of Rights,” says Miniter, “and it’s up to us to take it back.” In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter reveals exactly how we can return the power of the Bill of Rights to its proper role in government and reestablish our Founding Fathers’ vision for America.</description>
      <author>Frank Miniter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481588461.mp3" length="908402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481588461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism
Author: Frank Miniter
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Founding Fathers created the Bill of Rights to document our inalienable rights and to strictly limit the government’s power. These ten amendments are the foundation of American Exceptionalism—yet that foundation is quickly eroding. With every new sweeping regulation and invasive policy, the Obama administration is twisting the Bill of Rights and corrupting its true purpose. Here to rescue this sacred document from the leftist politicians and activist liberal judges is bestselling author Frank Miniter with Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism. In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter examines and explains the Bill of Rights amendment by amendment, reminding us exactly what we can do—and more importantly, what the federal government can’t do. “The Left has hijacked the Bill of Rights,” says Miniter, “and it’s up to us to take it back.” In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter reveals exactly how we can return the power of the Bill of Rights to its proper role in government and reestablish our Founding Fathers’ vision for America.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism
Author: Frank Miniter
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 43 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Our Founding Fathers created the Bill of Rights to document our inalienable rights and to strictly limit the government’s power. These ten amendments are the foundation of American Exceptionalism—yet that foundation is quickly eroding. With every new sweeping regulation and invasive policy, the Obama administration is twisting the Bill of Rights and corrupting its true purpose. Here to rescue this sacred document from the leftist politicians and activist liberal judges is bestselling author Frank Miniter with Saving the Bill of Rights: Exposing the Left’s Campaign to Destroy American Exceptionalism. In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter examines and explains the Bill of Rights amendment by amendment, reminding us exactly what we can do—and more importantly, what the federal government can’t do. “The Left has hijacked the Bill of Rights,” says Miniter, “and it’s up to us to take it back.” In Saving the Bill of Rights, Miniter reveals exactly how we can return the power of the Bill of Rights to its proper role in government and reestablish our Founding Fathers’ vision for America.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counterterrorist Unit by Eric L. Haney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counterterrorist Unit
Author: Eric L. Haney
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiration for the hit television series The Unit Delta Force. They are the US Army’s most elite top-secret strike force. They dominate the modern battlefield, but you won’t hear about their heroics on CNN. No headlines can reveal their top-secret missions, and no book has ever taken readers inside—until now. Here, a founding member of Delta Force takes us behind the veil of secrecy and into the action to reveal the never-before-told story of First Special Forces Operational Detachment-D (Delta Force). He is a master of espionage, trained to take on hijackers, terrorists, hostage takers, and enemy armies. He can deploy by parachute or arrive by commercial aircraft, survive alone in hostile cities, speak foreign languages fluently, strike at enemy targets with stunning swiftness and extraordinary teamwork. He is the ultimate modern warrior: the Delta Force Operator. In this dramatic behind-the-scenes chronicle, Eric Haney, one of the founding members of Delta Force, takes us inside this legendary counterterrorist unit. Here, for the first time, are details of the grueling selection process—designed to break the strongest of men—that singles out the best of the best: the Delta Force Operator. With heart-stopping immediacy, Haney tells what it’s really like to enter a hostage-held airplane. And from his days in Beirut, Haney tells an unforgettable tale of bodyguards and bombs, of a day-to-day life of madness and beauty, and of how he and a teammate are called on to kill two gunmen targeting US Marines at the Beirut airport. As part of the team sent to rescue American hostages in Tehran, Haney offers a first-person description of that failed mission that is a chilling, compelling account of a bold maneuver undone by chance—and a few fatal mistakes. From fighting guerrilla warfare in Honduras to rescuing missionaries in Sudan and leading the way onto the island of Grenada, Eric Haney captures the daring and discipline that distinguish the men of Delta Force. Inside Delta Force brings honor to these singular men while it puts us in the middle of around-the-world action that is sudden, frightening, and nonstop.</description>
      <author>Eric L. Haney</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483059594.mp3" length="851006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483059594.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counterterrorist Unit
Author: Eric L. Haney
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiration for the hit television series The Unit Delta Force. They are the US Army’s most elite top-secret strike force. They dominate the modern battlefield, but you won’t hear about their heroics on CNN. No headlines can reveal their top-secret missions, and no book has ever taken readers inside—until now. Here, a founding member of Delta Force takes us behind the veil of secrecy and into the action to reveal the never-before-told story of First Special Forces Operational Detachment-D (Delta Force). He is a master of espionage, trained to take on hijackers, terrorists, hostage takers, and enemy armies. He can deploy by parachute or arrive by commercial aircraft, survive alone in hostile cities, speak foreign languages fluently, strike at enemy targets with stunning swiftness and extraordinary teamwork. He is the ultimate modern warrior: the Delta Force Operator. In this dramatic behind-the-scenes chronicle, Eric Haney, one of the founding members of Delta Force, takes us inside this legendary counterterrorist unit. Here, for the first time, are details of the grueling selection process—designed to break the strongest of men—that singles out the best of the best: the Delta Force Operator. With heart-stopping immediacy, Haney tells what it’s really like to enter a hostage-held airplane. And from his days in Beirut, Haney tells an unforgettable tale of bodyguards and bombs, of a day-to-day life of madness and beauty, and of how he and a teammate are called on to kill two gunmen targeting US Marines at the Beirut airport. As part of the team sent to rescue American hostages in Tehran, Haney offers a first-person description of that failed mission that is a chilling, compelling account of a bold maneuver undone by chance—and a few fatal mistakes. From fighting guerrilla warfare in Honduras to rescuing missionaries in Sudan and leading the way onto the island of Grenada, Eric Haney captures the daring and discipline that distinguish the men of Delta Force. Inside Delta Force brings honor to these singular men while it puts us in the middle of around-the-world action that is sudden, frightening, and nonstop.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Delta Force: The Story of America’s Elite Counterterrorist Unit
Author: Eric L. Haney
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 18, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The inspiration for the hit television series The Unit Delta Force. They are the US Army’s most elite top-secret strike force. They dominate the modern battlefield, but you won’t hear about their heroics on CNN. No headlines can reveal their top-secret missions, and no book has ever taken readers inside—until now. Here, a founding member of Delta Force takes us behind the veil of secrecy and into the action to reveal the never-before-told story of First Special Forces Operational Detachment-D (Delta Force). He is a master of espionage, trained to take on hijackers, terrorists, hostage takers, and enemy armies. He can deploy by parachute or arrive by commercial aircraft, survive alone in hostile cities, speak foreign languages fluently, strike at enemy targets with stunning swiftness and extraordinary teamwork. He is the ultimate modern warrior: the Delta Force Operator. In this dramatic behind-the-scenes chronicle, Eric Haney, one of the founding members of Delta Force, takes us inside this legendary counterterrorist unit. Here, for the first time, are details of the grueling selection process—designed to break the strongest of men—that singles out the best of the best: the Delta Force Operator. With heart-stopping immediacy, Haney tells what it’s really like to enter a hostage-held airplane. And from his days in Beirut, Haney tells an unforgettable tale of bodyguards and bombs, of a day-to-day life of madness and beauty, and of how he and a teammate are called on to kill two gunmen targeting US Marines at the Beirut airport. As part of the team sent to rescue American hostages in Tehran, Haney offers a first-person description of that failed mission that is a chilling, compelling account of a bold maneuver undone by chance—and a few fatal mistakes. From fighting guerrilla warfare in Honduras to rescuing missionaries in Sudan and leading the way onto the island of Grenada, Eric Haney captures the daring and discipline that distinguish the men of Delta Force. Inside Delta Force brings honor to these singular men while it puts us in the middle of around-the-world action that is sudden, frightening, and nonstop.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy by David Freddoso</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy
Author: David Freddoso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bribery … coercion … intimidation. Sounds like a movie review of The Godfather, but unfortunately we&amp;#039;re talking about your federal government. So says bestselling author David Freddoso. InGangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy, Freddoso exposes how the Obama administration bears a closer resemblance to the mob than to a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Laying bare the backdoor deals, threats, and pay-to-play schemes Obama uses to push his policies on unsuspecting voters, Gangster Government proves that Obama is more concerned with protecting his friends and punishing his enemies than doing right by the American public. In this shocking book, Freddoso reveals: who really benefited from the auto industry bailout and the stimulus package (it wasn&amp;#039;t the car companies or the American people); how Obama and his EPA cronies are setting up a protection racket to control fossil fuels; why trial lawyers will benefit from Obamacare more than anyone else; and much more. Controversial and compelling, Gangster Government reveals an administration that is so corrupt, it would make Al Capone blush.</description>
      <author>David Freddoso</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481588065.mp3" length="841513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481588065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy
Author: David Freddoso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bribery … coercion … intimidation. Sounds like a movie review of The Godfather, but unfortunately we&amp;#039;re talking about your federal government. So says bestselling author David Freddoso. InGangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy, Freddoso exposes how the Obama administration bears a closer resemblance to the mob than to a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Laying bare the backdoor deals, threats, and pay-to-play schemes Obama uses to push his policies on unsuspecting voters, Gangster Government proves that Obama is more concerned with protecting his friends and punishing his enemies than doing right by the American public. In this shocking book, Freddoso reveals: who really benefited from the auto industry bailout and the stimulus package (it wasn&amp;#039;t the car companies or the American people); how Obama and his EPA cronies are setting up a protection racket to control fossil fuels; why trial lawyers will benefit from Obamacare more than anyone else; and much more. Controversial and compelling, Gangster Government reveals an administration that is so corrupt, it would make Al Capone blush.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628559</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy
Author: David Freddoso
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bribery … coercion … intimidation. Sounds like a movie review of The Godfather, but unfortunately we&amp;#039;re talking about your federal government. So says bestselling author David Freddoso. InGangster Government: Barack Obama and the New Washington Thugocracy, Freddoso exposes how the Obama administration bears a closer resemblance to the mob than to a government of the people, by the people, and for the people. Laying bare the backdoor deals, threats, and pay-to-play schemes Obama uses to push his policies on unsuspecting voters, Gangster Government proves that Obama is more concerned with protecting his friends and punishing his enemies than doing right by the American public. In this shocking book, Freddoso reveals: who really benefited from the auto industry bailout and the stimulus package (it wasn&amp;#039;t the car companies or the American people); how Obama and his EPA cronies are setting up a protection racket to control fossil fuels; why trial lawyers will benefit from Obamacare more than anyone else; and much more. Controversial and compelling, Gangster Government reveals an administration that is so corrupt, it would make Al Capone blush.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FDR: The First Hundred Days by Anthony J. Badger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR: The First Hundred Days
Author: Anthony J. Badger
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Franklin Roosevelt entered the White House in 1933 confronting twenty-five-percent unemployment, bank closings, and a nationwide crisis in confidence. Between March 9 and June 16, FDR sent Congress a record number of bills, all of which passed easily. With reforms ranging from the legalization of alcohol to mortgage relief for millions of Americans, Roosevelt launched the New Deal that conservatives have been working to roll back ever since. Badger emphasizes Roosevelt’s political gifts even as the president and his Brains Trust of advisors, guided by principles, largely felt their way toward solutions to the nation’s manifold problems. Reintroducing the contingency that marked those fateful days, Badger humanizes Roosevelt and suggests a far more useful yardstick for future presidents: the politics of the possible under the guidance of principle.</description>
      <author>Anthony J. Badger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Dec 2008 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481552790.mp3" length="873521" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481552790.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR: The First Hundred Days
Author: Anthony J. Badger
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Franklin Roosevelt entered the White House in 1933 confronting twenty-five-percent unemployment, bank closings, and a nationwide crisis in confidence. Between March 9 and June 16, FDR sent Congress a record number of bills, all of which passed easily. With reforms ranging from the legalization of alcohol to mortgage relief for millions of Americans, Roosevelt launched the New Deal that conservatives have been working to roll back ever since. Badger emphasizes Roosevelt’s political gifts even as the president and his Brains Trust of advisors, guided by principles, largely felt their way toward solutions to the nation’s manifold problems. Reintroducing the contingency that marked those fateful days, Badger humanizes Roosevelt and suggests a far more useful yardstick for future presidents: the politics of the possible under the guidance of principle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FDR: The First Hundred Days
Author: Anthony J. Badger
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December 23, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Franklin Roosevelt entered the White House in 1933 confronting twenty-five-percent unemployment, bank closings, and a nationwide crisis in confidence. Between March 9 and June 16, FDR sent Congress a record number of bills, all of which passed easily. With reforms ranging from the legalization of alcohol to mortgage relief for millions of Americans, Roosevelt launched the New Deal that conservatives have been working to roll back ever since. Badger emphasizes Roosevelt’s political gifts even as the president and his Brains Trust of advisors, guided by principles, largely felt their way toward solutions to the nation’s manifold problems. Reintroducing the contingency that marked those fateful days, Badger humanizes Roosevelt and suggests a far more useful yardstick for future presidents: the politics of the possible under the guidance of principle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>True Enough: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society by Farhad Manjoo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Enough: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why has punditry overtaken news, with so many media outlets pushing partisan agendas instead of information? Why do lies seem to linger so long in the cultural subconscious even after they&amp;#039;ve been thoroughly discredited? And why, when more people than ever before are documenting the truth with laptops and digital cameras, does fact-free spin and propaganda seem to work so well? Comedian Stephen Colbert&amp;#039;s catchword &amp;#039;truthiness&amp;#039; captured something essential about our age: that people are now more comfortable with ideas thatfeeltrue, even if the evidence for those beliefs is thin. In a subtle and fascinating exploration, Farhad Manjoo explains what&amp;#039;s powering this phenomenon. He explores how new technologies that give us control over what we see and read have caused &amp;#039;reality&amp;#039; to split across political and cultural lines, allowing opposing groups to subscribe not only to different opinions from each other but also different facts.In an age of talk radio, cable television, and the blog- and YouTube-addled internet universe, it is no longer necessary for any of us to confront notions that contradict what we &amp;#039;know&amp;#039; to be true. With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers—whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar—have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties, all of whom prove thattruematters less, now, than trueenough.</description>
      <author>Farhad Manjoo</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jun 2008 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481567619.mp3" length="874100" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481567619.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Enough: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why has punditry overtaken news, with so many media outlets pushing partisan agendas instead of information? Why do lies seem to linger so long in the cultural subconscious even after they&amp;#039;ve been thoroughly discredited? And why, when more people than ever before are documenting the truth with laptops and digital cameras, does fact-free spin and propaganda seem to work so well? Comedian Stephen Colbert&amp;#039;s catchword &amp;#039;truthiness&amp;#039; captured something essential about our age: that people are now more comfortable with ideas thatfeeltrue, even if the evidence for those beliefs is thin. In a subtle and fascinating exploration, Farhad Manjoo explains what&amp;#039;s powering this phenomenon. He explores how new technologies that give us control over what we see and read have caused &amp;#039;reality&amp;#039; to split across political and cultural lines, allowing opposing groups to subscribe not only to different opinions from each other but also different facts.In an age of talk radio, cable television, and the blog- and YouTube-addled internet universe, it is no longer necessary for any of us to confront notions that contradict what we &amp;#039;know&amp;#039; to be true. With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers—whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar—have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties, all of whom prove thattruematters less, now, than trueenough.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: True Enough: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Why has punditry overtaken news, with so many media outlets pushing partisan agendas instead of information? Why do lies seem to linger so long in the cultural subconscious even after they&amp;#039;ve been thoroughly discredited? And why, when more people than ever before are documenting the truth with laptops and digital cameras, does fact-free spin and propaganda seem to work so well? Comedian Stephen Colbert&amp;#039;s catchword &amp;#039;truthiness&amp;#039; captured something essential about our age: that people are now more comfortable with ideas thatfeeltrue, even if the evidence for those beliefs is thin. In a subtle and fascinating exploration, Farhad Manjoo explains what&amp;#039;s powering this phenomenon. He explores how new technologies that give us control over what we see and read have caused &amp;#039;reality&amp;#039; to split across political and cultural lines, allowing opposing groups to subscribe not only to different opinions from each other but also different facts.In an age of talk radio, cable television, and the blog- and YouTube-addled internet universe, it is no longer necessary for any of us to confront notions that contradict what we &amp;#039;know&amp;#039; to be true. With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers—whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar—have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties, all of whom prove thattruematters less, now, than trueenough.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Happened: Inside the Bush White House and Washington’s Culture of Deception by Scott Mcclellan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Happened: Inside the Bush White House and Washington’s Culture of Deception
Author: Scott Mcclellan
Narrator: Scott Mcclellan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling book that provoked a media sensation, former White House press secretary Scott McClellan takes readers behind the scenes of the presidency of George W. Bush. McClellan belonged to Bush’s select inner circle of trusted advisors during one of the most challenging and contentious periods of recent history. Over a period of more than seven years, he witnessed day-to-day exactly how the presidency veered off course: not only by its decision to topple Saddam Hussein but by an embrace of confrontational politics in the face of an increasingly partisan Washington and hostile media. In this refreshingly clear-eyed book, McClellan provides unique perspective on what happened and why it happened the way it did, including the Iraq war, Hurricane Katrina, and two hotly contested presidential campaigns. He gives readers a candid look into who George W. Bush is and what he believes and explores the lessons this presidency offers the American people as we look to the future.</description>
      <author>Scott Mcclellan</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2008 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483057217.mp3" length="821261" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483057217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Happened: Inside the Bush White House and Washington’s Culture of Deception
Author: Scott Mcclellan
Narrator: Scott Mcclellan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling book that provoked a media sensation, former White House press secretary Scott McClellan takes readers behind the scenes of the presidency of George W. Bush. McClellan belonged to Bush’s select inner circle of trusted advisors during one of the most challenging and contentious periods of recent history. Over a period of more than seven years, he witnessed day-to-day exactly how the presidency veered off course: not only by its decision to topple Saddam Hussein but by an embrace of confrontational politics in the face of an increasingly partisan Washington and hostile media. In this refreshingly clear-eyed book, McClellan provides unique perspective on what happened and why it happened the way it did, including the Iraq war, Hurricane Katrina, and two hotly contested presidential campaigns. He gives readers a candid look into who George W. Bush is and what he believes and explores the lessons this presidency offers the American people as we look to the future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Happened: Inside the Bush White House and Washington’s Culture of Deception
Author: Scott Mcclellan
Narrator: Scott Mcclellan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the bestselling book that provoked a media sensation, former White House press secretary Scott McClellan takes readers behind the scenes of the presidency of George W. Bush. McClellan belonged to Bush’s select inner circle of trusted advisors during one of the most challenging and contentious periods of recent history. Over a period of more than seven years, he witnessed day-to-day exactly how the presidency veered off course: not only by its decision to topple Saddam Hussein but by an embrace of confrontational politics in the face of an increasingly partisan Washington and hostile media. In this refreshingly clear-eyed book, McClellan provides unique perspective on what happened and why it happened the way it did, including the Iraq war, Hurricane Katrina, and two hotly contested presidential campaigns. He gives readers a candid look into who George W. Bush is and what he believes and explores the lessons this presidency offers the American people as we look to the future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anti-Chomsky Reader by Peter Collier, David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anti-Chomsky Reader
Author: Peter Collier, David Horowitz
Narrator: Kirk Jordan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Noam Chomsky’s defense of Pol Pot and the genocidal Khymer Rouge, as well as his bizarre associations with Holocaust revisionists, may surprise those who think they know what he believes. Other Chomsky views, such as his claim that the United States has taken the place of Nazi Germany on the world stage, will be more familiar. With Chomskyism growing here and abroad, Collier writes, “It is clearly time for a reckoning.” The essays in this book provide a response to the millions of words Noam Chomsky has written in the past forty years. Examining Chomsky’s controversial ideas about various foreign and domestic issues and even the legitimacy of the linguistics theories on which his reputation rests, The Anti-Chomsky Reader explores the dark corners of what the New Yorker recently called “one of the greatest minds of the twentieth century.”</description>
      <author>Peter Collier, David Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Dec 2007 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481566735.mp3" length="905418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481566735.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anti-Chomsky Reader
Author: Peter Collier, David Horowitz
Narrator: Kirk Jordan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Noam Chomsky’s defense of Pol Pot and the genocidal Khymer Rouge, as well as his bizarre associations with Holocaust revisionists, may surprise those who think they know what he believes. Other Chomsky views, such as his claim that the United States has taken the place of Nazi Germany on the world stage, will be more familiar. With Chomskyism growing here and abroad, Collier writes, “It is clearly time for a reckoning.” The essays in this book provide a response to the millions of words Noam Chomsky has written in the past forty years. Examining Chomsky’s controversial ideas about various foreign and domestic issues and even the legitimacy of the linguistics theories on which his reputation rests, The Anti-Chomsky Reader explores the dark corners of what the New Yorker recently called “one of the greatest minds of the twentieth century.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anti-Chomsky Reader
Author: Peter Collier, David Horowitz
Narrator: Kirk Jordan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2007
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Noam Chomsky’s defense of Pol Pot and the genocidal Khymer Rouge, as well as his bizarre associations with Holocaust revisionists, may surprise those who think they know what he believes. Other Chomsky views, such as his claim that the United States has taken the place of Nazi Germany on the world stage, will be more familiar. With Chomskyism growing here and abroad, Collier writes, “It is clearly time for a reckoning.” The essays in this book provide a response to the millions of words Noam Chomsky has written in the past forty years. Examining Chomsky’s controversial ideas about various foreign and domestic issues and even the legitimacy of the linguistics theories on which his reputation rests, The Anti-Chomsky Reader explores the dark corners of what the New Yorker recently called “one of the greatest minds of the twentieth century.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Striking Back: The 1972 Munich Olympics Massacre and Israel’s Deadly Response by Aaron J. Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Striking Back: The 1972 Munich Olympics Massacre and Israel’s Deadly Response
Author: Aaron J. Klein
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
1972. The Munich Olympics. Palestinian members of the Black September group murder eleven Israeli athletes. Nine hundred million people watch the crisis unfold on television, witnessing a tragedy that inaugurates the modern age of terror. Back in Israel, Prime Minister Golda Meir vows to track down those responsible and, in Menachem Begin’s words, “run these criminals and murderers off the face of the earth.” A secret Mossad unit is mobilized, a list of targets drawn up. Thus begins the Israeli response, a mission that unfolds not over months but over decades. The Mossad has never spoken about this operation. No one has known the real story, until now. In this riveting account, Aaron Klein peels back layers of myth and misinformation about the “shadow war” against Black September and other terrorist groups.</description>
      <author>Aaron J. Klein</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481564274.mp3" length="871311" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481564274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Striking Back: The 1972 Munich Olympics Massacre and Israel’s Deadly Response
Author: Aaron J. Klein
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
1972. The Munich Olympics. Palestinian members of the Black September group murder eleven Israeli athletes. Nine hundred million people watch the crisis unfold on television, witnessing a tragedy that inaugurates the modern age of terror. Back in Israel, Prime Minister Golda Meir vows to track down those responsible and, in Menachem Begin’s words, “run these criminals and murderers off the face of the earth.” A secret Mossad unit is mobilized, a list of targets drawn up. Thus begins the Israeli response, a mission that unfolds not over months but over decades. The Mossad has never spoken about this operation. No one has known the real story, until now. In this riveting account, Aaron Klein peels back layers of myth and misinformation about the “shadow war” against Black September and other terrorist groups.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Striking Back: The 1972 Munich Olympics Massacre and Israel’s Deadly Response
Author: Aaron J. Klein
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
1972. The Munich Olympics. Palestinian members of the Black September group murder eleven Israeli athletes. Nine hundred million people watch the crisis unfold on television, witnessing a tragedy that inaugurates the modern age of terror. Back in Israel, Prime Minister Golda Meir vows to track down those responsible and, in Menachem Begin’s words, “run these criminals and murderers off the face of the earth.” A secret Mossad unit is mobilized, a list of targets drawn up. Thus begins the Israeli response, a mission that unfolds not over months but over decades. The Mossad has never spoken about this operation. No one has known the real story, until now. In this riveting account, Aaron Klein peels back layers of myth and misinformation about the “shadow war” against Black September and other terrorist groups.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Objection!: How High-Priced Defense Attorneys, Celebrity Defendants, and a 24/7 Media Have Hijacked Our Criminal Justice System by Nancy Grace</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Objection!: How High-Priced Defense Attorneys, Celebrity Defendants, and a 24/7 Media Have Hijacked Our Criminal Justice System
Author: Nancy Grace
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As host of Closing Arguments on Court TV and Nancy Grace on CNN Headline News, Nancy Grace has won legions of devoted fans with her intelligent, plainspoken approach to the law. A passionate advocate of victims’ rights and outspoken critic of the often circus-like atmosphere surrounding high-profile cases, Grace addresses the critical issues at the heart of the criminal justice system. In Objection!, she takes on a host of controversial topics, including the all-too-common “blame-the-victim” defense, the imperiled jury system, the inescapable effect of celebrity factor on trials, and the debate surrounding the death penalty. Grace also offers a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at some of the country’s most explosive trials, including those of Scott Peterson, Robert Blake, Michael Jackson, and Martha Stewart.</description>
      <author>Nancy Grace</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781482171945.mp3" length="849292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781482171945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Objection!: How High-Priced Defense Attorneys, Celebrity Defendants, and a 24/7 Media Have Hijacked Our Criminal Justice System
Author: Nancy Grace
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As host of Closing Arguments on Court TV and Nancy Grace on CNN Headline News, Nancy Grace has won legions of devoted fans with her intelligent, plainspoken approach to the law. A passionate advocate of victims’ rights and outspoken critic of the often circus-like atmosphere surrounding high-profile cases, Grace addresses the critical issues at the heart of the criminal justice system. In Objection!, she takes on a host of controversial topics, including the all-too-common “blame-the-victim” defense, the imperiled jury system, the inescapable effect of celebrity factor on trials, and the debate surrounding the death penalty. Grace also offers a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at some of the country’s most explosive trials, including those of Scott Peterson, Robert Blake, Michael Jackson, and Martha Stewart.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628347</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Objection!: How High-Priced Defense Attorneys, Celebrity Defendants, and a 24/7 Media Have Hijacked Our Criminal Justice System
Author: Nancy Grace
Narrator: Marguerite Gavin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As host of Closing Arguments on Court TV and Nancy Grace on CNN Headline News, Nancy Grace has won legions of devoted fans with her intelligent, plainspoken approach to the law. A passionate advocate of victims’ rights and outspoken critic of the often circus-like atmosphere surrounding high-profile cases, Grace addresses the critical issues at the heart of the criminal justice system. In Objection!, she takes on a host of controversial topics, including the all-too-common “blame-the-victim” defense, the imperiled jury system, the inescapable effect of celebrity factor on trials, and the debate surrounding the death penalty. Grace also offers a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at some of the country’s most explosive trials, including those of Scott Peterson, Robert Blake, Michael Jackson, and Martha Stewart.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Case for Democracy: The Power of Freedom to Overcome Tyranny and Terror by Natan Sharansky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Democracy: The Power of Freedom to Overcome Tyranny and Terror
Author: Natan Sharansky
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Natan Sharansky has lived an unusual life, spending nine years as a Soviet political prisoner and nine years as an Israeli politician. In this brilliantly analytical yet personal book, Sharansky and his longtime friend and advisor Ron Dermer make the case for democracy. The authors put nondemocratic societies under the microscope to reveal the mechanics of tyranny that sustain them, and explain why democracy is essential for our security. Freedom, Sharansky claims, is rooted in the right to dissent, and societies that do not protect that right can never be reliable partners for peace. But lasting tyranny can be consigned to history’s dustbin if the free world stays true to its ideals. The question is not whether we have the power to change the world, but whether we have the will to move beyond Right and Left and start thinking about right and wrong.</description>
      <author>Natan Sharansky</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2005 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481563659.mp3" length="886959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481563659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Democracy: The Power of Freedom to Overcome Tyranny and Terror
Author: Natan Sharansky
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Natan Sharansky has lived an unusual life, spending nine years as a Soviet political prisoner and nine years as an Israeli politician. In this brilliantly analytical yet personal book, Sharansky and his longtime friend and advisor Ron Dermer make the case for democracy. The authors put nondemocratic societies under the microscope to reveal the mechanics of tyranny that sustain them, and explain why democracy is essential for our security. Freedom, Sharansky claims, is rooted in the right to dissent, and societies that do not protect that right can never be reliable partners for peace. But lasting tyranny can be consigned to history’s dustbin if the free world stays true to its ideals. The question is not whether we have the power to change the world, but whether we have the will to move beyond Right and Left and start thinking about right and wrong.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Case for Democracy: The Power of Freedom to Overcome Tyranny and Terror
Author: Natan Sharansky
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Natan Sharansky has lived an unusual life, spending nine years as a Soviet political prisoner and nine years as an Israeli politician. In this brilliantly analytical yet personal book, Sharansky and his longtime friend and advisor Ron Dermer make the case for democracy. The authors put nondemocratic societies under the microscope to reveal the mechanics of tyranny that sustain them, and explain why democracy is essential for our security. Freedom, Sharansky claims, is rooted in the right to dissent, and societies that do not protect that right can never be reliable partners for peace. But lasting tyranny can be consigned to history’s dustbin if the free world stays true to its ideals. The question is not whether we have the power to change the world, but whether we have the will to move beyond Right and Left and start thinking about right and wrong.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Freedom: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad by Fareed Zakaria</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Freedom: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Ned Schmidtke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
More democracy means more freedom. Or does it? American democracy is, in many people&amp;#039;s minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Abroad, the spread of democracy has not produced a corresponding growth of liberty. We are seeing in many parts of the world, a strange creature—the elected autocrat. Zakaria calls for a restoration of the balance between liberty and democracy and shows how liberal democracy has to be made effective and relevant for our times. A modern classic that uses historical analysis to shed light on the present, The Future of Freedom enjoyed extended stays on the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Washington Post bestseller lists and has been translated into eighteen languages.</description>
      <author>Fareed Zakaria</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Jun 2005 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481579780.mp3" length="883589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481579780.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Freedom: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Ned Schmidtke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
More democracy means more freedom. Or does it? American democracy is, in many people&amp;#039;s minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Abroad, the spread of democracy has not produced a corresponding growth of liberty. We are seeing in many parts of the world, a strange creature—the elected autocrat. Zakaria calls for a restoration of the balance between liberty and democracy and shows how liberal democracy has to be made effective and relevant for our times. A modern classic that uses historical analysis to shed light on the present, The Future of Freedom enjoyed extended stays on the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Washington Post bestseller lists and has been translated into eighteen languages.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628287</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Freedom: Illiberal Democracy at Home and Abroad
Author: Fareed Zakaria
Narrator: Ned Schmidtke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 4 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2005
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
More democracy means more freedom. Or does it? American democracy is, in many people&amp;#039;s minds, the model for the rest of the world. Fareed Zakaria points out that the American form of democracy is one of the least democratic in use today. Members of the Supreme Court and the Federal Reserve, institutions that fundamentally shape our lives, are appointed, not elected. The Bill of Rights enumerates a set of privileges to which citizens are entitled, no matter what the majority says. By restricting our democracy, we enhance our freedom. Abroad, the spread of democracy has not produced a corresponding growth of liberty. We are seeing in many parts of the world, a strange creature—the elected autocrat. Zakaria calls for a restoration of the balance between liberty and democracy and shows how liberal democracy has to be made effective and relevant for our times. A modern classic that uses historical analysis to shed light on the present, The Future of Freedom enjoyed extended stays on the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Washington Post bestseller lists and has been translated into eighteen languages.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hatred’s Kingdom: How Saudi Arabia Supports the New Global Terrorism by Dore Gold</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hatred’s Kingdom: How Saudi Arabia Supports the New Global Terrorism
Author: Dore Gold
Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this New York Times bestseller, Middle East expert Dore Gold provides the startling evidence of how Saudi Arabia is not only linked to terror but has in factspawned the current wave of global terrorism. Using previously unpublished documents, Gold, the former Israeli ambassador to the United Nations, exposes how the deeply ingrained hatred that has provoked the new terrorism has its roots in Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s dominant religious creed, a radical Islamic offshoot known as Wahhabism. Through meticulous research, Dore Gold connects the dots, tapping into his rich knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his years of hands-on diplomatic experience. He also shows what is being overlooked in the current war on terror. As Gold stunningly reveals, unless the United States and its allies change their approach and cast a cold eye on supposed partner Saudi Arabia, the war on terror will not be won. It will be only a matter of time before another Osama bin Laden emerges. If there is a single book that clearly explains Saudi Arabia, the complexities of the Middle East, and the rise of the new global terrorism in one volume, this is the one.</description>
      <author>Dore Gold</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Aug 2009 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481579704.mp3" length="916964" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481579704.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hatred’s Kingdom: How Saudi Arabia Supports the New Global Terrorism
Author: Dore Gold
Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this New York Times bestseller, Middle East expert Dore Gold provides the startling evidence of how Saudi Arabia is not only linked to terror but has in factspawned the current wave of global terrorism. Using previously unpublished documents, Gold, the former Israeli ambassador to the United Nations, exposes how the deeply ingrained hatred that has provoked the new terrorism has its roots in Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s dominant religious creed, a radical Islamic offshoot known as Wahhabism. Through meticulous research, Dore Gold connects the dots, tapping into his rich knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his years of hands-on diplomatic experience. He also shows what is being overlooked in the current war on terror. As Gold stunningly reveals, unless the United States and its allies change their approach and cast a cold eye on supposed partner Saudi Arabia, the war on terror will not be won. It will be only a matter of time before another Osama bin Laden emerges. If there is a single book that clearly explains Saudi Arabia, the complexities of the Middle East, and the rise of the new global terrorism in one volume, this is the one.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hatred’s Kingdom: How Saudi Arabia Supports the New Global Terrorism
Author: Dore Gold
Narrator: Wanda Mccaddon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 24, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this New York Times bestseller, Middle East expert Dore Gold provides the startling evidence of how Saudi Arabia is not only linked to terror but has in factspawned the current wave of global terrorism. Using previously unpublished documents, Gold, the former Israeli ambassador to the United Nations, exposes how the deeply ingrained hatred that has provoked the new terrorism has its roots in Saudi Arabia&amp;#039;s dominant religious creed, a radical Islamic offshoot known as Wahhabism. Through meticulous research, Dore Gold connects the dots, tapping into his rich knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his years of hands-on diplomatic experience. He also shows what is being overlooked in the current war on terror. As Gold stunningly reveals, unless the United States and its allies change their approach and cast a cold eye on supposed partner Saudi Arabia, the war on terror will not be won. It will be only a matter of time before another Osama bin Laden emerges. If there is a single book that clearly explains Saudi Arabia, the complexities of the Middle East, and the rise of the new global terrorism in one volume, this is the one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits by David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politics is war; but in America, one side is doing all the shooting—the liberals. Shell-shocked conservatives blame their failures on the media or on unscrupulous opponents, but they refuse to name the real culprit: themselves. In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last ten years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The bestselling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.</description>
      <author>David Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2008 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481548755.mp3" length="865941" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481548755.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politics is war; but in America, one side is doing all the shooting—the liberals. Shell-shocked conservatives blame their failures on the media or on unscrupulous opponents, but they refuse to name the real culprit: themselves. In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last ten years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The bestselling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628236</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 15 minutes
Release date: September 11, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politics is war; but in America, one side is doing all the shooting—the liberals. Shell-shocked conservatives blame their failures on the media or on unscrupulous opponents, but they refuse to name the real culprit: themselves. In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&amp;#039;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last ten years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The bestselling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal by Ayn Rand</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal
Author: Ayn Rand
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The foundations of capitalism are being battered by a flood of altruism, which is the cause of the modern world’s collapse. This is the view of Ayn Rand, a view so radically opposed to prevailing attitudes that it constitutes a major philosophic revolution. In her series of essays, she presents her stand on the persecution of big business, the causes of war, the default of conservatism, and the evils of altruism. This collection of twenty-six essays includes twenty by Ayn Rand as well as three essays by Alan Greenspan, two by Nathaniel Branden, and one by Robert Hessen. These essays are a challenging look at modern society by some of America’s most provocative intellectuals.</description>
      <author>Ayn Rand</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483064659.mp3" length="883769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483064659.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal
Author: Ayn Rand
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The foundations of capitalism are being battered by a flood of altruism, which is the cause of the modern world’s collapse. This is the view of Ayn Rand, a view so radically opposed to prevailing attitudes that it constitutes a major philosophic revolution. In her series of essays, she presents her stand on the persecution of big business, the causes of war, the default of conservatism, and the evils of altruism. This collection of twenty-six essays includes twenty by Ayn Rand as well as three essays by Alan Greenspan, two by Nathaniel Branden, and one by Robert Hessen. These essays are a challenging look at modern society by some of America’s most provocative intellectuals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628221</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal
Author: Ayn Rand
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 15 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The foundations of capitalism are being battered by a flood of altruism, which is the cause of the modern world’s collapse. This is the view of Ayn Rand, a view so radically opposed to prevailing attitudes that it constitutes a major philosophic revolution. In her series of essays, she presents her stand on the persecution of big business, the causes of war, the default of conservatism, and the evils of altruism. This collection of twenty-six essays includes twenty by Ayn Rand as well as three essays by Alan Greenspan, two by Nathaniel Branden, and one by Robert Hessen. These essays are a challenging look at modern society by some of America’s most provocative intellectuals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Machiavellians: Defenders of Freedom by James Burnham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Machiavellians: Defenders of Freedom
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work of political theory and practice offers an account of the modern Machiavellians, a remarkable group who have been influential in Europe and practically unknown in the United States. The book devotes a long section to Machiavelli himself as well as to such modern Machiavellians as Gaetano Mosca, Georges Sorel, Robert Michels and Vilfredo Pareto. Burnham contends that the writings of these men hold the key both to the truth about politics and to the preservation of political liberty.</description>
      <author>James Burnham</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Oct 2009 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481578400.mp3" length="913694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481578400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Machiavellians: Defenders of Freedom
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work of political theory and practice offers an account of the modern Machiavellians, a remarkable group who have been influential in Europe and practically unknown in the United States. The book devotes a long section to Machiavelli himself as well as to such modern Machiavellians as Gaetano Mosca, Georges Sorel, Robert Michels and Vilfredo Pareto. Burnham contends that the writings of these men hold the key both to the truth about politics and to the preservation of political liberty.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628202</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Machiavellians: Defenders of Freedom
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2009
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This classic work of political theory and practice offers an account of the modern Machiavellians, a remarkable group who have been influential in Europe and practically unknown in the United States. The book devotes a long section to Machiavelli himself as well as to such modern Machiavellians as Gaetano Mosca, Georges Sorel, Robert Michels and Vilfredo Pareto. Burnham contends that the writings of these men hold the key both to the truth about politics and to the preservation of political liberty.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey by David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
David Horowitz was one of the founders of the New Left and an editor of Ramparts, the magazine that set the intellectual and revolutionary tone for the movement. From his vantage point at the center of the action, he populates Radical Son with vivid portraits of people who made the radical decade, while unmaking America at the same time. We are introduced to an aged Bertrand Russell, the world-famous philosopher and godson of John Stuart Mill, who in his nineties became America&amp;#039;s scourge. There is Tom Hayden, the radical Everyman who promoted guerrilla warfare in America&amp;#039;s cities in the Sixties and became a Democratic state senator when his revolutions failed. We meet Huey Newton, a street hustler and murderer who founded the Black Panthers. A brutal murder committed by the Panthers prompts Horowitz&amp;#039;s profound &amp;#039;second thoughts&amp;#039; that eventually transformed him into an intellectual leader of conservatism and its most prominent activist in Hollywood. Horowitz moved from one set of political convictions to another over the course of thirty years, and here he challenges listeners to consider how they came by their own convictions.</description>
      <author>David Horowitz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2009 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483074443.mp3" length="863874" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483074443.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
David Horowitz was one of the founders of the New Left and an editor of Ramparts, the magazine that set the intellectual and revolutionary tone for the movement. From his vantage point at the center of the action, he populates Radical Son with vivid portraits of people who made the radical decade, while unmaking America at the same time. We are introduced to an aged Bertrand Russell, the world-famous philosopher and godson of John Stuart Mill, who in his nineties became America&amp;#039;s scourge. There is Tom Hayden, the radical Everyman who promoted guerrilla warfare in America&amp;#039;s cities in the Sixties and became a Democratic state senator when his revolutions failed. We meet Huey Newton, a street hustler and murderer who founded the Black Panthers. A brutal murder committed by the Panthers prompts Horowitz&amp;#039;s profound &amp;#039;second thoughts&amp;#039; that eventually transformed him into an intellectual leader of conservatism and its most prominent activist in Hollywood. Horowitz moved from one set of political convictions to another over the course of thirty years, and here he challenges listeners to consider how they came by their own convictions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Radical Son: A Generational Odyssey
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 9 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
David Horowitz was one of the founders of the New Left and an editor of Ramparts, the magazine that set the intellectual and revolutionary tone for the movement. From his vantage point at the center of the action, he populates Radical Son with vivid portraits of people who made the radical decade, while unmaking America at the same time. We are introduced to an aged Bertrand Russell, the world-famous philosopher and godson of John Stuart Mill, who in his nineties became America&amp;#039;s scourge. There is Tom Hayden, the radical Everyman who promoted guerrilla warfare in America&amp;#039;s cities in the Sixties and became a Democratic state senator when his revolutions failed. We meet Huey Newton, a street hustler and murderer who founded the Black Panthers. A brutal murder committed by the Panthers prompts Horowitz&amp;#039;s profound &amp;#039;second thoughts&amp;#039; that eventually transformed him into an intellectual leader of conservatism and its most prominent activist in Hollywood. Horowitz moved from one set of political convictions to another over the course of thirty years, and here he challenges listeners to consider how they came by their own convictions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Country: The Shaping of America from Roosevelt to Reagan by Michael Barone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Country: The Shaping of America from Roosevelt to Reagan
Author: Michael Barone
Narrator: William Lavelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this rare, sweeping history, Michael Barone draws from deep within the political and social record of modern America to tell the story of how the country of our parents and of our grandparents became the prosperous and powerful nation we know today. Barone points out that the single most significant issue to dominate American politics in this century is that of who really is an American. Gone are the vaunted battles over the distribution of wealth and income. In their place are the powerfully rooted political battles fought between America’s cultural poles: its racial and ethnic groups, its urban liberals and small-town conservatives, its state’s rightists and centrists, and ultimately also between advocates of culturally diverse lifestyles. Barone’s extensive knowledge of the historical record and his portrayal of well-known individual participants add color and dimension to this narrative.</description>
      <author>Michael Barone</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483078823.mp3" length="868434" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483078823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>39:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Country: The Shaping of America from Roosevelt to Reagan
Author: Michael Barone
Narrator: William Lavelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this rare, sweeping history, Michael Barone draws from deep within the political and social record of modern America to tell the story of how the country of our parents and of our grandparents became the prosperous and powerful nation we know today. Barone points out that the single most significant issue to dominate American politics in this century is that of who really is an American. Gone are the vaunted battles over the distribution of wealth and income. In their place are the powerfully rooted political battles fought between America’s cultural poles: its racial and ethnic groups, its urban liberals and small-town conservatives, its state’s rightists and centrists, and ultimately also between advocates of culturally diverse lifestyles. Barone’s extensive knowledge of the historical record and his portrayal of well-known individual participants add color and dimension to this narrative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628044</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Our Country: The Shaping of America from Roosevelt to Reagan
Author: Michael Barone
Narrator: William Lavelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 39 hours 54 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this rare, sweeping history, Michael Barone draws from deep within the political and social record of modern America to tell the story of how the country of our parents and of our grandparents became the prosperous and powerful nation we know today. Barone points out that the single most significant issue to dominate American politics in this century is that of who really is an American. Gone are the vaunted battles over the distribution of wealth and income. In their place are the powerfully rooted political battles fought between America’s cultural poles: its racial and ethnic groups, its urban liberals and small-town conservatives, its state’s rightists and centrists, and ultimately also between advocates of culturally diverse lifestyles. Barone’s extensive knowledge of the historical record and his portrayal of well-known individual participants add color and dimension to this narrative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis by Ludwig Von Mises</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis
Author: Ludwig Von Mises
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Published in 1922 during those dark and dreary years of socialism&amp;#039;s near-complete triumph, Socialism stunned the socialist world. Mises has given us a profoundly important treatise that assaults socialism in all its guises, a work that discusses every major aspect of socialism and leaves no stone unturned. A few of the numerous topics discussed include the success of socialist ideas; life under socialism: art and literature, science and journalism; economic calculation under socialism; the ideal of equality; and Marx&amp;#039;s theory of monopolies. With this monumental work, Mises laid the foundations for free society. Socialism has influenced scores of influential thinkers, including Friedrich Hayek, Ayn Rand, and Milton Friedman. It is read over and over again today, all over the world, inspiring throngs of new defenders of freedom.</description>
      <author>Ludwig Von Mises</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483073064.mp3" length="843553" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483073064.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis
Author: Ludwig Von Mises
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Published in 1922 during those dark and dreary years of socialism&amp;#039;s near-complete triumph, Socialism stunned the socialist world. Mises has given us a profoundly important treatise that assaults socialism in all its guises, a work that discusses every major aspect of socialism and leaves no stone unturned. A few of the numerous topics discussed include the success of socialist ideas; life under socialism: art and literature, science and journalism; economic calculation under socialism; the ideal of equality; and Marx&amp;#039;s theory of monopolies. With this monumental work, Mises laid the foundations for free society. Socialism has influenced scores of influential thinkers, including Friedrich Hayek, Ayn Rand, and Milton Friedman. It is read over and over again today, all over the world, inspiring throngs of new defenders of freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628038</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis
Author: Ludwig Von Mises
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Published in 1922 during those dark and dreary years of socialism&amp;#039;s near-complete triumph, Socialism stunned the socialist world. Mises has given us a profoundly important treatise that assaults socialism in all its guises, a work that discusses every major aspect of socialism and leaves no stone unturned. A few of the numerous topics discussed include the success of socialist ideas; life under socialism: art and literature, science and journalism; economic calculation under socialism; the ideal of equality; and Marx&amp;#039;s theory of monopolies. With this monumental work, Mises laid the foundations for free society. Socialism has influenced scores of influential thinkers, including Friedrich Hayek, Ayn Rand, and Milton Friedman. It is read over and over again today, all over the world, inspiring throngs of new defenders of freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Law by Frédéric Bastiat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law
Author: Frédéric Bastiat
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published as a pamphlet in June 1850, The Law is already well over 150 years old, and it will still be read when another century has passed. America now faces the same situation France did in 1848 and the same socialist-communist plans and ideas adopted there are now sweeping America—the collapse of Communism in Eastern Europe notwithstanding. Bastiat&amp;#039;s explanation of and arguments against socialism are as valid today as they were when written, and his ideas deserve serious consideration. &amp;#039;Socialism, like the ancient ideas from which it springs, confuses the distinction between government and society. As a result of this, every time we object to a thing being done by government, the socialists conclude that we object to its being done at all. We disapprove of state education. Then the socialists say that we are opposed to any education. We object to a state religion. Then the socialists say that we want no religion at all. We object to a state-enforced equality. Then they say that we are against equality. And so on, and so on. It is as if the socialists were to accuse us of not wanting persons to eat because we do not want the state to raise grain.&amp;#039;—Fr├®d├®ric Bastiat</description>
      <author>Frédéric Bastiat</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Nov 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481537537.mp3" length="900545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481537537.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law
Author: Frédéric Bastiat
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published as a pamphlet in June 1850, The Law is already well over 150 years old, and it will still be read when another century has passed. America now faces the same situation France did in 1848 and the same socialist-communist plans and ideas adopted there are now sweeping America—the collapse of Communism in Eastern Europe notwithstanding. Bastiat&amp;#039;s explanation of and arguments against socialism are as valid today as they were when written, and his ideas deserve serious consideration. &amp;#039;Socialism, like the ancient ideas from which it springs, confuses the distinction between government and society. As a result of this, every time we object to a thing being done by government, the socialists conclude that we object to its being done at all. We disapprove of state education. Then the socialists say that we are opposed to any education. We object to a state religion. Then the socialists say that we want no religion at all. We object to a state-enforced equality. Then they say that we are against equality. And so on, and so on. It is as if the socialists were to accuse us of not wanting persons to eat because we do not want the state to raise grain.&amp;#039;—Fr├®d├®ric Bastiat</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628037</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Law
Author: Frédéric Bastiat
Narrator: Bernard Mayes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November 16, 2012
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published as a pamphlet in June 1850, The Law is already well over 150 years old, and it will still be read when another century has passed. America now faces the same situation France did in 1848 and the same socialist-communist plans and ideas adopted there are now sweeping America—the collapse of Communism in Eastern Europe notwithstanding. Bastiat&amp;#039;s explanation of and arguments against socialism are as valid today as they were when written, and his ideas deserve serious consideration. &amp;#039;Socialism, like the ancient ideas from which it springs, confuses the distinction between government and society. As a result of this, every time we object to a thing being done by government, the socialists conclude that we object to its being done at all. We disapprove of state education. Then the socialists say that we are opposed to any education. We object to a state religion. Then the socialists say that we want no religion at all. We object to a state-enforced equality. Then they say that we are against equality. And so on, and so on. It is as if the socialists were to accuse us of not wanting persons to eat because we do not want the state to raise grain.&amp;#039;—Fr├®d├®ric Bastiat</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism by James Burnham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
William F. Buckley Jr. perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, “James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the year’s gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.” Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the twentieth century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even “suicidal” tendencies––all of which arise from the “Liberal syndrome” and its inherent applications.  The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1987, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.</description>
      <author>James Burnham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481597623.mp3" length="835754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481597623.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
William F. Buckley Jr. perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, “James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the year’s gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.” Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the twentieth century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even “suicidal” tendencies––all of which arise from the “Liberal syndrome” and its inherent applications.  The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1987, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628018</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Suicide of the West: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2011
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
William F. Buckley Jr. perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, “James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the year’s gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.” Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the twentieth century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even “suicidal” tendencies––all of which arise from the “Liberal syndrome” and its inherent applications.  The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1987, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All It Takes Is Guts: A Minority View by Walter E. Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All It Takes Is Guts: A Minority View
Author: Walter E. Williams
Narrator: Peter Kjenaas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a collection of Walter Williams&amp;#039; essays, drawn from his syndicated column. Williams writes with brilliant clarity—and he doesn&amp;#039;t mince words. He destroys a number of prevailing myths, such as that economic and social disparities are the result of racism and that economic sanctions will help punish the South African blacks more that the whites. He shows how government regulations hinder rather than help the disadvantaged. Williams explains why the nature of congressmen is not to act in the national interest. Listening to these columns is both entertaining and enlightening. Thomas Sowell has said of Williams and this book, &amp;#039;Walter is (1) black, (2) opposed to the liberal cult, (3) talks sense, and (4) shows a sense of humor in his writings. The book is a real antidote to the prevailing mush of our times.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Walter E. Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481546416.mp3" length="847912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481546416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All It Takes Is Guts: A Minority View
Author: Walter E. Williams
Narrator: Peter Kjenaas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a collection of Walter Williams&amp;#039; essays, drawn from his syndicated column. Williams writes with brilliant clarity—and he doesn&amp;#039;t mince words. He destroys a number of prevailing myths, such as that economic and social disparities are the result of racism and that economic sanctions will help punish the South African blacks more that the whites. He shows how government regulations hinder rather than help the disadvantaged. Williams explains why the nature of congressmen is not to act in the national interest. Listening to these columns is both entertaining and enlightening. Thomas Sowell has said of Williams and this book, &amp;#039;Walter is (1) black, (2) opposed to the liberal cult, (3) talks sense, and (4) shows a sense of humor in his writings. The book is a real antidote to the prevailing mush of our times.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628017</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All It Takes Is Guts: A Minority View
Author: Walter E. Williams
Narrator: Peter Kjenaas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  3, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This is a collection of Walter Williams&amp;#039; essays, drawn from his syndicated column. Williams writes with brilliant clarity—and he doesn&amp;#039;t mince words. He destroys a number of prevailing myths, such as that economic and social disparities are the result of racism and that economic sanctions will help punish the South African blacks more that the whites. He shows how government regulations hinder rather than help the disadvantaged. Williams explains why the nature of congressmen is not to act in the national interest. Listening to these columns is both entertaining and enlightening. Thomas Sowell has said of Williams and this book, &amp;#039;Walter is (1) black, (2) opposed to the liberal cult, (3) talks sense, and (4) shows a sense of humor in his writings. The book is a real antidote to the prevailing mush of our times.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Conservative Mind: From Burke to Eliot by Russell Kirk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Mind: From Burke to Eliot
Author: Russell Kirk
Narrator: Phillip Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1953, this magnificent work will be remembered in ages to come as one of our century&amp;#039;s most important legacies. The then-young Kirk wrote this during a time when liberalism was heralded as the only political and intellectual tradition in America. There is no doubt that this book is responsible to a large degree for the rise of conservatism as a viable and credible creed. Kirk defines &amp;#039;the conservative mind&amp;#039; by examining such brilliant men as Edmund Burke, James Fenimore Cooper, Alexis de Tocqueville, John Quincy Adams, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Benjamin Disraeli, Cardinal Newman, George Santayana, and finally, T. S. Eliot. Vigorously written, the book represents conservatism as an ideology born of sound intellectual traditions.</description>
      <author>Russell Kirk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Nov 2008 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483073682.mp3" length="932940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483073682.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Mind: From Burke to Eliot
Author: Russell Kirk
Narrator: Phillip Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1953, this magnificent work will be remembered in ages to come as one of our century&amp;#039;s most important legacies. The then-young Kirk wrote this during a time when liberalism was heralded as the only political and intellectual tradition in America. There is no doubt that this book is responsible to a large degree for the rise of conservatism as a viable and credible creed. Kirk defines &amp;#039;the conservative mind&amp;#039; by examining such brilliant men as Edmund Burke, James Fenimore Cooper, Alexis de Tocqueville, John Quincy Adams, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Benjamin Disraeli, Cardinal Newman, George Santayana, and finally, T. S. Eliot. Vigorously written, the book represents conservatism as an ideology born of sound intellectual traditions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628015</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Conservative Mind: From Burke to Eliot
Author: Russell Kirk
Narrator: Phillip Davidson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 50 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
First published in 1953, this magnificent work will be remembered in ages to come as one of our century&amp;#039;s most important legacies. The then-young Kirk wrote this during a time when liberalism was heralded as the only political and intellectual tradition in America. There is no doubt that this book is responsible to a large degree for the rise of conservatism as a viable and credible creed. Kirk defines &amp;#039;the conservative mind&amp;#039; by examining such brilliant men as Edmund Burke, James Fenimore Cooper, Alexis de Tocqueville, John Quincy Adams, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Benjamin Disraeli, Cardinal Newman, George Santayana, and finally, T. S. Eliot. Vigorously written, the book represents conservatism as an ideology born of sound intellectual traditions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents: From Wilson to Obama by Steven F. Hayward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents: From Wilson to Obama
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a president great? Academics, journalists, and popular historians agree: our greatest presidents are the ones who confronted a national crisis and mobilized the entire nation to face it. That&amp;#039;s the conventional wisdom. The chief executives who are celebrated in textbooks and placed in the top echelon of presidents in surveys of experts are the bold leaders—the Woodrow Wilsons and Franklin Roosevelts—who reshaped the United States in line with their grand &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; for America. Unfortunately, along the way, these &amp;#039;great&amp;#039; presidents inevitably expanded government—and shrank our liberties. As the twentieth-century presidency has grown far beyond the bounds the Founders established for the office, the idea that our chief executive is obliged to &amp;#039;preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States&amp;#039; has become a distant memory. Historian and celebrated Reagan biographer Steven F. Hayward reminds us that the Founders had an entirely different idea of greatness in the presidential office. The personal ambitions, populist appeals, and bribes paid to the voters with their own money that most modern presidents engage in would strike them as instances of the demagoguery they most feared—one of the great dangers to the people&amp;#039;s liberty that they wrote the Constitution explicitly to guard against. The Founders, in contrast to today&amp;#039;s historians, expected great presidents to be champions of the limited government established by the Constitution. Working from that almost forgotten standard of presidential greatness, Steven Hayward offers a fascinating off-the-beaten-track tour through the modern presidency, from the Progressive Era&amp;#039;s Woodrow Wilson to Barack Obama. Along the way he serves up fresh historical insights, recalls forgotten anecdotes, celebrates undervalued presidents who took important stands in defense of the Constitution, and points the way to a revival of truly constitutional government in America. What you didn&amp;#039;t learn from your history teacher but will find in The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents includes: –Progressive hero Woodrow Wilson aired a pro–Ku Klux Klan movie at the White House –Calvin Coolidge, much mocked by liberal historians as a bland Babbitt, was the last president to write his own speeches, guided the country through years of prosperity and limited government, and was one of the most cultured men ever to live in the White House –Why Eisenhower&amp;#039;s two biggest mistakes as president were, in his own words, &amp;#039;both sitting on the Supreme Court&amp;#039; –How, as president, JFK took mind-altering drugs, many of them prescribed by a physician he called Dr. Feelgood, who later lost his medical license for malpractice –Nixon&amp;#039;s hysterically vilified Christmas bombing of North Vietnam in 1972 caused very few civilian casualties and compelled North Vietnam to negotiate an end to the Vietnam War –The &amp;#039;misunderestimated&amp;#039; George W. Bush read 186 books during his presidency, mostly nonfiction, biography, and history</description>
      <author>Steven F. Hayward</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481590563.mp3" length="806458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481590563.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents: From Wilson to Obama
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a president great? Academics, journalists, and popular historians agree: our greatest presidents are the ones who confronted a national crisis and mobilized the entire nation to face it. That&amp;#039;s the conventional wisdom. The chief executives who are celebrated in textbooks and placed in the top echelon of presidents in surveys of experts are the bold leaders—the Woodrow Wilsons and Franklin Roosevelts—who reshaped the United States in line with their grand &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; for America. Unfortunately, along the way, these &amp;#039;great&amp;#039; presidents inevitably expanded government—and shrank our liberties. As the twentieth-century presidency has grown far beyond the bounds the Founders established for the office, the idea that our chief executive is obliged to &amp;#039;preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States&amp;#039; has become a distant memory. Historian and celebrated Reagan biographer Steven F. Hayward reminds us that the Founders had an entirely different idea of greatness in the presidential office. The personal ambitions, populist appeals, and bribes paid to the voters with their own money that most modern presidents engage in would strike them as instances of the demagoguery they most feared—one of the great dangers to the people&amp;#039;s liberty that they wrote the Constitution explicitly to guard against. The Founders, in contrast to today&amp;#039;s historians, expected great presidents to be champions of the limited government established by the Constitution. Working from that almost forgotten standard of presidential greatness, Steven Hayward offers a fascinating off-the-beaten-track tour through the modern presidency, from the Progressive Era&amp;#039;s Woodrow Wilson to Barack Obama. Along the way he serves up fresh historical insights, recalls forgotten anecdotes, celebrates undervalued presidents who took important stands in defense of the Constitution, and points the way to a revival of truly constitutional government in America. What you didn&amp;#039;t learn from your history teacher but will find in The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents includes: –Progressive hero Woodrow Wilson aired a pro–Ku Klux Klan movie at the White House –Calvin Coolidge, much mocked by liberal historians as a bland Babbitt, was the last president to write his own speeches, guided the country through years of prosperity and limited government, and was one of the most cultured men ever to live in the White House –Why Eisenhower&amp;#039;s two biggest mistakes as president were, in his own words, &amp;#039;both sitting on the Supreme Court&amp;#039; –How, as president, JFK took mind-altering drugs, many of them prescribed by a physician he called Dr. Feelgood, who later lost his medical license for malpractice –Nixon&amp;#039;s hysterically vilified Christmas bombing of North Vietnam in 1972 caused very few civilian casualties and compelled North Vietnam to negotiate an end to the Vietnam War –The &amp;#039;misunderestimated&amp;#039; George W. Bush read 186 books during his presidency, mostly nonfiction, biography, and history</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents: From Wilson to Obama
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Steven F. Hayward
Narrator: Johnny Heller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What makes a president great? Academics, journalists, and popular historians agree: our greatest presidents are the ones who confronted a national crisis and mobilized the entire nation to face it. That&amp;#039;s the conventional wisdom. The chief executives who are celebrated in textbooks and placed in the top echelon of presidents in surveys of experts are the bold leaders—the Woodrow Wilsons and Franklin Roosevelts—who reshaped the United States in line with their grand &amp;#039;vision&amp;#039; for America. Unfortunately, along the way, these &amp;#039;great&amp;#039; presidents inevitably expanded government—and shrank our liberties. As the twentieth-century presidency has grown far beyond the bounds the Founders established for the office, the idea that our chief executive is obliged to &amp;#039;preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States&amp;#039; has become a distant memory. Historian and celebrated Reagan biographer Steven F. Hayward reminds us that the Founders had an entirely different idea of greatness in the presidential office. The personal ambitions, populist appeals, and bribes paid to the voters with their own money that most modern presidents engage in would strike them as instances of the demagoguery they most feared—one of the great dangers to the people&amp;#039;s liberty that they wrote the Constitution explicitly to guard against. The Founders, in contrast to today&amp;#039;s historians, expected great presidents to be champions of the limited government established by the Constitution. Working from that almost forgotten standard of presidential greatness, Steven Hayward offers a fascinating off-the-beaten-track tour through the modern presidency, from the Progressive Era&amp;#039;s Woodrow Wilson to Barack Obama. Along the way he serves up fresh historical insights, recalls forgotten anecdotes, celebrates undervalued presidents who took important stands in defense of the Constitution, and points the way to a revival of truly constitutional government in America. What you didn&amp;#039;t learn from your history teacher but will find in The Politically Incorrect Guide to the Presidents includes: –Progressive hero Woodrow Wilson aired a pro–Ku Klux Klan movie at the White House –Calvin Coolidge, much mocked by liberal historians as a bland Babbitt, was the last president to write his own speeches, guided the country through years of prosperity and limited government, and was one of the most cultured men ever to live in the White House –Why Eisenhower&amp;#039;s two biggest mistakes as president were, in his own words, &amp;#039;both sitting on the Supreme Court&amp;#039; –How, as president, JFK took mind-altering drugs, many of them prescribed by a physician he called Dr. Feelgood, who later lost his medical license for malpractice –Nixon&amp;#039;s hysterically vilified Christmas bombing of North Vietnam in 1972 caused very few civilian casualties and compelled North Vietnam to negotiate an end to the Vietnam War –The &amp;#039;misunderestimated&amp;#039; George W. Bush read 186 books during his presidency, mostly nonfiction, biography, and history</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to the South (and Why It Will Rise Again) by Clint Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the South (and Why It Will Rise Again)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Clint Johnson
Narrator: Dianna Dorman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest installment in the New York Times bestselling Politically Incorrect Guide series expands on the hugely successful Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Far from being the backwater of prejudice and ignorance that the liberal media would have you believe, the South has always been the center of American culture. From the founding fathers—Washington, Jefferson, Madison, Monroe, and many others—to the frontiersmen who tamed the West, to the country music and NASCAR-loving, Bible-thumping heart of “red state” America, the South is the quintessence of what’s original, unique, and most-loved about American culture. And with its emphasis on traditional values, family, faith, military service, good manners, small government, and independent-minded people, the South should certainly rise again.</description>
      <author>Clint Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481581608.mp3" length="858056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481581608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the South (and Why It Will Rise Again)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Clint Johnson
Narrator: Dianna Dorman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest installment in the New York Times bestselling Politically Incorrect Guide series expands on the hugely successful Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Far from being the backwater of prejudice and ignorance that the liberal media would have you believe, the South has always been the center of American culture. From the founding fathers—Washington, Jefferson, Madison, Monroe, and many others—to the frontiersmen who tamed the West, to the country music and NASCAR-loving, Bible-thumping heart of “red state” America, the South is the quintessence of what’s original, unique, and most-loved about American culture. And with its emphasis on traditional values, family, faith, military service, good manners, small government, and independent-minded people, the South should certainly rise again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to the South (and Why It Will Rise Again)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Clint Johnson
Narrator: Dianna Dorman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest installment in the New York Times bestselling Politically Incorrect Guide series expands on the hugely successful Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Far from being the backwater of prejudice and ignorance that the liberal media would have you believe, the South has always been the center of American culture. From the founding fathers—Washington, Jefferson, Madison, Monroe, and many others—to the frontiersmen who tamed the West, to the country music and NASCAR-loving, Bible-thumping heart of “red state” America, the South is the quintessence of what’s original, unique, and most-loved about American culture. And with its emphasis on traditional values, family, faith, military service, good manners, small government, and independent-minded people, the South should certainly rise again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades) by Robert Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
You think you know about Islam, but did you know that Islam teaches that Muslims must wage war to impose Islamic law on non-Muslim states? Or that American Muslim groups are engaged in a huge cover-up of Islamic doctrine? These and other “politically incorrect” facts are revealed by Robert Spencer in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades). Spencer traces the history of Islam, the teachings of the Qur’an, and the Crusades and reveals the myths and realities related to Islamic law, the treatment of women, and the continuing jihad. This is a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour that you will not hear about in school or on the evening news, but it will give you all the information you need to understand the true nature of the global conflict America faces today.</description>
      <author>Robert Spencer</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481564052.mp3" length="941167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481564052.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
You think you know about Islam, but did you know that Islam teaches that Muslims must wage war to impose Islamic law on non-Muslim states? Or that American Muslim groups are engaged in a huge cover-up of Islamic doctrine? These and other “politically incorrect” facts are revealed by Robert Spencer in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades). Spencer traces the history of Islam, the teachings of the Qur’an, and the Crusades and reveals the myths and realities related to Islamic law, the treatment of women, and the continuing jihad. This is a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour that you will not hear about in school or on the evening news, but it will give you all the information you need to understand the true nature of the global conflict America faces today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades)
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
You think you know about Islam, but did you know that Islam teaches that Muslims must wage war to impose Islamic law on non-Muslim states? Or that American Muslim groups are engaged in a huge cover-up of Islamic doctrine? These and other “politically incorrect” facts are revealed by Robert Spencer in The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades). Spencer traces the history of Islam, the teachings of the Qur’an, and the Crusades and reveals the myths and realities related to Islamic law, the treatment of women, and the continuing jihad. This is a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour that you will not hear about in school or on the evening news, but it will give you all the information you need to understand the true nature of the global conflict America faces today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History by Thomas E. Woods</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything—well, almost everything—you know about American history is wrong, because most textbooks and popular history books are written by left-wing academic historians who treat their biases as fact. But fear not; Professor Thomas Woods refutes the popular myths in The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Professor Woods’ book reveals facts that you won’t be, or never were, taught in school. It tells you about the “Books You’re Not Supposed to Read” and takes you on a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour of American history that will give you all the information you need to battle and confound left-wing professors, neighbors, and friends.</description>
      <author>Thomas E. Woods</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2005 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481563833.mp3" length="856121" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481563833.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything—well, almost everything—you know about American history is wrong, because most textbooks and popular history books are written by left-wing academic historians who treat their biases as fact. But fear not; Professor Thomas Woods refutes the popular myths in The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Professor Woods’ book reveals facts that you won’t be, or never were, taught in school. It tells you about the “Books You’re Not Supposed to Read” and takes you on a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour of American history that will give you all the information you need to battle and confound left-wing professors, neighbors, and friends.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History
Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides
Author: Thomas E. Woods
Narrator: Barrett Whitener
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Everything—well, almost everything—you know about American history is wrong, because most textbooks and popular history books are written by left-wing academic historians who treat their biases as fact. But fear not; Professor Thomas Woods refutes the popular myths in The Politically Incorrect Guide to American History. Professor Woods’ book reveals facts that you won’t be, or never were, taught in school. It tells you about the “Books You’re Not Supposed to Read” and takes you on a fast-paced, politically incorrect tour of American history that will give you all the information you need to battle and confound left-wing professors, neighbors, and friends.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tearing Us Apart: How Abortion Harms Everything and Solves Nothing by Ryan T. Anderson, Alexandra Desanctis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tearing Us Apart: How Abortion Harms Everything and Solves Nothing
Author: Ryan T. Anderson, Alexandra Desanctis
Narrator: Cecily White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The political philosopher Ryan T. Anderson, bestselling author of When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment, teams up with the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis to expose the catastrophic failure—social, political, legal, and personal—of legalized abortion. Hope in the Ruins of Roe With the Supreme Court poised to return abortion law to the democratic process, a powerful new book reframes the coming debate: Our fifty-year experiment with unlimited abortion has harmed everyone—even its most passionate proponents. Women, men, families, the law, politics, medicine, the media—and, of course, children (born and unborn)—have all been brutalized by the culture of death fostered by Roe v. Wade. Abortion hollows out marriage and the family. It undermines the rule of law and corrupts our political system. It turns healers into executioners and “women’s health” into a euphemism for extermination. Ryan T. Anderson, a compelling and reasoned voice in our most contentious cultural debates, and the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis expose the false promises of the abortion movement and explain why it has made everything worse. Five decades after Roe, everyone has an opinion about abortion. But after reading Tearing Us Apart, no one will think about it in the same way.</description>
      <author>Ryan T. Anderson, Alexandra Desanctis</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212220279.mp3" length="862738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212220279.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tearing Us Apart: How Abortion Harms Everything and Solves Nothing
Author: Ryan T. Anderson, Alexandra Desanctis
Narrator: Cecily White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The political philosopher Ryan T. Anderson, bestselling author of When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment, teams up with the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis to expose the catastrophic failure—social, political, legal, and personal—of legalized abortion. Hope in the Ruins of Roe With the Supreme Court poised to return abortion law to the democratic process, a powerful new book reframes the coming debate: Our fifty-year experiment with unlimited abortion has harmed everyone—even its most passionate proponents. Women, men, families, the law, politics, medicine, the media—and, of course, children (born and unborn)—have all been brutalized by the culture of death fostered by Roe v. Wade. Abortion hollows out marriage and the family. It undermines the rule of law and corrupts our political system. It turns healers into executioners and “women’s health” into a euphemism for extermination. Ryan T. Anderson, a compelling and reasoned voice in our most contentious cultural debates, and the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis expose the false promises of the abortion movement and explain why it has made everything worse. Five decades after Roe, everyone has an opinion about abortion. But after reading Tearing Us Apart, no one will think about it in the same way.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tearing Us Apart: How Abortion Harms Everything and Solves Nothing
Author: Ryan T. Anderson, Alexandra Desanctis
Narrator: Cecily White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The political philosopher Ryan T. Anderson, bestselling author of When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment, teams up with the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis to expose the catastrophic failure—social, political, legal, and personal—of legalized abortion. Hope in the Ruins of Roe With the Supreme Court poised to return abortion law to the democratic process, a powerful new book reframes the coming debate: Our fifty-year experiment with unlimited abortion has harmed everyone—even its most passionate proponents. Women, men, families, the law, politics, medicine, the media—and, of course, children (born and unborn)—have all been brutalized by the culture of death fostered by Roe v. Wade. Abortion hollows out marriage and the family. It undermines the rule of law and corrupts our political system. It turns healers into executioners and “women’s health” into a euphemism for extermination. Ryan T. Anderson, a compelling and reasoned voice in our most contentious cultural debates, and the pro-life journalist Alexandra DeSanctis expose the false promises of the abortion movement and explain why it has made everything worse. Five decades after Roe, everyone has an opinion about abortion. But after reading Tearing Us Apart, no one will think about it in the same way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Libertarianism: A Primer by David Boaz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Libertarianism: A Primer
Author: David Boaz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tens of millions of Americans are rediscovering libertarianism, a visionary alternative to the tired party orthodoxies of left and right. In 1995, a Gallup poll found that 52 percent of Americans said “the federal government has become so large and powerful that it poses an immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens.” Later that year, the Wall Street Journal concurred, saying, “Because of their growing disdain for government, more and more Americans appear to be drifting—often unwittingly—toward a libertarian philosophy.” David Boaz offers an essential guidebook to the libertarian perspective, detailing its roots, central tenets, solutions, and future in American politics. This is must-reading for understanding one of the most exciting and hopeful movements of our time.</description>
      <author>David Boaz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 1998 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781538484388.mp3" length="943630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781538484388.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Libertarianism: A Primer
Author: David Boaz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tens of millions of Americans are rediscovering libertarianism, a visionary alternative to the tired party orthodoxies of left and right. In 1995, a Gallup poll found that 52 percent of Americans said “the federal government has become so large and powerful that it poses an immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens.” Later that year, the Wall Street Journal concurred, saying, “Because of their growing disdain for government, more and more Americans appear to be drifting—often unwittingly—toward a libertarian philosophy.” David Boaz offers an essential guidebook to the libertarian perspective, detailing its roots, central tenets, solutions, and future in American politics. This is must-reading for understanding one of the most exciting and hopeful movements of our time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Libertarianism: A Primer
Author: David Boaz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Tens of millions of Americans are rediscovering libertarianism, a visionary alternative to the tired party orthodoxies of left and right. In 1995, a Gallup poll found that 52 percent of Americans said “the federal government has become so large and powerful that it poses an immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens.” Later that year, the Wall Street Journal concurred, saying, “Because of their growing disdain for government, more and more Americans appear to be drifting—often unwittingly—toward a libertarian philosophy.” David Boaz offers an essential guidebook to the libertarian perspective, detailing its roots, central tenets, solutions, and future in American politics. This is must-reading for understanding one of the most exciting and hopeful movements of our time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Men in Black: How the Supreme Court Is Destroying America by Mark R. Levin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Men in Black: How the Supreme Court Is Destroying America
Author: Mark R. Levin
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Supreme Court endorses terrorists’ rights, flag burning, and importing foreign law. Is that in the Constitution? You’re right: it’s not. But these days the Constitution is no restraint on our out-of-control Supreme Court. The Court imperiously strikes down laws and imposes new ones purely on its own arbitrary whims. Even though liberals like John Kerry are repeatedly defeated at the polls, the majority on the allegedly “conservative” Supreme Court reflects their views and wields absolute power. There’s a word for this: tyranny. In Men in Black, radio talk-show host and legal scholar Mark R. Levin dissects the judicial tyranny that is robbing us of our freedoms and stuffing the ballot box in favor of liberal policies. As Rush Limbaugh writes in his introduction, “Men in Black is a tremendously important and compelling book.”</description>
      <author>Mark R. Levin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2005 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481580328.mp3" length="866547" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481580328.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Men in Black: How the Supreme Court Is Destroying America
Author: Mark R. Levin
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Supreme Court endorses terrorists’ rights, flag burning, and importing foreign law. Is that in the Constitution? You’re right: it’s not. But these days the Constitution is no restraint on our out-of-control Supreme Court. The Court imperiously strikes down laws and imposes new ones purely on its own arbitrary whims. Even though liberals like John Kerry are repeatedly defeated at the polls, the majority on the allegedly “conservative” Supreme Court reflects their views and wields absolute power. There’s a word for this: tyranny. In Men in Black, radio talk-show host and legal scholar Mark R. Levin dissects the judicial tyranny that is robbing us of our freedoms and stuffing the ballot box in favor of liberal policies. As Rush Limbaugh writes in his introduction, “Men in Black is a tremendously important and compelling book.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Men in Black: How the Supreme Court Is Destroying America
Author: Mark R. Levin
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Supreme Court endorses terrorists’ rights, flag burning, and importing foreign law. Is that in the Constitution? You’re right: it’s not. But these days the Constitution is no restraint on our out-of-control Supreme Court. The Court imperiously strikes down laws and imposes new ones purely on its own arbitrary whims. Even though liberals like John Kerry are repeatedly defeated at the polls, the majority on the allegedly “conservative” Supreme Court reflects their views and wields absolute power. There’s a word for this: tyranny. In Men in Black, radio talk-show host and legal scholar Mark R. Levin dissects the judicial tyranny that is robbing us of our freedoms and stuffing the ballot box in favor of liberal policies. As Rush Limbaugh writes in his introduction, “Men in Black is a tremendously important and compelling book.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Class Action: The Landmark Case That Changed Sexual Harassment Law by Clara Bingham, Laura Leedy Gansler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Class Action: The Landmark Case That Changed Sexual Harassment Law
Author: Clara Bingham, Laura Leedy Gansler
Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the coldest reaches of northern Minnesota, a group of women endured a shocking degree of sexual harassment, until one found the courage to file the first sexual harassment class action suit in America, permanently changing the legal landscape. When the local iron mine began hiring women in 1975, Lois Jenson, a single mother on welfare, didn’t think twice about accepting the grueling but well-paying job. What she hadn’t considered was that she was entering a male-dominated society that fiercely resented the inclusion of women, a prejudice born out in the brutal harassment of every female miner. Relentlessly threatened with pornographic graffiti, denigrating language, stalking, and physical assaults, the women largely kept quiet for fear of losing their jobs, until Lois, devastated by the abuse, found the courage to sue—and won. This book was the basis for the acclaimed motion picture North Country starring Charlize Theron.</description>
      <author>Clara Bingham, Laura Leedy Gansler</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2006 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483065359.mp3" length="775918" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483065359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Class Action: The Landmark Case That Changed Sexual Harassment Law
Author: Clara Bingham, Laura Leedy Gansler
Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the coldest reaches of northern Minnesota, a group of women endured a shocking degree of sexual harassment, until one found the courage to file the first sexual harassment class action suit in America, permanently changing the legal landscape. When the local iron mine began hiring women in 1975, Lois Jenson, a single mother on welfare, didn’t think twice about accepting the grueling but well-paying job. What she hadn’t considered was that she was entering a male-dominated society that fiercely resented the inclusion of women, a prejudice born out in the brutal harassment of every female miner. Relentlessly threatened with pornographic graffiti, denigrating language, stalking, and physical assaults, the women largely kept quiet for fear of losing their jobs, until Lois, devastated by the abuse, found the courage to sue—and won. This book was the basis for the acclaimed motion picture North Country starring Charlize Theron.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627509</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Class Action: The Landmark Case That Changed Sexual Harassment Law
Author: Clara Bingham, Laura Leedy Gansler
Narrator: Gabrielle De Cuir
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2006
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In the coldest reaches of northern Minnesota, a group of women endured a shocking degree of sexual harassment, until one found the courage to file the first sexual harassment class action suit in America, permanently changing the legal landscape. When the local iron mine began hiring women in 1975, Lois Jenson, a single mother on welfare, didn’t think twice about accepting the grueling but well-paying job. What she hadn’t considered was that she was entering a male-dominated society that fiercely resented the inclusion of women, a prejudice born out in the brutal harassment of every female miner. Relentlessly threatened with pornographic graffiti, denigrating language, stalking, and physical assaults, the women largely kept quiet for fear of losing their jobs, until Lois, devastated by the abuse, found the courage to sue—and won. This book was the basis for the acclaimed motion picture North Country starring Charlize Theron.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Quem tem medo dos evangélicos?: Religião e democracia no Brasil de hoje by Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Quem tem medo dos evangélicos?: Religião e democracia no Brasil de hoje
Author: Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira
Narrator: Rodrigo Dorado
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O crescimento exponencial do movimento evangélico no Brasil tem chamado atenção da grande imprensa e da academia. Por anos, as menções aos evangélicos seguiram estereótipos que nitidamente não davam conta de retratar com fidelidade um segmento tão diverso. O alinhamento político de pastores midiáticos e episódios controversos envolvendo políticos evangélicos reforçaram o preconceito contra todo um segmento. Além disso, estimativas de que a população evangélica se torne maioria no Brasil vêm gerando debates acalorados. O que se pode esperar do Brasil, caso os evangélicos venham a se tornar o grupo religioso majoritário? Em ensaio esclarecedor, Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira, jornalista e teólogo, desmistifica percepções errôneas sobre a comunidade evangélica, oferecendo exemplos históricos e fatos recentes que contextualizam a presença dos evangélicos na sociedade brasileira. Longe de manifestar uma postura acrítica em relação à igreja, Gutierres defende o direito de participação do segmento na vida da nação, com seus ônus e bônus.</description>
      <author>Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786559881413.mp3" length="898946" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786559881413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Quem tem medo dos evangélicos?: Religião e democracia no Brasil de hoje
Author: Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira
Narrator: Rodrigo Dorado
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O crescimento exponencial do movimento evangélico no Brasil tem chamado atenção da grande imprensa e da academia. Por anos, as menções aos evangélicos seguiram estereótipos que nitidamente não davam conta de retratar com fidelidade um segmento tão diverso. O alinhamento político de pastores midiáticos e episódios controversos envolvendo políticos evangélicos reforçaram o preconceito contra todo um segmento. Além disso, estimativas de que a população evangélica se torne maioria no Brasil vêm gerando debates acalorados. O que se pode esperar do Brasil, caso os evangélicos venham a se tornar o grupo religioso majoritário? Em ensaio esclarecedor, Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira, jornalista e teólogo, desmistifica percepções errôneas sobre a comunidade evangélica, oferecendo exemplos históricos e fatos recentes que contextualizam a presença dos evangélicos na sociedade brasileira. Longe de manifestar uma postura acrítica em relação à igreja, Gutierres defende o direito de participação do segmento na vida da nação, com seus ônus e bônus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Quem tem medo dos evangélicos?: Religião e democracia no Brasil de hoje
Author: Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira
Narrator: Rodrigo Dorado
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
O crescimento exponencial do movimento evangélico no Brasil tem chamado atenção da grande imprensa e da academia. Por anos, as menções aos evangélicos seguiram estereótipos que nitidamente não davam conta de retratar com fidelidade um segmento tão diverso. O alinhamento político de pastores midiáticos e episódios controversos envolvendo políticos evangélicos reforçaram o preconceito contra todo um segmento. Além disso, estimativas de que a população evangélica se torne maioria no Brasil vêm gerando debates acalorados. O que se pode esperar do Brasil, caso os evangélicos venham a se tornar o grupo religioso majoritário? Em ensaio esclarecedor, Gutierres Fernandes Siqueira, jornalista e teólogo, desmistifica percepções errôneas sobre a comunidade evangélica, oferecendo exemplos históricos e fatos recentes que contextualizam a presença dos evangélicos na sociedade brasileira. Longe de manifestar uma postura acrítica em relação à igreja, Gutierres defende o direito de participação do segmento na vida da nação, com seus ônus e bônus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Graceful Simplicity by Jerome M. Segal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceful Simplicity
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Kevin Kemp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Graceful Simplicity: The Foundations of Bread and Roses Socialism is a new audiobook prepared with an eye on the 2024 Presidential elections. The author, Jerome Segal, is challenging Joe Biden for the nomination of the Democratic Party.   The audiobook is primarily the first audio of Dr. Segal’s seminal 1999 book, Graceful Simplicity: The Philosophy and Politics of Simple Living. The original book made two main contributions to the literature on simple living. First, it argued that beauty and creative expression should be counted among our basic needs, and their fulfillment part of what simple living aspires to. Secondly, it argued that simple living should be thought of as more than a life-style choice. Rather, it should animate a new politics, one which places making the option of simple living relevant to people at all parts of the income spectrum, the central goal of socio-economic policy. Concretely, this means making it possible for people on a minimum wage to meet their core needs (including beauty) on 4 or even 3 days of Job System work per week. Starting when he first ran for public office in 2018, Dr. Segal went from writing about the need for a politics of simplicity to actually pursuing one. Over time he came to use the term “Bread and Roses socialism” to characterize his political program, and came to call himself, a bread and roses socialist.  The new audiobook opens with a 25 page preface that explains the transition from “graceful simplicity” to “bread and roses socialism” as well as the conceptual linkage between the two concepts. Graceful Simplicity (1999) was a Book of the Month Club selection, and was translated into Danish and Chinese.</description>
      <author>Jerome M. Segal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823419970.mp3" length="1347346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823419970.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceful Simplicity
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Kevin Kemp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Graceful Simplicity: The Foundations of Bread and Roses Socialism is a new audiobook prepared with an eye on the 2024 Presidential elections. The author, Jerome Segal, is challenging Joe Biden for the nomination of the Democratic Party.   The audiobook is primarily the first audio of Dr. Segal’s seminal 1999 book, Graceful Simplicity: The Philosophy and Politics of Simple Living. The original book made two main contributions to the literature on simple living. First, it argued that beauty and creative expression should be counted among our basic needs, and their fulfillment part of what simple living aspires to. Secondly, it argued that simple living should be thought of as more than a life-style choice. Rather, it should animate a new politics, one which places making the option of simple living relevant to people at all parts of the income spectrum, the central goal of socio-economic policy. Concretely, this means making it possible for people on a minimum wage to meet their core needs (including beauty) on 4 or even 3 days of Job System work per week. Starting when he first ran for public office in 2018, Dr. Segal went from writing about the need for a politics of simplicity to actually pursuing one. Over time he came to use the term “Bread and Roses socialism” to characterize his political program, and came to call himself, a bread and roses socialist.  The new audiobook opens with a 25 page preface that explains the transition from “graceful simplicity” to “bread and roses socialism” as well as the conceptual linkage between the two concepts. Graceful Simplicity (1999) was a Book of the Month Club selection, and was translated into Danish and Chinese.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Graceful Simplicity
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Kevin Kemp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August  9, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Graceful Simplicity: The Foundations of Bread and Roses Socialism is a new audiobook prepared with an eye on the 2024 Presidential elections. The author, Jerome Segal, is challenging Joe Biden for the nomination of the Democratic Party.   The audiobook is primarily the first audio of Dr. Segal’s seminal 1999 book, Graceful Simplicity: The Philosophy and Politics of Simple Living. The original book made two main contributions to the literature on simple living. First, it argued that beauty and creative expression should be counted among our basic needs, and their fulfillment part of what simple living aspires to. Secondly, it argued that simple living should be thought of as more than a life-style choice. Rather, it should animate a new politics, one which places making the option of simple living relevant to people at all parts of the income spectrum, the central goal of socio-economic policy. Concretely, this means making it possible for people on a minimum wage to meet their core needs (including beauty) on 4 or even 3 days of Job System work per week. Starting when he first ran for public office in 2018, Dr. Segal went from writing about the need for a politics of simplicity to actually pursuing one. Over time he came to use the term “Bread and Roses socialism” to characterize his political program, and came to call himself, a bread and roses socialist.  The new audiobook opens with a 25 page preface that explains the transition from “graceful simplicity” to “bread and roses socialism” as well as the conceptual linkage between the two concepts. Graceful Simplicity (1999) was a Book of the Month Club selection, and was translated into Danish and Chinese.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Olive Branch from Palestine by Jerome M. Segal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Olive Branch from Palestine
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Olive Branch from Palestine provides a new narrative of the Palestinian effort to end the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and offers a bold plan for ending this conflict today, a proposal that focuses on Palestinian agency and the power of the Palestinians to bring about the two-state solution, even in the absence of a fully committed Israeli partner.   In part 1, Jerome Segal provides an analytical and historical study of the 1988 Palestinian Declaration of Independence, a remarkable act of unilateral peacemaking through which the PLO accepted the legitimacy of the 1947 Partition Resolution and thereby redefined Palestinian nationalism. In part 2, he proposes a new strategy in which, outside of negotiations, the Palestinians would advance, in full detail, the end-of-claims/end-of-conflict peace plan they are prepared to sign, one that powerfully addresses the Palestinian refugee question and is supported by the refugees themselves yet does not undermine Israel as a Jewish-majority state.  Extended Edition with Maps</description>
      <author>Jerome M. Segal</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823417839.mp3" length="1292105" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823417839.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Olive Branch from Palestine
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Olive Branch from Palestine provides a new narrative of the Palestinian effort to end the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and offers a bold plan for ending this conflict today, a proposal that focuses on Palestinian agency and the power of the Palestinians to bring about the two-state solution, even in the absence of a fully committed Israeli partner.   In part 1, Jerome Segal provides an analytical and historical study of the 1988 Palestinian Declaration of Independence, a remarkable act of unilateral peacemaking through which the PLO accepted the legitimacy of the 1947 Partition Resolution and thereby redefined Palestinian nationalism. In part 2, he proposes a new strategy in which, outside of negotiations, the Palestinians would advance, in full detail, the end-of-claims/end-of-conflict peace plan they are prepared to sign, one that powerfully addresses the Palestinian refugee question and is supported by the refugees themselves yet does not undermine Israel as a Jewish-majority state.  Extended Edition with Maps</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627216</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Olive Branch from Palestine
Author: Jerome M. Segal
Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  3, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Olive Branch from Palestine provides a new narrative of the Palestinian effort to end the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and offers a bold plan for ending this conflict today, a proposal that focuses on Palestinian agency and the power of the Palestinians to bring about the two-state solution, even in the absence of a fully committed Israeli partner.   In part 1, Jerome Segal provides an analytical and historical study of the 1988 Palestinian Declaration of Independence, a remarkable act of unilateral peacemaking through which the PLO accepted the legitimacy of the 1947 Partition Resolution and thereby redefined Palestinian nationalism. In part 2, he proposes a new strategy in which, outside of negotiations, the Palestinians would advance, in full detail, the end-of-claims/end-of-conflict peace plan they are prepared to sign, one that powerfully addresses the Palestinian refugee question and is supported by the refugees themselves yet does not undermine Israel as a Jewish-majority state.  Extended Edition with Maps</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Putin’s Trolls: On the Frontlines of Russia’s Information War against the World by Jessikka Aro</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Trolls: On the Frontlines of Russia’s Information War against the World
Author: Jessikka Aro
Narrator: Jessikka Aro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling account of Russian information warfare, Putin’s Trolls exposes the individuals and organizations behind the Kremlin’s coordinated, military-style social media operations against the West. In this courageous and unflinching book, award-winning journalist Jessikka Aro interweaves her own dramatic story as a target of Russian social media propaganda with accounts from many internationally known critics of the Kremlin, who share their own stories of being targeted by Russia’s multifaceted cyber warfare campaigns. As Aro began to investigate the impact of the Kremlin’s troll operations outside of Russia, she learned that private citizens in many other countries were being victimized by Kremlin-designed information campaigns. These actions were frequently conducted through an organized “troll factory” led by Russia’s security and intelligence apparatus, using unregulated social media platforms including YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter. Many of the disinformation campaigns were centered around the 2014 Russian invasion of Ukraine and subsequent occupation of the Crimean Peninsula.</description>
      <author>Jessikka Aro</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212033169.mp3" length="829146" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212033169.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Trolls: On the Frontlines of Russia’s Information War against the World
Author: Jessikka Aro
Narrator: Jessikka Aro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling account of Russian information warfare, Putin’s Trolls exposes the individuals and organizations behind the Kremlin’s coordinated, military-style social media operations against the West. In this courageous and unflinching book, award-winning journalist Jessikka Aro interweaves her own dramatic story as a target of Russian social media propaganda with accounts from many internationally known critics of the Kremlin, who share their own stories of being targeted by Russia’s multifaceted cyber warfare campaigns. As Aro began to investigate the impact of the Kremlin’s troll operations outside of Russia, she learned that private citizens in many other countries were being victimized by Kremlin-designed information campaigns. These actions were frequently conducted through an organized “troll factory” led by Russia’s security and intelligence apparatus, using unregulated social media platforms including YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter. Many of the disinformation campaigns were centered around the 2014 Russian invasion of Ukraine and subsequent occupation of the Crimean Peninsula.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627203</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Putin’s Trolls: On the Frontlines of Russia’s Information War against the World
Author: Jessikka Aro
Narrator: Jessikka Aro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A chilling account of Russian information warfare, Putin’s Trolls exposes the individuals and organizations behind the Kremlin’s coordinated, military-style social media operations against the West. In this courageous and unflinching book, award-winning journalist Jessikka Aro interweaves her own dramatic story as a target of Russian social media propaganda with accounts from many internationally known critics of the Kremlin, who share their own stories of being targeted by Russia’s multifaceted cyber warfare campaigns. As Aro began to investigate the impact of the Kremlin’s troll operations outside of Russia, she learned that private citizens in many other countries were being victimized by Kremlin-designed information campaigns. These actions were frequently conducted through an organized “troll factory” led by Russia’s security and intelligence apparatus, using unregulated social media platforms including YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter. Many of the disinformation campaigns were centered around the 2014 Russian invasion of Ukraine and subsequent occupation of the Crimean Peninsula.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Space for Justice: Social Movements, Collective Imagination, and Political Hope by Michele Moody-Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Space for Justice: Social Movements, Collective Imagination, and Political Hope
Author: Michele Moody-Adams
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From nineteenth-century abolitionism to Black Lives Matter today, progressive social movements have been at the forefront of social change. Yet it is seldom recognized that such movements have not only engaged in political action but also posed crucial philosophical questions about the meaning of justice and about how the demands of justice can be met. Michele Moody-Adams argues that anyone who is concerned with the theory or the practice of justice—or both—must ask what can be learned from social movements. Drawing on a range of compelling examples, she explores what they have shown about the nature of justice as well as what it takes to create space for justice in the world. Moody-Adams considers progressive social movements as wellsprings of moral inquiry and as agents of social change, drawing out key philosophical and practical principles. Social justice demands humane regard for others, combining compassionate concern and robust respect. Successful movements have drawn on the transformative power of imagination, strengthening the motivation to pursue justice and to create the political institutions and social policies that can sustain it by inspiring political hope. Making Space for Justice contends that the insights arising from social movements are critical to bridging the gap between discerning theory and effective practice.</description>
      <author>Michele Moody-Adams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200998760.mp3" length="819269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200998760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Space for Justice: Social Movements, Collective Imagination, and Political Hope
Author: Michele Moody-Adams
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From nineteenth-century abolitionism to Black Lives Matter today, progressive social movements have been at the forefront of social change. Yet it is seldom recognized that such movements have not only engaged in political action but also posed crucial philosophical questions about the meaning of justice and about how the demands of justice can be met. Michele Moody-Adams argues that anyone who is concerned with the theory or the practice of justice—or both—must ask what can be learned from social movements. Drawing on a range of compelling examples, she explores what they have shown about the nature of justice as well as what it takes to create space for justice in the world. Moody-Adams considers progressive social movements as wellsprings of moral inquiry and as agents of social change, drawing out key philosophical and practical principles. Social justice demands humane regard for others, combining compassionate concern and robust respect. Successful movements have drawn on the transformative power of imagination, strengthening the motivation to pursue justice and to create the political institutions and social policies that can sustain it by inspiring political hope. Making Space for Justice contends that the insights arising from social movements are critical to bridging the gap between discerning theory and effective practice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627179</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Space for Justice: Social Movements, Collective Imagination, and Political Hope
Author: Michele Moody-Adams
Narrator: Jeanette Illidge
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From nineteenth-century abolitionism to Black Lives Matter today, progressive social movements have been at the forefront of social change. Yet it is seldom recognized that such movements have not only engaged in political action but also posed crucial philosophical questions about the meaning of justice and about how the demands of justice can be met. Michele Moody-Adams argues that anyone who is concerned with the theory or the practice of justice—or both—must ask what can be learned from social movements. Drawing on a range of compelling examples, she explores what they have shown about the nature of justice as well as what it takes to create space for justice in the world. Moody-Adams considers progressive social movements as wellsprings of moral inquiry and as agents of social change, drawing out key philosophical and practical principles. Social justice demands humane regard for others, combining compassionate concern and robust respect. Successful movements have drawn on the transformative power of imagination, strengthening the motivation to pursue justice and to create the political institutions and social policies that can sustain it by inspiring political hope. Making Space for Justice contends that the insights arising from social movements are critical to bridging the gap between discerning theory and effective practice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let My People Know: The Incredible Story of Middle East Peace―and What Lies Ahead by Aryeh Lightstone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let My People Know: The Incredible Story of Middle East Peace―and What Lies Ahead
Author: Aryeh Lightstone
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration’s “Peace to Prosperity” vision for the Middle East was unveiled on January 28, 2020. What followed over the next eleven months was one of the most fascinating and consequential periods of US foreign policy in a generation, leading to five normalization agreements between Israel and Muslim states. The Abraham Accords achieved what had seemed impossible for decades and set the Middle East on a trajectory toward a broad regional peace. Aryeh Lightstone is uniquely positioned to tell the story. As the senior advisor to the US ambassador to Israel, he had a front-row seat on events that dramatically altered the dynamics of the Middle East. He was tasked with a complex and sensitive component of the Abraham Accords: turning them into practical action, and doing it quickly—during a pandemic, no less. In addition, he directed the Abraham Fund, led the Abraham Accords Business Summit, and served as the key contact between Israel and the other Accords nations for implementation.  Let My People Know provides a behind-the-scenes account of the strategies that allowed the “Deal of the Century” to be struck, and an unvarnished look at the Middle Eastern idiosyncrasies that factored into the process. A rabbi and an enthralling storyteller, Lightstone paints a vivid picture of the varied cultures and personalities involved. He also offers a glimpse into the day-to-day activities of an embassy. Finally, he explains what the Biden administration must do better to advance America’s interests abroad. We now have a paradigm for a forward-looking Middle East policy that ultimately benefits the United States. Lightstone makes the case for strategic action to maintain the momentum.</description>
      <author>Aryeh Lightstone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200993741.mp3" length="852295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200993741.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let My People Know: The Incredible Story of Middle East Peace―and What Lies Ahead
Author: Aryeh Lightstone
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration’s “Peace to Prosperity” vision for the Middle East was unveiled on January 28, 2020. What followed over the next eleven months was one of the most fascinating and consequential periods of US foreign policy in a generation, leading to five normalization agreements between Israel and Muslim states. The Abraham Accords achieved what had seemed impossible for decades and set the Middle East on a trajectory toward a broad regional peace. Aryeh Lightstone is uniquely positioned to tell the story. As the senior advisor to the US ambassador to Israel, he had a front-row seat on events that dramatically altered the dynamics of the Middle East. He was tasked with a complex and sensitive component of the Abraham Accords: turning them into practical action, and doing it quickly—during a pandemic, no less. In addition, he directed the Abraham Fund, led the Abraham Accords Business Summit, and served as the key contact between Israel and the other Accords nations for implementation.  Let My People Know provides a behind-the-scenes account of the strategies that allowed the “Deal of the Century” to be struck, and an unvarnished look at the Middle Eastern idiosyncrasies that factored into the process. A rabbi and an enthralling storyteller, Lightstone paints a vivid picture of the varied cultures and personalities involved. He also offers a glimpse into the day-to-day activities of an embassy. Finally, he explains what the Biden administration must do better to advance America’s interests abroad. We now have a paradigm for a forward-looking Middle East policy that ultimately benefits the United States. Lightstone makes the case for strategic action to maintain the momentum.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627177</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let My People Know: The Incredible Story of Middle East Peace―and What Lies Ahead
Author: Aryeh Lightstone
Narrator: Benjamin Isaac
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Trump administration’s “Peace to Prosperity” vision for the Middle East was unveiled on January 28, 2020. What followed over the next eleven months was one of the most fascinating and consequential periods of US foreign policy in a generation, leading to five normalization agreements between Israel and Muslim states. The Abraham Accords achieved what had seemed impossible for decades and set the Middle East on a trajectory toward a broad regional peace. Aryeh Lightstone is uniquely positioned to tell the story. As the senior advisor to the US ambassador to Israel, he had a front-row seat on events that dramatically altered the dynamics of the Middle East. He was tasked with a complex and sensitive component of the Abraham Accords: turning them into practical action, and doing it quickly—during a pandemic, no less. In addition, he directed the Abraham Fund, led the Abraham Accords Business Summit, and served as the key contact between Israel and the other Accords nations for implementation.  Let My People Know provides a behind-the-scenes account of the strategies that allowed the “Deal of the Century” to be struck, and an unvarnished look at the Middle Eastern idiosyncrasies that factored into the process. A rabbi and an enthralling storyteller, Lightstone paints a vivid picture of the varied cultures and personalities involved. He also offers a glimpse into the day-to-day activities of an embassy. Finally, he explains what the Biden administration must do better to advance America’s interests abroad. We now have a paradigm for a forward-looking Middle East policy that ultimately benefits the United States. Lightstone makes the case for strategic action to maintain the momentum.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Masacre en el comedor: La bomba de Montoneros en la Policía Federal. El atentado más sangriento de los 70 by Ceferino Reato</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Masacre en el comedor: La bomba de Montoneros en la Policía Federal. El atentado más sangriento de los 70
Author: Ceferino Reato
Narrator: Ezequiel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La primera historia documentada sobre el mayor atentado contra una  dependencia policial en el mundo: la voladura del comedor de la  Superintendencia de Seguridad de la Policía Federal en plena dictadura y  el papel de Pepe Salgado, autor material del atentado, y Rodolfo Walsh, hombre clave de la Inteligencia montonera.     La bomba de Montoneros que explotó en el comedor de la Superintendencia  de Seguridad Federal el 2 de julio de 1976, a cien días de instalada la  dictadura militar, dejó veintitrés muertos y ciento diez heridos. Fue el  atentado terrorista más sangriento de la historia argentina hasta la  voladura de la AMIA y sigue siendo el mayor contra una dependencia  policial en todo el mundo. Sin embargo, no ha despertado el interés de  periodistas ni de historiadores; tampoco el de la Justicia, que cuarenta  y cinco años después sigue sin haberlo investigado. Obra cumbre de la  guerrilla, parece tratarse de una realidad incómoda para todos:  contemporáneamente comportó una humillación poco digerible para la  Policía y el gobierno de Videla; en perspectiva, constituye un hecho  difícil de justificar para el relato hegemónico sobre los 70. Más aún a  la hora de hacer nombres: si bien la bomba es colocada por un joven de  clase media alta infiltrado en la institución, José María Salgado, el  atentado lleva la firma del servicio de Inteligencia e Informaciones de  Montoneros, cuyo hombre clave era Rodolfo Walsh. Este libro parte de la  explosión y reconstruye el minuto a minuto de aquellos días, acudiendo a  sus fuentes y protagonistas, desde deudos de las víctimas hasta familiares de Pepe Salgado. En ese gesto repone un capítulo  interesadamente olvidado de nuestro pasado y tácitamente postula su  argumento: la verdadera historia de los 70 es la historia de todas sus víctimas.</description>
      <author>Ceferino Reato</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789500767798.mp3" length="1462029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789500767798.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Masacre en el comedor: La bomba de Montoneros en la Policía Federal. El atentado más sangriento de los 70
Author: Ceferino Reato
Narrator: Ezequiel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La primera historia documentada sobre el mayor atentado contra una  dependencia policial en el mundo: la voladura del comedor de la  Superintendencia de Seguridad de la Policía Federal en plena dictadura y  el papel de Pepe Salgado, autor material del atentado, y Rodolfo Walsh, hombre clave de la Inteligencia montonera.     La bomba de Montoneros que explotó en el comedor de la Superintendencia  de Seguridad Federal el 2 de julio de 1976, a cien días de instalada la  dictadura militar, dejó veintitrés muertos y ciento diez heridos. Fue el  atentado terrorista más sangriento de la historia argentina hasta la  voladura de la AMIA y sigue siendo el mayor contra una dependencia  policial en todo el mundo. Sin embargo, no ha despertado el interés de  periodistas ni de historiadores; tampoco el de la Justicia, que cuarenta  y cinco años después sigue sin haberlo investigado. Obra cumbre de la  guerrilla, parece tratarse de una realidad incómoda para todos:  contemporáneamente comportó una humillación poco digerible para la  Policía y el gobierno de Videla; en perspectiva, constituye un hecho  difícil de justificar para el relato hegemónico sobre los 70. Más aún a  la hora de hacer nombres: si bien la bomba es colocada por un joven de  clase media alta infiltrado en la institución, José María Salgado, el  atentado lleva la firma del servicio de Inteligencia e Informaciones de  Montoneros, cuyo hombre clave era Rodolfo Walsh. Este libro parte de la  explosión y reconstruye el minuto a minuto de aquellos días, acudiendo a  sus fuentes y protagonistas, desde deudos de las víctimas hasta familiares de Pepe Salgado. En ese gesto repone un capítulo  interesadamente olvidado de nuestro pasado y tácitamente postula su  argumento: la verdadera historia de los 70 es la historia de todas sus víctimas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Masacre en el comedor: La bomba de Montoneros en la Policía Federal. El atentado más sangriento de los 70
Author: Ceferino Reato
Narrator: Ezequiel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La primera historia documentada sobre el mayor atentado contra una  dependencia policial en el mundo: la voladura del comedor de la  Superintendencia de Seguridad de la Policía Federal en plena dictadura y  el papel de Pepe Salgado, autor material del atentado, y Rodolfo Walsh, hombre clave de la Inteligencia montonera.     La bomba de Montoneros que explotó en el comedor de la Superintendencia  de Seguridad Federal el 2 de julio de 1976, a cien días de instalada la  dictadura militar, dejó veintitrés muertos y ciento diez heridos. Fue el  atentado terrorista más sangriento de la historia argentina hasta la  voladura de la AMIA y sigue siendo el mayor contra una dependencia  policial en todo el mundo. Sin embargo, no ha despertado el interés de  periodistas ni de historiadores; tampoco el de la Justicia, que cuarenta  y cinco años después sigue sin haberlo investigado. Obra cumbre de la  guerrilla, parece tratarse de una realidad incómoda para todos:  contemporáneamente comportó una humillación poco digerible para la  Policía y el gobierno de Videla; en perspectiva, constituye un hecho  difícil de justificar para el relato hegemónico sobre los 70. Más aún a  la hora de hacer nombres: si bien la bomba es colocada por un joven de  clase media alta infiltrado en la institución, José María Salgado, el  atentado lleva la firma del servicio de Inteligencia e Informaciones de  Montoneros, cuyo hombre clave era Rodolfo Walsh. Este libro parte de la  explosión y reconstruye el minuto a minuto de aquellos días, acudiendo a  sus fuentes y protagonistas, desde deudos de las víctimas hasta familiares de Pepe Salgado. En ese gesto repone un capítulo  interesadamente olvidado de nuestro pasado y tácitamente postula su  argumento: la verdadera historia de los 70 es la historia de todas sus víctimas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account by Mark Pomerantz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account
Author: Mark Pomerantz
Narrator: Mark Pomerantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
People vs. Donald Trump is a fascinating inside account of the attempt to prosecute former president Donald Trump, written by one of the lawyers who worked on the case and resigned in protest when Manhattan’s district attorney refused to act.  Mark Pomerantz was a retired lawyer living a calm suburban life when he accepted an unexpected offer to join the staff of the district attorney of New York County in February 2021 to work on the investigation of former president Donald Trump. The Manhattan DA was interested in Pomerantz because he brought vast experience in litigating white collar and organized crime cases, having worked as a federal prosecutor and a criminal defense attorney for decades. Pomerantz had prosecuted and defended cases involving murder, drug trafficking, political corruption, tax evasion, and financial fraud. His clients had included governors and senators, business leaders, financial institutions, and also gangsters and murderers.   Over the next year, Pomerantz investigated the world of Donald Trump and the Trump Organization. He interviewed potential witnesses, scrutinized financial records, and learned everything he could about Trump’s business practices. The investigation led him to believe that the former president’s approach to business had much in common with the business practices of another well-known public figure—former mob boss John J. Gotti. Ultimately, Pomerantz gathered enough evidence to support the view—held by many of his colleagues on the case, including former Manhattan district attorney Cyrus Vance Jr.—that former president Donald Trump should be indicted for a number of financial crimes. But that indictment never happened. This book explains why.   Pomerantz’s work ultimately led to the indictment of the Trump Organization and Allen Weisselberg, the chief financial officer of the Trump Organization, who pleaded guilty to tax fraud. But that indictment was merely the prelude to a larger criminal case that Pomerantz urged the Manhattan DA, Alvin Bragg, to bring against Donald Trump. When the DA refused to authorize that prosecution, Pomerantz and his colleague Carey Dunne resigned. Aspects of the case Pomerantz wanted to bring are currently being pursued against Trump by the attorney general of New York State in a civil fraud case that does not involve criminal penalties.   In People vs. Donald Trump, Pomerantz tells the story of his unprecedented investigation, why he believes Donald Trump should be prosecuted, and what we can learn about the nature of justice in America from this extraordinary case. Pomerantz draws from a lifetime of legal experience to tell a devastating and frequently entertaining story of how prosecutors think, how criminals act, and how our justice system works—and sometimes doesn’t work. Pomerantz has written a cautionary tale that illuminates the challenges of prosecuting Donald Trump, why Trump manages to dance between the raindrops of accountability, and how others might bring him to justice.</description>
      <author>Mark Pomerantz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797157696.mp3" length="826485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797157696.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account
Author: Mark Pomerantz
Narrator: Mark Pomerantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
People vs. Donald Trump is a fascinating inside account of the attempt to prosecute former president Donald Trump, written by one of the lawyers who worked on the case and resigned in protest when Manhattan’s district attorney refused to act.  Mark Pomerantz was a retired lawyer living a calm suburban life when he accepted an unexpected offer to join the staff of the district attorney of New York County in February 2021 to work on the investigation of former president Donald Trump. The Manhattan DA was interested in Pomerantz because he brought vast experience in litigating white collar and organized crime cases, having worked as a federal prosecutor and a criminal defense attorney for decades. Pomerantz had prosecuted and defended cases involving murder, drug trafficking, political corruption, tax evasion, and financial fraud. His clients had included governors and senators, business leaders, financial institutions, and also gangsters and murderers.   Over the next year, Pomerantz investigated the world of Donald Trump and the Trump Organization. He interviewed potential witnesses, scrutinized financial records, and learned everything he could about Trump’s business practices. The investigation led him to believe that the former president’s approach to business had much in common with the business practices of another well-known public figure—former mob boss John J. Gotti. Ultimately, Pomerantz gathered enough evidence to support the view—held by many of his colleagues on the case, including former Manhattan district attorney Cyrus Vance Jr.—that former president Donald Trump should be indicted for a number of financial crimes. But that indictment never happened. This book explains why.   Pomerantz’s work ultimately led to the indictment of the Trump Organization and Allen Weisselberg, the chief financial officer of the Trump Organization, who pleaded guilty to tax fraud. But that indictment was merely the prelude to a larger criminal case that Pomerantz urged the Manhattan DA, Alvin Bragg, to bring against Donald Trump. When the DA refused to authorize that prosecution, Pomerantz and his colleague Carey Dunne resigned. Aspects of the case Pomerantz wanted to bring are currently being pursued against Trump by the attorney general of New York State in a civil fraud case that does not involve criminal penalties.   In People vs. Donald Trump, Pomerantz tells the story of his unprecedented investigation, why he believes Donald Trump should be prosecuted, and what we can learn about the nature of justice in America from this extraordinary case. Pomerantz draws from a lifetime of legal experience to tell a devastating and frequently entertaining story of how prosecutors think, how criminals act, and how our justice system works—and sometimes doesn’t work. Pomerantz has written a cautionary tale that illuminates the challenges of prosecuting Donald Trump, why Trump manages to dance between the raindrops of accountability, and how others might bring him to justice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: People vs. Donald Trump: An Inside Account
Author: Mark Pomerantz
Narrator: Mark Pomerantz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
People vs. Donald Trump is a fascinating inside account of the attempt to prosecute former president Donald Trump, written by one of the lawyers who worked on the case and resigned in protest when Manhattan’s district attorney refused to act.  Mark Pomerantz was a retired lawyer living a calm suburban life when he accepted an unexpected offer to join the staff of the district attorney of New York County in February 2021 to work on the investigation of former president Donald Trump. The Manhattan DA was interested in Pomerantz because he brought vast experience in litigating white collar and organized crime cases, having worked as a federal prosecutor and a criminal defense attorney for decades. Pomerantz had prosecuted and defended cases involving murder, drug trafficking, political corruption, tax evasion, and financial fraud. His clients had included governors and senators, business leaders, financial institutions, and also gangsters and murderers.   Over the next year, Pomerantz investigated the world of Donald Trump and the Trump Organization. He interviewed potential witnesses, scrutinized financial records, and learned everything he could about Trump’s business practices. The investigation led him to believe that the former president’s approach to business had much in common with the business practices of another well-known public figure—former mob boss John J. Gotti. Ultimately, Pomerantz gathered enough evidence to support the view—held by many of his colleagues on the case, including former Manhattan district attorney Cyrus Vance Jr.—that former president Donald Trump should be indicted for a number of financial crimes. But that indictment never happened. This book explains why.   Pomerantz’s work ultimately led to the indictment of the Trump Organization and Allen Weisselberg, the chief financial officer of the Trump Organization, who pleaded guilty to tax fraud. But that indictment was merely the prelude to a larger criminal case that Pomerantz urged the Manhattan DA, Alvin Bragg, to bring against Donald Trump. When the DA refused to authorize that prosecution, Pomerantz and his colleague Carey Dunne resigned. Aspects of the case Pomerantz wanted to bring are currently being pursued against Trump by the attorney general of New York State in a civil fraud case that does not involve criminal penalties.   In People vs. Donald Trump, Pomerantz tells the story of his unprecedented investigation, why he believes Donald Trump should be prosecuted, and what we can learn about the nature of justice in America from this extraordinary case. Pomerantz draws from a lifetime of legal experience to tell a devastating and frequently entertaining story of how prosecutors think, how criminals act, and how our justice system works—and sometimes doesn’t work. Pomerantz has written a cautionary tale that illuminates the challenges of prosecuting Donald Trump, why Trump manages to dance between the raindrops of accountability, and how others might bring him to justice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Geography: How Power and Politics in Space Will Change Our World by Tim Marshall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Geography: How Power and Politics in Space Will Change Our World
Author: Tim Marshall
Narrator: Tim Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Space: the biggest geopolitical story of the coming century – new from the multi-million-copy international bestselling author of Prisoners of Geography.  Spy satellites orbiting the moon. Space metals worth more than most countries’ GDP. People on Mars within the next ten years.   This isn’t science fiction. It’s astropolitics.    Humans are heading up and out, and we’re taking our power struggles with us. Soon, what happens in space will shape human history as much the mountains, rivers and seas have on Earth. It’s no coincidence that Russia, China and the USA are leading the way. The next fifty years will change the face of global politics.   In this gripping book, bestselling author Tim Marshall lays bare the new geopolitical realities to show how we got here and where we’re going, covering the new space race; great-power rivalry; technology; economics; war; and what it means for all of us down here on Earth. Written with all the insight and wit that have made Marshall the UK’s most popular writer on geopolitics, this is the essential read on power, politics and the future of humanity.  Praise for The Power of Geography:  ‘Fascinating . . . I can’t imagine reading a better book this year.’ Daily Mirror  ‘Another outstanding guide to the modern world. Marshall is a master at explaining what you need to know and why.’ Peter Frankopan  And Prisoners of Geography:  &amp;#039;Like having a light shone on your understanding... I can&amp;#039;t think of another book that explains the world situation so well.’ Nicolas Lezard, Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Sharp insights into the way geography shapes the choices of world leaders.&amp;#039; Gideon Rachman, Financial Times</description>
      <author>Tim Marshall</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Apr 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781783966868.mp3" length="889754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781783966868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Geography: How Power and Politics in Space Will Change Our World
Author: Tim Marshall
Narrator: Tim Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Space: the biggest geopolitical story of the coming century – new from the multi-million-copy international bestselling author of Prisoners of Geography.  Spy satellites orbiting the moon. Space metals worth more than most countries’ GDP. People on Mars within the next ten years.   This isn’t science fiction. It’s astropolitics.    Humans are heading up and out, and we’re taking our power struggles with us. Soon, what happens in space will shape human history as much the mountains, rivers and seas have on Earth. It’s no coincidence that Russia, China and the USA are leading the way. The next fifty years will change the face of global politics.   In this gripping book, bestselling author Tim Marshall lays bare the new geopolitical realities to show how we got here and where we’re going, covering the new space race; great-power rivalry; technology; economics; war; and what it means for all of us down here on Earth. Written with all the insight and wit that have made Marshall the UK’s most popular writer on geopolitics, this is the essential read on power, politics and the future of humanity.  Praise for The Power of Geography:  ‘Fascinating . . . I can’t imagine reading a better book this year.’ Daily Mirror  ‘Another outstanding guide to the modern world. Marshall is a master at explaining what you need to know and why.’ Peter Frankopan  And Prisoners of Geography:  &amp;#039;Like having a light shone on your understanding... I can&amp;#039;t think of another book that explains the world situation so well.’ Nicolas Lezard, Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Sharp insights into the way geography shapes the choices of world leaders.&amp;#039; Gideon Rachman, Financial Times</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626754</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Future of Geography: How Power and Politics in Space Will Change Our World
Author: Tim Marshall
Narrator: Tim Marshall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Space: the biggest geopolitical story of the coming century – new from the multi-million-copy international bestselling author of Prisoners of Geography.  Spy satellites orbiting the moon. Space metals worth more than most countries’ GDP. People on Mars within the next ten years.   This isn’t science fiction. It’s astropolitics.    Humans are heading up and out, and we’re taking our power struggles with us. Soon, what happens in space will shape human history as much the mountains, rivers and seas have on Earth. It’s no coincidence that Russia, China and the USA are leading the way. The next fifty years will change the face of global politics.   In this gripping book, bestselling author Tim Marshall lays bare the new geopolitical realities to show how we got here and where we’re going, covering the new space race; great-power rivalry; technology; economics; war; and what it means for all of us down here on Earth. Written with all the insight and wit that have made Marshall the UK’s most popular writer on geopolitics, this is the essential read on power, politics and the future of humanity.  Praise for The Power of Geography:  ‘Fascinating . . . I can’t imagine reading a better book this year.’ Daily Mirror  ‘Another outstanding guide to the modern world. Marshall is a master at explaining what you need to know and why.’ Peter Frankopan  And Prisoners of Geography:  &amp;#039;Like having a light shone on your understanding... I can&amp;#039;t think of another book that explains the world situation so well.’ Nicolas Lezard, Evening Standard  &amp;#039;Sharp insights into the way geography shapes the choices of world leaders.&amp;#039; Gideon Rachman, Financial Times</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La teoría del poder by Bruno Elías Maduro Rodríguez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La teoría del poder
Author: Bruno Elías Maduro Rodríguez
Narrator: Braian Quevedo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nos llega desde Colombia una nueva propuesta para pensar los resortes y alcances del poder  Bruno Maduro empezó a darle vueltas al asunto ya a principios de los ´90, mientras trabajaba como docente en las comunidades indígenas que sufrían y resistían a la violencia político-militar. Luego fue trenzando con esa experiencia la lectura de un sinfín de fuentes, traídas desde la antropología política, la filosofía y el psicoanálisis. &amp;#039;La teoría del poder. Hacia un inicio de las sociedades de consenso&amp;#039; sintetiza ese recorrido. Logra salirse de las visiones que lo centran en el Estado y lo vuelven sinónimo de coerción. Los problemas históricos e ideológicos de lo que el poder llegó a significar son recolocados, así, dentro de las múltiples dimensiones que atañen a esta institución humana tan compleja. - Bruno Elías Maduro (Cartagena, 1971) es un escritor, abogado y filósofo colombiano. Publicó libros de cuentos y novelas tales como &amp;#039;Noticias de Mamatoco&amp;#039; (2013), &amp;#039;La aldea debajo de la montaña&amp;#039; (2021) y &amp;#039;Juan Camacho o los relatos de un pescador&amp;#039; (2021). También llevan su firma varios estudios relativos a neuropsicología, filosofía política y pedagogía. Entre ellos cabe destacar &amp;#039;Filosofía de la educación e interculturalidad indígena&amp;#039; (1995), &amp;#039;Filosofía de la cognición&amp;#039; (2009) y &amp;#039;La teoría del poder&amp;#039; (2015). Ha ejercido asimismo la clínica psiquiátrica, y en sus inicios profesionales realizó una importante labor educativa en la Sierra Nevada, fundando varias escuelas.</description>
      <author>Bruno Elías Maduro Rodríguez</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728044605.mp3" length="1273642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728044605.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La teoría del poder
Author: Bruno Elías Maduro Rodríguez
Narrator: Braian Quevedo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nos llega desde Colombia una nueva propuesta para pensar los resortes y alcances del poder  Bruno Maduro empezó a darle vueltas al asunto ya a principios de los ´90, mientras trabajaba como docente en las comunidades indígenas que sufrían y resistían a la violencia político-militar. Luego fue trenzando con esa experiencia la lectura de un sinfín de fuentes, traídas desde la antropología política, la filosofía y el psicoanálisis. &amp;#039;La teoría del poder. Hacia un inicio de las sociedades de consenso&amp;#039; sintetiza ese recorrido. Logra salirse de las visiones que lo centran en el Estado y lo vuelven sinónimo de coerción. Los problemas históricos e ideológicos de lo que el poder llegó a significar son recolocados, así, dentro de las múltiples dimensiones que atañen a esta institución humana tan compleja. - Bruno Elías Maduro (Cartagena, 1971) es un escritor, abogado y filósofo colombiano. Publicó libros de cuentos y novelas tales como &amp;#039;Noticias de Mamatoco&amp;#039; (2013), &amp;#039;La aldea debajo de la montaña&amp;#039; (2021) y &amp;#039;Juan Camacho o los relatos de un pescador&amp;#039; (2021). También llevan su firma varios estudios relativos a neuropsicología, filosofía política y pedagogía. Entre ellos cabe destacar &amp;#039;Filosofía de la educación e interculturalidad indígena&amp;#039; (1995), &amp;#039;Filosofía de la cognición&amp;#039; (2009) y &amp;#039;La teoría del poder&amp;#039; (2015). Ha ejercido asimismo la clínica psiquiátrica, y en sus inicios profesionales realizó una importante labor educativa en la Sierra Nevada, fundando varias escuelas.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La teoría del poder
Author: Bruno Elías Maduro Rodríguez
Narrator: Braian Quevedo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nos llega desde Colombia una nueva propuesta para pensar los resortes y alcances del poder  Bruno Maduro empezó a darle vueltas al asunto ya a principios de los ´90, mientras trabajaba como docente en las comunidades indígenas que sufrían y resistían a la violencia político-militar. Luego fue trenzando con esa experiencia la lectura de un sinfín de fuentes, traídas desde la antropología política, la filosofía y el psicoanálisis. &amp;#039;La teoría del poder. Hacia un inicio de las sociedades de consenso&amp;#039; sintetiza ese recorrido. Logra salirse de las visiones que lo centran en el Estado y lo vuelven sinónimo de coerción. Los problemas históricos e ideológicos de lo que el poder llegó a significar son recolocados, así, dentro de las múltiples dimensiones que atañen a esta institución humana tan compleja. - Bruno Elías Maduro (Cartagena, 1971) es un escritor, abogado y filósofo colombiano. Publicó libros de cuentos y novelas tales como &amp;#039;Noticias de Mamatoco&amp;#039; (2013), &amp;#039;La aldea debajo de la montaña&amp;#039; (2021) y &amp;#039;Juan Camacho o los relatos de un pescador&amp;#039; (2021). También llevan su firma varios estudios relativos a neuropsicología, filosofía política y pedagogía. Entre ellos cabe destacar &amp;#039;Filosofía de la educación e interculturalidad indígena&amp;#039; (1995), &amp;#039;Filosofía de la cognición&amp;#039; (2009) y &amp;#039;La teoría del poder&amp;#039; (2015). Ha ejercido asimismo la clínica psiquiátrica, y en sus inicios profesionales realizó una importante labor educativa en la Sierra Nevada, fundando varias escuelas.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Survivor: How I Survived Six Concentration Camps and Became a Nazi Hunter by Josef Lewkowicz, Michael Calvin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivor: How I Survived Six Concentration Camps and Became a Nazi Hunter
Author: Josef Lewkowicz, Michael Calvin
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. One of the last great untold stories of the Holocaust, The Survivor is an astonishing account of one man&amp;#039;s unbreakable spirit, unshakeable faith, and extraordinary courage in the face of evil. At only sixteen years old, Josef Lewkowicz became a number, prisoner 85314. Following the Nazi invasion of Poland, he and his father were separated from their family and herded to the Kraków-Plaszów concentration camp. Forced to carry out hard labour in brutal conditions, and to live under the constant threat of extreme violence and sudden death, before the war was over Josef would witness the unique horrors of six of the most notorious Nazi concentration camps, including Auschwitz, Mauthausen and Ebensee. From salt mines to forced marches, summary executions to Amstetten, where prisoners were used as human shields in Allied bombing, Josef lived under the spectre of death for many years. When he was liberated from Ebensee at the end of the war, conditions were amongst the worst witnessed by allied forces. With his freedom, Josef returned home to find that he was the only one left alive in an extended family of 150. Compelled by the need to do something to avenge that loss, he joined the Jewish police while still in a displaced persons&amp;#039; camp, and was recruited as an intelligence officer for the US Army who gave him a team to search for Nazis in hiding. Whilst rounding up SS leaders, he played a critical role in identifying and bringing to justice his greatest tormentor, the Butcher of Plaszow, Amon Göth, played by Ralph Fiennes in Schindler&amp;#039;s List. He then committed his life to helping the orphaned children of the Holocaust rebuild their lives. The Survivor is Josef&amp;#039;s extraordinary testimony. ©2023 Josef Lewkowicz &amp;amp; Michael Calvin (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Josef Lewkowicz, Michael Calvin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529198812.mp3" length="1449754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529198812.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivor: How I Survived Six Concentration Camps and Became a Nazi Hunter
Author: Josef Lewkowicz, Michael Calvin
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. One of the last great untold stories of the Holocaust, The Survivor is an astonishing account of one man&amp;#039;s unbreakable spirit, unshakeable faith, and extraordinary courage in the face of evil. At only sixteen years old, Josef Lewkowicz became a number, prisoner 85314. Following the Nazi invasion of Poland, he and his father were separated from their family and herded to the Kraków-Plaszów concentration camp. Forced to carry out hard labour in brutal conditions, and to live under the constant threat of extreme violence and sudden death, before the war was over Josef would witness the unique horrors of six of the most notorious Nazi concentration camps, including Auschwitz, Mauthausen and Ebensee. From salt mines to forced marches, summary executions to Amstetten, where prisoners were used as human shields in Allied bombing, Josef lived under the spectre of death for many years. When he was liberated from Ebensee at the end of the war, conditions were amongst the worst witnessed by allied forces. With his freedom, Josef returned home to find that he was the only one left alive in an extended family of 150. Compelled by the need to do something to avenge that loss, he joined the Jewish police while still in a displaced persons&amp;#039; camp, and was recruited as an intelligence officer for the US Army who gave him a team to search for Nazis in hiding. Whilst rounding up SS leaders, he played a critical role in identifying and bringing to justice his greatest tormentor, the Butcher of Plaszow, Amon Göth, played by Ralph Fiennes in Schindler&amp;#039;s List. He then committed his life to helping the orphaned children of the Holocaust rebuild their lives. The Survivor is Josef&amp;#039;s extraordinary testimony. ©2023 Josef Lewkowicz &amp;amp; Michael Calvin (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626721</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Survivor: How I Survived Six Concentration Camps and Became a Nazi Hunter
Author: Josef Lewkowicz, Michael Calvin
Narrator: Laurence Dobiesz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. One of the last great untold stories of the Holocaust, The Survivor is an astonishing account of one man&amp;#039;s unbreakable spirit, unshakeable faith, and extraordinary courage in the face of evil. At only sixteen years old, Josef Lewkowicz became a number, prisoner 85314. Following the Nazi invasion of Poland, he and his father were separated from their family and herded to the Kraków-Plaszów concentration camp. Forced to carry out hard labour in brutal conditions, and to live under the constant threat of extreme violence and sudden death, before the war was over Josef would witness the unique horrors of six of the most notorious Nazi concentration camps, including Auschwitz, Mauthausen and Ebensee. From salt mines to forced marches, summary executions to Amstetten, where prisoners were used as human shields in Allied bombing, Josef lived under the spectre of death for many years. When he was liberated from Ebensee at the end of the war, conditions were amongst the worst witnessed by allied forces. With his freedom, Josef returned home to find that he was the only one left alive in an extended family of 150. Compelled by the need to do something to avenge that loss, he joined the Jewish police while still in a displaced persons&amp;#039; camp, and was recruited as an intelligence officer for the US Army who gave him a team to search for Nazis in hiding. Whilst rounding up SS leaders, he played a critical role in identifying and bringing to justice his greatest tormentor, the Butcher of Plaszow, Amon Göth, played by Ralph Fiennes in Schindler&amp;#039;s List. He then committed his life to helping the orphaned children of the Holocaust rebuild their lives. The Survivor is Josef&amp;#039;s extraordinary testimony. ©2023 Josef Lewkowicz &amp;amp; Michael Calvin (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healthcare Finance: Modern Financial Analysis for Accelerating Biomedical Innovation by Shomesh E. Chaudhuri, Andrew W. Lo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthcare Finance: Modern Financial Analysis for Accelerating Biomedical Innovation
Author: Shomesh E. Chaudhuri, Andrew W. Lo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An introductory finance textbook for the healthcare industry We are living in a golden age of biomedical innovation, yet entrepreneurs still struggle with the so-called Valley of Death when seeking funding for their biotech start-ups. In Healthcare Finance, Andrew Lo and Shomesh Chaudhuri show that there are better ways to finance breakthrough therapies, and they provide the essential financial tools and concepts for creating the next generation of healthcare technologies. Geared for MBA and life sciences students, as well as biopharma executives and healthcare investment professionals, this textbook covers the theory and application of financial techniques such as diversification, discounted cash flow analysis, real options, Monte Carlo simulation, and securitization, all within the context of managing biomedical assets. The book demonstrates that more efficient funding structures can reduce financial risks, lower the cost of capital, and bring more lifesaving therapies to patients faster. Listeners will gain the background, framework, and techniques needed to reshape the healthcare industry in positive ways. Finance doesn&amp;#039;t have to be a zero-sum game, and Healthcare Finance proves that it is possible to do well by doing good.</description>
      <author>Shomesh E. Chaudhuri, Andrew W. Lo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663719546.mp3" length="8010742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663719546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthcare Finance: Modern Financial Analysis for Accelerating Biomedical Innovation
Author: Shomesh E. Chaudhuri, Andrew W. Lo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An introductory finance textbook for the healthcare industry We are living in a golden age of biomedical innovation, yet entrepreneurs still struggle with the so-called Valley of Death when seeking funding for their biotech start-ups. In Healthcare Finance, Andrew Lo and Shomesh Chaudhuri show that there are better ways to finance breakthrough therapies, and they provide the essential financial tools and concepts for creating the next generation of healthcare technologies. Geared for MBA and life sciences students, as well as biopharma executives and healthcare investment professionals, this textbook covers the theory and application of financial techniques such as diversification, discounted cash flow analysis, real options, Monte Carlo simulation, and securitization, all within the context of managing biomedical assets. The book demonstrates that more efficient funding structures can reduce financial risks, lower the cost of capital, and bring more lifesaving therapies to patients faster. Listeners will gain the background, framework, and techniques needed to reshape the healthcare industry in positive ways. Finance doesn&amp;#039;t have to be a zero-sum game, and Healthcare Finance proves that it is possible to do well by doing good.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626702</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healthcare Finance: Modern Financial Analysis for Accelerating Biomedical Innovation
Author: Shomesh E. Chaudhuri, Andrew W. Lo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 17, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An introductory finance textbook for the healthcare industry We are living in a golden age of biomedical innovation, yet entrepreneurs still struggle with the so-called Valley of Death when seeking funding for their biotech start-ups. In Healthcare Finance, Andrew Lo and Shomesh Chaudhuri show that there are better ways to finance breakthrough therapies, and they provide the essential financial tools and concepts for creating the next generation of healthcare technologies. Geared for MBA and life sciences students, as well as biopharma executives and healthcare investment professionals, this textbook covers the theory and application of financial techniques such as diversification, discounted cash flow analysis, real options, Monte Carlo simulation, and securitization, all within the context of managing biomedical assets. The book demonstrates that more efficient funding structures can reduce financial risks, lower the cost of capital, and bring more lifesaving therapies to patients faster. Listeners will gain the background, framework, and techniques needed to reshape the healthcare industry in positive ways. Finance doesn&amp;#039;t have to be a zero-sum game, and Healthcare Finance proves that it is possible to do well by doing good.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ever Wonder Why?: And Other Controversial Essays by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Wonder Why?: And Other Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell takes aim at a range of legal, social, racial, educational, and economic issues in this latest collection of his controversial, never boring, always thought-provoking essays. From &amp;#039;gun control myths&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;mealy mouth media&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;free lunch medicine,&amp;#039; Sowell gets to the heart of the matters we all care about with his characteristically unsparing candor.</description>
      <author>Thomas Sowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666197648.mp3" length="7963311" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666197648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Wonder Why?: And Other Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell takes aim at a range of legal, social, racial, educational, and economic issues in this latest collection of his controversial, never boring, always thought-provoking essays. From &amp;#039;gun control myths&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;mealy mouth media&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;free lunch medicine,&amp;#039; Sowell gets to the heart of the matters we all care about with his characteristically unsparing candor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626684</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ever Wonder Why?: And Other Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Thomas Sowell takes aim at a range of legal, social, racial, educational, and economic issues in this latest collection of his controversial, never boring, always thought-provoking essays. From &amp;#039;gun control myths&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;mealy mouth media&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;free lunch medicine,&amp;#039; Sowell gets to the heart of the matters we all care about with his characteristically unsparing candor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Controversial Essays by Thomas Sowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of conservatism&amp;#039;s most articulate voices dissects today&amp;#039;s most important economic, racial, political, education, legal, and social issues, sharing his entertaining and thought-provoking insights on a wide range of contentious subjects.</description>
      <author>Thomas Sowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jul 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666197624.mp3" length="8359437" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666197624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of conservatism&amp;#039;s most articulate voices dissects today&amp;#039;s most important economic, racial, political, education, legal, and social issues, sharing his entertaining and thought-provoking insights on a wide range of contentious subjects.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Controversial Essays
Author: Thomas Sowell
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of conservatism&amp;#039;s most articulate voices dissects today&amp;#039;s most important economic, racial, political, education, legal, and social issues, sharing his entertaining and thought-provoking insights on a wide range of contentious subjects.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts: Information, Ideology, and Authoritarianism in China by Jeremy L. Wallace</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts: Information, Ideology, and Authoritarianism in China
Author: Jeremy L. Wallace
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A unique analysis of the numbers that came to define Chinese politics and how this quantification evolved over time. For decades, a few numbers came to define Chinese politics—until those numbers did not count what mattered and what they counted did not measure up. Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts argues that the Chinese government adopted a system of limited, quantified vision in order to survive the disasters unleashed by Mao Zedong&amp;#039;s ideological leadership. Jeremy Wallace explains how that system worked and analyzes how the problems that accumulated in its blind spots led Xi Jinping to take drastic action. Xi&amp;#039;s neopolitical turn—aggressive anti-corruption campaigns, reassertion of party authority, and personalization of power—is an attempt fix the problems of the prior system, as well as a hedge against an inability to do so. The book argues that while of course dictators stay in power through coercion and cooptation, they also do so by convincing their populations and themselves of their right to rule. Quantification is one tool in this persuasive arsenal, but it comes with its own perils.</description>
      <author>Jeremy L. Wallace</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Feb 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087961.mp3" length="7913190" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts: Information, Ideology, and Authoritarianism in China
Author: Jeremy L. Wallace
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A unique analysis of the numbers that came to define Chinese politics and how this quantification evolved over time. For decades, a few numbers came to define Chinese politics—until those numbers did not count what mattered and what they counted did not measure up. Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts argues that the Chinese government adopted a system of limited, quantified vision in order to survive the disasters unleashed by Mao Zedong&amp;#039;s ideological leadership. Jeremy Wallace explains how that system worked and analyzes how the problems that accumulated in its blind spots led Xi Jinping to take drastic action. Xi&amp;#039;s neopolitical turn—aggressive anti-corruption campaigns, reassertion of party authority, and personalization of power—is an attempt fix the problems of the prior system, as well as a hedge against an inability to do so. The book argues that while of course dictators stay in power through coercion and cooptation, they also do so by convincing their populations and themselves of their right to rule. Quantification is one tool in this persuasive arsenal, but it comes with its own perils.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts: Information, Ideology, and Authoritarianism in China
Author: Jeremy L. Wallace
Narrator: P.J. Ochlan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: February 14, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A unique analysis of the numbers that came to define Chinese politics and how this quantification evolved over time. For decades, a few numbers came to define Chinese politics—until those numbers did not count what mattered and what they counted did not measure up. Seeking Truth and Hiding Facts argues that the Chinese government adopted a system of limited, quantified vision in order to survive the disasters unleashed by Mao Zedong&amp;#039;s ideological leadership. Jeremy Wallace explains how that system worked and analyzes how the problems that accumulated in its blind spots led Xi Jinping to take drastic action. Xi&amp;#039;s neopolitical turn—aggressive anti-corruption campaigns, reassertion of party authority, and personalization of power—is an attempt fix the problems of the prior system, as well as a hedge against an inability to do so. The book argues that while of course dictators stay in power through coercion and cooptation, they also do so by convincing their populations and themselves of their right to rule. Quantification is one tool in this persuasive arsenal, but it comes with its own perils.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Architecture of Disability: Buildings, Cities, and Landscapes beyond Access by David Gissen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Architecture of Disability: Buildings, Cities, and Landscapes beyond Access
Author: David Gissen
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Disability critiques of architecture usually emphasize the need for modification and increased access, but The Architecture of Disability calls for a radical reorientation of this perspective by situating experiences of impairment as a new foundation for the built environment. With its provocative proposal for &amp;#039;the construction of disability,&amp;#039; this book fundamentally reconsiders how we conceive of and experience disability in our world. Stressing the connection between architectural form and the capacities of the human body, David Gissen demonstrates how disability haunts the history and practice of architecture. Examining various historic sites, landscape designs, and urban spaces, he deconstructs the prevailing functionalist approach to accommodating disabled people in architecture and instead asserts that physical capacity is essential to the conception of all designed space. By recontextualizing the history of architecture through the discourse of disability, Gissen presents a unique challenge to current modes of architectural practice, theory, and education. Envisioning an architectural design that fully integrates disabled persons into its production, it advocates for looking beyond traditional notions of accessibility and shows how certain incapacities can offer us the means to positively reimagine the roots of architecture.</description>
      <author>David Gissen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087442.mp3" length="8182476" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087442.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Architecture of Disability: Buildings, Cities, and Landscapes beyond Access
Author: David Gissen
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Disability critiques of architecture usually emphasize the need for modification and increased access, but The Architecture of Disability calls for a radical reorientation of this perspective by situating experiences of impairment as a new foundation for the built environment. With its provocative proposal for &amp;#039;the construction of disability,&amp;#039; this book fundamentally reconsiders how we conceive of and experience disability in our world. Stressing the connection between architectural form and the capacities of the human body, David Gissen demonstrates how disability haunts the history and practice of architecture. Examining various historic sites, landscape designs, and urban spaces, he deconstructs the prevailing functionalist approach to accommodating disabled people in architecture and instead asserts that physical capacity is essential to the conception of all designed space. By recontextualizing the history of architecture through the discourse of disability, Gissen presents a unique challenge to current modes of architectural practice, theory, and education. Envisioning an architectural design that fully integrates disabled persons into its production, it advocates for looking beyond traditional notions of accessibility and shows how certain incapacities can offer us the means to positively reimagine the roots of architecture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626618</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Architecture of Disability: Buildings, Cities, and Landscapes beyond Access
Author: David Gissen
Narrator: Paul Boehmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 24, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Disability critiques of architecture usually emphasize the need for modification and increased access, but The Architecture of Disability calls for a radical reorientation of this perspective by situating experiences of impairment as a new foundation for the built environment. With its provocative proposal for &amp;#039;the construction of disability,&amp;#039; this book fundamentally reconsiders how we conceive of and experience disability in our world. Stressing the connection between architectural form and the capacities of the human body, David Gissen demonstrates how disability haunts the history and practice of architecture. Examining various historic sites, landscape designs, and urban spaces, he deconstructs the prevailing functionalist approach to accommodating disabled people in architecture and instead asserts that physical capacity is essential to the conception of all designed space. By recontextualizing the history of architecture through the discourse of disability, Gissen presents a unique challenge to current modes of architectural practice, theory, and education. Envisioning an architectural design that fully integrates disabled persons into its production, it advocates for looking beyond traditional notions of accessibility and shows how certain incapacities can offer us the means to positively reimagine the roots of architecture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>As We Exist: A Postcolonial Autobiography by Kaoutar Harchi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As We Exist: A Postcolonial Autobiography
Author: Kaoutar Harchi
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful coming-of-age memoir, a young sociologist reflects on her Moroccan immigrant parents, their journey to France, and how growing up an outsider shaped her identity. Imbued with tenderness for her family and a critical view of the challenges facing French North African immigrants, Kaoutar Harchi’s probing account illustrates the deeply personal effects of political issues. Mixed with happy memories of her childhood home in eastern France are ever-present reminders of the dangers from which her parents sought to shield her. When they transfer her to a private, Catholic middle school—out of fear of Arab boys from their working-class neighborhood—Kaoutar grows increasingly conscious of her differences, and her conflicted sense of self. Notable events in her teens—the passing of a law in 2004 banning religious symbols from public schools; the 2005 deaths of Bouna Traoré and Zyed Benna, which sparked riots against police brutality—underscore the injustice of a society that sees Muslims not as equals but as a problem to solve. With elegant, affecting prose, As We Exist charts Kaoutar’s political and intellectual awakening, which would become the heart and soul of her work as a sociologist and writer.</description>
      <author>Kaoutar Harchi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212343343.mp3" length="776316" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212343343.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As We Exist: A Postcolonial Autobiography
Author: Kaoutar Harchi
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful coming-of-age memoir, a young sociologist reflects on her Moroccan immigrant parents, their journey to France, and how growing up an outsider shaped her identity. Imbued with tenderness for her family and a critical view of the challenges facing French North African immigrants, Kaoutar Harchi’s probing account illustrates the deeply personal effects of political issues. Mixed with happy memories of her childhood home in eastern France are ever-present reminders of the dangers from which her parents sought to shield her. When they transfer her to a private, Catholic middle school—out of fear of Arab boys from their working-class neighborhood—Kaoutar grows increasingly conscious of her differences, and her conflicted sense of self. Notable events in her teens—the passing of a law in 2004 banning religious symbols from public schools; the 2005 deaths of Bouna Traoré and Zyed Benna, which sparked riots against police brutality—underscore the injustice of a society that sees Muslims not as equals but as a problem to solve. With elegant, affecting prose, As We Exist charts Kaoutar’s political and intellectual awakening, which would become the heart and soul of her work as a sociologist and writer.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626373</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As We Exist: A Postcolonial Autobiography
Author: Kaoutar Harchi
Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful coming-of-age memoir, a young sociologist reflects on her Moroccan immigrant parents, their journey to France, and how growing up an outsider shaped her identity. Imbued with tenderness for her family and a critical view of the challenges facing French North African immigrants, Kaoutar Harchi’s probing account illustrates the deeply personal effects of political issues. Mixed with happy memories of her childhood home in eastern France are ever-present reminders of the dangers from which her parents sought to shield her. When they transfer her to a private, Catholic middle school—out of fear of Arab boys from their working-class neighborhood—Kaoutar grows increasingly conscious of her differences, and her conflicted sense of self. Notable events in her teens—the passing of a law in 2004 banning religious symbols from public schools; the 2005 deaths of Bouna Traoré and Zyed Benna, which sparked riots against police brutality—underscore the injustice of a society that sees Muslims not as equals but as a problem to solve. With elegant, affecting prose, As We Exist charts Kaoutar’s political and intellectual awakening, which would become the heart and soul of her work as a sociologist and writer.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chums: How a Tiny Caste of Oxford Tories Took Over the UK by Simon Kuper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chums: How a Tiny Caste of Oxford Tories Took Over the UK
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A damning look at the university clique-turned-Commons majority that will blow the doors of Westminster wide open and change the way you look at our democracy forever. Boris Johnson, Michael Gove, David Cameron, George Osborne, Theresa May, Dominic Cummings, Jacob Rees-Mogg: Whitehall is swarming with old Oxonians. They debated each other in tutorials, ran against each other in student elections, and attended the same balls and black tie dinners. They aren&amp;#039;t just colleagues - they are peers, rivals, friends. And, when they walked out of the world of student debates onto the national stage, they brought their university politics with them. Eleven of the fifteen postwar British prime ministers went to Oxford. In Chums, Simon Kuper traces how the rarefied and privileged atmosphere of this narrowest of talent pools - and the friendships and worldviews it created - shaped modern Britain. “&amp;#039;A searing onslaught on the smirking Oxford insinuation that politics is all just a game. It isn&amp;#039;t. It matters” -MATTHEW PARRIS</description>
      <author>Simon Kuper</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004102433.mp3" length="906340" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004102433.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chums: How a Tiny Caste of Oxford Tories Took Over the UK
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A damning look at the university clique-turned-Commons majority that will blow the doors of Westminster wide open and change the way you look at our democracy forever. Boris Johnson, Michael Gove, David Cameron, George Osborne, Theresa May, Dominic Cummings, Jacob Rees-Mogg: Whitehall is swarming with old Oxonians. They debated each other in tutorials, ran against each other in student elections, and attended the same balls and black tie dinners. They aren&amp;#039;t just colleagues - they are peers, rivals, friends. And, when they walked out of the world of student debates onto the national stage, they brought their university politics with them. Eleven of the fifteen postwar British prime ministers went to Oxford. In Chums, Simon Kuper traces how the rarefied and privileged atmosphere of this narrowest of talent pools - and the friendships and worldviews it created - shaped modern Britain. “&amp;#039;A searing onslaught on the smirking Oxford insinuation that politics is all just a game. It isn&amp;#039;t. It matters” -MATTHEW PARRIS</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626029</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chums: How a Tiny Caste of Oxford Tories Took Over the UK
Author: Simon Kuper
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A damning look at the university clique-turned-Commons majority that will blow the doors of Westminster wide open and change the way you look at our democracy forever. Boris Johnson, Michael Gove, David Cameron, George Osborne, Theresa May, Dominic Cummings, Jacob Rees-Mogg: Whitehall is swarming with old Oxonians. They debated each other in tutorials, ran against each other in student elections, and attended the same balls and black tie dinners. They aren&amp;#039;t just colleagues - they are peers, rivals, friends. And, when they walked out of the world of student debates onto the national stage, they brought their university politics with them. Eleven of the fifteen postwar British prime ministers went to Oxford. In Chums, Simon Kuper traces how the rarefied and privileged atmosphere of this narrowest of talent pools - and the friendships and worldviews it created - shaped modern Britain. “&amp;#039;A searing onslaught on the smirking Oxford insinuation that politics is all just a game. It isn&amp;#039;t. It matters” -MATTHEW PARRIS</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lawfare by Geoffrey Robertson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lawfare
Author: Geoffrey Robertson
Narrator: Geoffrey Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Russians, the Rich and the Government Try to Prevent Free Speech and How to Stop Them.                      ‘ESSENTIAL’ Amal Clooney ‘AUTHORITATIVE’ Sir Geoffrey Bindman KC ‘IMPORTANT ’Baroness Helena Kennedy KC ‘COULD HARDLY BE MORE TIMELY’ Alan Rusbridger           The British tradition of “free speech” is a myth. From the middle ages to the present, the law of defamation has worked to cover up misbehaviour by the rich and powerful, whose legal mercenaries intimidate investigative journalists.           Now a new terror has been added through misguided judicial development of the laws of privacy, breach of confidence and data protection, to suppress the reporting of truths of public importance to tell.           Drawing upon the author’s unparalleled experience of defending journalists and editors in English and Commonwealth courtrooms over the past half-century, the book describes the hidden world of lawfare, in which authors struggle against unfair rules that put them always on the defensive and against a costs burden that runs to millions. Law schools do not teach freedom of speech and judges in the Supreme Court do not understand it.           This book identifies and advocates the reforms that will be necessary before Britain can truly boast that it is a land of free speech, rather than a place where free speech can come very expensive.</description>
      <author>Geoffrey Robertson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008607913.mp3" length="1424956" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008607913.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lawfare
Author: Geoffrey Robertson
Narrator: Geoffrey Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Russians, the Rich and the Government Try to Prevent Free Speech and How to Stop Them.                      ‘ESSENTIAL’ Amal Clooney ‘AUTHORITATIVE’ Sir Geoffrey Bindman KC ‘IMPORTANT ’Baroness Helena Kennedy KC ‘COULD HARDLY BE MORE TIMELY’ Alan Rusbridger           The British tradition of “free speech” is a myth. From the middle ages to the present, the law of defamation has worked to cover up misbehaviour by the rich and powerful, whose legal mercenaries intimidate investigative journalists.           Now a new terror has been added through misguided judicial development of the laws of privacy, breach of confidence and data protection, to suppress the reporting of truths of public importance to tell.           Drawing upon the author’s unparalleled experience of defending journalists and editors in English and Commonwealth courtrooms over the past half-century, the book describes the hidden world of lawfare, in which authors struggle against unfair rules that put them always on the defensive and against a costs burden that runs to millions. Law schools do not teach freedom of speech and judges in the Supreme Court do not understand it.           This book identifies and advocates the reforms that will be necessary before Britain can truly boast that it is a land of free speech, rather than a place where free speech can come very expensive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625954</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Lawfare
Author: Geoffrey Robertson
Narrator: Geoffrey Robertson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Russians, the Rich and the Government Try to Prevent Free Speech and How to Stop Them.                      ‘ESSENTIAL’ Amal Clooney ‘AUTHORITATIVE’ Sir Geoffrey Bindman KC ‘IMPORTANT ’Baroness Helena Kennedy KC ‘COULD HARDLY BE MORE TIMELY’ Alan Rusbridger           The British tradition of “free speech” is a myth. From the middle ages to the present, the law of defamation has worked to cover up misbehaviour by the rich and powerful, whose legal mercenaries intimidate investigative journalists.           Now a new terror has been added through misguided judicial development of the laws of privacy, breach of confidence and data protection, to suppress the reporting of truths of public importance to tell.           Drawing upon the author’s unparalleled experience of defending journalists and editors in English and Commonwealth courtrooms over the past half-century, the book describes the hidden world of lawfare, in which authors struggle against unfair rules that put them always on the defensive and against a costs burden that runs to millions. Law schools do not teach freedom of speech and judges in the Supreme Court do not understand it.           This book identifies and advocates the reforms that will be necessary before Britain can truly boast that it is a land of free speech, rather than a place where free speech can come very expensive.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Win the Civil War: Securing a Multiracial Democracy and Ending White Supremacy for Good by Steve Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Win the Civil War: Securing a Multiracial Democracy and Ending White Supremacy for Good
Author: Steve Phillips
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Phillips&amp;#039;s first book, Brown Is the New White, helped shift the national conversation around race and electoral politics, earning a spot on the New York Times and Washington Post bestseller lists and launching Phillips into the upper ranks of trusted observers of the nation&amp;#039;s changing demographics and their implications for our political future. Now, in How We Win the Civil War, Phillips charts the way forward for progressives and people of color after four years of Trump, arguing that Democrats must recognize the nature of the fight we&amp;#039;re in, which is a contest between democracy and white supremacy left unresolved after the Civil War. We will not overcome, Phillips writes, until we govern as though we are under attack—until we finally recognize that the time has come to finish the conquest of the Confederacy and all that it represents. With his trademark blend of political analysis and historical argument, Phillips lays out razor-sharp prescriptions for 2022 and beyond, from increasing voter participation and demolishing racist immigration policies to reviving the Great Society programs of the 1960s—all of them geared toward strengthening a new multiracial democracy and ridding our politics of white supremacy, once and for all.</description>
      <author>Steve Phillips</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696610384.mp3" length="8494566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696610384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Win the Civil War: Securing a Multiracial Democracy and Ending White Supremacy for Good
Author: Steve Phillips
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Phillips&amp;#039;s first book, Brown Is the New White, helped shift the national conversation around race and electoral politics, earning a spot on the New York Times and Washington Post bestseller lists and launching Phillips into the upper ranks of trusted observers of the nation&amp;#039;s changing demographics and their implications for our political future. Now, in How We Win the Civil War, Phillips charts the way forward for progressives and people of color after four years of Trump, arguing that Democrats must recognize the nature of the fight we&amp;#039;re in, which is a contest between democracy and white supremacy left unresolved after the Civil War. We will not overcome, Phillips writes, until we govern as though we are under attack—until we finally recognize that the time has come to finish the conquest of the Confederacy and all that it represents. With his trademark blend of political analysis and historical argument, Phillips lays out razor-sharp prescriptions for 2022 and beyond, from increasing voter participation and demolishing racist immigration policies to reviving the Great Society programs of the 1960s—all of them geared toward strengthening a new multiracial democracy and ridding our politics of white supremacy, once and for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How We Win the Civil War: Securing a Multiracial Democracy and Ending White Supremacy for Good
Author: Steve Phillips
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Steve Phillips&amp;#039;s first book, Brown Is the New White, helped shift the national conversation around race and electoral politics, earning a spot on the New York Times and Washington Post bestseller lists and launching Phillips into the upper ranks of trusted observers of the nation&amp;#039;s changing demographics and their implications for our political future. Now, in How We Win the Civil War, Phillips charts the way forward for progressives and people of color after four years of Trump, arguing that Democrats must recognize the nature of the fight we&amp;#039;re in, which is a contest between democracy and white supremacy left unresolved after the Civil War. We will not overcome, Phillips writes, until we govern as though we are under attack—until we finally recognize that the time has come to finish the conquest of the Confederacy and all that it represents. With his trademark blend of political analysis and historical argument, Phillips lays out razor-sharp prescriptions for 2022 and beyond, from increasing voter participation and demolishing racist immigration policies to reviving the Great Society programs of the 1960s—all of them geared toward strengthening a new multiracial democracy and ridding our politics of white supremacy, once and for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China&amp;#039;s Next Act: How Sustainability and Technology are Reshaping China&amp;#039;s Rise and the World&amp;#039;s Future by Scott M. Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Next Act: How Sustainability and Technology are Reshaping China&amp;#039;s Rise and the World&amp;#039;s Future
Author: Scott M. Moore
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since China began its ascendancy to great-power status in the 1980s, observers have focused on its growing economic, military, and diplomatic power. But in recent years, Chinese officials, businesses, and institutions have increased their visibility and influence on every major global issue. How have these newer issues changed China&amp;#039;s relationship with the world? And, importantly, how can we prepare for a future increasingly shaped by China? In China&amp;#039;s Next Act, Scott M. Moore re-envisions China&amp;#039;s role in the world, with a focus on sustainability and technology. Moore argues that these increasingly pressing, shared global challenges are reshaping China&amp;#039;s economy and foreign policy, and consequently, cannot be tackled without China. In this clearly written and accessible overview, Moore examines how countries like the US must balance cooperation and competition with China in response to shared challenges. With an emphasis on opportunities as well as threats, Moore addresses not only key developments in sustainability and technology within China, but also their implications for foreign countries, companies, and other organizations. China&amp;#039;s Next Act provides a unique—and uniquely balanced—window into these new dimensions of China&amp;#039;s global ascension.</description>
      <author>Scott M. Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765077825.mp3" length="8561700" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765077825.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Next Act: How Sustainability and Technology are Reshaping China&amp;#039;s Rise and the World&amp;#039;s Future
Author: Scott M. Moore
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since China began its ascendancy to great-power status in the 1980s, observers have focused on its growing economic, military, and diplomatic power. But in recent years, Chinese officials, businesses, and institutions have increased their visibility and influence on every major global issue. How have these newer issues changed China&amp;#039;s relationship with the world? And, importantly, how can we prepare for a future increasingly shaped by China? In China&amp;#039;s Next Act, Scott M. Moore re-envisions China&amp;#039;s role in the world, with a focus on sustainability and technology. Moore argues that these increasingly pressing, shared global challenges are reshaping China&amp;#039;s economy and foreign policy, and consequently, cannot be tackled without China. In this clearly written and accessible overview, Moore examines how countries like the US must balance cooperation and competition with China in response to shared challenges. With an emphasis on opportunities as well as threats, Moore addresses not only key developments in sustainability and technology within China, but also their implications for foreign countries, companies, and other organizations. China&amp;#039;s Next Act provides a unique—and uniquely balanced—window into these new dimensions of China&amp;#039;s global ascension.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China&amp;#039;s Next Act: How Sustainability and Technology are Reshaping China&amp;#039;s Rise and the World&amp;#039;s Future
Author: Scott M. Moore
Narrator: James Romick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever since China began its ascendancy to great-power status in the 1980s, observers have focused on its growing economic, military, and diplomatic power. But in recent years, Chinese officials, businesses, and institutions have increased their visibility and influence on every major global issue. How have these newer issues changed China&amp;#039;s relationship with the world? And, importantly, how can we prepare for a future increasingly shaped by China? In China&amp;#039;s Next Act, Scott M. Moore re-envisions China&amp;#039;s role in the world, with a focus on sustainability and technology. Moore argues that these increasingly pressing, shared global challenges are reshaping China&amp;#039;s economy and foreign policy, and consequently, cannot be tackled without China. In this clearly written and accessible overview, Moore examines how countries like the US must balance cooperation and competition with China in response to shared challenges. With an emphasis on opportunities as well as threats, Moore addresses not only key developments in sustainability and technology within China, but also their implications for foreign countries, companies, and other organizations. China&amp;#039;s Next Act provides a unique—and uniquely balanced—window into these new dimensions of China&amp;#039;s global ascension.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hate and Reconciliation: Approaches to Fostering Relationships between People and Peace by Guido Cuyvers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hate and Reconciliation: Approaches to Fostering Relationships between People and Peace
Author: Guido Cuyvers
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hatred is human and current. It is an intrinsic part of what can happen between people. Personal experiences can lead people to hate someone. In society and even on a global level, hatred is again and again the motor of misunderstanding and often also of violence between people. Sometimes hate smolders almost unconsciously; at other times he is furious and serves as a flag for serious violence. Hatred has many faces and seems omnipresent, that much is clear. The term &amp;#039;Erida complex,&amp;#039; after the Greek goddess of hate, symbolizes the common and deeply rooted nature of hatred. After examining the nature of hate, this book focuses a wide-angle lens on its many faces, in individuals and groups as well as peoples. Facing the negativity of hatred, this book presents constructive approaches to fostering relationships between people and peace.</description>
      <author>Guido Cuyvers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696609814.mp3" length="8179719" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696609814.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hate and Reconciliation: Approaches to Fostering Relationships between People and Peace
Author: Guido Cuyvers
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hatred is human and current. It is an intrinsic part of what can happen between people. Personal experiences can lead people to hate someone. In society and even on a global level, hatred is again and again the motor of misunderstanding and often also of violence between people. Sometimes hate smolders almost unconsciously; at other times he is furious and serves as a flag for serious violence. Hatred has many faces and seems omnipresent, that much is clear. The term &amp;#039;Erida complex,&amp;#039; after the Greek goddess of hate, symbolizes the common and deeply rooted nature of hatred. After examining the nature of hate, this book focuses a wide-angle lens on its many faces, in individuals and groups as well as peoples. Facing the negativity of hatred, this book presents constructive approaches to fostering relationships between people and peace.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hate and Reconciliation: Approaches to Fostering Relationships between People and Peace
Author: Guido Cuyvers
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 17 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hatred is human and current. It is an intrinsic part of what can happen between people. Personal experiences can lead people to hate someone. In society and even on a global level, hatred is again and again the motor of misunderstanding and often also of violence between people. Sometimes hate smolders almost unconsciously; at other times he is furious and serves as a flag for serious violence. Hatred has many faces and seems omnipresent, that much is clear. The term &amp;#039;Erida complex,&amp;#039; after the Greek goddess of hate, symbolizes the common and deeply rooted nature of hatred. After examining the nature of hate, this book focuses a wide-angle lens on its many faces, in individuals and groups as well as peoples. Facing the negativity of hatred, this book presents constructive approaches to fostering relationships between people and peace.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Picking Presidents: How to Make the Most Consequential Decision in the World by Gautam Mukunda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Picking Presidents: How to Make the Most Consequential Decision in the World
Author: Gautam Mukunda
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated leadership expert and political scientist Gautam Mukunda provides a comprehensive, objective, and non-partisan method for answering the most important question in the world: is someone up to the job of president of the United States?   In Picking Presidents, Gautam Mukunda sets his sights on presidential candidates, proposing a tested method to assess whether they will succeed or fail if they win the White House. Combining political science, psychology, organizational behavior, and economics, Picking Presidents will enable every American to cast an informed vote.   In his 2012 book Indispensable, which all but predicted the Trump presidency, Mukunda explained how both the very best and very worst leaders are &amp;#039;unfiltered&amp;#039;—outsiders who take power without the understanding or support of traditional elites. Picking Presidents provides deep analysis of filtered and unfiltered presidents alike, from failed haberdasher and skillful president Harry Truman, to the exceptionally well-qualified—and ultimately reviled—James Buchanan; from Andrew Johnson, who set civil rights back by a century, to Theodore Roosevelt, who evaded party opposition to transform American society. Picking Presidents lays out a clear framework that anyone can use to judge a candidate and answer the all-important question: are they up to the job?</description>
      <author>Gautam Mukunda</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696609326.mp3" length="8238824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696609326.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Picking Presidents: How to Make the Most Consequential Decision in the World
Author: Gautam Mukunda
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated leadership expert and political scientist Gautam Mukunda provides a comprehensive, objective, and non-partisan method for answering the most important question in the world: is someone up to the job of president of the United States?   In Picking Presidents, Gautam Mukunda sets his sights on presidential candidates, proposing a tested method to assess whether they will succeed or fail if they win the White House. Combining political science, psychology, organizational behavior, and economics, Picking Presidents will enable every American to cast an informed vote.   In his 2012 book Indispensable, which all but predicted the Trump presidency, Mukunda explained how both the very best and very worst leaders are &amp;#039;unfiltered&amp;#039;—outsiders who take power without the understanding or support of traditional elites. Picking Presidents provides deep analysis of filtered and unfiltered presidents alike, from failed haberdasher and skillful president Harry Truman, to the exceptionally well-qualified—and ultimately reviled—James Buchanan; from Andrew Johnson, who set civil rights back by a century, to Theodore Roosevelt, who evaded party opposition to transform American society. Picking Presidents lays out a clear framework that anyone can use to judge a candidate and answer the all-important question: are they up to the job?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Picking Presidents: How to Make the Most Consequential Decision in the World
Author: Gautam Mukunda
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated leadership expert and political scientist Gautam Mukunda provides a comprehensive, objective, and non-partisan method for answering the most important question in the world: is someone up to the job of president of the United States?   In Picking Presidents, Gautam Mukunda sets his sights on presidential candidates, proposing a tested method to assess whether they will succeed or fail if they win the White House. Combining political science, psychology, organizational behavior, and economics, Picking Presidents will enable every American to cast an informed vote.   In his 2012 book Indispensable, which all but predicted the Trump presidency, Mukunda explained how both the very best and very worst leaders are &amp;#039;unfiltered&amp;#039;—outsiders who take power without the understanding or support of traditional elites. Picking Presidents provides deep analysis of filtered and unfiltered presidents alike, from failed haberdasher and skillful president Harry Truman, to the exceptionally well-qualified—and ultimately reviled—James Buchanan; from Andrew Johnson, who set civil rights back by a century, to Theodore Roosevelt, who evaded party opposition to transform American society. Picking Presidents lays out a clear framework that anyone can use to judge a candidate and answer the all-important question: are they up to the job?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Trafficking Data: How China is Winning the Battle for Digital Sovereignty by Aynne Kokas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trafficking Data: How China is Winning the Battle for Digital Sovereignty
Author: Aynne Kokas
Narrator: Hannah Choi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From TikTok and Fortnite to Grindr and Facebook, Aynne Kokas delivers an urgent look into the technology firms that gather our data, and how the Chinese government is capitalizing on this data flow for political gain. In Trafficking Data, Aynne Kokas looks at how technology firms in the two largest economies in the world, the United States and China, have exploited government policy (and the lack thereof) to gather information on citizens, putting US national security at risk. Kokas argues that US government leadership failures, Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s disruption fetish, and Wall Street&amp;#039;s addiction to growth have fueled China&amp;#039;s technological goldrush. In turn, American complacency yields an unprecedented opportunity for Chinese firms to gather data in the United States and quietly send it back to China, and by extension, to the Chinese government. Drawing on years of fieldwork in the US and China and a large trove of corporate and policy documents, Trafficking Data explains how China is fast becoming the global leader in internet governance and policy, and thus of the data that defines our public and private lives.</description>
      <author>Aynne Kokas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Nov 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696609364.mp3" length="8817780" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696609364.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trafficking Data: How China is Winning the Battle for Digital Sovereignty
Author: Aynne Kokas
Narrator: Hannah Choi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From TikTok and Fortnite to Grindr and Facebook, Aynne Kokas delivers an urgent look into the technology firms that gather our data, and how the Chinese government is capitalizing on this data flow for political gain. In Trafficking Data, Aynne Kokas looks at how technology firms in the two largest economies in the world, the United States and China, have exploited government policy (and the lack thereof) to gather information on citizens, putting US national security at risk. Kokas argues that US government leadership failures, Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s disruption fetish, and Wall Street&amp;#039;s addiction to growth have fueled China&amp;#039;s technological goldrush. In turn, American complacency yields an unprecedented opportunity for Chinese firms to gather data in the United States and quietly send it back to China, and by extension, to the Chinese government. Drawing on years of fieldwork in the US and China and a large trove of corporate and policy documents, Trafficking Data explains how China is fast becoming the global leader in internet governance and policy, and thus of the data that defines our public and private lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625813</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Trafficking Data: How China is Winning the Battle for Digital Sovereignty
Author: Aynne Kokas
Narrator: Hannah Choi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From TikTok and Fortnite to Grindr and Facebook, Aynne Kokas delivers an urgent look into the technology firms that gather our data, and how the Chinese government is capitalizing on this data flow for political gain. In Trafficking Data, Aynne Kokas looks at how technology firms in the two largest economies in the world, the United States and China, have exploited government policy (and the lack thereof) to gather information on citizens, putting US national security at risk. Kokas argues that US government leadership failures, Silicon Valley&amp;#039;s disruption fetish, and Wall Street&amp;#039;s addiction to growth have fueled China&amp;#039;s technological goldrush. In turn, American complacency yields an unprecedented opportunity for Chinese firms to gather data in the United States and quietly send it back to China, and by extension, to the Chinese government. Drawing on years of fieldwork in the US and China and a large trove of corporate and policy documents, Trafficking Data explains how China is fast becoming the global leader in internet governance and policy, and thus of the data that defines our public and private lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bowing to Beijing: How Barack Obama Is Hastening America’s Decline and Ushering a Century of Chinese Domination by Brett M. Decker, William C. Triplett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bowing to Beijing: How Barack Obama Is Hastening America’s Decline and Ushering a Century of Chinese Domination
Author: Brett M. Decker, William C. Triplett
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Communist China is lying, cheating, and stealing its way into becoming a global superpower. And what&amp;#039;s worse, President Obama is not only letting this happen but helping China do so. So argues bestselling author William Triplett II and Washington Times editor Brett M. Decker in their shocking book, Bowing to Beijing. Here, Triplett and Decker reveal how China&amp;#039;s rapid rise directly correlates with America&amp;#039;s decline—and the dangerous consequences this trend holds for us here and abroad. Exposing how China is unabashedly threatening and shaming us militarily, economically, politically, Bowing to Beijing is an all-encompassing look at –China&amp;#039;s destruction of traditional American industries at home, including how they&amp;#039;re punishing American firms abroad, buying our assets (sometimes in secret), and flooding American homes with dangerous products; –China&amp;#039;s far-reaching espionage tactics, including extortion and subversion of the American political system as well as penetration of colleges and universities; –China&amp;#039;s strategic military buildup and weapons smuggling to rogue nations such as North Korea; and –Obama&amp;#039;s disengagement and general AWOL attitude toward the threat China poses toAmerica. Our &amp;#039;win-win&amp;#039; relationship with China—in which Obama appeases China so they win twice while we lose—is crippling us and is detrimental to our future. America must respond and stop China&amp;#039;s power grab if we want to preserve our standard of living, our global influence, and our freedom. In Bowing to Beijing, Decker and Triplett show us how.</description>
      <author>Brett M. Decker, William C. Triplett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2011 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481555098.mp3" length="870813" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481555098.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bowing to Beijing: How Barack Obama Is Hastening America’s Decline and Ushering a Century of Chinese Domination
Author: Brett M. Decker, William C. Triplett
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Communist China is lying, cheating, and stealing its way into becoming a global superpower. And what&amp;#039;s worse, President Obama is not only letting this happen but helping China do so. So argues bestselling author William Triplett II and Washington Times editor Brett M. Decker in their shocking book, Bowing to Beijing. Here, Triplett and Decker reveal how China&amp;#039;s rapid rise directly correlates with America&amp;#039;s decline—and the dangerous consequences this trend holds for us here and abroad. Exposing how China is unabashedly threatening and shaming us militarily, economically, politically, Bowing to Beijing is an all-encompassing look at –China&amp;#039;s destruction of traditional American industries at home, including how they&amp;#039;re punishing American firms abroad, buying our assets (sometimes in secret), and flooding American homes with dangerous products; –China&amp;#039;s far-reaching espionage tactics, including extortion and subversion of the American political system as well as penetration of colleges and universities; –China&amp;#039;s strategic military buildup and weapons smuggling to rogue nations such as North Korea; and –Obama&amp;#039;s disengagement and general AWOL attitude toward the threat China poses toAmerica. Our &amp;#039;win-win&amp;#039; relationship with China—in which Obama appeases China so they win twice while we lose—is crippling us and is detrimental to our future. America must respond and stop China&amp;#039;s power grab if we want to preserve our standard of living, our global influence, and our freedom. In Bowing to Beijing, Decker and Triplett show us how.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bowing to Beijing: How Barack Obama Is Hastening America’s Decline and Ushering a Century of Chinese Domination
Author: Brett M. Decker, William C. Triplett
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2011
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Communist China is lying, cheating, and stealing its way into becoming a global superpower. And what&amp;#039;s worse, President Obama is not only letting this happen but helping China do so. So argues bestselling author William Triplett II and Washington Times editor Brett M. Decker in their shocking book, Bowing to Beijing. Here, Triplett and Decker reveal how China&amp;#039;s rapid rise directly correlates with America&amp;#039;s decline—and the dangerous consequences this trend holds for us here and abroad. Exposing how China is unabashedly threatening and shaming us militarily, economically, politically, Bowing to Beijing is an all-encompassing look at –China&amp;#039;s destruction of traditional American industries at home, including how they&amp;#039;re punishing American firms abroad, buying our assets (sometimes in secret), and flooding American homes with dangerous products; –China&amp;#039;s far-reaching espionage tactics, including extortion and subversion of the American political system as well as penetration of colleges and universities; –China&amp;#039;s strategic military buildup and weapons smuggling to rogue nations such as North Korea; and –Obama&amp;#039;s disengagement and general AWOL attitude toward the threat China poses toAmerica. Our &amp;#039;win-win&amp;#039; relationship with China—in which Obama appeases China so they win twice while we lose—is crippling us and is detrimental to our future. America must respond and stop China&amp;#039;s power grab if we want to preserve our standard of living, our global influence, and our freedom. In Bowing to Beijing, Decker and Triplett show us how.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hanoi’s War: An International History of the War for Peace in Vietnam by Lien-Hang T. Nguyen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hanoi’s War: An International History of the War for Peace in Vietnam
Author: Lien-Hang T. Nguyen
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While most historians of the Vietnam War focus on the origins of US involvement and the Americanization of the conflict, Lien-Hang T. Nguyen examines the international context in which North Vietnamese leaders pursued the war and American intervention ended. This riveting narrative takes the listener from the marshy Mekong Delta swamps to the bomb-saturated Red River Delta, from the corridors of power in Hanoi and Saigon to the Nixon White House, and from the peace negotiations in Paris to high-level meetings in Beijing and Moscow, all to reveal that peace never had a chance in Vietnam. Hanoi&amp;#039;s War renders transparent the internal workings of America&amp;#039;s most elusive enemy during the Cold War and shows that the war fought during the peace negotiations was bloodier and much more far-reaching than thought before. Using never-before-seen archival materials from the Vietnam Ministry of Foreign Affairs, as well as materials from other archives around the world, Nguyen explores the politics of warmaking and peacemaking not only from the North Vietnamese perspective but also from that of South Vietnam, the Soviet Union, China, and the United States, presenting a uniquely international portrait.</description>
      <author>Lien-Hang T. Nguyen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Oct 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483061214.mp3" length="868609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483061214.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hanoi’s War: An International History of the War for Peace in Vietnam
Author: Lien-Hang T. Nguyen
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While most historians of the Vietnam War focus on the origins of US involvement and the Americanization of the conflict, Lien-Hang T. Nguyen examines the international context in which North Vietnamese leaders pursued the war and American intervention ended. This riveting narrative takes the listener from the marshy Mekong Delta swamps to the bomb-saturated Red River Delta, from the corridors of power in Hanoi and Saigon to the Nixon White House, and from the peace negotiations in Paris to high-level meetings in Beijing and Moscow, all to reveal that peace never had a chance in Vietnam. Hanoi&amp;#039;s War renders transparent the internal workings of America&amp;#039;s most elusive enemy during the Cold War and shows that the war fought during the peace negotiations was bloodier and much more far-reaching than thought before. Using never-before-seen archival materials from the Vietnam Ministry of Foreign Affairs, as well as materials from other archives around the world, Nguyen explores the politics of warmaking and peacemaking not only from the North Vietnamese perspective but also from that of South Vietnam, the Soviet Union, China, and the United States, presenting a uniquely international portrait.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hanoi’s War: An International History of the War for Peace in Vietnam
Author: Lien-Hang T. Nguyen
Narrator: Hillary Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 23, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While most historians of the Vietnam War focus on the origins of US involvement and the Americanization of the conflict, Lien-Hang T. Nguyen examines the international context in which North Vietnamese leaders pursued the war and American intervention ended. This riveting narrative takes the listener from the marshy Mekong Delta swamps to the bomb-saturated Red River Delta, from the corridors of power in Hanoi and Saigon to the Nixon White House, and from the peace negotiations in Paris to high-level meetings in Beijing and Moscow, all to reveal that peace never had a chance in Vietnam. Hanoi&amp;#039;s War renders transparent the internal workings of America&amp;#039;s most elusive enemy during the Cold War and shows that the war fought during the peace negotiations was bloodier and much more far-reaching than thought before. Using never-before-seen archival materials from the Vietnam Ministry of Foreign Affairs, as well as materials from other archives around the world, Nguyen explores the politics of warmaking and peacemaking not only from the North Vietnamese perspective but also from that of South Vietnam, the Soviet Union, China, and the United States, presenting a uniquely international portrait.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fool Me Twice: Obama’s Shocking Plans for the Next Four Years Exposed by Brenda J. Elliott, Aaron Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fool Me Twice: Obama’s Shocking Plans for the Next Four Years Exposed
Author: Brenda J. Elliott, Aaron Klein
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This game-changing book reveals the blueprint for a second term that President Obama and his progressive backers don&amp;#039;t want you to know. Months of painstaking research into thousands of documents have enabled investigative journalists and New York Times bestselling authors Aaron Klein and Brenda J. Elliott to expose the secret template for Obama&amp;#039;s next four years—the one actually created by Obama&amp;#039;s own top advisors and strategists. All the main areas of domestic policy are covered—jobs, wages, health care, immigration overhaul, electoral &amp;#039;reform,&amp;#039; national energy policy. Each of the plans exposed seeks to permanently remake America into a government-dominated socialist state. A few of the schemes unveiled herein include Detailed plans to enact single-payer health care legislation controlled by the federal government regardless of any Supreme Court decision to overturn Obamacare; Further gutting of the US military while using the savings for a new &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; stimulus program and the founding of a federal &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; bank to fund so-called environmentally friendly projects; The vastly reduced resources of the US Armed Forces will be spread even thinner by using them to combat global warming and global poverty and bolster the United Nations; An expansive new amnesty program for illegal aliens linked with a reduction in the capabilities of the US Border Patrol and plans to bring in untold numbers of new immigrants with the removal of caps on H-1B visas and green cards. While many have general concerns about Obama&amp;#039;s second-term ambitions, Fool Me Twice lays bare the devastating details of a second Obama presidency. If he wins reelection in 2012, the America of equal opportunity for all, constitutionally limited government, economic freedom, and personal liberty will be but a distant memory.</description>
      <author>Brenda J. Elliott, Aaron Klein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2012 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481593366.mp3" length="867577" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481593366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fool Me Twice: Obama’s Shocking Plans for the Next Four Years Exposed
Author: Brenda J. Elliott, Aaron Klein
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This game-changing book reveals the blueprint for a second term that President Obama and his progressive backers don&amp;#039;t want you to know. Months of painstaking research into thousands of documents have enabled investigative journalists and New York Times bestselling authors Aaron Klein and Brenda J. Elliott to expose the secret template for Obama&amp;#039;s next four years—the one actually created by Obama&amp;#039;s own top advisors and strategists. All the main areas of domestic policy are covered—jobs, wages, health care, immigration overhaul, electoral &amp;#039;reform,&amp;#039; national energy policy. Each of the plans exposed seeks to permanently remake America into a government-dominated socialist state. A few of the schemes unveiled herein include Detailed plans to enact single-payer health care legislation controlled by the federal government regardless of any Supreme Court decision to overturn Obamacare; Further gutting of the US military while using the savings for a new &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; stimulus program and the founding of a federal &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; bank to fund so-called environmentally friendly projects; The vastly reduced resources of the US Armed Forces will be spread even thinner by using them to combat global warming and global poverty and bolster the United Nations; An expansive new amnesty program for illegal aliens linked with a reduction in the capabilities of the US Border Patrol and plans to bring in untold numbers of new immigrants with the removal of caps on H-1B visas and green cards. While many have general concerns about Obama&amp;#039;s second-term ambitions, Fool Me Twice lays bare the devastating details of a second Obama presidency. If he wins reelection in 2012, the America of equal opportunity for all, constitutionally limited government, economic freedom, and personal liberty will be but a distant memory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fool Me Twice: Obama’s Shocking Plans for the Next Four Years Exposed
Author: Brenda J. Elliott, Aaron Klein
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This game-changing book reveals the blueprint for a second term that President Obama and his progressive backers don&amp;#039;t want you to know. Months of painstaking research into thousands of documents have enabled investigative journalists and New York Times bestselling authors Aaron Klein and Brenda J. Elliott to expose the secret template for Obama&amp;#039;s next four years—the one actually created by Obama&amp;#039;s own top advisors and strategists. All the main areas of domestic policy are covered—jobs, wages, health care, immigration overhaul, electoral &amp;#039;reform,&amp;#039; national energy policy. Each of the plans exposed seeks to permanently remake America into a government-dominated socialist state. A few of the schemes unveiled herein include Detailed plans to enact single-payer health care legislation controlled by the federal government regardless of any Supreme Court decision to overturn Obamacare; Further gutting of the US military while using the savings for a new &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; stimulus program and the founding of a federal &amp;#039;green&amp;#039; bank to fund so-called environmentally friendly projects; The vastly reduced resources of the US Armed Forces will be spread even thinner by using them to combat global warming and global poverty and bolster the United Nations; An expansive new amnesty program for illegal aliens linked with a reduction in the capabilities of the US Border Patrol and plans to bring in untold numbers of new immigrants with the removal of caps on H-1B visas and green cards. While many have general concerns about Obama&amp;#039;s second-term ambitions, Fool Me Twice lays bare the devastating details of a second Obama presidency. If he wins reelection in 2012, the America of equal opportunity for all, constitutionally limited government, economic freedom, and personal liberty will be but a distant memory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Saddam’s Bombmaker: The Daring Escape of the Man Who Built Iraq’s Secret Weapon by Khidir Hamza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saddam’s Bombmaker: The Daring Escape of the Man Who Built Iraq’s Secret Weapon
Author: Khidir Hamza
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Saddam’s Bombmaker is the true saga of one man’s journey through the circles of hell. Educated at MIT and Florida State University, dedicated to a life of peaceful teaching in America, Iraqi scientist Dr. Khidhir Hamza relates how Saddam’s regime ordered him home, seduced him into a pampered life as an atomic energy official, and forced him to design a bomb. The price of refusal was torture. With the cynical help of US, French, German, and British suppliers and experts, he secretly developed Baghdad’s nuclear bomb and kept it hidden from UN inspectors after the Gulf War. The tale of his escape, his first bungled contact with CIA agents, and his flight abroad will keep listeners riveted toward a climax worthy of a well-crafted spy thriller.</description>
      <author>Khidir Hamza</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483055497.mp3" length="897254" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483055497.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saddam’s Bombmaker: The Daring Escape of the Man Who Built Iraq’s Secret Weapon
Author: Khidir Hamza
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Saddam’s Bombmaker is the true saga of one man’s journey through the circles of hell. Educated at MIT and Florida State University, dedicated to a life of peaceful teaching in America, Iraqi scientist Dr. Khidhir Hamza relates how Saddam’s regime ordered him home, seduced him into a pampered life as an atomic energy official, and forced him to design a bomb. The price of refusal was torture. With the cynical help of US, French, German, and British suppliers and experts, he secretly developed Baghdad’s nuclear bomb and kept it hidden from UN inspectors after the Gulf War. The tale of his escape, his first bungled contact with CIA agents, and his flight abroad will keep listeners riveted toward a climax worthy of a well-crafted spy thriller.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Saddam’s Bombmaker: The Daring Escape of the Man Who Built Iraq’s Secret Weapon
Author: Khidir Hamza
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Saddam’s Bombmaker is the true saga of one man’s journey through the circles of hell. Educated at MIT and Florida State University, dedicated to a life of peaceful teaching in America, Iraqi scientist Dr. Khidhir Hamza relates how Saddam’s regime ordered him home, seduced him into a pampered life as an atomic energy official, and forced him to design a bomb. The price of refusal was torture. With the cynical help of US, French, German, and British suppliers and experts, he secretly developed Baghdad’s nuclear bomb and kept it hidden from UN inspectors after the Gulf War. The tale of his escape, his first bungled contact with CIA agents, and his flight abroad will keep listeners riveted toward a climax worthy of a well-crafted spy thriller.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forge of Union, Anvil of Liberty: A Correspondent’s Report on the First Federal Elections, the First Federal Congress, and the Bill of Rights by Jeffrey St. John</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forge of Union, Anvil of Liberty: A Correspondent’s Report on the First Federal Elections, the First Federal Congress, and the Bill of Rights
Author: Jeffrey St. John
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important news stories of the last two centuries comes to life in this “eyewitness account” of America&amp;#039;s first Federal elections, the First Congress, and the creation of the Bill of Rights. In a swift-moving and colorful chronicle written by St. John as though he were an on-the-scene reporter, listeners will discover how Madison had to fight both friend and foe of the Constitution to pass a Federal Bill of Rights in the First Congress; why Washington and Madison saw the future of America in the frontier West and not in Europe; and how Spanish and British intrigues—and hostile Indian tribes on the American frontier—posed a threat to the survival of the new national government. Vastly entertaining, based on documented and newly-available sources, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey St. John</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781624607585.mp3" length="924289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781624607585.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forge of Union, Anvil of Liberty: A Correspondent’s Report on the First Federal Elections, the First Federal Congress, and the Bill of Rights
Author: Jeffrey St. John
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important news stories of the last two centuries comes to life in this “eyewitness account” of America&amp;#039;s first Federal elections, the First Congress, and the creation of the Bill of Rights. In a swift-moving and colorful chronicle written by St. John as though he were an on-the-scene reporter, listeners will discover how Madison had to fight both friend and foe of the Constitution to pass a Federal Bill of Rights in the First Congress; why Washington and Madison saw the future of America in the frontier West and not in Europe; and how Spanish and British intrigues—and hostile Indian tribes on the American frontier—posed a threat to the survival of the new national government. Vastly entertaining, based on documented and newly-available sources, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forge of Union, Anvil of Liberty: A Correspondent’s Report on the First Federal Elections, the First Federal Congress, and the Bill of Rights
Author: Jeffrey St. John
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important news stories of the last two centuries comes to life in this “eyewitness account” of America&amp;#039;s first Federal elections, the First Congress, and the creation of the Bill of Rights. In a swift-moving and colorful chronicle written by St. John as though he were an on-the-scene reporter, listeners will discover how Madison had to fight both friend and foe of the Constitution to pass a Federal Bill of Rights in the First Congress; why Washington and Madison saw the future of America in the frontier West and not in Europe; and how Spanish and British intrigues—and hostile Indian tribes on the American frontier—posed a threat to the survival of the new national government. Vastly entertaining, based on documented and newly-available sources, this book is both a popular history and an important contribution to the study of the founding of the American Republic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime: Why Ideas Matter by James Kelman, Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime: Why Ideas Matter
Author: James Kelman, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The world is full of information. What do we do when we get the information, when we have digested the information, what do we do then? Is there a point where you say, yes, stop, now I shall move on.” This exhilarating collection of essays, interviews, and correspondence—spanning the years 1988 through 2018, and reaching back a decade more—is about the simple concept that ideas matter. They mutate, inform, create fuel for thought, and inspire actions. As Kelman says, the State relies on our suffocation, that we cannot hope to learn the truth. But whether we can or not is beside the point. We must grasp the nettle, we assume control and go forward. Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime is an impassioned, elucidating, and often humorous collaboration. Philosophical and intimate, it is a call to ponder, imagine, explore, and act.</description>
      <author>James Kelman, Noam Chomsky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200978939.mp3" length="793018" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200978939.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime: Why Ideas Matter
Author: James Kelman, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The world is full of information. What do we do when we get the information, when we have digested the information, what do we do then? Is there a point where you say, yes, stop, now I shall move on.” This exhilarating collection of essays, interviews, and correspondence—spanning the years 1988 through 2018, and reaching back a decade more—is about the simple concept that ideas matter. They mutate, inform, create fuel for thought, and inspire actions. As Kelman says, the State relies on our suffocation, that we cannot hope to learn the truth. But whether we can or not is beside the point. We must grasp the nettle, we assume control and go forward. Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime is an impassioned, elucidating, and often humorous collaboration. Philosophical and intimate, it is a call to ponder, imagine, explore, and act.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime: Why Ideas Matter
Author: James Kelman, Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The world is full of information. What do we do when we get the information, when we have digested the information, what do we do then? Is there a point where you say, yes, stop, now I shall move on.” This exhilarating collection of essays, interviews, and correspondence—spanning the years 1988 through 2018, and reaching back a decade more—is about the simple concept that ideas matter. They mutate, inform, create fuel for thought, and inspire actions. As Kelman says, the State relies on our suffocation, that we cannot hope to learn the truth. But whether we can or not is beside the point. We must grasp the nettle, we assume control and go forward. Between Thought and Expression Lies a Lifetime is an impassioned, elucidating, and often humorous collaboration. Philosophical and intimate, it is a call to ponder, imagine, explore, and act.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In the Path of Abraham: How Donald Trump Made Peace in the Middle East—and How to Stop Joe Biden from Unmaking It by Jason D. Greenblatt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Path of Abraham: How Donald Trump Made Peace in the Middle East—and How to Stop Joe Biden from Unmaking It
Author: Jason D. Greenblatt
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An insider’s perspective on how the Abraham Accords were concluded and why they offer a way forward to a new era of peace and prosperity in the Middle East—if only they are not abandoned by the Biden Administration This book charts the remarkable journey of Jason D. Greenblatt, who spent nearly two decades in various senior positions at the Trump Organization—including as an Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer—and his subsequent appointment by President Trump as an Assistant to the President and Special Representative for International Negotiations. Jason was also assigned the position of White House Special Envoy to the Middle East, playing a key role in the Peace to Prosperity Plan, which aimed to resolve the discord between Israel and the Palestinians, and Israel and its Arab neighbors. Thanks to these efforts, including Jason’s role in establishing the groundwork for the Abraham Accords, many Middle Eastern countries now have improved relationships with Israel, such as the United Arab Emirates, the Kingdom of Bahrain, Sudan, and the Kingdom of Morocco. In the Path of Abraham is a call to action—an urgent plea to the Biden Administration not to abandon the progress the Trump administration began, but to embrace and expand on it. The stakes could not be higher—and time is not on our side.</description>
      <author>Jason D. Greenblatt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200966059.mp3" length="733103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200966059.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Path of Abraham: How Donald Trump Made Peace in the Middle East—and How to Stop Joe Biden from Unmaking It
Author: Jason D. Greenblatt
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An insider’s perspective on how the Abraham Accords were concluded and why they offer a way forward to a new era of peace and prosperity in the Middle East—if only they are not abandoned by the Biden Administration This book charts the remarkable journey of Jason D. Greenblatt, who spent nearly two decades in various senior positions at the Trump Organization—including as an Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer—and his subsequent appointment by President Trump as an Assistant to the President and Special Representative for International Negotiations. Jason was also assigned the position of White House Special Envoy to the Middle East, playing a key role in the Peace to Prosperity Plan, which aimed to resolve the discord between Israel and the Palestinians, and Israel and its Arab neighbors. Thanks to these efforts, including Jason’s role in establishing the groundwork for the Abraham Accords, many Middle Eastern countries now have improved relationships with Israel, such as the United Arab Emirates, the Kingdom of Bahrain, Sudan, and the Kingdom of Morocco. In the Path of Abraham is a call to action—an urgent plea to the Biden Administration not to abandon the progress the Trump administration began, but to embrace and expand on it. The stakes could not be higher—and time is not on our side.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625759</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In the Path of Abraham: How Donald Trump Made Peace in the Middle East—and How to Stop Joe Biden from Unmaking It
Author: Jason D. Greenblatt
Narrator: Jim Seybert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An insider’s perspective on how the Abraham Accords were concluded and why they offer a way forward to a new era of peace and prosperity in the Middle East—if only they are not abandoned by the Biden Administration This book charts the remarkable journey of Jason D. Greenblatt, who spent nearly two decades in various senior positions at the Trump Organization—including as an Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer—and his subsequent appointment by President Trump as an Assistant to the President and Special Representative for International Negotiations. Jason was also assigned the position of White House Special Envoy to the Middle East, playing a key role in the Peace to Prosperity Plan, which aimed to resolve the discord between Israel and the Palestinians, and Israel and its Arab neighbors. Thanks to these efforts, including Jason’s role in establishing the groundwork for the Abraham Accords, many Middle Eastern countries now have improved relationships with Israel, such as the United Arab Emirates, the Kingdom of Bahrain, Sudan, and the Kingdom of Morocco. In the Path of Abraham is a call to action—an urgent plea to the Biden Administration not to abandon the progress the Trump administration began, but to embrace and expand on it. The stakes could not be higher—and time is not on our side.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - مذكرات جورج دبليو بوش: قرارات مصيرية by جورج دبليو بوش</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مذكرات جورج دبليو بوش: قرارات مصيرية
Author: جورج دبليو بوش
Narrator: داود عفيشات
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لا تكفي سطور لاختصار كتاب بهذا الحجم.. يُغطّي 2685 يوماً كانت الفترة التي حكم بها جورج بوش الابن الولايات المتحدة الأميركية وتحكَّم بمصائر دول وشعوب، والتي كانت الفترة الأغنى بالأحداث والحوادث والكوارث في العالم.. كما يُغطّي الكتاب حيّزاً كبيراً من حياة بوش، كوَّن شخصيته وشكَّل عقيدته وأفكاره، وسلّط الضوء على علاقته بأبويه وزوجته، عاداته والتغيُّرات التي طرأت عليها، التحاقه بمدرسة داخلية، شغفه بدراسة التاريخ، إقلاعه عن التبغ والكحول، زواجه ومحاولة تبنّيه لطفل بعد أن تأخَّرت زوجته كثيراً لتحمل وتنجب. تحدّث بوش عن نجاحاته وإخفاقاته على الصعيدين الداخلي والخارجي مدعّماً حديثه بوثائق حكومية ومقابلات شخصية وتقارير إخبارية ومصادر أخرى لم تُرفع عنها السرّية بعد. كما تحدث عن تأثّره بريغان وبأبيه وحول القرارات المصيرية التي اتخذها. وحكى عن حقيقة صناعة القرار في الولايات المتحدة وعلاقة الرئيس بها، وأسرار اختياره لمستشاريه. كما ذكر بوش تفاصيل يوم الحادي عشر من أيلول/سبتمبر 2001 بنهاره وليله، وتحدث عن تحرُّكاته في هذا اليوم وتحرُّكات كل أفراد الإدارة الأميركية وردود أفعال كل منهم. وشرح بوش تفاصيل حربه على صدّام حسين وشعب العراق وملابسات أسلحة الدمار الشامل، وتعاطيه مع تصرُّفات الجنود الأميركيين هناك ولا سيما في سجن أبو غريب. وتناول أيضاً تفاصيل حربه على أفغانستان وكيفية تلقّيه تقارير الاستخبارات الواردة من هناك، والمشاكل والانتقادات التي تعرّض لها خلال فترة حكمه. استمع الآن.</description>
      <author>جورج دبليو بوش</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jan 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789179735753.mp3" length="883963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789179735753.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>25:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مذكرات جورج دبليو بوش: قرارات مصيرية
Author: جورج دبليو بوش
Narrator: داود عفيشات
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لا تكفي سطور لاختصار كتاب بهذا الحجم.. يُغطّي 2685 يوماً كانت الفترة التي حكم بها جورج بوش الابن الولايات المتحدة الأميركية وتحكَّم بمصائر دول وشعوب، والتي كانت الفترة الأغنى بالأحداث والحوادث والكوارث في العالم.. كما يُغطّي الكتاب حيّزاً كبيراً من حياة بوش، كوَّن شخصيته وشكَّل عقيدته وأفكاره، وسلّط الضوء على علاقته بأبويه وزوجته، عاداته والتغيُّرات التي طرأت عليها، التحاقه بمدرسة داخلية، شغفه بدراسة التاريخ، إقلاعه عن التبغ والكحول، زواجه ومحاولة تبنّيه لطفل بعد أن تأخَّرت زوجته كثيراً لتحمل وتنجب. تحدّث بوش عن نجاحاته وإخفاقاته على الصعيدين الداخلي والخارجي مدعّماً حديثه بوثائق حكومية ومقابلات شخصية وتقارير إخبارية ومصادر أخرى لم تُرفع عنها السرّية بعد. كما تحدث عن تأثّره بريغان وبأبيه وحول القرارات المصيرية التي اتخذها. وحكى عن حقيقة صناعة القرار في الولايات المتحدة وعلاقة الرئيس بها، وأسرار اختياره لمستشاريه. كما ذكر بوش تفاصيل يوم الحادي عشر من أيلول/سبتمبر 2001 بنهاره وليله، وتحدث عن تحرُّكاته في هذا اليوم وتحرُّكات كل أفراد الإدارة الأميركية وردود أفعال كل منهم. وشرح بوش تفاصيل حربه على صدّام حسين وشعب العراق وملابسات أسلحة الدمار الشامل، وتعاطيه مع تصرُّفات الجنود الأميركيين هناك ولا سيما في سجن أبو غريب. وتناول أيضاً تفاصيل حربه على أفغانستان وكيفية تلقّيه تقارير الاستخبارات الواردة من هناك، والمشاكل والانتقادات التي تعرّض لها خلال فترة حكمه. استمع الآن.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625722</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - مذكرات جورج دبليو بوش: قرارات مصيرية
Author: جورج دبليو بوش
Narrator: داود عفيشات
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 25 hours 12 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
لا تكفي سطور لاختصار كتاب بهذا الحجم.. يُغطّي 2685 يوماً كانت الفترة التي حكم بها جورج بوش الابن الولايات المتحدة الأميركية وتحكَّم بمصائر دول وشعوب، والتي كانت الفترة الأغنى بالأحداث والحوادث والكوارث في العالم.. كما يُغطّي الكتاب حيّزاً كبيراً من حياة بوش، كوَّن شخصيته وشكَّل عقيدته وأفكاره، وسلّط الضوء على علاقته بأبويه وزوجته، عاداته والتغيُّرات التي طرأت عليها، التحاقه بمدرسة داخلية، شغفه بدراسة التاريخ، إقلاعه عن التبغ والكحول، زواجه ومحاولة تبنّيه لطفل بعد أن تأخَّرت زوجته كثيراً لتحمل وتنجب. تحدّث بوش عن نجاحاته وإخفاقاته على الصعيدين الداخلي والخارجي مدعّماً حديثه بوثائق حكومية ومقابلات شخصية وتقارير إخبارية ومصادر أخرى لم تُرفع عنها السرّية بعد. كما تحدث عن تأثّره بريغان وبأبيه وحول القرارات المصيرية التي اتخذها. وحكى عن حقيقة صناعة القرار في الولايات المتحدة وعلاقة الرئيس بها، وأسرار اختياره لمستشاريه. كما ذكر بوش تفاصيل يوم الحادي عشر من أيلول/سبتمبر 2001 بنهاره وليله، وتحدث عن تحرُّكاته في هذا اليوم وتحرُّكات كل أفراد الإدارة الأميركية وردود أفعال كل منهم. وشرح بوش تفاصيل حربه على صدّام حسين وشعب العراق وملابسات أسلحة الدمار الشامل، وتعاطيه مع تصرُّفات الجنود الأميركيين هناك ولا سيما في سجن أبو غريب. وتناول أيضاً تفاصيل حربه على أفغانستان وكيفية تلقّيه تقارير الاستخبارات الواردة من هناك، والمشاكل والانتقادات التي تعرّض لها خلال فترة حكمه. استمع الآن.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>1923: The Crisis of German Democracy in the Year of Hitler&amp;#039;s Putsch by Mark William Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1923: The Crisis of German Democracy in the Year of Hitler&amp;#039;s Putsch
Author: Mark William Jones
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Germany’s fledgling democracy nearly collapsed in 1923—and how pro-democracy forces fought back  In 1923, the Weimar Republic faced a series of crises, including foreign occupation of its industrial heartland, rampant inflation, radical violence, and finally Hitler’s infamous “beer hall putsch.” Fanning the flames of anti-government and anti-Semitic sentiment, the Nazis tried to violently seize power in Munich, only failing after they were abandoned by like-minded conservatives.      In 1923, historian Mark William Jones draws on new research to offer a revealing portrait of German politics and society in this turbulent year. Tracing Hitler’s early rise, Jones reveals how political pragmatism and unprecedented international cooperation with the West brought Germany out of its crisis year. Although Germany would succumb to tyranny a decade later, the story of the republic’s survival in 1923 offers essential lessons to anyone concerned about the future of democracy today.</description>
      <author>Mark William Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668628546.mp3" length="797265" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668628546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1923: The Crisis of German Democracy in the Year of Hitler&amp;#039;s Putsch
Author: Mark William Jones
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Germany’s fledgling democracy nearly collapsed in 1923—and how pro-democracy forces fought back  In 1923, the Weimar Republic faced a series of crises, including foreign occupation of its industrial heartland, rampant inflation, radical violence, and finally Hitler’s infamous “beer hall putsch.” Fanning the flames of anti-government and anti-Semitic sentiment, the Nazis tried to violently seize power in Munich, only failing after they were abandoned by like-minded conservatives.      In 1923, historian Mark William Jones draws on new research to offer a revealing portrait of German politics and society in this turbulent year. Tracing Hitler’s early rise, Jones reveals how political pragmatism and unprecedented international cooperation with the West brought Germany out of its crisis year. Although Germany would succumb to tyranny a decade later, the story of the republic’s survival in 1923 offers essential lessons to anyone concerned about the future of democracy today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625354</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 1923: The Crisis of German Democracy in the Year of Hitler&amp;#039;s Putsch
Author: Mark William Jones
Narrator: Matt Addis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 8 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
How Germany’s fledgling democracy nearly collapsed in 1923—and how pro-democracy forces fought back  In 1923, the Weimar Republic faced a series of crises, including foreign occupation of its industrial heartland, rampant inflation, radical violence, and finally Hitler’s infamous “beer hall putsch.” Fanning the flames of anti-government and anti-Semitic sentiment, the Nazis tried to violently seize power in Munich, only failing after they were abandoned by like-minded conservatives.      In 1923, historian Mark William Jones draws on new research to offer a revealing portrait of German politics and society in this turbulent year. Tracing Hitler’s early rise, Jones reveals how political pragmatism and unprecedented international cooperation with the West brought Germany out of its crisis year. Although Germany would succumb to tyranny a decade later, the story of the republic’s survival in 1923 offers essential lessons to anyone concerned about the future of democracy today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pandemic Politics: The Deadly Toll of Partisanship in the Age of COVID by Thomas B. Pepinsky, Sara Wallace Goodman, Shana Kushner Gadarian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic Politics: The Deadly Toll of Partisanship in the Age of COVID
Author: Thomas B. Pepinsky, Sara Wallace Goodman, Shana Kushner Gadarian
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton explores how the politicization of the pandemic endangers our lives—and our democracy COVID-19 has killed more people than any war or public health crisis in American history, but the scale and grim human toll of the pandemic were not inevitable. Pandemic Politics examines how Donald Trump politicized COVID-19, shedding new light on how his administration tied the pandemic to the president’s political fate in an election year and chose partisanship over public health, with disastrous consequences for all of us. Health is not an inherently polarizing issue, but the Trump administration’s partisan response to COVID-19 led ordinary citizens to prioritize what was good for their “team” rather than what was good for their country. Democrats, in turn, viewed the crisis as evidence of Trump’s indifference to public well-being. At a time when solidarity and bipartisan unity were sorely needed, Americans came to see the pandemic in partisan terms, adopting behaviors and attitudes that continue to divide us today. This book draws on a wealth of new data on public opinion to show how pandemic politics has touched all aspects of our lives—from the economy to race and immigration—and puts America’s COVID-19 response in global perspective. An in-depth account of a uniquely American tragedy, Pandemic Politics reveals how the politicization of the COVID-19 pandemic has profound and troubling implications for public health and the future of democracy itself. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Thomas B. Pepinsky, Sara Wallace Goodman, Shana Kushner Gadarian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691249896.mp3" length="1262983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691249896.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic Politics: The Deadly Toll of Partisanship in the Age of COVID
Author: Thomas B. Pepinsky, Sara Wallace Goodman, Shana Kushner Gadarian
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton explores how the politicization of the pandemic endangers our lives—and our democracy COVID-19 has killed more people than any war or public health crisis in American history, but the scale and grim human toll of the pandemic were not inevitable. Pandemic Politics examines how Donald Trump politicized COVID-19, shedding new light on how his administration tied the pandemic to the president’s political fate in an election year and chose partisanship over public health, with disastrous consequences for all of us. Health is not an inherently polarizing issue, but the Trump administration’s partisan response to COVID-19 led ordinary citizens to prioritize what was good for their “team” rather than what was good for their country. Democrats, in turn, viewed the crisis as evidence of Trump’s indifference to public well-being. At a time when solidarity and bipartisan unity were sorely needed, Americans came to see the pandemic in partisan terms, adopting behaviors and attitudes that continue to divide us today. This book draws on a wealth of new data on public opinion to show how pandemic politics has touched all aspects of our lives—from the economy to race and immigration—and puts America’s COVID-19 response in global perspective. An in-depth account of a uniquely American tragedy, Pandemic Politics reveals how the politicization of the COVID-19 pandemic has profound and troubling implications for public health and the future of democracy itself. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pandemic Politics: The Deadly Toll of Partisanship in the Age of COVID
Author: Thomas B. Pepinsky, Sara Wallace Goodman, Shana Kushner Gadarian
Narrator: Katherine Fenton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 40 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Katherine Fenton explores how the politicization of the pandemic endangers our lives—and our democracy COVID-19 has killed more people than any war or public health crisis in American history, but the scale and grim human toll of the pandemic were not inevitable. Pandemic Politics examines how Donald Trump politicized COVID-19, shedding new light on how his administration tied the pandemic to the president’s political fate in an election year and chose partisanship over public health, with disastrous consequences for all of us. Health is not an inherently polarizing issue, but the Trump administration’s partisan response to COVID-19 led ordinary citizens to prioritize what was good for their “team” rather than what was good for their country. Democrats, in turn, viewed the crisis as evidence of Trump’s indifference to public well-being. At a time when solidarity and bipartisan unity were sorely needed, Americans came to see the pandemic in partisan terms, adopting behaviors and attitudes that continue to divide us today. This book draws on a wealth of new data on public opinion to show how pandemic politics has touched all aspects of our lives—from the economy to race and immigration—and puts America’s COVID-19 response in global perspective. An in-depth account of a uniquely American tragedy, Pandemic Politics reveals how the politicization of the COVID-19 pandemic has profound and troubling implications for public health and the future of democracy itself. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower by Michael Mandelbaum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower
Author: Michael Mandelbaum
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy, Michael Mandelbaum offers a new framework for understanding the evolution of the foreign policy of the United States. He divides that evolution into four distinct periods, with each defined by the consistent increase in American power relative to other countries. His history of the four periods features engaging accounts of the major events and important personalities in the foreign policy of each era. Throughout, Mandelbaum highlights fundamental continuities in the goals of American foreign policy and in the way that policy was adopted and implemented. He portrays the United States, in its ascent, first as a weak power, from 1765 to 1865, then as a great power between 1865 and 1945, next as a superpower in the years 1945 to 1990, and finally as the world&amp;#039;s sole hyperpower, from 1990 to 2015. He also presents three features of American foreign policy that are found in every era: first, the goal of disseminating the political ideas Americans have embraced from the first; second, the use of economic instruments in pursuit of the country&amp;#039;s foreign policy goals; and third, a process for formulating policy and implementing decisions shaped by considerable popular influence. American foreign policy, as he puts it, has been unusually ideological, unusually economic, and unusually democratic.</description>
      <author>Michael Mandelbaum</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765083642.mp3" length="8552348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765083642.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower
Author: Michael Mandelbaum
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy, Michael Mandelbaum offers a new framework for understanding the evolution of the foreign policy of the United States. He divides that evolution into four distinct periods, with each defined by the consistent increase in American power relative to other countries. His history of the four periods features engaging accounts of the major events and important personalities in the foreign policy of each era. Throughout, Mandelbaum highlights fundamental continuities in the goals of American foreign policy and in the way that policy was adopted and implemented. He portrays the United States, in its ascent, first as a weak power, from 1765 to 1865, then as a great power between 1865 and 1945, next as a superpower in the years 1945 to 1990, and finally as the world&amp;#039;s sole hyperpower, from 1990 to 2015. He also presents three features of American foreign policy that are found in every era: first, the goal of disseminating the political ideas Americans have embraced from the first; second, the use of economic instruments in pursuit of the country&amp;#039;s foreign policy goals; and third, a process for formulating policy and implementing decisions shaped by considerable popular influence. American foreign policy, as he puts it, has been unusually ideological, unusually economic, and unusually democratic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625231</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy: Weak Power, Great Power, Superpower, Hyperpower
Author: Michael Mandelbaum
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 26 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Four Ages of American Foreign Policy, Michael Mandelbaum offers a new framework for understanding the evolution of the foreign policy of the United States. He divides that evolution into four distinct periods, with each defined by the consistent increase in American power relative to other countries. His history of the four periods features engaging accounts of the major events and important personalities in the foreign policy of each era. Throughout, Mandelbaum highlights fundamental continuities in the goals of American foreign policy and in the way that policy was adopted and implemented. He portrays the United States, in its ascent, first as a weak power, from 1765 to 1865, then as a great power between 1865 and 1945, next as a superpower in the years 1945 to 1990, and finally as the world&amp;#039;s sole hyperpower, from 1990 to 2015. He also presents three features of American foreign policy that are found in every era: first, the goal of disseminating the political ideas Americans have embraced from the first; second, the use of economic instruments in pursuit of the country&amp;#039;s foreign policy goals; and third, a process for formulating policy and implementing decisions shaped by considerable popular influence. American foreign policy, as he puts it, has been unusually ideological, unusually economic, and unusually democratic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heidegger in Ruins: Between Philosophy and Ideology by Richard Wolin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heidegger in Ruins: Between Philosophy and Ideology
Author: Richard Wolin
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean when a radical understanding of National Socialism is inextricably embedded in the work of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most important philosopher? Martin Heidegger&amp;#039;s sympathies for the conservative revolution and National Socialism have long been well known. As the rector of the University of Freiburg in the early 1930s, he worked hard to reshape the university in accordance with National Socialist policies. He also engaged in an all-out struggle to become the movement&amp;#039;s philosophical preceptor, &amp;#039;to lead the leader.&amp;#039; Yet for years, Heidegger&amp;#039;s defenders have tried to separate his political beliefs from his philosophical doctrines. They argued, in effect, that he was good at philosophy but bad at politics. But with the 2014 publication of Heidegger&amp;#039;s Black Notebooks, it has become clear that he embraced a far more radical vision of the conservative revolution than previously suspected. His dissatisfaction with National Socialism, it turns out, was mainly that it did not go far enough. The notebooks show that far from being separated from Nazism, Heidegger&amp;#039;s philosophy was suffused with it. In this book, Richard Wolin explores what the notebooks mean for our understanding of arguably the most important philosopher of the twentieth century, and of his ideas—and why his legacy remains radically compromised.</description>
      <author>Richard Wolin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 01:22:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765082225.mp3" length="8430029" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765082225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>18:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heidegger in Ruins: Between Philosophy and Ideology
Author: Richard Wolin
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean when a radical understanding of National Socialism is inextricably embedded in the work of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most important philosopher? Martin Heidegger&amp;#039;s sympathies for the conservative revolution and National Socialism have long been well known. As the rector of the University of Freiburg in the early 1930s, he worked hard to reshape the university in accordance with National Socialist policies. He also engaged in an all-out struggle to become the movement&amp;#039;s philosophical preceptor, &amp;#039;to lead the leader.&amp;#039; Yet for years, Heidegger&amp;#039;s defenders have tried to separate his political beliefs from his philosophical doctrines. They argued, in effect, that he was good at philosophy but bad at politics. But with the 2014 publication of Heidegger&amp;#039;s Black Notebooks, it has become clear that he embraced a far more radical vision of the conservative revolution than previously suspected. His dissatisfaction with National Socialism, it turns out, was mainly that it did not go far enough. The notebooks show that far from being separated from Nazism, Heidegger&amp;#039;s philosophy was suffused with it. In this book, Richard Wolin explores what the notebooks mean for our understanding of arguably the most important philosopher of the twentieth century, and of his ideas—and why his legacy remains radically compromised.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Heidegger in Ruins: Between Philosophy and Ideology
Author: Richard Wolin
Narrator: Paul Brion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 18 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean when a radical understanding of National Socialism is inextricably embedded in the work of the twentieth century&amp;#039;s most important philosopher? Martin Heidegger&amp;#039;s sympathies for the conservative revolution and National Socialism have long been well known. As the rector of the University of Freiburg in the early 1930s, he worked hard to reshape the university in accordance with National Socialist policies. He also engaged in an all-out struggle to become the movement&amp;#039;s philosophical preceptor, &amp;#039;to lead the leader.&amp;#039; Yet for years, Heidegger&amp;#039;s defenders have tried to separate his political beliefs from his philosophical doctrines. They argued, in effect, that he was good at philosophy but bad at politics. But with the 2014 publication of Heidegger&amp;#039;s Black Notebooks, it has become clear that he embraced a far more radical vision of the conservative revolution than previously suspected. His dissatisfaction with National Socialism, it turns out, was mainly that it did not go far enough. The notebooks show that far from being separated from Nazism, Heidegger&amp;#039;s philosophy was suffused with it. In this book, Richard Wolin explores what the notebooks mean for our understanding of arguably the most important philosopher of the twentieth century, and of his ideas—and why his legacy remains radically compromised.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
